JP6765171B2 - Free gift exchange system, server, and free gift display control method - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to an online shopping-linked prize exchange system that exchanges valuable values such as pachinko balls and medals with products on an online shopping site at a game store equipped with a pachislot machine or a pachinko machine.

At amusement stores (hall stores), prize exchanges are carried out in which game media such as medals and pachinko balls obtained by players using pachislot machines and pachinko machines are exchanged for prizes according to their valuable value. When exchanging prizes (meaning prizes such as daily necessities and miscellaneous goods, which are different from special prizes that can be exchanged for cash), it is not possible to have many types of prizes due to (1) space in the hall store and purchasing problems. , (2) The lineup of prizes is fixed, and it is not possible to have a flexible selection of prizes that can take in the latest prizes in a timely manner. (3) The prizes are exchanged based on the suggested retail price, so the general market price Compared to this, there were various problems such as the result being an expensive exchange.

Therefore, the inventors of the present application have proposed a prize exchange system having a mechanism for collecting product information from an online shopping site operated by a third party and exchanging the product information as a prize (Patent Document 1). With such a prize exchange system, players can select products from a wide variety of products sold on online shopping sites, and the product lineup is frequently updated, making it even cheaper. Since the exchange is performed based on the mail order price, all the above-mentioned problems are solved.

In the prize exchange system of Patent Document 1, when the prize is exchanged, the prize is selected in advance regardless of the number of holdings of the game medium, and then the prize is selected in advance when the final prize exchange is instructed. Is displayed, and a mechanism is provided in which the player can make a selection in two stages. When the player selects a prize in advance, the product exhibited from the online shopping site is displayed as a prize on the display of the prize selection device, and the player selects the desired prize from the prizes and registers them in the favorite list. To do. The prizes registered in the favorite list are displayed on the prize exchange device, and the player can select a prize to be exchanged from the displayed prizes and instruct the prize exchange.

In addition, a search system for selling alcoholic beverages that sells alcoholic beverages having the characteristics desired by customers has been proposed at retail stores (Patent Document 2), and this system stores a database recording characteristic information and inventory information of alcoholic beverages. If there is no liquor in stock that matches the characteristic information, the liquor is not displayed.

JP-A-2015-57085 JP-A-2002-169817

However, in the prize exchange system as disclosed in Patent Document 1, the hall stores are installed in a plurality of areas, and the customer base of each of the hall stores is diverse. Therefore, there is a bias in the products on the online shopping site where the prizes are actually exchanged. In addition, not only in the area where the hall stores are set up, but also in the players, there is a bias in the products for which prizes are exchanged. The problem of bias in the prize exchange products is not so problematic if the number of products to be exchanged is small, but as in the above-mentioned prize exchange system, an extremely large number of products are displayed as exchangeable. In that case, it becomes a big problem.

In the above-mentioned prize exchange system, (1) exchangeable prizes can be selected and stored in advance so that exchangeable products can be efficiently selected, and (2) products are classified into hierarchical categories. Can be selected while narrowing down the products by following the tree display of these categories. (3) In addition to the prize selection device in the hall store, mobile devices of players such as smartphones and personal computers at home You can also make selections on your computer (using a mobile device such as a smartphone or personal computer, you can pre-select (memo) what you want, just like window shopping, even while traveling by train or at home. When exchanging prizes after the game is completed at the hall store, the pre-selected products can be displayed on the prize exchange device simply by holding a smartphone or the like over the prize exchange device.) Although various ideas have been devised, there is a problem that it takes a long time to reach the desired product because the number of products that can be exchanged for prizes is extremely large.

Such a problem is a problem that can occur in the prize exchange device when a large number of prizes are registered in advance and displayed on the prize exchange device.

Due to such a problem, the player takes time to operate the prize selection device and the prize exchange device, and as a result, a long line is formed in front of the prize exchange device and the like just before the hall store is closed. Such a situation becomes a fatal problem for a hall store whose closing time is strictly restricted by the Fuei Law, etc., because the player's exchange operation must be terminated in the middle. In addition, if a line is formed in front of the prize selection device or the prize exchange device not only before the hall store is closed but also for the prize exchange operation, the player's willingness to exchange the prize is diminished. There is. This is also based on the human psychology that when there is a line at the cash register in a supermarket or the like, people naturally look for a short line or hesitate to make a payment.

In addition, the reason why the player stops playing and exchanges prizes is because there is a reason to leave the hall store due to the next schedule or the lack of funds on hand, and at that time, the prizes Having to wait in line for exchanges for a long time may discourage the motivation to return to the hall store.

Further, as described above, the search system for selling alcoholic beverages disclosed in Patent Document 2 does not display alcoholic beverages that are out of stock, but it utilizes the technical idea of this system. However, when the number of products in stock is extremely large, it is not possible to control the display so as to efficiently select the products at the store.

Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a prize exchange system configured to switch and initially display exchangeable products according to a hall store or time.

A further object of the present invention is to provide a prize exchange system configured to acquire user information about a player by a card, face recognition, or the like, and to switch exchangeable products for initial display based on the user information. That is.

The present invention provides the following prize exchange system, server, and prize display control method.

The first embodiment of the present invention is
A prize selection device (for example, a prize selection device shown in FIG. 173, such as a viewer 9550, a PC9580, and a smartphone 9570) and a prize exchange device (for example, a prize exchange device shown in FIG. 173) arranged in a hall store. , A device such as a prize exchange terminal 9530), and a prize exchange system (eg, FIG. 173) including a server (for example, a core server 9600 shown in FIG. 173) connected to the prize selection device and the prize exchange device via a network. It is a prize exchange system 9001) shown.
The prize exchange system further includes a product information storage means (for example, a product management table 9752) that stores product information related to products on an online shopping site.
Here, the prize selection device is
In response to the first predetermined operation by the player (for example, the operation of logging in to the prize selection device and displaying the prize selection instruction screen), at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage means is displayed. 1 Display means (for example, display 9555 of viewer 9550) and
When the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a candidate for a prize (for example, after selecting a desired prize on the prize selection instruction screen, the shopping list screen is displayed. A prize selection control means (for example, a prize selection control means) for transmitting product identification information (for example, a product ID stored in the product management table 9752) for identifying the selected product to the server when the "OK" button is touched). A means for executing a part of the functions of the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 shown in FIG. 185).
The server
A prize list storage means (for example, a shopping list management table 9655) for storing product identification information received from the prize selection device is provided.
The prize exchange device is
In response to the second predetermined operation by the player (for example, an operation of logging in to the prize exchange device and displaying the prize exchange instruction screen), the product of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means. A second display means for displaying information (for example, display 9535 of the prize exchange terminal 9530) and
When the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a prize to be exchanged (for example, after selecting a desired prize on the prize exchange instruction screen, on the prize exchange determination screen). When the "exchange" button is touched), the ordering instruction for the product is given to the online shopping site (for example, as shown in FIG. 182, the prize ordering instruction given in the prize exchange device is given. (Transmitted to the shop management server via the core server), the prize exchange control means (for example, the prize exchange terminal 9530 shown in FIG. 184 (B)) that transmits the product identification information identifying the selected product to the server. (Means for executing a part of the functions of the prize exchange control unit 9542).
Here, the product information stored in the product information storage means includes a product category.
Further, when the product information is initially displayed on the first display means in response to the operation of the player, it is based on the setting for each hall store (for example, the setting stored in the prize initial display control table 9655). Then, the prize display control for switching the product information initially displayed (for example, a part of the function of the prize initial display control unit 9610 shown in FIG. 186) is performed.
Further, the prize display control determines the category according to the display timing (for example, the "initial display application time" stored in the prize initial display control table 9695) based on the setting for each hall store, and is determined. The product information of the products belonging to the above categories is controlled to be preferentially displayed on the first display means at the display timing .
The setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system .

With such a configuration of the present invention, the exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed in the prize selection device according to the hall store, and the time required for selecting the prize in the prize selection device can be shortened. .. In addition, based on the settings for each hall store, the products that are preferentially displayed on the prize selection device are determined from the perspective of the product "category" , and are exchanged on the prize selection device according to the time (display timing). Possible products can be switched and initially displayed, and the time required to select a prize in the prize selection device can be shortened. Further, the setting for each hall store can be set by the operation of the manager of the hall store or the prize exchange system.
A second embodiment of the present invention is, in the first embodiment,
The prize selection device includes a storage medium (for example, a mall membership card that is a non-contact IC card (including a card that is not registered as a mall member)) and a non-contact IC chip presented by the player to the prize selection device. Further equipped with a storage medium reading means (for example, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 9534 of the prize exchange terminal 9530) for reading the contents of the built-in smartphone 9570).
In the prize display control, among the products previously selected by the player as a candidate for the prize in the prize selection device, the product not selected as the prize to be exchanged in the prize exchange device is stored in the storage medium. It is configured to be specified according to the user information obtained based on the content, and the product information of the specified product is preferentially displayed on the first display means.

A third embodiment of the present invention is the first or second embodiment.
The prize display control stores product information of a predetermined range of products (for example, products belonging to a predetermined category or individually designated products) among the products corresponding to the product information stored in the product information storage means. It is configured to include display control to be displayed (for example, display control of product information as shown in the processing flow of FIG. 210).

With such a configuration of the present invention, the exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed in the prize selection device according to the hall store, and the time required for selecting the prize in the prize selection device can be shortened. ..

A fourth embodiment of the present invention relates to any one of the first to third embodiments.
The prize selection device further includes an image pickup device (for example, a camera built in the viewer 9550).
The content of the prize display control is determined according to the user information (for example, the age and gender of the player) obtained based on the image data of the player taken by the image pickup device. ..

With such a configuration of the present invention, user information about a player can be acquired based on the photographed image data of the player, and exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed based on the user information, and a prize can be selected. It is possible to shorten the time required when selecting a prize in the device.

A fifth embodiment of the present invention is
A server included in the prize exchange system
Product information storage means for storing product information related to products, including product categories,
When the player selects a product on the online shopping site, which is the product information received from the server and is indicated by the product information displayed on the display means of the prize selection device, as a candidate for the prize, the selected product. The product identification information receiving means for receiving the product identification information for identifying the product from the prize selection device, and
A prize list storage means for storing product identification information received from the prize selection device, and
The product indicated by the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store is used as a prize to be exchanged by the player. When selected, the product identification information that identifies the selected product is received from the prize exchange device and transmitted to another server so that the online shopping site is instructed to order the product. Equipped with a free gift exchange control means
When the product information is initially displayed on the display means of the prize selection device in response to the operation of the player, the product information transmitted to the prize selection device is controlled based on the settings for each hall store. , The prize display control for switching the product information initially displayed is performed.
The prize display control determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and preferentially displays the product information of the product belonging to the determined category to the display means at the display timing. Control to
The setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system .

With such a configuration of the present invention, the exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed in the prize selection device according to the hall store, and the time required for selecting the prize in the prize selection device can be shortened. ..

A sixth embodiment of the present invention is
It is a prize display control method executed in a prize exchange system including a prize selection device and a prize exchange device arranged in a hall store, and a server connected to the prize selection device and the prize exchange device via a network.
In the prize selection device, at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage means for storing the product information related to the product on the online shopping site is displayed on the first display means in response to the first predetermined operation by the player. The first display step and
In the prize selection device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a candidate for a prize, the server provides product identification information for identifying the selected product. The prize selection control step to be sent to
In the prize exchange device, in response to the second predetermined operation by the player, the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means for storing the product identification information received from the prize selection device is stored. The second display step to be displayed on the second display means,
In the prize exchange device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a prize to be exchanged, an instruction to order the product is given to the online shopping site. As performed, a prize exchange control step of transmitting product identification information identifying the selected product to the server, and
When the product information is initially displayed on the first display means in response to the operation of the player, the prize display control step for switching the initially displayed product information based on the settings for each hall store. With
The product information stored in the product information storage means includes a product category.
The prize display control step determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and gives priority to the product information of the product belonging to the determined category over the first display means at the display timing. Control to display
The setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system .

With such a configuration of the present invention, the exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed in the prize selection device according to the hall store, and the time required for selecting the prize in the prize selection device can be shortened. ..

A seventh embodiment of the present invention is
It is a prize display control method executed by the server included in the prize exchange system .
When the player selects a product on the online shopping site, which is the product information received from the server and is indicated by the product information displayed on the display means of the prize selection device, as a candidate for the prize, the selected product. The product identification information receiving step of receiving the product identification information for identifying the product from the prize selection device, and
A prize list storage step of storing the product identification information received from the prize selection device in the prize list storage means, and
The product indicated by the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store is used as a prize to be exchanged by the player. When selected, the product identification information that identifies the selected product is received from the prize exchange device and transmitted to another server so that the online shopping site is instructed to order the product. The prize exchange control step and
When the product information is initially displayed on the first display means in response to the operation of the player, the product information transmitted to the prize selection device is controlled based on the settings for each hall store. It is equipped with a prize display control step that switches the product information that is initially displayed.
The server includes a product information storage means for storing product information related to a product, including a product category.
The prize display control step determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and gives priority to the display means at the display timing for product information of products belonging to the determined category. Control to display ,
The setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system .

With such a configuration of the present invention, the exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed in the prize selection device according to the hall store, and the time required for selecting the prize in the prize selection device can be shortened. ..

Eighth embodiment of the present invention
It is a prize exchange system including a prize selection device and a prize exchange device arranged in a hall store, and a server connected to the prize selection device and the prize exchange device via a network.
The free gift exchange system also includes a product information storage means for storing product information related to products on the online shopping site.
Here, the prize selection device is
A first display means for displaying at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage means according to the first predetermined operation by the player.
When the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a candidate for a prize, the prize selection control that transmits the product identification information for identifying the selected product to the server. Provide means.
The server
A prize list storage means for storing product identification information received from the prize selection device is provided.
The prize exchange device is
A second display means for displaying product information of a product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means in response to a second predetermined operation by the player.
When the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a prize to be exchanged, the online shopping site is instructed to order the product. It is provided with a prize exchange control means for transmitting the product identification information for identifying the selected product to the server.
Here, the product information stored in the product information storage means includes a product category.
Further, when the product information is initially displayed on the second display means in response to the operation of the player, the prize display control for switching the initially displayed product information based on the setting for each hall store. Is done,
The prize display control determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and among the products corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means, the determined category is selected. The product information of the product to which the product belongs is controlled so as to be preferentially displayed on the second display means .
The setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system .

With such a configuration of the present invention, the exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed in the prize exchange device according to the hall store, and the time required for selecting the prize in the prize exchange device can be shortened. .. In addition, based on the settings for each hall store, the products that are preferentially displayed in the prize exchange device are determined from the perspective of the product "category" , and are further exchanged in the prize selection device according to the time (display timing). Possible products can be switched and initially displayed, and the time required to select a prize in the prize selection device can be shortened. Further, the setting for each hall store can be set by the operation of the manager of the hall store or the prize exchange system.
A ninth embodiment of the present invention is the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
The prize selection device further includes a storage medium reading means for reading the contents of the storage medium presented by the player to the prize selection device.
In the prize display control, among the products previously selected by the player as a candidate for the prize in the prize selection device, the product not selected as the prize to be exchanged in the prize exchange device is stored in the storage medium. It is specified according to the user information obtained based on the content, and the product information of the specified product is controlled to be preferentially displayed on the second display means.

A tenth embodiment of the present invention is the eighth or ninth embodiment.
The prize display control is configured to include display control for displaying product information of a predetermined range of products among the products corresponding to the product information stored in the prize list storage means.

With such a configuration of the present invention, the exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed in the prize exchange device according to the hall store, and the time required for exchanging the prize in the prize exchange device can be shortened. ..

The eleventh embodiment of the present invention is the eighth to tenth embodiment.
The prize exchange device further includes an imaging device (for example, a camera 9538 of the prize exchange terminal 9530).
The content of the prize display control is determined according to the user information obtained based on the image data of the player captured by the image pickup device.

According to such a configuration of the present invention, user information about a player can be acquired based on the photographed image data of the player, and exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed based on the user information, and a prize can be exchanged. It is possible to shorten the time required for exchanging prizes in the device.

A twelfth embodiment of the present invention
A server included in the prize exchange system
Product information storage means for storing product information related to products, including product categories,
When the player selects a product on the online shopping site, which is the product information received from the server and is indicated by the product information displayed on the display means of the prize selection device, as a candidate for the prize, the selected product. The product identification information receiving means for receiving the product identification information for identifying the product from the prize selection device, and
A prize list storage means for storing product identification information received from the prize selection device, and
The product received from the server and displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store and indicated by the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means is the player. When the product is selected as a prize to be exchanged, the product identification information for identifying the selected product is received from the prize exchange device so that the online shopping site is instructed to order the product. With a prize exchange control means, which sends the information to other servers,
When the product information is initially displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device in response to the operation of the player, the product information transmitted to the prize exchange device is controlled based on the settings for each hall store. , The prize display control for switching the product information initially displayed is performed.
The prize display control determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and among the products corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means, the determined category is selected. The product information of the product to which the product belongs is controlled so as to be preferentially displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device .
The setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system .

With such a configuration of the present invention, the exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed in the prize exchange device according to the hall store, and the time required for exchanging the prize in the prize exchange device can be shortened. ..

A thirteenth embodiment of the present invention
It is a prize display control method executed in a prize exchange system including a prize selection device and a prize exchange device arranged in a hall store, and a server connected to the prize selection device and the prize exchange device via a network.
In the prize selection device, at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage means for storing the product information related to the product on the online shopping site is displayed on the first display means in response to the first predetermined operation by the player. The first display step and
In the prize selection device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a candidate for a prize, the server provides product identification information for identifying the selected product. The prize selection control step to be sent to
In the prize exchange device, in response to the second predetermined operation by the player, the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means that stores the product identification information received from the prize selection device is stored. The second display step to be displayed on the second display means and
In the prize exchange device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a prize to be exchanged, an instruction to order the product is given to the online shopping site. As performed, a prize exchange control step of transmitting product identification information identifying the selected product to the server, and
When the product information is initially displayed on the second display means in response to the operation of the player, the prize display control step for switching the initially displayed product information based on the settings for each hall store. With
The product information stored in the product information storage means includes a product category.
The prize display control step determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and among the products corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means, the determined category. Controlled so that the product information of the product belonging to the above-mentioned second display means is preferentially displayed .
The setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system .

With such a configuration of the present invention, the exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed in the prize exchange device according to the hall store, and the time required for exchanging the prize in the prize exchange device can be shortened. ..

A fourteenth embodiment of the present invention
It is a prize display control method executed by the server included in the prize exchange system .
When the player selects a product on the online shopping site, which is the product information received from the server and is indicated by the product information displayed on the display means of the prize selection device, as a candidate for the prize, the selected product. The product identification information receiving step of receiving the product identification information for identifying the product from the prize selection device, and
A prize list storage step of storing the product identification information received from the prize selection device in the prize list storage means, and
The product received from the server and displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store and indicated by the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means is the player. When the product is selected as a prize to be exchanged, the product identification information for identifying the selected product is received from the prize exchange device so that the online shopping site is instructed to order the product. With the prize exchange control step, which sends the message to another server,
When the product information is initially displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device in response to the operation of the player, the product information transmitted to the prize exchange device is controlled based on the settings for each hall store. , The product information to be initially displayed is switched, and a prize display control step is provided.
The server includes a product information storage means for storing product information related to a product, including a product category.
The prize display control step determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and among the products corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means, the determined category. Controlled so that the product information of the product belonging to is preferentially displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device .
The setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system .

With such a configuration of the present invention, the exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed in the prize exchange device according to the hall store, and the time required for exchanging the prize in the prize exchange device can be shortened. ..

According to the prize exchange system according to the present invention, exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed according to the hall store and time, and a selection operation is performed when selecting and exchanging a prize in the prize selection device or the prize exchange device. And the replacement operation is streamlined, and the time required for these operations can be shortened. In particular, it is possible to alleviate the congestion of players who are trying to exchange prizes just before the store closes.

A further object of the present invention is that user information about a player can be acquired by a card, face recognition, or the like, and exchangeable products can be switched and initially displayed based on the user information, and a prize selection device or prize exchange can be performed. It is possible to shorten the time required for selecting and exchanging prizes in the device.

It is a figure which shows the system outline of the prize exchange system. It is a front view which shows the game machine which attached the sanding apparatus. It is a perspective view which shows the sanding apparatus. It is a figure which shows the operation unit of a sand device. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a sanding apparatus. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a game machine. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a hall computer. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a prize POS. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the terminal for exclusive use of a prize POS cooperation. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a smartphone. It is a figure explaining the outline of the operation flow of a player in a prize exchange system. It is a figure explaining the outline of the processing flow after the prize exchange instruction in a prize exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which constitutes a prize exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which constitutes a prize exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which constitutes a prize exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which constitutes a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system. It is a flowchart which shows the mall member registration processing procedure in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the mall member registration in the prize exchange system. It is a flowchart which shows the prize selection control processing procedure in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize selection process in the prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize selection process in the prize exchange system. It is a flowchart which shows the prize exchange control processing procedure in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize exchange processing in the prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize exchange processing in the prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize exchange processing in the prize exchange system. It is a flowchart which shows the prize information collection processing procedure in a prize exchange system. It is a flowchart which shows the prize order control processing procedure in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the concept of action history management in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize selection process in the prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the system outline of the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the prize exchange processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the mall member registration process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the small amount ball storage processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the small amount ball storage processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the card integrated processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the card integrated processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the card integration processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the card integrated processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the settlement of a small amount of balls in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the prize selection process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the prize exchange processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the mall member registration process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the membership card for small amount of balls used in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline of the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the small amount ball storage processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the mall member registration processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the journal display processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the journal display processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline of the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flow of data in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the exchange ticket issuance processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the exchange ticket issuance processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the exchange ticket purchase processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the exchange ticket purchase processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the exchange ticket purchase processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the prize exchange processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline of the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flow of data in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the DL software use ticket issuance processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the DL software use ticket issuance processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flowchart which shows the process selection procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment, and the screen about a process selection. It is a flowchart which shows the DL software purchase processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the DL software purchase processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the DL software purchase processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the download processing procedure of DL software in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the download process of DL software in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the use processing procedure of DL software in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline of the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flow of data in the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flowchart which shows the process selection procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment, and the screen about a process selection. It is a flowchart which shows the coupon ticket exchange processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the coupon ticket exchange process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen about the coupon ticket exchange process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the authority for each situation of the member registration in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the relationship between the favorite and the prize exchange basket in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow after ordering a prize in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the login screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the process flow of the member information registration of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the member registration screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the process flow of the member information registration of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the association of a member in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the membership card information edit screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the membership card information edit screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the favorite addition in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the mall member top page of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize search result display screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize detail screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the favorite reference screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the prize exchange car addition in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange basket reference screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the ball holding number input screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange confirmation screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange confirmation screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize order screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange completion screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application of the prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the product determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the product determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the product determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the product determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the product determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the product determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the product determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the product decision in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the product determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the delivery progress display in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the delivery progress information display screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the product registration in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the product registration in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the deposit request in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the deposit request in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a sketch of the hall store where the prize exchange system according to the ninth embodiment is introduced. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flow from the prize selection to the prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the prize selection in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize selection instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize selection instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the over-the-counter prize registration in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the over-the-counter prize management in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the variation of the prize display control function in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the variation of the prize display control function in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the prize selection in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the prize selection in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the prize price adjustment in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the concept of the total addition adjustment amount determination method in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the total addition adjustment amount determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the game medium type data input screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize selection instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the prize selection in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the conventional payment procedure using the credit card which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 1st payment method in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 1st payment method in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 1st payment method in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 2nd payment method in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 2nd payment method in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 2nd payment method in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 3rd payment method in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the 3rd payment method in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the member registration in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow from the prize selection to the prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the membership card associating process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the membership card associating process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the small amount storage prize exchange screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the membership card reading screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the small amount ball storage member registration screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the small amount storage prize exchange screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which concerns on the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow from the prize selection to the prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow from the prize selection to the prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the game medium type quantity designation part displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 9th Embodiment.

[Explanation of system schematic diagram]
The system outline of the prize exchange system according to one embodiment (first embodiment) of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. The prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1 is configured to include a hall store device, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center device, and a part of the computer center device is mail-ordered online via a network such as the Internet. Connected to the equipment at the site. The prize exchange system 1 of FIG. 1 is preferably a prize exchange system linked to online shopping. The computer center is basically located in a different location from each hall store.

A hall computer 400, a game machine 10, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged in the hall store. The hall computer 400 has functions such as managing information on the state of devices (including the game status of the player), members, and prizes arranged in the hall store, and records various data in the hall DB430. To be equipped. The game machine 10 is, for example, a pachislot machine or a pachinko machine, and a player acquires a game medium (medal or pachinko ball) by playing a game using these machines. Further, the game machine 10 is connected to the hall computer 400 and the sand device 20 to exchange information on the game status and the number of holdings (number of medals, number of balls) of the game medium.

The prize selection device includes a dedicated terminal 530, a smartphone 540, a feature phone 558, a personal computer or tablet terminal owned by the individual player, and any other terminal capable of network communication. The prize selection device is a device that displays information about products collected from a plurality of online shopping sites and allows a player to select a part of these products as a prize that can be exchanged in the future. The selected product is registered as a shopping list. The dedicated terminal 530 is provided with a large touch panel type display device and is connected to the hall computer 400. The dedicated terminal 530 can also function as a prize exchange device.

The smartphone 540 and the feature phone 558 are mobile devices (communication devices) owned by the player, and function as prize selection devices inside and outside the hall store. The smartphone 540 is a mobile phone provided with a touch panel type display device, and can be connected to a network such as the Internet to access a predetermined WEB site and display a WEB page. The feature phone 558 generally refers to a device provided with a display device and having a communication function similar to that of the smartphone 540. The smartphone 540 and the feature phone 558 access the mobile I / F server 680 described later via a network 690 including a mobile network and a wireless LAN network.

In the present embodiment, the smartphone 540 and the feature phone 558 are used as a prize selection device, but the device has a display device and a communication function similar to those of the smartphone 540 and the feature phone 558, and the device can be identified by some method. For example, various other devices can be used as prize selection devices.

The prize exchange device includes a sand device 20, a prize POS 500, and a prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, each of which is connected to the hall computer 400. The prize exchange device is a device that displays information (shopping list) about prizes selected in advance by the prize selection device and allows the player to select a prize to be exchanged. Each of the sand devices 20 is connected to one game machine 10 and has functions such as lending, counting (counting devices for each machine), and holding (storing medals, balls) of game media. However, in the present invention, as a prize exchange device. Also works. Further, a large display device and a digital signage device 515 installed on the upper part of the game machine 10 are connected to the sand device 20.

The prize POS500 is installed at the prize exchange counter of the hall store, and is used by the staff of the hall store to respond to the player's prize exchange. For example, the receipt issued by the counting device is read, or the counting value and the number of holdings transmitted from the sanding device 20 are read, and a prize having a corresponding value is provided to the player. In the present invention, the prize POS500 also functions as a prize exchange device. Further, a prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, which functions as a prize exchange device, is connected to the prize POS 500.

The hall cooperation system includes a hall cooperation computer 560 and a center store I / F server 580. The hall cooperation computer 560 relays instructions and data transmission / reception between the core server 600 of the computer center and the hall computer 400 of each hall store, which will be described later, and also data linkage / data integration of hall stores and individual hall stores of the same group. To control. Further, the hall cooperation computer 560 stores data for realizing the above-mentioned functions in the hall cooperation DB 570. The center store I / F server 580 is a server that relays and controls instructions and data transmission / reception to the center store 590.

A core server 600, a mobile I / F server 680, a shop management server 700, an ASP-I / F server 800, an individual shop I / F server 820, and an EC mall I / F server 840 are arranged in the computer center. The core server 600 manages the user of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment as a mall member, and performs the prize selection control process and the prize exchange control process according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations, respectively. When the prize exchange is decided, the prize order processing is automatically performed to the corresponding online shopping site. In addition, for the mall members in each hall store, the action history including the game status and the prize exchange status is collected and stored.

The mobile I / F server 680 provides a WEB server function that provides a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to an access from a WEB browser executed by a smartphone 540 or a feature phone 558. It can also function as an application server that sends and receives data in response to access from other applications executed by a smartphone 540 or the like. The mobile I / F server 680 refers to and updates the data and the like of the core DB 650 in response to the operation of the smartphone 540 and the like.

The shop management server 700 collects and manages information about shops of a plurality of online shopping sites, collects information about products handled by the online shopping sites, and selects the product information as a free gift when certain conditions are met. Store as displayable on the device. Information about these shops and information about products are stored in the prize DB 750. In addition, in response to a command from the core server 600, a prize delivery instruction is transmitted to the corresponding online shopping site.

The ASP-I / F server 800 accesses the EC shop ASP server 850, which manages a plurality of online shopping sites in an integrated manner, using a predetermined protocol such as HTTP or HTTPS, and online shopping under the control of the EC shop ASP server 850. The information of the site (shop server 870) and the information of the products sold by the online shopping site are acquired and transmitted to the shop management server 700. Such processing may be automatically repeated at a predetermined timing, or may be performed when one of the shop servers 870 indicates that the update has been performed.

Further, when the prize delivery instruction is received from the shop management server 700, it is transmitted to the EC shop ASP server 850 according to the above protocol. When the EC shop ASP server 850 receives the prize delivery instruction, the EC shop ASP server 850 instructs the shop server 870 of the corresponding online shopping site to deliver the specified prize.

The individual shop I / F server 820 connects to the shop server 872 of the individual independent online shopping site by a predetermined protocol, and the information of the online shopping site (shop server 872) and the online shopping site are sold. The information of the product to be used is acquired and transmitted to the shop management server 700. Such processing may be automatically repeated at a predetermined timing, or may be performed when the shop server 872 indicates that the update has been performed.

When a prize delivery instruction is received from the shop management server 700, the prize delivery instruction is instructed to the corresponding online shopping site shop server 872 in accordance with the above protocol to deliver the specified prize.

The EC mall I / F server 840 connects to the EC mall management server 860 that manages a plurality of online shopping sites in an integrated manner by a predetermined protocol, and the online shopping site (shop server) under the control of the EC mall management server 860. The information of 874) and the information of the products sold by the online shopping site are acquired and transmitted to the shop management server 700. Such processing may be automatically repeated at a predetermined timing, or may be performed when one of the shop servers 874 indicates that the update has been performed.

Further, when the prize delivery instruction is received from the shop management server 700, it is transmitted to the EC mall I / F server 840 according to the above protocol. When the EC mall I / F server 840 receives the prize delivery instruction, the EC mall I / F server 840 instructs the shop server 874 of the corresponding online shopping site to deliver the specified prize.

As described above, the interface server such as the ASP-I / F server 800 acquires the information about the shop and the information about the product by the communication / connection procedure (protocol) according to the connection destination EC shop ASP server 850 or the like. , The product delivery instruction is transmitted, but in this embodiment, only an example is shown. Computers on online shopping sites can take various configurations and connection forms, but an interface server is built according to the configuration and connection form, and the above-mentioned information about shops and products can be automatically acquired. , You can send merchandise delivery instructions.

The interface server such as the ASP-I / F server 800 is composed of a computer different from the shop management server 700, but the shop management server 700 may be configured to realize the same function. Good. Further, the interface server can be further divided according to the function and the corresponding shop server, and can be configured by more computers.

Further, the acquisition of information about the shop, the acquisition of information about the product, and the transmission of the product delivery instruction may be performed by a human instead of these interface servers.

Next, the game machine 10 and the sanding device 20 used in the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 2 and 3. FIG. 2 is a front view showing a game machine 10 provided with a sandwich device 20. FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing the sand device 20. As described above, the sand device 20 can also be used as a prize exchange device. The gaming machine 10 shown in FIG. 2 is a pachislot machine. Both a pachislot machine and a pachinko machine can be used as the game machine 10 of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, but in the following description of the present embodiment, the embodiment related to the pachislot machine will be mainly used. explain.

As shown in FIG. 2, a sandwich device 20 is provided on the right side of the game machine 10. Each sandwich device 20 is installed corresponding to an adjacent game machine 10, and is communicably connected to the corresponding game machine 10. Further, each sand device 20 is communicably connected to the hall computer 400 that manages the system and sales of the sand device 20 in the entire hall.

The front portion 21 of the sanding device 20 includes an LED (light-emitting diode) portion 31, a card insertion slot 32, a bill insertion slot 33 into which bills can be inserted, and an operation unit 34 composed of a touch panel LCD (liquid crystal display). A camera 35, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 36, a medal (game medium) payout tray 37, a speaker cover 38, a medal (game medium) counting slot 39, and the like are provided. The card insertion slot 32 is, for example, an insertion slot capable of accepting an information card issued by a card issuing machine (not shown) in the hall. The LED unit 31 is composed of a full-color LED 31A and an infrared LED (infrared light emitting diode) 31B.

A player can rent a medal as a game medium necessary for a game by inserting an information card (for example, an IC card) or a banknote of a predetermined amount into the card insertion slot 32 or the bill insertion slot 33. .. In addition, the player can rent medals necessary for the game by holding the non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 36.

Upon receiving a bill or a non-contact IC card, the sanding device 20 counts the number of medals corresponding to the amount of the inserted value medium by the payout hopper provided inside and pays out the medals. Pay out from the tray 37. Further, when the sand device 20 receives the insertion of the information card on which the number of usable medals is written, the sand device 20 pays out a number of medals corresponding to the number of medals written on the inserted information card. It is counted by the hopper and paid out from the medal payout tray 37. The player can play a game in the game machine 10 by inserting the medals paid out from the medal payout tray 37 into the medal insertion slot 11 of the game machine 10.

Here, the non-contact IC card includes, for example, a smartphone 540 with a built-in non-contact IC chip, a feature phone 558, other mobile devices, and communication devices.

Further, in the game machine 10, medals are paid out to the medal payout tray 12 according to the result of the game. The player can count the medals by the sand device 20 by scooping the medals from the medal payout tray 12 and inserting them into the medal counting slot 39 of the sand device 20. The sanding device 20 counts medals inserted from the medal counting slot 39 by a counting hopper provided inside. As described above, since the sand device 20 is attached to the game machine 10 and has a function of counting medals paid out from the game machine 10 according to the result of the game, it is also called a counting device for each machine. ing.

When the game machine 10 is a pachinko machine, the pachinko balls are introduced into the counting slot of the sand device 20. For example, when the player drops the pachinko balls paid out on the upper plate as a result of the game by performing a predetermined operation, the pachinko balls fall on the guide plate attached below the lower plate. To do. The guide plate guides the pachinko balls that have fallen from the lower plate to the counting slot provided in the sandwich device 20. The pachinko balls introduced into the counting slot are counted by a counting unit provided inside the sanding device 20.

The counted result is recorded in the information card inserted from the card insertion slot 32, or stored in the storage unit or non-contact IC card provided in the hall computer 400. Further, the information card and the non-contact IC card store the balance data and the identification information for identifying the IC card.

The medals counted in the counting hopper are discharged to the conveyor from the discharge port provided on the bottom surface of the sanding device 20 and collected. In a place where the conveyor is not provided, a storage box for storing medals may be installed at the lower part of the sanding device 20 and the medals may be discharged to the storage box.

When the gaming machine 10 is a pachinko machine, the pachinko balls counted in the counting unit are discharged from the discharge port provided on the back surface of the sanding device 20 and collected. Further, apart from the counting path of the pachinko balls thrown in from the counting slot, a fractional supply unit is provided on the back side of the sand device 20 to receive the fractional pachinko balls from the outside. .. By this supply unit, a fixed amount of pachinko balls for fractions is always stored, and if necessary, the pachinko balls for fractions are paid out to the guide plate from the payout outlet for fractions.

A digital signage device 515 is installed on the upper part of the game machine 10, and a display regarding the prize exchange provided by the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment is performed. The digital signage device 515 is connected to the sand device 20, and an image or the like displayed on the operation unit 34 of the sand device 20 is displayed in conjunction with the digital signage device 515.

Next, the operation unit 34 of the sand device 20 will be described with reference to FIG. The operation unit 34 includes a display 341 and a touch panel type operation button 342. The operation button 342 is displayed as an image imitating various buttons, and accepts the player's operation according to the image. Specifically, the operation buttons 342 are used for "return", "premium exchange", "rental", "start counting", "pay out balls", "stop counting", "store balls", "service", and "store balls". It is displayed as an image imitating the operation button 342 corresponding to various processes such as "payout". The player can execute the process by touching (tapping) the operation button 342 corresponding to the desired process.

For example, the "lending" operation button 342 inserts an information card into the card insertion slot 32, holds the non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 36, or inserts cash into the bill insertion slot 33. This is the part to be operated when you want to lend a medal. The operation button 342 of "counting start" is a part to be operated when a medal is inserted into the medal counting slot 39 and counted. The operation button 342 of "counting stop" is a part to be operated when counting is stopped after starting counting of medals. The "return" operation button 342 is a part to be operated when returning the inserted information card. At this time, balance information, medals held or stored medals, and a card ID as needed are written on the information card.

By inserting an information card or a bill of a predetermined amount into the card insertion slot 32 or the bill insertion slot 33, the player can rent a medal as a game medium necessary for the game. In addition, the player can rent medals necessary for the game by holding the non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 36.

The operation button 343 of the "prize exchange" displays the shopping list selected in advance by the player on the operation unit 34, and touches (tap operation) the prizes that the player actually wants to exchange to exchange the prizes. decide. Further, all or a part of the image displayed on the operation unit 34, or an image related to the image is displayed in conjunction with the digital signage device 515 installed on the upper part of the game machine 10.

Next, the configuration of the sandwich device 20 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the sanding device 20. The main CPU (central processing unit) 40 reads the control unit program stored in the ROM (read only memory) 41 and executes a process related to prize exchange, a medal counting process, and other processes. Various data related to the processing are stored in the RAM (random access memory) 42.

The main CPU 40 is non-contact via the amount data read from the information card via the information card reader / writer 22 or the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23 (non-contact IC card reader / writer 36 shown in FIG. 3). The amount data read from the IC card is stored in the RAM 42 as balance data. Based on this balance data and the operation result output from the operation unit 34, the main CPU 40 pays out medals for the specified amount when the amount specified by the player is smaller than the balance data. The balance data is updated by counting and paying out in, and subtracting the amount of medals paid out from the balance data. The main CPU 40 can drive the payout hopper 45 by controlling the drive circuit 43. Further, a counting hopper 46 is connected to the main CPU 40 via a drive circuit 44, and the main CPU 40 can drive the counting hopper 46 by controlling the drive circuit 44.

A button for returning the information card is also displayed on the operation unit 34, and when the player operates this operation button, the main CPU 40 inserts the information card inserted in the information card reader / writer 22. Return from mouth 32.

Further, the main CPU 40 stores the bill identification result output from the bill identification device (bilver burr) 24 in the RAM 42 as balance data. Based on this balance data and the operation result output from the operation unit 34, the main CPU 40 pays out medals for the specified amount when the amount specified by the player is smaller than the balance data. The balance data is updated by counting and paying out in, and subtracting the amount of medals paid out from the balance data. The main CPU 40 can drive the payout hopper 45 by controlling the drive circuit 43.

Further, the main CPU 40 uses the infrared LED 31B of the LED unit 31 as a monitoring floodlight, reflects the infrared light from the infrared LED 31B by the player, and images the infrared light with the camera 35. The main CPU 40 stores the image captured by the camera 35 in the RAM 42, and detects the presence or change of the player based on this image. This detection process is always performed. When the player's state changes to the non-detection (leaving) state and the information card inserted from the card insertion slot 32 remains inserted, or the balance in the amount data of the bill inserted from the bill insertion slot 33. If there is, the main CPU 40 can call attention to the player who intends to leave the seat by issuing a warning sound or a warning sound via the speaker 48. As a warning voice, a voice such as "I forgot my card" is emitted.

As described above, the main CPU 40 is configured to perform non-contact communication with the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23. This communication method is, for example, an electromagnetic induction method having a carrier frequency of 13.56 MHz. The main CPU 40 counts the number of medals corresponding to the amount data read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23 by the payout hopper 45, pays out from the medal payout tray 37, and also non-contact. Rewrite the balance data of the contact IC card.

Further, the main CPU 40 communicates with the game machine 10 and the hall computer 400 via the interface 47. The game machine 10 periodically transmits the number of medals paid out as a result of the game and the number of medals inserted by the player to play the game to the sand device 20, and the main CPU 40 of the sand device 20 sends the number of medals to the sand device 20. When these information is received, they are stored in the RAM 42.

Further, the main CPU 40 periodically captures the player's face image via the camera 35 and stores it in the RAM 42. When the face image memorized last time is compared with the face image memorized this time and it is determined that the person is not the same person, the main CPU 40 determines that the player has been replaced and performs processing accordingly.

As shown in FIG. 2, the game machine 10 and the sand device 20 are each communicably connected to the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 receives accumulated information (medal number information) regarding the number of medals such as medal insertion information and withdrawal information from the game machine 10 via the sand device 20, and the information card and non-contact IC card from the sand device 20. Information on the number of medals (medal number information) such as the movement of the number of medals between the medals and the counting result by the counting hopper 46 is received.

Further, the main CPU 40 displays an image for exchanging the prize when the operation button of the "premium exchange" displayed on the operation unit 34 is operated, and the digital signage device 515 displays the image or the image. Display related images.

Next, the configuration of the game machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the game machine 10. The gaming machine 10 shown in FIG. 6 is a pachislot machine. The game machine 10 includes a main control circuit 250, a sub control circuit 280, and peripheral devices (actuators) electrically connected to these. The main control circuit 250 has a microcomputer 260 installed on a circuit board as a main component. The microcomputer 260 is composed of a main CPU 261 and a main ROM 262, and a main RAM 263.

The main ROM 262 stores a control program executed by the main CPU 261, a data table such as an internal lottery table, data for transmitting various control commands (commands) to the sub control circuit 280, and the like. The main RAM 263 is provided with a storage area for storing various data such as an internal winning combination determined by executing a control program.

A clock pulse generation circuit 252, a frequency divider 253, a random number generator 254, and a sampling circuit 255 are connected to the main CPU 261. The clock pulse generation circuit 252 and the frequency divider 253 generate a clock pulse. The main CPU 261 executes a control program based on the generated clock pulse. The random number generator 254 generates random numbers in a predetermined range (for example, 0 to 65535). The sampling circuit 255 extracts one value from the generated random numbers.

A switch or the like is connected to the input port of the microcomputer 260. The main CPU 261 receives an input from a switch or the like and controls the operation of peripheral devices such as stepping motors 271L, 271C and 271R. The stop switch 312S, which is a stop operation detecting means, detects that each of the three stop buttons 312L, 312C, and 312R has been pressed by the player (stop operation). Further, the start switch 310S, which is a start operation detecting means, detects that the start lever has been operated by the player (start operation).

The medal sensor 290S detects that the medal received in the medal insertion slot 11 (see FIG. 2) has passed through the selector. Further, the bet switch 332S detects that the bet button has been pressed by the player. Further, the settlement switch 334S detects that the settlement button has been pressed by the player. Further, the door sensor 335S detects that the door of the housing has been opened.

Peripheral devices whose operation is controlled by the microcomputer 260 include stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R, a 7-segment display 314, and a hopper 350. Further, a circuit for controlling the operation of each peripheral device is connected to the output port of the microcomputer 260.

The motor drive circuit 272 controls the drive of the stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R provided corresponding to the reels 320L, 320C, 320R. The reel position detection circuit 270 detects, according to each reel 320L, 320C, 320R, a reel index indicating that the reels 320L, 320C, 320R have made one rotation by an optical sensor having a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit.

The stepping motors 271L, 271C, and 271R have a configuration in which the momentum is proportional to the number of pulse outputs and the rotation axis can be stopped at a specified angle. The driving force of the stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R is transmitted to the reels 320L, 320C, 320R via gears having a predetermined reduction ratio. Each time a pulse is output to the stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R, the reels 320L, 320C, 320R rotate at a constant angle.

The main CPU 261 counts the number of times a pulse is output to the stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R after detecting the reel index, thereby rotating the reels 320L, 320C, 320R (mainly, how many reels are symbols). (Whether it has rotated by the amount) is managed, and the position of each symbol arranged on the surface of the reels 320L, 320C, 320R is managed.

The display unit drive circuit 315 controls the operation of the 7-segment display 314. Further, the hopper drive circuit 352 controls the operation of the hopper 350. Further, the payout completion signal circuit 353 manages the detection of medals performed by the medal detection unit 351 provided in the hopper 350, and checks whether or not the number of medals discharged to the outside from the hopper 350 has reached the number of medals to be paid out.

The sub-control circuit 280 is electrically connected to the main control circuit 250, and performs processing such as determination and execution of the effect content based on a command transmitted from the main control circuit 250. The sub-control circuit 280 basically includes a sub CPU, a sub ROM, a sub RAM, a rendering processor, a drawing RAM, a driver, a DSP (digital signal processor), an audio RAM, and the like.

The sub CPU controls the output of video, sound, and light according to the control program stored in the sub ROM in response to the command transmitted from the main control circuit 250. The sub-RAM is provided with a storage area for registering the determined effect content and effect data, and a storage area for storing various data such as an internal winning combination transmitted from the main control circuit 250. The sub ROM is basically composed of a program storage area and a data storage area.

In addition, the sub-ROM stores effect data for performing the effect by light in the light emission effect device (not shown). The sub CPU causes the lamp 362 to emit light by outputting this effect data based on the command from the main control circuit 250. Further, the sub ROM stores the effect data for performing the effect by sound effects and images, and the sub CPU outputs the effect data based on the command from the main control circuit 250, thereby causing the speaker. A sound effect is output from 364, and an effect image is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 360.

Here, the interface 264 is connected to the main control circuit 250, and the main CPU 261 communicates with the sand device 20 and the hall computer 400 via the interface 264. The main CPU 261 transmits accumulated information such as medal insertion information and medal payout information to the sand device 20 while communicating with the sand device 20. The medal insertion information is, for example, the number of medals inserted into the game machine 10 for a game in a certain period of time. Further, the medal payout information is, for example, the number of medals paid out, the number of bonuses generated, and the like. The main CPU 261 accumulates these stored information in the main RAM 263 from the time when these stored information is transmitted to the sand device 20 last time until the next transmission, and transmits the stored information to the sand device 20 at a fixed timing. .. After transmitting to the sandwich device 20, the main CPU 261 resets the accumulated information up to that point.

Next, the configuration of the hall computer 400 will be described with reference to FIG. 7. FIG. 7 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 includes a main CPU 401, a ROM 402, a RAM 403, an external storage device 404, a display 405, an interface 406, and a speaker 407.

The main CPU 401 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 402 and the RAM 403. For example, the main CPU 401 manages the member information of the hall store, manages the number of holdings of game media such as balls and medals for each member, and manages the game status and prize exchange status of each member. Execute and control the display 405 and the speaker 407.

The display 405 displays game data managed by the hall computer 400, or notifies the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 405 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

The speaker 407 notifies the display 405 together with the display 405 when an illegality or abnormality such as an illegal carry-in of a medal occurs. The speaker 407 outputs various voice data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

The hall computer 400 is communicably connected to the game machine 10, the sand device 20, the prize POS 500, the dedicated terminal 530, and the hall cooperation computer 560 via the interface 406. The control program for carrying out the present invention is stored in, for example, the external storage device 404 and loaded into the RAM 403. The control program can also be provided from another device via interface 406 or from another device externally via a network including the Internet.

The hall DB is stored in the external storage device 404, and member information, medal storage information, action history information, and the like are stored.

The hall linkage computer 560, the center store I / F server 580, the core server 600, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC mall I / F server 840 are also configured in the hall described above. Since it is similar to the configuration of the computer 400 (however, the devices connected by the interfaces are different), the description thereof will be omitted.

Next, the configuration of the prize POS500 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the prize POS500. The illustrated prize POS 500 is configured to realize the prize exchange by the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment and also to enable the conventional prize exchange. The prize POS500 includes a main CPU 501, ROM 502, RAM 503, an information card reader / writer 504, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 505, a barcode reader 506, a player side display 507, a keyboard 508, a store side display 509, an interface 510, and The speaker 511 is provided.

The main CPU 501 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 502 and the RAM 503. For example, the main CPU 501 executes the inventory management of the prize, the management of the prize exchange, and the prize exchange process by the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment. The control program may also be provided from another device via interface 510 or from another device externally via a network including the Internet.

When the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card by each of the counting devices of the sand device 20, the main CPU 501 reads the member ID (player in the hall store) from the information card via the information card reader / writer 504. ID), or the member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 505 is acquired, and the hall computer 400 is accessed to hold the number of game media associated with the acquired member ID. Obtain (number of accumulated medals). Further, the main CPU 501 can also read the receipt on which the counting result is printed with the barcode reader 506, thereby acquiring the number of holdings (the number of accumulated medals) of the game medium.

The player-side display 507 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player. The main CPU 501 receives the number of prizes (general prizes and special prizes in stock in the hall store) specified by the player via the player side display 507. Next, the main CPU 501 obtains the number of medals corresponding to the prize specified by the player, and if this is smaller than the number of holdings of the game medium, the main CPU 501 displays that fact on the store side display 509, and the staff of the hall store The prize is exchanged by the operation. The store-side display 509 is configured as a touch panel display like the player-side display 507, and the staff performs the operation using the store-side display 509 or the keyboard 508.

When the exchange of prizes is completed, the main CPU 501 accesses the hall computer 400 and subtracts the number of holdings of the game medium related to the corresponding member ID. Further, the prize POS 500 is communicably connected to the hall computer 400 and the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 via the interface 510.

The main CPU 501 further displays a screen (including a shopping list screen) for exchanging prizes of the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment on the player side display 507. On the screen, the information of the prize instructed to be exchanged by the player is the mall member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 505 (in the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment). It is associated with the player ID) and transmitted to the core server 600 via the hall computer 400 and the hall cooperation computer 560.

Next, with reference to FIG. 9, the configuration of the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 will be described. FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520. The prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 includes a main CPU 521, a ROM 522, a RAM 523, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 524, a display 525, an interface 526, and a speaker 527.

The main CPU 521 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 522 and the RAM 523. For example, the main CPU 521 executes the inventory management of the prize, the management of the prize exchange, and the prize exchange process by the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment, similarly to the prize POS500. The control program may also be provided from another device via interface 526 or from another device externally via a network including the Internet.

The display 525 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player. Further, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 is connected to the prize POS 500 via the interface 526 so as to cooperate with the prize POS 500.

The main CPU 521 displays a screen (including a shopping list screen) for exchanging prizes of the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment on the display 525. On the screen, the information of the prize instructed to be exchanged by the player is associated with the mall member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 524, and goes through the prize POS500. Then, it is transmitted to the core server 600 via the hall computer 400 and the hall cooperation computer 560.

In addition, a non-contact IC card reader / writer is provided only in the prize POS500, and when the mall member ID is read by the prize POS500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 is linked and the prize is exchanged on the display 525. It can be configured to display a screen for (including a shopping list screen).

Next, the configuration of the smartphone 540 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the smartphone 540. The smartphone 540 includes a main CPU 541, ROM 542, RAM 543, a non-contact IC chip 544, a GPS antenna 545, a wireless communication antenna 546, a display 547, a camera 548, a microphone 549, and a speaker 550.

The main CPU 541 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 542 or the RAM 543. For example, the main CPU 541 executes an application downloaded via a WEB browser or an external network, transmits / receives data to / from the mobile I / F server 680, and performs mall member registration processing and prize selection by the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment. Execute the process.

The internal data of the non-contact IC chip 544 is read by a reader such as the non-contact IC card reader / writer 505 of the above-mentioned prize POS500. For example, IDm capable of identifying the non-contact IC chip 544 and data written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 544 can be read out non-contactly. Further, if necessary, data can be written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 544 in a non-contact manner.

The main CPU 541 receives signals from a plurality of GPS (Global Positioning System) via the GPS antenna 545 and examines the position of the smartphone 540. The position information obtained in this way is stored in the RAM 543 or the like and is used in the program as needed.

The main CPU 541 communicates with a mobile phone base station via a wireless communication antenna 546, transmits / receives call data for making a call with another device, or is provided from another terminal via the Internet. Controls to browse the WEB page and send / receive mail data to / from the mail server. Further, the main CPU 541 realizes wireless LAN communication with the wireless LAN access point by using the wireless communication antenna 546, and transmits / receives data via the Internet (however, the antenna used for the wireless LAN communication is a mobile phone. It is a different antenna from the one that communicates with the base station).

For example, the main CPU 541 receives data on a WEB page, which is a screen related to mall member registration and prize selection, from the mobile I / F server 680, interprets the data, and displays the data on the display 547. The display 547 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player, and the player gives a predetermined instruction to the mobile I / F by touching a predetermined position on the screen displayed on the display 547. Reply to server 680.

The camera 548 is a small image pickup device built in the smartphone 540, and the image pickup element is composed of a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like. Voice input / output is performed by the microphone 549 and the speaker 550, and voice signal processing is performed by the main CPU 541 to enable voice communication by a mobile phone.

Although the description of the configuration of the feature phone 558 and other mobile devices is omitted, the configuration is the same as that of the smartphone 540 described above. If a non-contact IC card (here, a non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 540) is not used for identifying a mall member or a mobile device (communication device), it is not necessary to include the component. ..

Next, with reference to FIG. 11, the outline of the operation flow of the player in the prize exchange system 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described. First, the player operates the smartphone 540 or the like to register as a mall member (step S10). This registration is a registration for using the prize exchange system 1, and it is only necessary to perform the prize exchange once at the beginning regardless of which hall store the prize is exchanged. In addition, this registration is different from the membership registration at the hall store.

After registering as a mall member, the player operates the prize selection device, logs in to the prize exchange system 1 (step S11), and exchanges the products collected from multiple online shopping sites as prizes in the future. A shopping list is created by specifying what you want to do, and is stored in the system (step S12). At this time, the number of game media required for exchanging products is obtained from the exchange rate (exchange rate) of the hall store. After that, the player plays a game with the game machine 10 (step S13), and when a medal or a pachinko ball can be obtained, the sand device 20 instructs the counting of the medal or the like and holds it on the system, that is, stores it. An instruction for a medal (ball storage) is given (step S14). The number of held game media is associated with the mall member ID by holding a smartphone 540 or the like over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23 of the sand device 20.

Next, the player logs in to the prize exchange system 1 (step S15) in the prize exchange device, calls and displays the shopping list created in advance in step S12, and actually exchanges from the list. A prize is designated and a prize exchange instruction is given (step S16). At this time, the number of held game media is referred to together with the exchange rate (exchange rate) of the hall store, and the total value of the prizes to be exchanged is controlled so as not to exceed the total value of the held game media. Will be done. By such an exchange instruction of the player, the designated prize will be delivered to the designated place.

When a prize exchange instruction is given using the sand device 20 that also functions as a prize exchange device, the player exchanges the prize from the instruction of counting medals or the like (because the sand device 20 is attached to the game machine 10). The instructions up to the above can be performed by a simple operation while sitting in front of the game machine 10 (step S17).

Here, the number of game media required for exchanging goods is calculated by referring to the exchange rate, and it is checked whether the total value of the exchanged prizes exceeds the total value of the held game media. However, if equivalent exchange is set for general prizes, it is basically unnecessary to refer to the exchange rate.

Next, with reference to FIG. 12, an outline of the processing flow after the prize exchange instruction in the prize exchange system 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described. After the player gives an instruction to exchange the prize (step S16 in FIG. 11), the core server or the like of the prize exchange system 1 automatically performs the shipping process or the like.

First, when the prize exchange device receives the prize exchange instruction from the player (step S20), the prize exchange instruction is then transmitted to the hall computer 400 to order the designated prize (step S21). The hall computer 400 issues a prize ordering instruction received from the prize exchange device (step S22) and pays the price (step S23). This payment is a payment from the hall store to the operating entity of the prize exchange system 1, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system. Such payment for the prize may be postpaid (or prepaid) for a plurality of prizes at once.

Next, when the core server 600 receives the prize ordering instruction from the hall computer 400, the core server 600, the shop server 870, etc., via the shop management server 700, the ASP-I / F server 800, the EC shop ASP server 850, etc. A prize delivery instruction corresponding to the prize ordering instruction is transmitted to the server of the shop that sells and delivers the corresponding prize (step S24). Further, for example, the ASP-I / F server 800, the EC mall I / F server 840, and the like are instructed to pay the price corresponding to this transaction (step S25). This payment is a payment from the operating entity of the prize exchange system 1 to the operating entity of the online shopping site, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a settlement instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system. Such payment for the prize may be postpaid (or prepaid) for a plurality of prizes at once.

The shop server 870 or the like that has received the prize delivery instruction outputs the prize delivery instruction and other documents such as a transaction slip as necessary (step S26), and thereafter, it is basically a human operation. For example, the designated prize is taken out of the warehouse, labeled with the delivery destination, and given to the delivery company.

Next, the functions of each device included in the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to the functional block diagrams of FIGS. 13 to 16. FIG. 13A is a functional block diagram of the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 includes a member management unit 411, a game medium holding number management unit 412, an action history management unit 413, and a network I / F unit 414. The hall computer 400 also has functions that a conventional hall computer has, such as management of prizes, but here, the functions related to the present invention will be mainly described. The network I / F unit 414 connects to a network such as the Internet and controls to transmit / receive data to / from the computer of the other party (hereinafter, the same applies to the network I / F unit of other devices). The details of other functions will be described later.

Further, the hall computer 400 stores the hall DB 430 in the external storage device 404, and the hall DB 430 has a member information table 431 that stores information about the members of the hall store, by instructing the member to save medals and balls. It includes a game medium holding number management table 432 that manages the holding number of the held game media, and an action history management table 433 that stores the action history such as the game status (including the store visit status) of the member (see FIG. 17). ). In this example, the member management unit 411 is executed by the hall computer 400, and the member information table 431 is stored in the external storage device (hall DB 430) of the hall computer 400, but is different from the hall computer 400. It is desirable that another computer (for example, a computer dedicated to member management) executes the member management unit 411 and stores the member information table 431.

FIG. 13B is a functional block diagram of the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520. The prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 includes an access control unit 471, a prize exchange control unit 472, a display control unit 473, and a cooperation device I / F unit 474. The sand device 20, the prize POS500, and the dedicated terminal 530 also function as the prize exchange device, and are configured to include at least functions corresponding to the above-mentioned access control unit 471, prize exchange control unit 472, and display control unit 473. .. In addition, these functions can also be realized by displaying a WEB page with a WEB browser. The functional block diagram of the sand device 20, the prize POS500, and the dedicated terminal 530 is omitted. The cooperation device I / F unit 474 connects to the prize POS500 via a network and controls data transmission / reception to and from the prize POS500. The details of other functions will be described later.

FIG. 14A is a functional block diagram of the smartphone 540. The smartphone 540 includes an access control unit 531, a member registration management unit 532, a prize selection control unit 533, a display control unit 534, and a network I / F unit 535. The feature phone 558 and the dedicated terminal 530 also function as a prize selection device, and at least the above-mentioned access control unit 531, member registration management unit 532, prize selection control unit 533, display control unit 534, and network I / F unit 535 are used. Including. For the feature phone 558 and the dedicated terminal 530, the functional block diagram is omitted. Further, the functions of the access control unit 531, the member registration management unit 532, the prize selection control unit 533, and the display control unit 534 can also be realized by displaying the WEB page with the WEB browser. The details of each function will be described later.

FIG. 14B is a functional block diagram of the hall cooperation computer 560. The hall cooperation computer 560 includes a data cooperation control unit 561, a network I / F unit 562, and a center store I / F unit 563. The center store I / F unit 563 realizes an interface to the hall store identified as the center store, and controls data transmission / reception to / from the center store. The details of other functions will be described later.

Further, the hall cooperation computer 560 stores the hall cooperation DB 570 in the external storage device, and the hall cooperation DB 570 includes the hall computer information table 571 in which the computer ID, the store group, and the store code of the hall store are associated with each other. (See FIG. 18).

FIG. 15 is a functional block diagram of the core server 600. The core server 600 includes a mall member management unit 601, a prize selection control unit 604, a prize exchange control unit 605, a prize order control unit 606, an action history management unit 607, a network I / F unit 608, and a mobile device management unit 609. .. The mobile device management unit 609 manages the connection with the mobile device. For example, when the mobile device connects to the mobile I / F server 680, data transmission / reception to / from the mobile I / F server 680 is realized, and necessary data is required in response to a request from the mobile I / F server 680. Is generated by the core server 600 and transmitted. The details of each of the other functions will be described later.

Further, the core server 600 stores the core DB 650 in the external storage device, and the core DB 650 stores the mall member information table 651 that stores the information of the mall member of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, and the member stores medals. A mall member that manages the number of game media held by instructing a player or a stored ball. A mall member game medium holding number management table 652, and stores and manages a shopping list created as a result of a player selecting a product by a prize selection device. Shopping list management table 653, memorize exchange rates for general prizes for each hall store, exchange rate management table 654, memorize and manage the contents of orders placed on online shopping sites, order management table 655, and the members concerned. Includes a mall member action history management table 656 that stores action history such as game status and exchange status (see FIGS. 18 to 20).

FIG. 16A is a functional block diagram of the shop management server 700. The shop management server 700 includes a shop information management unit 701, a product selection management unit 702, and a network I / F unit 703 (details of each function will be described later). Further, the shop management server 700 stores the prize DB 750 in the external storage device, and the prize DB 750 stores the shop management table 751 that stores the shop information and the product management table 752 that stores the product information collected from the online shopping site. , And a filtering data table 753 that stores filtering data used as a criterion for selection when collecting product information from an online shopping site (see FIG. 20).

FIG. 16B is a functional block diagram of the ASP-I / F server 800. The ASP-I / F server 800 includes a server communication control unit 801, an online shopping I / F unit 802, a prize order control unit 803, and a network I / F unit 804 (details of each function will be described later). Further, other interface servers (individual shop I / F server 820 and EC mall I / F server 840) also have the same functions, and the description thereof will be omitted here.

Up to this point, the functions of each device in the prize exchange system 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention have been described, but the functional unit that executes these functions may execute all or part of them with one device. It can be configured to run by multiple devices, including computers at different sites connected over the network. Further, the DBs stored in the external storage devices can also be arranged in one storage device or distributed in a plurality of storage devices. In particular, the behavior history management table 433 of the hall DB 430 and the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the core DB 650 store information on the game status of the player one by one, so that they are extremely large-scale data (so-called big data). Therefore, from the viewpoint of storage capacity management and access management, it may be desirable that the data be distributed and stored in a plurality of locations. Further, the mall member behavior history management table 656 is stored in an external storage device of another database or another computer (or a computer of another site) from the same viewpoints as above such as storage capacity management and access management. Is desirable.

Next, the mall member registration process will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22. The mall member registration process is a process of registering as a member of the prize exchange system 1, and is performed only once at the beginning for the hall store used by the player (step S10 in FIG. 11). FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the processes for realizing the mall member registration process for each subject of the smartphone 540, the mobile I / F server 680, and the core server 600. This process is mainly realized by the access management unit 531 and the member registration management unit 532 of the smartphone 540, and the mobile device management unit 609 and the mall member management unit 601 of the core server 600.

First, in response to the player's operation, a request is sent to the WEB page for mall member registration (WEB page provided by the mobile I / F server 680 that functions as a WEB server) on the smartphone 540 (step). S40). In response to this request, the mobile I / F server 680 returns the WEB page of the mall member registration (step S41), and the smartphone 540 receives this WEB page and the mall as shown in FIG. 22 (A). The member registration screen 880 is displayed on the display (step S42). In this example, the smartphone 540 has a function of a WEB browser, and exchanges HTML data with the mobile I / F server 680 by a protocol such as HTTP or HTTPS.

Next, the smartphone 540 determines whether or not the player touches the "register" button 884 (step S43), and maintains the display of the mall member registration screen 880 until the operation is performed. When the mall member registration screen 880 is displayed, the player can deliver the player's own name, the store code of the hall store to be used, the password, the e-mail address, the address, and the delivery destination (delivery destination 1, delivery destination 2). ) Etc., and when the input is completed, touch the "Register" button 884.

When the player touches the "register" button 884, the smartphone 540 acquires the player's input information input on the mall member registration screen 880 (step S44), and further, the non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 540. A unique ID (for example, a unique ID such as IDm) is acquired (step S45), and these information are transmitted to the mobile I / F server 680 as registration information (step S46). When the mobile I / F server 680 receives the registration information, it transmits it to the core server 600 (step S47).

When the core server 600 receives the registration information, it refers to the unique ID, the store code, the password, etc., and performs a duplication check, a reliability check, etc. (step S48), and whether or not the registration information satisfies the predetermined registration conditions. Determine (step S49). If the conditions are not met, an instruction is given to display an error (step S50), and in response to this instruction, an error page is created on the mobile I / F server 680 and then sent to the smartphone 540 (step S51). , The smartphone 540 that received this displays an error page on the display (step S52).

On the other hand, when the registration information satisfies the predetermined registration conditions, the core server 600 adds the registration information to the mall member information table 651 (step S53). After that, an instruction is given to display the registration completion (step S54), and in response to this instruction, a registration completion page is created on the mobile I / F server 680, then transmitted to the smartphone 540 (step S55) and received. The smartphone 540 displays the registration completion page on the display (step S56).

In the above example, the smartphone 540 is equipped with a WEB browser function and realizes an interactive interface by exchanging HTML data with the mobile I / F server 680, but the same can be done by various other methods. You can configure the interface. For example, an application capable of transmitting and receiving data to and from the mobile I / F server 680 can be downloaded to the smartphone 540, and various screens can be displayed by the application. Further, in the mall member registration process of this example, the mall member is authenticated by using the IDm and password of the non-contact IC chip built in the mobile device such as the smartphone 540, but the non-contact IC card and other cards are used. It can also be done using. In that case, when registering as a mall member, it is necessary to hold the non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer or insert another card into the card insertion slot to acquire information unique to the card.

Further, as shown in FIG. 22 (B), the smartphone 540 displays the other store cooperation registration screen 890, and the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment is also used at other hall stores by using this mall member ID. can do.

FIG. 18B shows the mall member information table 651. In this example, the unique ID and the mall member ID are associated with each other on a one-to-one basis. After registering as a mall member with the store code "034", the player with the mall member ID "U004" has registered in cooperation with other hall stores (store code "089") (see FIG. 22 (B)). ), The mall member ID "U004" and the member ID "C276" of other hall stores are linked here. In this example, the store code is assumed to be unique throughout for convenience.

When the "Register" button 894 is touched on the other store cooperation registration screen 890 shown in FIG. 22 (B), the mall member ID is checked, and then the hall cooperation computer 560 is accessed to provide hall computer information. With reference to Table 571, it is specified which computer is the hall computer that manages the input linked store code. After that, the specified computer (hall computer 400 of another hall store) is accessed, and the member information table 431 (see FIG. 17 (A)) is referred to there to determine whether or not the entered member ID and password match. To do. If they match, it is assumed that the application is correct, and a record associating the mall member ID with the member IDs of other hall stores is created in the mall member information table 651.

By such processing, a player who has registered as a mall member at a certain hall store can exchange prizes according to the present embodiment at another hall store according to the number of game media held at the other hall store. The prize can be exchanged by the system 1. In addition, the delivery destination can be set separately on the other store cooperation registration screen 890, and the delivery destination can be changed according to the hall store to be used. The above configuration is only an example, and various other data structures and other processing procedures can be used in order to cooperate with such other hall stores.

It is also possible to integrate the number of holdings of game media between hall stores of the same group or among all hall stores, and design so that prizes can be exchanged at any hall store with the total number of holdings. It is possible. In that case, it can be further controlled to adjust the difference in the exchange rate between the hall stores. Furthermore, it is also possible to integrate a plurality of types of game media (for example, a pachinko ball rented for 4 yen and a medal rented for 20 yen) after adjustment.

Next, the prize selection control process of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 to 25. The prize selection control process is a process of selecting products collected from a plurality of online shopping sites as candidates for prizes to be exchanged in the future (processes executed by steps S11 and S12 of FIG. 11). FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the processes for realizing the prize selection control process for each subject of the prize selection device, the hall computer 400, and the core server 600. The processing is mainly realized by the prize selection control unit (functional unit corresponding to the prize selection control unit 533 of the smartphone 540) of the prize selection device and the prize selection control unit 604 of the core server 600. Here, it is premised that the prize selection device is not a portable device such as a smartphone 540, but a device installed in a hall store and operated there, for example, a dedicated terminal 530. 24 and 25 show a prize selection instruction screen and the like displayed on the display device of the dedicated terminal 530.

First, according to the operation of the player, the prize selection device displays the prize selection login screen (step S60). FIG. 24A shows an example of the prize selection login screen 900. Here, the player holds a mobile phone (for example, a smartphone 540 with a built-in non-contact IC chip) as instructed on the screen, causes the prize selection device to read the unique ID (IDm) of the non-contact IC chip, and inputs the password. input. Although the mall member ID can be grasped on the system side by the unique ID (see the mall member information table 651 in FIG. 18B), the mall member ID may be input here.

The prize selection device determines whether or not these inputs by the player are completed (step S61), and maintains the display of the prize selection login screen 900 until the input is received. When the input is completed (when the "Next" button is touched on the prize selection login screen 900), the unique ID (for example, IDm) and password of the smartphone 540 are transmitted to the hall computer 400 (step S62). Next, the hall computer 400 transfers these login information to the core server 600 (step S63).

Upon receiving the login information, the core server 600 refers to the mall member information table 651 and determines whether or not the unique ID and the password match (step S64). If they do not match, an instruction is given to display an error (step S65), an error page is created by the hall computer 400 in response to this instruction, and then transmitted to the prize selection device (step S66). The received prize selection device displays an error page on the display (step S67).

When it is determined that the unique ID and the password match, the core server 600 accesses the product management table 752 of the shop management server 700 and acquires the product information (step S68). Here, the core server 600 determines the product information to be displayed to the player and the display order of the product information according to predetermined conditions (step S69). For example, the attributes of the player, the analysis result of the action history, the number of game media held (including statistical values), the hall stores used, the ranking of the prizes registered in the shopping list, and the prizes exchanged as prizes. Determine the product information to be displayed and the display order based on various viewpoints such as ranking, discount rate, popularity, season, time, weather (temperature, humidity, etc.), magazine publication, recommended information, trend information, etc. can do.

Next, the core server 600 creates a page of the prize selection instruction screen so as to display the product information based on the determined display order, and transmits the page to the hall computer 400 (step S70). At this time, if the hall store where the player finally exchanges the prize is specified, the hall computer 400 acquires the exchange rate of the hall store from the exchange rate management table 654, and based on the information, Display the number of game media required for exchange for each product. When the dedicated terminal 530 is used as a prize selection device as in this example, the exchange rate corresponding to the hall store in which the dedicated terminal 530 is installed is acquired from the exchange rate management table 654. The store code is stored in advance in the ROM or the like of the prize selection device in association with the store code of the hall store in which the prize selection device is installed, and is stored as login information from the dedicated terminal 530 as the core server. Can be transmitted to 600 (step S62, step S63). Further, the device ID of the dedicated terminal 530 is transmitted to the core server 600, and the store code is specified based on the device ID (referring to a table (not shown) in which the device ID and the store code are associated). You can also. If the hall store is not specified, the product is displayed in the currency value (for example, 1000 yen, which is displayed in yen units).

After that, the hall computer 400 transfers the page of the prize selection instruction screen to the prize selection device (step S71), and the prize selection device displays the received page of the prize selection instruction screen on the display (step S72). Here, the player can touch the display of the prize selection device to move the page of the prize selection instruction screen or change the display conditions. In response to this, the core server 600 creates a page of the corresponding prize selection instruction screen and transmits it to the prize selection device via the hall computer 400 (step S73). In this example, the core server 600 creates the pages of these prize selection instruction screens in response to the player's request, but they are created and stored in advance, or they are collectively transmitted to the hall computer 400. You may leave it.

FIG. 24B shows an example of the prize selection instruction screen 910 displayed in this way. Product information including images is displayed on the product display unit 917 in accordance with the determined display order. In this example, the number of game media required for exchanging each product is determined for each type of game medium. (For example, in the case of oolong tea, 250 pachinko balls rented for 4 yen and 50 medals for slots rented 20 yen). Here, when the hall store is specified, the number of game media required for exchange is displayed based on the exchange rate of the hall store. If the hall store is not specified, the currency value of the product is displayed as described above. In addition, a predetermined hall store is selected, and the number of game media can be displayed based on the exchange rate of the hall store. Further, on this screen, the product on the next page is displayed by touching the right arrow or the left arrow, swiping the product display unit 917, or the like. If you touch the "Select" button, the product will be added to the shopping list.

The condition display units 914 to 916 display new categories for displaying products, and the player can touch the categories to display the products on the product display unit 917 for each category, or to display the products separately. You can transition to the page of. For example, the product management table 752 is configured as shown in FIG. 20 (C), and in each of a plurality of categories such as category 1 and category 2, which group the product belongs to (group item) and the group thereof. The number displayed in the group (NO item) is specified. The condition display units 914 to 916 are controlled to display a specific group of each category with reference to these data structures.

The number of game media display unit 911 displays how much game media is required when a product is selected. The delivery destination display unit 913 displays a delivery destination selection button specified at the time of mall member registration, including at home. The player determines the delivery destination of the exchanged prize by touching one of them. When the "shopping list" button 912 is touched, the products selected so far are displayed in a list as a "shopping list".

Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 23, it is determined whether or not the "shopping list" button 912 is touched (step S74) or whether or not any product is selected (step S75). Keep the current display. When it is determined that any of the products has been selected, the product information of the selected product is stored in the RAM or the like (step S76). On the other hand, when it is determined that the "shopping list" button 912 is touched, the shopping list is displayed based on the product information stored in step S76 (step S77).

FIG. 25A shows an example of the shopping list screen 920. The product information of the product (premium) selected on the prize selection instruction screen 910 is displayed on the prize display unit 922. If you touch the "Next" button or "Previous" button, the products on the next or previous page will be displayed. In addition, the number of game media display unit 921 displays how much game media is required for the selected product (if a hall store is specified, based on the exchange rate of that hall store). , The number of game media required for exchange is displayed). Here, when the "OK" button 923 is touched, the contents of the shopping list are confirmed.

Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 23 again, when it is determined whether or not the "OK" button has been touched while the shopping list is displayed (step S78), and when it is determined that the "Enter" button has been touched, The product information stored as the shopping list is transferred to the core server 600 via the hall computer 400 (step S79). The core server 600 stores the received product information in the shopping list management table 653 (step S80). After that, the core server 600 creates a selection completion page indicating the completion of the shopping list creation (step S81), and transfers the shopping list to the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 transfers this to the prize selection device (step S82), and the prize selection device displays the selection completion page on the display (step S83). When the "Return to TOP" button is touched in step S78, the display returns to the prize selection instruction screen 910 of FIG. 24 (B), but the description is omitted here.

An example of the shopping list management table 653, which is updated by the core server 600, is shown in FIG. 19 (A). In this example, the product ID of the selected prize is stored in the entry of the prize 1 to the prize 50 for each mall member ID. The number of prize entries can be changed as appropriate and can be made variable.

The prize detail display screen 930 displayed in FIG. 25 (B) is the shopping list screen 920 of FIG. 25 (A), which shows the details of the corresponding product when the prize is touched. A larger image of the prize and more detailed information are displayed on the detailed information display unit 932.

As described above, the player appropriately selects the displayed product with the prize selection device, and thereby, the "shopping list", which is a provisional list of prizes that the player wishes to exchange (or may exchange). It is also possible to grasp the number of game media to be acquired.

Further, such a function of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment may be further extended so that one player can manage a plurality of shopping lists at the same time. With this configuration, the player can switch the shopping list to be called, for example, depending on whether or not a large amount of game media can be acquired at the time of prize exchange. Furthermore, it is possible to configure each hall store so that the shopping list can be managed, and it can also be configured to keep it as the "usual shopping list" even after the prize is exchanged.

Further, the product display unit 917 of the prize selection instruction screen 910 and the prize display unit 922 of the shopping list screen 920 display the number of game media required for exchange for each type, and these numbers are the prizes. If the amount information (price value stored in the product management table 752) is changed, it will be changed accordingly, and the exchange rate of the hall store (each rate stored in the exchange rate management table 654) will be changed accordingly. ) Is changed, it will be changed accordingly. In addition, some hall stores do not have a game machine 10 of a specific game medium type installed (for example, some hall stores do not have a 1-yen pachinko game machine), but such a hall store has a prize selection instruction screen. When displaying the 910 or the shopping list screen 920, it is possible to control to display the number of game media required for exchange only for the type of game media supported by the hall store.

Further, as the amount information of the prize, in addition to the price stored in the product management table 752, the consumption tax, the shipping fee, etc. can be included, and the product display unit 917 of the prize selection instruction screen 910 and the shopping list screen 920 can be included. Not only the price of the product but also the consumption tax and the shipping fee can be added to the number of game media displayed on the prize display unit 922. The shipping fee can be automatically obtained from, for example, the shipping fee table (not shown) owned by the shop and the delivery address. In addition, since the handling of consumption tax differs for each hall store, it can be determined by referring to the table that regulates the handling of consumption tax that each hall store has.

Next, the prize exchange control process will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 29. The prize exchange control process is a process of selecting a prize to be exchanged from the prizes registered in the shopping list (process executed by step S16 or step S17 of FIG. 11). Since the shopping list selected by the player himself / herself in advance can be displayed as it is, a desired prize can be easily selected when exchanging prizes. In addition, the shopping list is only a temporary and provisional list, and it does not mean that the prizes registered in the shopping list must be exchanged.

FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the processes for realizing the prize exchange control process for each subject of the prize exchange device, the hall computer 400, and the core server 600. The processing is mainly realized by the prize exchange control unit of the prize exchange device (the functional unit corresponding to the prize exchange control unit 472 of the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520) and the prize exchange control unit 605 of the core server 600. 27 to 29 show a prize exchange instruction screen and the like displayed on the display device of the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520.

First, in response to the player's operation, the prize exchange device displays the prize exchange login screen (step S90). FIG. 27 (A) shows an example of the prize exchange login screen 940. Here, the player holds a mobile phone (for example, a smartphone 540 with a built-in non-contact IC chip) as instructed on the screen to have the prize exchange device read the unique ID (IDm) of the non-contact IC chip and enter the password. input. Although the mall member ID can be grasped on the system side by the unique ID (see the mall member information table 651 in FIG. 18B), the mall member ID may be input here.

The prize exchange device determines whether or not these inputs by the player are completed (step S91), and maintains the display of the prize exchange login screen 940 until the input is received. When the input is completed (when the "Next" button is touched on the prize exchange login screen 940), the unique ID (for example, IDm), password, and store code of the smartphone 540 are transmitted to the hall computer 400 (step S92). .. Here, the store code is stored in advance in the ROM or the like of the prize exchange device in association with the store code of the hall store in which the prize exchange device is installed. Further, the device ID of the free gift POS cooperation terminal 520 is transmitted to the core server 600, and the store code is displayed based on the device ID (referring to the table (not shown) in which the device ID and the store code are associated). It can also be specified. Next, the hall computer 400 transfers these login information to the core server 600 (step S93).

Upon receiving the login information, the core server 600 refers to the mall member information table 651 and determines whether or not the unique ID and the password match (step S94). If they do not match, an instruction is given to display an error (step S95), an error page is created by the hall computer 400 in response to this instruction, and then transmitted to the prize exchange device (step S96). The received prize exchange device displays an error page on the display (step S97).

When it is determined that the unique ID and the password match, the core server 600 accesses the shopping list management table 653 and acquires the product information stored in the shopping list of the corresponding mall member ID (step S98). ). Next, the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 is accessed, and the member of the mall member ID acquires the number of game media held by the stored medals, balls, etc. at the hall store of the transmitted store code. (Step S99). If the number of game media held in the hall store is not in the mall member game medium holding number management table 652, the member ID of the hall store is acquired from the mall member information table 651, and the hall computer information of the hall cooperation computer 560 is obtained. With reference to table 571, the hall computer 400 of the hall store is accessed, and the game media holding number management table 432 is further accessed to acquire the game media holding number of the member ID. If the number of game media holdings of the member in another hall store (or another hall store of the same group) can be used, the number of game media holdings is determined by adding these numbers.

Next, the core server 600 creates a page of the prize exchange instruction screen according to the acquired number of game media holdings, and transmits the page to the hall computer 400 (step S100). Here, the core server 600 checks, for example, whether or not the prizes can be exchanged based on the acquired number of game media held, and if there are no more game media held, the prizes that cannot be exchanged are grayed out or from the list. You can make edits such as deleting. In addition, information such as which prize cannot be exchanged can be displayed as a message. The exchange rate is acquired from the exchange rate management table 654 according to the received store code. If the player holds a plurality of game media types, the player may be allowed to select the prize exchange instruction screen (a game medium in which a plurality of game media types are integrated). If the prize can be exchanged depending on the number of holdings, such a selection is unnecessary).

In addition, the core server 600 can determine the display order of the prizes displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen under predetermined conditions as in the above-mentioned prize selection instruction screen. After that, the hall computer 400 transfers the page of the prize exchange instruction screen to the prize exchange device (step S101), and the prize exchange device displays the received page of the prize exchange instruction screen on the display (step S102). Here, the player can touch the display of the prize exchange device to move the page of the prize exchange instruction screen or change the type of the game medium. In response to this, the core server 600 creates a page of the corresponding prize exchange instruction screen and transmits it to the prize exchange device via the hall computer 400 (step S103). In this example, the core server 600 creates the pages of these prize exchange instruction screens in response to the player's request, but they are created and stored in advance, or they are collectively transmitted to the hall computer 400. You may leave it.

FIG. 27B shows an example of the prize exchange instruction screen 950 displayed in this way. Product information including images is displayed on the prize display unit 952 in accordance with the determined display order. In this example, the number of game media required for exchanging each product is determined for each type of game medium. (For example, in the case of drinks, 250 pachinko balls for 4 yen lending and 50 medals for 20 yen lending slots). Here, by touching the "Next" button or the "Previous" button, the prize on the next page is displayed.

In addition, the player can touch the game medium type selection unit 951 to specify which game medium is used to exchange prizes. As described above, if the player holds only one kind of game medium, the prize exchange instruction screen 950 is displayed on the premise of the prize exchange by the game medium. On the other hand, if there is a sufficient number of holdings for a plurality of game media types, the player is made to select the game medium type, and at that time, the non-exchangeable prizes are grayed out according to the selected game medium type. Or remove it from the list. Further, when the game medium is selected, the number of game media required for exchange is shown only for the type of the selected game medium, instead of being shown for each type of the game medium.

Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 26, it is determined whether or not the prize has been selected (step S104) or whether or not the "OK" button 953 has been touched (step S105), and the selection of the prize is also performed by the "Enter" button. If it is determined that the touch has not been performed, the display of the prize exchange instruction screen 950 is maintained. If it is determined that the prize has been selected, the prize exchange decision screen for the selected prize is displayed (step S106). Here, it is determined whether or not the "exchange" button is touched (step S107), and if it is determined that the "exchange" button is touched, the information of the prize is stored in the RAM of the prize exchange device (step S107). Step S108). After that, the display transitions to the prize exchange instruction screen 970.

FIG. 28A shows an example of the prize exchange decision screen 960. On the prize display unit 962, the product information of the product (drip coffee) selected on the prize exchange instruction screen 950 is displayed with a larger image and a more detailed explanation. In addition, the game medium number display unit 961 indicates that the prizes are exchanged based on the number of pachinko balls held for 4 yen. This is based on the player's designation. Currently, it is displayed that the number of players holding a game medium for a 4-yen loan (pachinko ball) is 1500 balls. Here, when the "exchange" button 963 is touched, this product (drip coffee) is recorded as a prize exchange target. Further, on the prize exchange decision screen 960, the player can be configured to specify a desired quantity (number of prizes), and on the quantity designation display unit 964, numerical values such as quantities 1 and 2 can be selected. It has become. The displayed quantity is displayed so as not to exceed the inventory quantity of the product. Inventory is managed in the product management table 752.

Further, when the quantity is specified on the quantity designation display unit 964 and the "exchange" button 963 is touched, if the number of game media required for exchange exceeds the number of game media held by the player, the game is played. It is also possible to control to display an error message indicating that the player cannot exchange due to insufficient number of game media.

After the "replace" button 963 is touched, the display of the prize exchange device shifts to the prize exchange instruction screen 970 shown in FIG. 28 (B). On the prize exchange instruction screen 970, the designation of a pachinko ball for renting 4 yen is displayed on the game medium number display unit 971, and the number of game media related to the prize exchange registered by the immediately preceding operation (600 balls). ) Is subtracted and it is displayed as 900 balls. On the prize display unit 972, the drip coffee registered as a product to be exchanged for the prize by the immediately preceding operation is grayed out.

Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 26 again, when it is determined that the "OK" button 973 is touched while the prize exchange instruction screen 970 is displayed, the prize including the prize information stored as the target of the prize exchange is included. The ordering instruction is transferred to the core server 600 via the hall computer 400 (step S110, step S21 in FIG. 12). The core server 600 stores the received prize information in the order management table 655 (step S111). After that, the core server 600 transmits a prize delivery instruction to the shop management server 700 based on the information stored in the order management table 655 (step S112, step S24 in FIG. 12). Further, when the "return to TOP" button is touched in step S107, the display returns to the prize exchange instruction screen 950 of FIG. 27 (B), but the description is omitted here.

Next, the core server 600 creates an exchange completion page (step S113) and transfers it to the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 transfers this to the prize exchange device (step S114), and the prize exchange device displays the exchange completion page on the display (step S115).

An example of the order management table 655 updated by the core server 600 is shown in FIG. 19 (C). In this example, the order number is numbered, and the mall member ID, the prize ID (including the quantity), the delivery destination, and the like are stored for each order. The prize information can be acquired based on the product ID of the product management table 752, the delivery destination can be acquired from the mall member information table 651, and this information is sent to the shop management server 700 as needed. Will be sent.

FIG. 29 shows a digital signage device 515, which is a large-scale display device connected to the sand device 20 and interlocked with the display contents of the operation unit 34 of the sand device 20 when the sand device 20 is used as a prize exchange device. It is a figure which showed the display content of the display part 516 of. In FIG. 29A, a prize exchange instruction screen is displayed on the operation unit 34, and a plurality of exchangeable product information is simultaneously displayed on the display unit 516 of the digital signage device 515 in conjunction with the operation unit 34. In addition, a larger image and a more detailed description are displayed for each product. In this way, not only the display content is displayed large on the display unit 516 of the digital signage device 515, but also the display content of the operation unit 34 is shown more clearly in a display format different from the display content of the operation unit 34. It can be configured as follows.

In FIG. 29B, the prize exchange decision screen is displayed on the operation unit 34, and the display unit 516 of the digital signage device 515 displays a related display in conjunction with this. The product that is focused on the prize exchange decision screen of the operation unit 34 is indicated by an arrow on the display unit 516 of the digital signage device 515, and the player can see the upper part of the game machine 10. , You can easily check the details of the products to be exchanged.

Next, the prize information collection process will be described with reference to FIG. The prize information collection process is a process of accessing servers (shop servers) of a plurality of online shopping sites and collecting information on the shop and information on products for which prizes can be exchanged. FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the processes for realizing the prize information collection process for each subject of the shop management server 700, the ASP-I / F server 800, and the EC shop ASP server 850. This process is mainly realized by the product selection management unit 702 of the shop management server 700 and the online mail order I / F unit 802 of the ASP-I / F server 800.

First, the shop management server 700 transmits a shop information and a product information collection instruction to the ASP-I / F server 800 at a predetermined timing (step S120). The timing may be a relatively short interval such as every few hours or a few minutes, or a relatively long interval such as once a month. The ASP-I / F server 800 that has received the collection instruction transmits the authentication information to the EC shop ASP server 850 in the form of, for example, inputting data on a predetermined WEB page and transmitting a request (step S121). ).

When the EC shop ASP server 850 receives the authentication information, it checks it (step S123), and if the authentication is successful, gives access permission to the ASP-I / F server 800 (step S124). When the ASP-I / F server 800 receives this access permission (step S125), it requests the EC shop ASP server 850 to acquire the shop information (step S126). The ASP-I / F server 800 may request, for example, information about shops included in the list created by referring to the shop management table 751 or information about shops that satisfy certain conditions, or an EC shop. It may be in the form of simply receiving the shop information prepared by the ASP server 850.

The EC shop ASP server 850 transmits the shop information of the shop server 870 under control in response to the request for acquiring the shop information (step S127). The shop information can include various contents such as information on the server and server address of the shop, business contents, and credit information. The ASP-I / F server 800 transfers the received shop information to the shop management server 700 (step S128).

The shop management server 700 refers to the received shop information and excludes shops that do not meet the predetermined conditions (step S129). You can set various conditions such as the size of the shop, sales system, past transaction details, etc. so that you will not interfere with the exchange of prizes. In addition, the range of shops to be collected can be switched for each hall store, and in that case, it is possible to control not to access the shop server or the like of the shop outside the range from the beginning.

Next, the ASP-I / F server 800 is requested to acquire the information on the products handled for each shop (step S130). Upon receiving the product information acquisition request, the ASP-I / F server 800 makes a product information acquisition request to the EC shop ASP server 850 (step S131). When the EC shop ASP server 850 receives the product information acquisition request, the EC shop ASP server 850 inputs the product information (for example, product name, model number, product type, selling price, number of stocks, shipping fee, etc.) handled by the shop to ASP-I / F. It is transmitted to the server 800 (step S132), and the ASP-I / F server 800 transfers the received product information to the shop management server 700 (step S133).

When the shop management server 700 receives the product information, the shop management server 700 filters each of them as to whether or not the product can be exchanged at the hall store with the product name, model number, product type, selling price, etc. included in the product information. Check by comparing the filtering data in the data table 753 (step S134). For example, according to this filtering data, a product having a price higher than 10,000 yen (for example, a filter of filter No. "F001") or a product whose product type is securities (for example, a filter of filter No. "F002") ), It is set so as not to satisfy the conditions as a free gift. Further, for example, the product type is set so as not to satisfy the conditions as a free gift even for a product corresponding to an old product (second-hand product), a pharmaceutical product, or the like (because a business license is required by law).

The data that defines the conditions used in such filtering processing is stored as filtering data in the filtering data table 753, and the operating entity of the prize exchange system 1 or a predetermined institution according to the present embodiment uses a computer. The shop management server 700 can be accessed and the filtering data can be updated as appropriate. Further, as shown in the filtering data table 753, it is also possible to specify the application start date and time and control to enable the filter when the timing is reached.

Further, such a filtering process is performed when collecting product information in this example, but the condition is satisfied by checking and updating the product information once unconditionally stored at a predetermined timing. You can eliminate what you don't have. Further, the filtering process may be performed at the stage of displaying the product information on the prize selection device. Further, the collected product information may be subjected to different filtering processes a plurality of times in a stepwise manner.

Next, the shop management server 700 checks whether or not the same product information is received from a plurality of shops (step S135), and adjusts the duplication according to certain conditions. For example, select a product from a shop with a lower selling price. In addition, when the inventory of shops offering cheap products is low, the inventory of a plurality of shops can be connected and managed in ascending order of selling price. With such management, if a certain number of products are exchanged, the selling price will change (become higher), and the shops that sell the products will also change. The comparison of selling prices here can be taken into consideration including the consumption tax and shipping charges.

When the appropriate product for the prize exchange is determined, the shop management server 700 stores the product information of the product in the product management table 752 (step S136), and determines whether or not the processing is completed for all the shops (step). S137). If it is determined that there is still a shop for which product information should be acquired, the process returns to step S130 and the process is repeated. Here, the shop management server 700 rewrites the data in the product management table 752 when the same product more suitable for the conditions is found in another shop.

If it is determined that there is no shop for which product information should be acquired, the shop that satisfies the basic conditions as a shop and has registered the product of that shop as a free gift is registered in the shop management table 751 (step S138).

As described above, the ASP-I / F server 800 exchanges messages and the like according to the rules agreed upon by both the ASP-I / F server 800 and the EC shop ASP server 850 at a predetermined timing, thereby performing shop information. And product information can be obtained. In this way, by using a common protocol (including network layer communication protocols such as HTTP and HTTPS), necessary information can be acquired from another person's server located at a remote location via a network such as the Internet. be able to. Therefore, if such an arrangement is made in advance, data communication between the individual shop I / F server 820 and the shop server 872, and data between the EC mall I / F server 840 and the EC mall management server 860 Communication and data communication between other servers are also possible.

In addition, the EC shop ASP server 850 and the EC mall management server 860 may be of a type in which each of them connects to a shop server that provides the function of an online shopping site and manages the whole in an integrated manner, or by using an ASP service or the like. There is also a type that uses a server to provide the functions of an online shopping site. Therefore, the EC shop ASP server 850 or the EC mall management server 860 itself may not have shop information or product information regarding each shop server under control. In such a case, the EC shop ASP server 850 and the EC mall management server 860 can further inquire the requested shop information and product information from the managed shop server.

Next, the prize order control process will be described with reference to FIG. 31. The prize order control process is a process of instructing the shop server that realizes the online shopping site to deliver the prize specified in the prize exchange to the specified delivery destination (in response to the process of step S25 in FIG. 12). Processing to be executed). FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing the processes for realizing the prize order control process for each of the EC mall I / F server 840, the EC mall management server 860, and the shop server 874. The processing is mainly realized by the prize order control unit of the EC mall I / F server 840 (the functional unit corresponding to the prize order control unit 803 of the ASP-I / F server 800).

First, the EC mall I / F server 840 receives the prize delivery instruction from the core server 600 and transmits the authentication information to the EC mall management server 860 (step S140). When the EC mall management server 860 receives the authentication information, it checks it (step S142), and if the authentication is successful, gives access permission to the EC mall I / F server 840 (step S143). When the EC mall I / F server 840 receives this access permission (step S144), the EC mall I / F server 840 processes the payment for the prize order.

For example, in the case of bank settlement, processing is performed so as to pay the EC mall fee to the account related to the operating entity of the EC mall management server 860 (step S145). Such a payment process is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system. Next, the EC mall I / F server 840 transfers the amount obtained by subtracting the above EC mall fee and the computer center fee from the selling price of the prize to the online shopping site (operator of the shop server 874) corresponding to the exchange prize. Processing is performed so as to pay to the relevant bank account (step S146). This process is also realized by a process such as sending a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system.

On the other hand, in the case of credit card payment, the EC mall I / F server 840 processes the operating entity of the EC mall management server 860 to pay the selling price of the prize by credit card payment (step S147). After that, the EC mall management server 860 processes the amount obtained by subtracting the settlement fee from the selling price of the prize to the online shopping site (operator of the shop server 874) corresponding to the exchanged prize (step S148), and the shop. The EC mall fee and the computer center fee are charged to the server 874 (step S149).

After that, the shop server 874 processes the operating entity of the EC mall management server 860 to pay the invoiced EC mall fee and the computer center fee (step S150), and the EC mall management server 860 further determines the computer center. (Step S151), the (operating entity of the EC mall I / F server 840) is processed to pay the computer center fee.

Next, the EC mall I / F server 840 transmits a prize order request to the EC mall management server 860 (step S152), and when the EC mall management server 860 receives this request, the ordered prize is delivered. The shop server 874 of the online shopping site to be sold is specified (step S153), and a prize order request is transmitted to the specified shop server 874 (step S154). Upon receiving the prize order request, the shop server 874 outputs a prize shipping instruction so that a human can easily perform the subsequent work (step S155).

Next, with reference to FIG. 32, a mechanism for collecting the action history of the player will be described. Behavior history data related to the player's behavior is collected in the core server 600, and various analyzes related to big data are performed there. Depending on the analysis result, for example, the selection and display order of the products to be displayed on the prize selection device, the display order of the prizes to be displayed on the prize exchange device, and various processing methods can be defined.

The player instructs the game machine 10 to insert and pay out medals. The number of medals inserted, the number of medals to be paid out, the time of instruction, etc. according to this instruction are temporarily stored in the main RAM 263 of the game machine 10 as the number of medals information, and this is transmitted to the sand device 20 at a predetermined timing and sanded. It is stored in the RAM 42 of the device 20. Further, the player gives an instruction to move medals and count medals to the sand device 20 by using an information card or a non-contact IC card. The number of medals moved by this instruction, the result of counting medals, the time of instruction, and the like are stored in the RAM 42 as medal number information.

In this way, the medal number information regarding the game machine 10 and the sand device 20 stored in the RAM 42 of the sand device 20 is transmitted to the hall computer 400 at a predetermined timing and stored in the action history management table 433. In the action history management table 433 shown in FIG. 17C, a player's member ID, a store code, a game table No., an operation, a game medium type, a quantity, and a date and time are stored. The date and time data represents the operation date and time if the date and time data acquired by the game machine 10 is used, but the date and time data acquired by the sand device 20 or the hall computer 400 may be used.

In addition, the action history data regarding the mall member registration process performed by the player is also transmitted to the hall computer 400 and stored in the action history management table 433.

When the player is a mall member of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, the action history data stored in the action history management table 433 of the hall computer 400 is the mall member action of the core server 600 at a predetermined timing. It is moved to the history management table 656.

Data representing the prize selection operation performed by the player on the prize selection device and the prize effect operation performed by the prize exchange device is transmitted from the device to the core server 600 at a predetermined timing, and is sent to the mall member action history management table 656. Be remembered. Here, in the player's selection operation or exchange operation, operations such as displaying the next page or canceling the designation may be stored.

Further, in the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the core server 600, when the player registers as a mall member using the smartphone 540 or the feature phone 558, the behavior history data about the operation is also stored in the core server 600. Is transmitted to and stored in the mall member behavior history management table 656.

The mall member behavior history management table 656 shown in FIG. 20A stores a player's mall member ID, store code, game console No., operation, game medium type, quantity, and date and time. This content is the content of the action history management table 433 shown in 17 (C) described above, to which the action history data related to prize selection and prize exchange is newly added (see the arrow in FIG. 17 (C)). ). From the mall member behavior history management table 656 of FIG. 20 (A), the player whose mall member ID is "U004" selected a prize between 10:22 and 15:04 on May 5. Later, 20 medals lent for 20 yen were lent out, and as a result of the game, the number became 500, so it can be seen that the prizes were exchanged using all of these game media. Regarding the action history data related to the prize selection and the prize exchange, the date and time data can be the date and time data acquired from the prize selection terminal or the prize exchange terminal, but the date and time data of the hall computer 400 or the core server 600 can also be used. ..

In addition, the mall member behavior history management table 656 can store information about what kind of product is selected as the "shopping list" and which prize is exchanged for. Further, the humidity, weather, seasonal data, etc. at the date and time of the action history data can be associated with each of the action history data stored in the mall member action history management table 656.

The function related to the "collection" of the action history management is executed by the action history management unit 413 in the hall computer 400 and by the action history management unit 607 in the core server 600. Although the behavior history management for the pachislot machine has been explained here, the behavior history of the player is also stored for the pachinko machine (not for the number of medals but for the number of pachinko balls).

We analyze a huge amount of data on the game status of such players and the exchange status of prizes, and from the extracted features and trends, we can provide advertisements and other information related to hall stores, online shopping sites, etc. that are suitable for each mall member. It is possible to generate and output the information to a digital signage device 515 or the like installed on the upper part of the game machine 10 used by the mall member, or to send the information to an e-mail address of a smartphone 540 or the like.

In the prize exchange system 1 of the present invention, as shown in the prize selection instruction screen 910 shown in FIG. 24 (B) and the prize exchange instruction screen 950 shown in FIG. 27 (B), the consideration required for the exchange of the prize is the prize. Based on the amount information, it is converted into units (number of game media) such as the number of pachinko balls and the number of medals and displayed, and the player himself obtains by seeing the display of the number of game media. You can know which prizes you can get with the pachinko balls and medals you have made.

However, the consideration required for the exchange of prizes can be displayed in various other units. For example, the consideration required for exchanging a prize is displayed in a predetermined electronic value unit representing a value that can be electronically distributed within a predetermined range, and the number of gaming media acquired by the player is also the electronic value. By being displayed in units, the pachinko balls and medals that the player himself has acquired based on the value expressed in the unit of electronic value (for example, expressed by electronic value data such as 120 or 8000). So you can figure out which prizes you can get.

In this case, the consideration required for exchanging the prize is when the amount information of the prize (which may include the price, consumption tax, shipping fee, etc.) is associated with the electronic value or other types of electronic value. Is represented by, for example, the electronic value data itself or a value obtained from the electronic value data, and when the amount information of the prize is associated with a unit of currency value such as yen, the currency. The value represented by the value is converted into the above-mentioned unit of electronic value, and is represented by the converted electronic value data. On the other hand, the number of game media acquired by the player is converted into the above-mentioned electronic value data at a predetermined conversion rate, for example, at a predetermined service site (computer system). The exchange rate between the game medium and the electronic value may differ depending on the hall store, in which case the exchange rate of the hall store is taken into consideration.

Even in such a case, if the amount information of the prize and the electronic value data associated with the prize are changed as described above, the corresponding prize is displayed on the prize selection instruction screen 910 and the prize exchange instruction screen 950. The display of the electronic value data of is changed accordingly. In addition, when the electronic value representing the number of game media acquired by the player and the electronic value of the prize, or the electronic value between the prizes are different types, they are converted to be unified into one electronic value. , Can be converted to another common electronic value and displayed.

Furthermore, the number of game media acquired by the player is converted into an electronic value that can be used at a hall store overseas, and the player plays a game or exchanges prizes at the hall store overseas at the electronic value. Can be done. Further, when the prize exchange system of the present invention is operated for a hall store or the like overseas, the electronic value associated with the number of game media acquired by the player in Japan is converted as it is or based on the exchange rate or the like. You can also use it later.

Next, a case where a portable device (communication device) such as a smartphone 540 is used as a prize selection device in the prize selection control process of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment will be described.

In the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, when the portable device is used as the prize selection device, the product information displayed on the prize selection instruction screen, the shopping list screen, and the prize detail display screen is shown in FIG. 24. -Similar to FIG. 25, the number of game media required for exchanging the product is displayed. Since mobile devices such as smartphones 540 can be freely operated inside and outside the hall store, these devices may be used as prize selection devices outside the hall store, but even in that case, basically. Is displayed in the product information as the number of game media required for exchange. In addition, for example, the price (currency value) of the product stored in the product management table 752 may be controlled to be displayed together with the number of the game media.

Even when the mobile device is used as the prize selection device, the prize selection control process is performed in the same flow as the flowchart shown in FIG. 23 (in this case, the mobile I / F server 680 performs a part of the functions of the hall computer 400. Execute). Further, the display mode in the mobile device is, for example, the same as the display mode shown in FIG. 33 described later (however, in FIG. 33, the currency value of the product is displayed, but here, instead. The number of game media required for exchange is displayed).

Furthermore, since mobile devices such as smartphones 540 can be freely operated inside and outside the hall store, the number of game media held by the player, the exchange rate of each hall store, etc. can be checked at a place other than the hall store. If there is a restriction that the user should not view the item, the same process as the above-mentioned prize selection control process with respect to FIGS. 23 to 25 cannot be performed on the mobile device.

Therefore, in the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, when the portable device is used as the prize selection device, the prize selection instruction screen, the shopping list screen, and the prize detail display screen (see FIGS. 24 to 25). The product information displayed on the screen does not display the number of game media required for exchanging the product, but is controlled to display, for example, the currency value of the product stored in the product management table 752.

Even when the mobile device is used as the prize selection device, the prize selection control process is performed in the same flow as the flowchart shown in FIG. 23 (in this case, the mobile I / F server 680 performs a part of the functions of the hall computer 400. Execute). However, in step S62, when the dedicated terminal 530 is used as the prize selection device, when the "Next" button is touched on the prize selection login screen 900, the unique ID (for example, IDm) and password of the smartphone 540 are touched. Is transmitted to the hall computer 400, but when the portable device is used as the prize selection device, the device ID for identifying the prize selection device is further transmitted, and the core server 600 selects the prize from this device ID. Try to determine if the device is a mobile device.

Further, the device identification code "1" is transmitted from the device installed in the hall terminal such as the dedicated terminal 530, and "0" is transmitted from the mobile device or nothing is transmitted. Therefore, it may be determined whether or not the prize selection device is a portable device. Various other methods may be used for this determination.

Next, when the mobile device is used as a prize selection device, in step S70, a page of the prize selection instruction screen is created so as to display the currency value of each product without acquiring the exchange rate of the hall store. .. The currency value of the product can be obtained from the price of the product management table 752 (including consumption tax, etc., depending on the hall store). By configuring the prize selection control process in this way, in a device in which the prize selection device is installed in a hall store such as the dedicated terminal 530 and is always operated in the hall store, the product is the number of game media. On the other hand, in a device such as a mobile terminal where the operation in a certain place is not guaranteed, the price of the product (for example, the price of the product (for example,) is not the number of game media required for exchanging the product. It is displayed by the selling price of the product on the online shopping site).

For example, FIG. 33A is a shopping list screen 980 displayed on the display of the mobile device when the mobile device (smartphone 540) is used as the prize selection device. The prize display unit 983 shows the product information of the products registered in the shopping list, and these are scrolled up and down and displayed. For each product, the price is displayed instead of the number of game media as shown in FIG. 25 (A). The player can display the next or previous product by swiping the display up and down. In addition, the total price display unit 981 displays how much the total price of the products registered in the shopping list will be.

FIG. 33B is a prize detail display screen 990 displayed on the display of the mobile device when the mobile device (smartphone 540) is used as the prize selection device. The prize detail display screen 990 is the shopping list screen 980 of FIG. 33A, which shows the details of the corresponding product when the prize is touched. A larger image of the prize and more detailed information are displayed on the detailed information display unit 993. Further, here as well, the price of the product is displayed instead of the number of game media as shown in FIG. 25 (B).

As described above, when the portable device (communication device) is used as a prize exchange device in the prize selection control process of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, the number of game media required for product exchange is increased. It is controlled so that the currency value (price) of the product is displayed. However, if it is guaranteed that the mobile device is being browsed and operated in the hall store, the number of game media may be displayed for each product as in the case of the dedicated terminal 530.

For example, when a mobile device transmits / receives data to / from the core server 600 by short-range wireless communication whose effective range is guaranteed to be inside the hall store and selects a prize, it does not reach the outside of the hall store. When data is transmitted / received to / from the core server 600 by a mobile device connected by a cable or the like to select a prize, or from the position information of the mobile device obtained by GPS or the like, the mobile device is placed in the hall store. When it is guaranteed that there is, this state can be automatically determined, and as described above, it can be controlled to display the number of game media for the product.

In addition, since the prize exchange device is premised on displaying the number of game media held by the player and the number of game media required for exchanging products, it is restricted to display this information outside the hall store. If it is prohibited due to such reasons, it is basically impossible to use the mobile device as a prize exchange device (because the mobile device can provide the data communication function regardless of the location), but as in the above case, If it is guaranteed that the mobile device is viewed and operated inside the hall store, the mobile device can also be used as a prize exchange device.

The prize exchange system 1 of the present invention has been illustrated by using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, but the description so far is only one embodiment, and the present invention is described by various other forms. A characteristic computer system can be realized. For example, devices having various configurations can be used as a prize selection device and a prize exchange device in various network connection states, and the core server 600 of the computer center, the shop management server 700, the ASP-I / F server 800, and the like can also be used. A device having various configurations can be used, and each functional unit can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the examples. In addition, other different configurations can be adopted for the configuration of the table.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the second embodiment of the present invention]
The system outline of the prize exchange system according to the second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 34. The prize exchange system 1001 shown in FIG. 34, like the above-mentioned prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, is configured to include a hall store device, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center device, and is one of the computer center devices. The department is connected to the device of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 1001 of FIG. 34 is preferably a prize exchange system linked to online shopping.

In the prize exchange system 1001 shown in FIG. 34, a small amount of game media such as end balls can be stored without registering as a mall member in the system, and further, as in the above-mentioned prize exchange system 1, You can create a shopping list by selecting a prize exchange candidate from many prizes in advance. After that, when the mall member is registered in the system, it is possible to give a prize exchange instruction according to the value of the stored balls, and the designated prize can be delivered to a designated address such as home. Here, holding a small amount of game media such as end balls (surplus balls) is referred to as "small amount of balls" for convenience, but not only the pachinko balls that are acquired by the pachinko machine, but also the medals that are acquired by the pachislot machine. Retention (so-called medals) is also included.

In addition, the small amount of balls is not limited to the case of storing the end balls generated at the time of prize exchange, for example, when the player intentionally interrupts the game and tries to hold a pachinko ball or a medal. This includes the case where a small amount of game media is stored due to factors. In the prize exchange system 1001, a certain upper limit is set on the quantity (value) of stored balls at one time and the total quantity (value) of stored balls.

The prize exchange system 1001 shown in FIG. 34 can be regarded as a modification of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and is similar to the prize exchange system 1 in that the prize selection control, the prize exchange control, the prize order control, the action history management, and the like. It has each function of. For example, the hall computer 1400, the hall DB 1430, the game machine 1010, the sand device 1020, the digital signage device 1515, the prize POS 1500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 1520, and the dedicated terminal 1530 are the hall stores in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to the hall computer 400, the hall DB 430, the game machine 10, the sand device 20, the digital signage device 515, the prize POS 500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and the dedicated terminal 530. In addition, the core server 1600, core DB1650, mobile I / F server 1680, shop management server 1700, prize DB1750, ASP-I / F server 1800, individual shop I / F server 1820, and EC mall I / F server of the computer center. 1840 is a core server 600, a core DB 650, a mobile I / F server 680, a shop management server 700, a prize DB 750, an ASP-I / F server 800, an individual shop I / F server 820, and an EC in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to the mall I / F server 840. In addition, the network 1690 corresponds to the network 690 in the prize exchange system 1.

Further, although the description is omitted in FIG. 34, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1001 includes the hall cooperation computer 560, the hall cooperation DB 570, and the center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. (The center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

In addition, the online shopping site of the prize exchange system 1001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, the shop server 870, the shop server 872, the EC mall management server 860, and the shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the prize exchange system 1. Although the devices and the like are arranged respectively, the description thereof is also omitted in FIG. 34. Here, the components newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and the components whose internal functions have been changed will be described in particular detail.

In the hall store, a hall computer 1400, a game machine 1010, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged, and further, a small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 and a connection management device 1090 are arranged. The small-amount ball storage instruction device 1060 is a terminal used by a player to store a small amount of balls, and in this example, it is a terminal having a function of a prize POS terminal. The player causes the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 to read the receipt printed with the counting result of the game medium (medals and pachinko balls), and then instructs the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 to store a small amount of balls such as end balls. The player does not need to register as a mall member who is required to enter his / her name, e-mail address, address, etc. when he / she saves a small amount of money using the small amount of ball storage instruction device 1060, and is a non-contact IC card. It is possible to manage a small amount of balls by using. Here, the non-contact IC card is, for example, a card including a non-contact IC chip based on a short-range wireless communication standard (NFC: Near Field Communication).

The connection management device 1090 controls the connection between the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 and the core server 1600 of the computer center. The connection management device 1090 includes, for example, a gateway function, and includes a VPN router function when connecting the small amount storage instruction device 1060 and the core server 1600 by a VPN (Virtual Private Network). In addition, it includes a connection control function that controls the connection with the core server 1600. Further, the connection management device 1090 may be a device composed of a plurality of devices including the gateway device having the above-mentioned gateway function, the VPN router device having the VPN router function, and the connection control device having the connection control function. Good.

Similar to the hall computer 400 of the prize exchange system 1, the hall computer 1400 has functions such as managing information about the state of the device (including the game status of the player), the members, and the prizes arranged in the hall store. The player receives information on the value of the small amount of balls saved by the player for payment at the time of prize exchange from the small amount of balls storage instruction device 1060 or the core server 1600.

The prize selection device includes any terminal capable of network communication, such as a dedicated terminal 1530, a smartphone 1540, and a feature phone 1558. In this example, a PC (personal computer) 1100 is also used. The PC 1100 is used at the player's home or the like, is connected to the core server 1600 via a network such as the Internet 1695 and the AP (application) server 1685 of the computer center, and reads the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls. It is possible to give the same prize selection instruction (creation of a shopping list) as in the prize exchange system 1. Further, in this example, the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 can also function as a prize selection device.

Similar to the prize exchange system 1, the core server 1600 manages the player registered as a mall member as a mall member, and performs the prize selection control process and the prize exchange control process according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations, respectively. If it is decided to exchange the prize, the prize order processing will be automatically performed to the corresponding online shopping site. In addition, for the mall members in each hall store, the action history including the game status and the prize exchange status is collected and stored.

Further, the core server 1600 manages the small amount ball storage membership card 1110 and the value of the stored game medium in association with each other based on the instruction from the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060. In this example, the information of the small amount of balls instructed from the small amount of balls storage instruction device 1060 of each hall store is centrally managed in the core DB of the core server 1600 (in this respect, this system is a center-intensive small amount of balls storage management system). Can be said). In addition, the value of the game medium corresponding to the small amount of balls stored by each player is managed as "electronic value data", which is a predetermined unit of electronic value representing the value that can be electronically distributed within a predetermined range. To.

Next, the configuration of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 will be described with reference to FIG. 35. FIG. 35 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060. The illustrated small-amount ball storage instruction device 1060 is configured to realize the conventional prize exchange and the prize exchange process according to the present invention, similarly to the prize POS500 of the prize exchange system 1. The small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 includes a main CPU 1061, ROM 1062, RAM 1063, information card reader / writer 1064, non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065, bar code reader 1066, player side display 1067, keyboard 1068, store side display 1069, and interface. It includes 1070 and 1071 speakers.

The main CPU 1061 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 1062 and the RAM 1063. For example, the main CPU 1061 executes the inventory management of the prize, the management of the prize exchange, the prize exchange process by the prize exchange system 1001 of the present embodiment, and further realizes the processing of a small amount of balls stored by the player. The control program may also be provided from another device via interface 1070 or from another device externally via a network including the Internet.

When the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card by the counting device of each of the sanding devices 1020, the main CPU 1061 reads the member ID (player in the hall store) from the information card via the information card reader / writer 1064. The member ID (membership card identification information) read from the non-contact IC card via the ID) or the non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065 is acquired, and the hall computer 1400 is accessed and associated with the acquired member ID. Acquire the number of held game media (number of stored balls, number of stored medals).

Further, the main CPU 1061 reads the receipt printed with the counting result with the barcode reader 1066 in the case where the member ID as described above is not acquired without registering the member at the hall store, thereby exchanging the prize. It can be performed.

The player-side display 1067 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player. The main CPU 1061 receives the number of prizes (general prizes and special prizes in stock in the hall store) specified by the player via the player side display 1067. Next, the main CPU 1061 obtains the number of pachinko balls and the number of medals corresponding to the prize specified by the player, and if this is smaller than the number of holdings of the game medium, the main CPU 1061 displays that fact on the store side display 1069 and halls. The prizes will be exchanged by the operation of the store staff. The store-side display 1069 is configured as a touch panel display like the player-side display 1067, and the staff performs the operation using the store-side display 1069 or the keyboard 1068.

When the exchange of prizes is completed, the main CPU 1061 accesses the hall computer 1400 and subtracts the number of holdings of the game medium related to the corresponding member ID. Further, the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 is communicably connected to the hall computer 1400 and the connection management device 1090 via the interface 1070.

The main CPU 1061 further displays a screen (including a shopping list screen) for exchanging prizes on the player side display 1067, similar to the prize exchange system 1. On the screen, the prize information instructed by the player to be exchanged is the mall member ID (membership card identification information, that is, prize exchange) read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065. It is associated with the player ID in the system 1) and transmitted to the core server 1600 via the hall computer 1400 and the hall cooperation system.

The main CPU 1061 further reads the receipt on which the counting result is printed with the barcode reader 1066, and thereby, when the prize is exchanged, a small amount of balls are stored according to the player's instruction regarding the surplus pachinko balls and medals. Control to do (also store a small amount of game media, not the remainder of the prize exchange). The main CPU 1061 is stored with a unique ID (for example, membership card identification information such as IDm) read from the membership card 1110 for small amount storage, which is a non-contact IC card, via a non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065. The type and quantity (game medium value information) of the game media (pachinko balls, medals, etc.) are managed in association with each other. At this time, the player does not need to register the player's attribute information (personal information that can identify the player) such as the name, e-mail address, and address in the system, and the player's attribute information is stored in the membership card. It is in an unrelated state. This state is, so to speak, an anonymous member, and here, a small amount of balls can be managed in the state of an anonymous member.

Next, with reference to FIG. 36, the function of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 will be described. FIG. 36 is a functional block diagram of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060. The small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 includes an access control unit 1081, a prize POS control unit 1082, a prize selection control unit 1083, a small amount ball storage control unit 1084, a member management unit 1085, an action history management unit 1086, and a network I / F unit 1087. ..

When accessing the core server 1600 for the prize selection process and the small amount ball storage process, the access management unit 1081 is a mall member who has registered as a mall member for the system, or a member card for small amount of balls without registering as a mall member. Access to the core server 1600 is managed by determining whether the anonymous member using 1110 is a legitimate user. The prize POS control unit 1082 manages the prize exchange (exchange for a special prize and a general prize) by the conventional prize POS. For example, the number of pachinko balls and medals corresponding to the prize specified by the player is obtained, and if this is smaller than the number of holdings of the game medium, that fact is displayed on the store side display 1069 and the operation of the staff of the hall store. Will be exchanged for prizes.

The prize selection control unit 1083 cooperates with the prize selection control unit 1604 of the core server 1600 to enable mall members and anonymous members to select prizes that are candidates for prize exchange, and create a shopping list. Make a memory. The small amount ball storage control unit 1084 cooperates with the small amount ball storage management unit 1610 of the core server 1600, and controls to store a small amount of balls according to the instruction of the player. The member management department 1085 cooperates with the mall member management department 1601 and the anonymous member management department 1611 of the core server 1600 to provide a user interface for mall member registration, and integrates processing of the membership card 1110 for small amount storage, etc. I do. In addition, if there is a prize that is closed at the hall store, this information will also be managed to support the response to the player who came to receive the prize. The action history management unit 1086 manages the player's action history such as small amount ball storage processing in cooperation with the action history management unit 1607 of the core server 1600. The network I / F unit 1087 connects to the connection management device 1090 and controls to transmit / receive data to / from the core server 1600. In this example, the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 is configured to also serve as a prize POS, a prize selection device, a small amount ball storage instruction device, and a device for registering a mall member, but is composed of a plurality of devices or individual devices. You can also do it.

FIG. 37 is a functional block diagram of the core server 1600. The core server 1600 includes a mall member management unit 1601, a prize selection control unit 1604, a prize exchange control unit 1605, a prize order control unit 1606, an action history management unit 1607, a network I / F unit 1608, and a mobile device management unit 1609. , These are the mall member management unit 601 of the core server 600 of the prize exchange system 1, the prize selection control unit 604, the prize exchange control unit 605, the prize order control unit 606, the action history management unit 607, the network I / F unit 608, And the functions corresponding to each of the portable device management unit 609. Further, the core server 1600 newly includes a small amount ball storage management unit 1610 and an anonymous member management unit 1611.

The small amount ball storage management unit 1610 converts the number of balls stored instructed by the player from the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 into a predetermined unit of electronic value, and manages this in an anonymous state. In addition, the anonymous member management unit 1611 provides a user interface for mall member registration to the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060, and also performs integrated processing of the small amount ball storage member card 1110.

Further, the core server 1600 stores the core DB 1650 in an external storage device, and the core DB 1650 has a mall member information table 1651 that stores information about a mall member of the prize exchange system 1001, and the member instructs the storage medals and balls. A mall member that manages the number of game media held by the mall member 1652, a shopping list that stores and manages the shopping list created as a result of the player selecting a product by the prize selection device. Management table 1653, exchange rate management table 1654 that stores exchange rates related to general prizes for each hall store, order management table 1655 that stores and manages the contents of orders placed on online shopping sites, and games of the member and anonymous members. The behavior history management table 1656 that stores the behavior history such as the status and the exchange status is included. These tables are the mall member information table 651 of the prize exchange system 1, the mall member game medium holding number management table 652, the shopping list management table 653, the exchange rate management table 654, the order management table 655, and the mall member action history. It corresponds to each management table 656 (however, unlike the mall member game medium holding number management table 652, the action history management table 1656 records the action history of not only mall members but also anonymous members). ..

Further, the core DB 1650 has an anonymous member information table 1657 that manages anonymous members who save small amounts of balls using the membership card for small amount of balls 1110, and an electronic value management table 1658 that stores the value of the anonymous members' balls after conversion. included.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 38 and 39, a flow relating to each operation of the player when the membership card 1110 for small amount storage is used will be described. As described above, the small amount storage membership card 1110 is a non-contact IC card in this example, and by holding it over the non-contact IC card reader / writer, the unique ID stored in the small amount storage membership card 1110 is stored. Is read out, and by managing this unique ID in the system, it is possible to identify a plurality of membership cards for small amount storage balls 1110.

FIG. 38 (A) is a flow in the case where the player performs the prize selection process using the membership card 1110 for small amount storage. The player logs in to the system by holding the small amount ball storage membership card 1110 over a predetermined position of the prize selection device (for example, the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 or the dedicated terminal 1530) (step S201). After that, a prize selection instruction is given by looking at the display on the screen, and as a result, a shopping list is created (step S202). Such a method of selecting a prize is basically the same as the flow described with reference to FIGS. 24 and 25 with respect to the prize exchange system 1. Further, the prize selection process is performed in association with the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls, but since it only selects a candidate for prize exchange, the small amount of balls may not be stored at all at the time of performing this process.

FIG. 38B is a flow in the case where the player performs the small amount ball saving process by using the small amount ball saving membership card 1110. The player first inserts cash or the like into the sand device 1020 and receives medals and pachinko balls for rent (step S203). After that, the player plays a game with the game machine 1010 (step S204), and when a medal or a pachinko ball can be obtained, the player instructs the counting of the medal or the like with the Shimabata counting device or the like, and the counting result is printed. Output the receipt (step S205). Next, the player causes the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060, which also functions as a prize POS, to read the receipt, and the small amount ball storage instruction device is used to store the end balls or a small amount of game media generated as a result of the prize exchange. Hold the membership card 1110 for small amount storage over 1060 to log in (step S206). Next, the player operates the player-side display 1067 of the small-amount ball storage instruction device 1060 to store a small amount of game media such as end balls (small amount of balls) (step S207).

FIG. 39 (A) is a flow in the case where the player performs the mall member registration process using the membership card 1110 for small amount storage. The player first holds the small amount ball storage membership card 1110 on the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 and logs in to the system (step S211). After that, the player inputs his / her name, e-mail address, address, etc., and is registered as a mall member (member of the prize exchange system 1001) (step S212). At this point, the player changes from an anonymous member to a mall member. That is, here, the attribute information of the player is associated with the membership card. Here, the membership card for small amount of balls 1110 is used as it is for the mall membership registration process, and this membership card for small amount of balls 1110 is the official membership card, but the non-contact IC chip owned by the player. The mall member registration process can also be performed using the built-in smartphone 1540 or the like.

FIG. 39B is a flow in which a player who has completed the mall member registration process performs a prize exchange process in the prize exchange device. The player first logs in to the system by holding the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls registered as a mall member at a predetermined position of the prize exchange device (step S213). After that, the prize exchange instruction is given by looking at the display on the screen, and as a result, the prize to be exchanged is determined and delivered to the designated address (step S214). Such a method of exchanging prizes is basically the same as the flow described with reference to FIGS. 27 and 28 with respect to the prize exchange system 1. Further, in this example, the prize exchange process is performed using the membership card 1110 for small-amount ball storage registered as a mall member, but the mall is carried out using a smartphone 1540 or the like with a built-in non-contact IC chip owned by the player. If you have registered as a member, you can hold it over the prize exchange device to exchange prizes. Here, only the player who has completed the mall member registration process can perform the prize exchange process (for example, the prize exchange with the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls before registering as a mall member). If you try to log in to the device, you will get an error and you will not be able to log in.) As will be described later, anonymous members are allowed to operate the prize exchange device until just before the final decision on the prize to be exchanged, at which point mall member registration is required. It can also be configured to provide guidance such as.

FIG. 39 (C) shows how each operation described from FIGS. 38 (A) to 39 (B) forms a flow as a whole. First, the player obtains a membership card 1110 for small amount savings. The membership card 1110 for small amount of balls is distributed in the hall store or on the street, for example, or attached as an appendix to a magazine, and the player can obtain the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls by these methods. it can.

After obtaining the membership card 1110 for small-amount ball storage, the player can perform a small-amount ball storage process such as end balls with the small-amount ball storage instruction device 1060 of the hall store. In addition, the prize selection process can be performed on the small-amount ball storage instruction device 1060 in the hall store, the dedicated terminal 1530, or the PC 1100 at home. Either the small amount ball storage process or the prize selection process may be performed first, these may be performed alternately, or each may be repeated many times in succession. However, since there is an upper limit to the total electronic value that can be held by the small amount ball storage process, the small amount ball storage process cannot exceed this limit.

Next, the player performs the mall member registration process. As shown in the figure, the immediately preceding operation may be a small amount ball storage process or a prize selection process. The timing of performing the mall member registration process is arbitrary, but as described above, the prize exchange process cannot be performed unless the mall member registration process is performed. In addition, in the mall member registration process, you can become a mall member by using the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls that you used when you were an anonymous member, and you can also become a mall member by using a smartphone 1540 with a built-in non-contact IC chip. Can be.

When a member card for small amount of balls 1110 is used as it is to become a mall member, the small amount of balls can be added up by integrating with another member card for small amount of balls 1110 (1 to n). Similarly, when becoming a mall member using a smartphone 1540 or the like with a built-in non-contact IC chip, the small amount of balls can be added up by integrating with another member card for small amount of balls 1110 (1 to n).

After the mall member registration process, the ball storage process (ball storage without the condition of small amount of balls), the prize exchange process, and the prize selection process are performed on the small amount ball storage membership card 1110 registered as a mall member or the smartphone 1540 with a built-in non-contact IC chip. It can be repeated in any order by using the above.

Here, the small amount of balls saved as an anonymous member is, for example, less than 800 yen (when converted to yen) in one storage, and the total is set to less than 10,000 yen (when converted to yen). .. On the other hand, the ball storage (described above) from the standpoint of a mall member has no upper limit of the value in one storage, and the total is set to less than 1 million yen.

Next, the prize exchange screen 1880 displayed on the player side display 1067 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 will be described with reference to FIG. 40. The prize exchange screen 1880 of FIG. 40 is a prize exchange screen displayed after the receipt printed with the counting result printed by the player is read by the barcode reader 1066, or the prize exchange is performed after reading the receipt. It is a prize exchange screen that is displayed after (the end ball). In this example, a situation is shown in which a player can dispose of 20 20-yen medals.

At this time, the player can proceed with the process by touching (tapping) the button 1881 instructing the exchange for a special prize or the button 1882 instructing the exchange for a general prize, as in the conventional prize POS. it can. However, in this example, the button 1881 is grayed out and cannot be selected because the number of game media required for exchanging the special prize is insufficient.

In addition, the button 1883 is touched when the small amount of balls is stored using the membership card for small amount of balls 1110, and the button 1884 is touched when the prize is selected. To perform the mall member registration process of the prize exchange system 1001, touch the button 1885. In addition, when certain conditions are met, such as when the total amount of small amount of balls reaches a predetermined quantity, control is performed to automatically transition to the screen for registering as a mall member (for example, from the small amount of balls specified screen). can do.

In addition, a button 1886 for integrating a plurality of membership cards for small amount of balls 1110 into one valid member card for small amount of balls 1110, and a player who has already registered as a mall member for one or more small amount of balls. A button 1887 for integrating the membership card 1110 into the membership card is displayed. Further, in the prize exchange, the button 1888 to be touched when receiving the prize held at the hall store is displayed. The prize exchange screen 1880 is a screen showing the types and quantities of game media that can be processed at present, and the processes corresponding to buttons 1884 to 1888 are not directly related to the processing of such end balls, but will be described. For convenience of, it is placed on this screen.

Next, a screen for performing the mall member registration process will be described with reference to FIG. 41. FIG. 41 (A) shows the mall member registration login screen 1900, which is displayed when the button 1885 is touched on the prize exchange screen 1880 of FIG. 40. Here, since the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls, which is a non-contact IC card, or the smartphone 1540 with a built-in non-contact IC chip is used as a membership card, it is guided to hold them in a predetermined position when logging in. To. After confirming the display that the reading of the membership card for small amount storage such as 1110 is completed, the player inputs the password into the password input unit 1901 and touches the "Next" button 1902. The password is set here in order to protect the valuable value of the stored balls in the event that the membership card 1110 for storing small amounts of balls is lost, but it can be omitted.

When the "Next" button 1902 is touched in FIG. 41 (A), the display transitions to the mall member registration screen 1905 shown in FIG. 41 (B). Here, the player inputs information about the member such as a name, an e-mail address, and an address into the member information input unit 1906, and touches the registration button 1907. As a result, information about the member such as the unique ID read from the membership card for small amount storage 1110, the store code acquired from the small amount storage instruction device 1060, and the name, etc., is (for example, automatically numbered) a mall member. It is associated with the ID and stored in the mall member information table 1651, which is similar to the table shown in the mall member information table 651 shown in FIG. 18 (B).

In the example of the prize exchange system 1, as shown in FIG. 22 (A), the mall member registration is performed using the smartphone 540, and the smartphone 540, which is the execution body of the program, has a built-in non-contact IC chip unique ID ( For example, a unique ID such as IDm) was transmitted to the core server 600 as registration information, but here, by holding the membership card 1110 for small amount storage or the smartphone 1540 over the small amount storage instruction device 1060, a small amount of money is sent. The non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065 of the ball storage instruction device 1060 reads these unique IDs and transmits them to the core server 1600.

The mall member registration process in the prize exchange system 1001 is mainly controlled by the member management unit 1085 of the small amount storage instruction device 1060 and the mall member management unit 1601 of the core server 1600.

FIG. 42 is a diagram showing a table of the core DB 1650 of the core server 1600. FIG. 42 (A) shows an example of the shopping list management table 1653. The items to be memorized are the same as those of the shopping list management table 653 shown in FIG. 19 (A), but the small amount of balls is stored in order to memorize the shopping list created by the prize selection using the membership card for small amount of balls 1110. The "unique ID" for identifying the membership card 1110 is also memorable. Furthermore, the item "SEQ NO" is added so that a plurality of shopping lists can be stored with the same unique ID. With such a configuration, it is possible to register a plurality of shopping lists with the membership card for small amount of balls 1110, and when a plurality of membership cards for small amount of balls 1110 are integrated into one card. You can manage the shopping list created by each card collectively.

FIG. 42B shows an example of the anonymous member information table 1657 that manages anonymous members who save small amounts of balls using the membership card for small amount of balls 1110. In the anonymous member information table 1657, a "unique ID" for identifying the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls, a "store code" representing a hall store in which the member card 1110 for small amount of balls is used, and a "password" are stored. Will be done. In this way, the player can save a small amount of balls without inputting information about the member such as name, e-mail address, and address, and can create and register a shopping list by selecting a prize.

FIG. 42 (C) shows an example of the electronic value management table 1658 that stores the converted electronic value data after converting the value of the stored balls of the anonymous member. In the electronic value management table 1658, an "unique ID" for identifying the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls and "electronic value data" representing the valuable value of the game medium held by the small amount of balls in a predetermined unit of electronic value. Is memorized.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 43 and 44, a small amount ball storage process using the small amount ball storage membership card 1110 will be described. FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing the processes for realizing the small amount ball storage process for each subject of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 and the core server 1600. This process is mainly realized by the small amount ball storage control unit 1084 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 and the small amount ball storage management unit 1610 of the core server 1600.

First, when the player gives an instruction for small amount of ball storage by touching the button 1883 on the prize exchange screen 1880 of the small amount of money storage instruction device 1060 shown in FIG. 40 (step S220), the small amount of money storage instruction device 1060 gives a small amount of money. The ball storage login screen is displayed (step S222). FIG. 44 (A) shows an example of this small amount storage ball login screen 1890. Here, when the player holds the membership card 1110 for small-amount ball storage as instructed on the screen, the small-amount ball storage instruction device 1060 reads the unique ID (IDm, etc.) of the non-contact IC chip (step S223). The system can grasp the anonymous member by the unique ID (see the anonymous member information table 1657 in FIG. 42 (B)).

The small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 determines whether or not the "Next" button 1892 is touched on the small amount ball storage login screen 1890 (step S224), and maintains the display of the small amount ball storage login screen 1890 until it is touched. When the "Next" button 1892 is touched, the unique ID (for example, IDm), the store code, and the password are transmitted to the core server 1600 (step S225). The store code is, for example, data stored in a storage device included in the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060, and the password is data entered by the player in the password input unit 1891 of the small amount ball storage login screen 1890. The password is set here in order to protect the valuable value of the small amount of balls saved in case the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls is lost, but it can be omitted. Further, here, a player's handle name, pseudonym, pseudonym, name, or the like can be input to be used for identifying the membership card 1110 for small amount storage. Such an operation can also be regarded as "temporary registration".

When the core server 1600 receives information such as the unique ID, it refers to the anonymous member information table 1657 and determines whether or not the unique ID is a newly registered ID (step S226). If it is new, a record corresponding to its unique ID is added to the anonymous member information table 1657 as a new anonymous member (step S227). On the other hand, if the unique ID already exists in the anonymous member information table 1657, the received password is checked (step S228), and it is determined whether or not the password is correct (step S229). If it is determined that the password is not correct, an error display is instructed (step S230), and in response to this instruction, the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 displays an error on the player side display 1067 (step S231). ..

When the member is added to the anonymous member information table 1657 as a new anonymous member, or when the password is determined to be correct, the core server 1600 instructs the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 to display the small amount ball storage instruction screen (step S232). .. In response to this instruction, the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 displays the small amount ball storage instruction screen 1895 on the player side display 1067 as shown in FIG. 44 (B) (step S233).

Here, the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 determines whether or not the "decision" button 1897 is touched (step S234), and maintains the display of the small amount ball storage instruction screen 1895 until it is touched. When the "OK" button 1897 is touched, the type of game medium (for example, 20-yen medal or 4-yen pachinko ball) and the number of game media (for example, the number of pachinko balls) are transmitted to the core server 1600. And the number of medals) is transmitted (step S235). The type of the game medium is grasped when the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 reads the receipt or the like, and this is transmitted. The quantity of the game medium is the quantity specified by the player in the quantity input unit 1896 of the small amount ball storage instruction screen 1895, but all the quantities grasped by the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 can also be automatically specified. When the player specifies the quantity of the game medium, the player can freely set the quantity within the range not exceeding the quantity (20 in the example of FIG. 44 (B)) guided by the small amount storage instruction screen 1895. it can.

When the core server 1600 receives the type and quantity of the game medium from the small amount storage instruction device 1060, the exchange rate management table 1654 (premium) that stores the exchange rate for each type of hall store or game medium as needed. It has the same configuration as the exchange rate management table 654 of the exchange system 1 and stores the rate for conversion to electronic value), and converts a small amount of balls into electronic value data expressed in a predetermined electronic value unit. (Step S236). Next, the core server 1600 determines whether or not the cumulative value of the small amount of balls stored each time and the value of the small amount of balls associated with the unique ID exceeds the set upper limit values. (Step S237). If it is determined that at least one of the values exceeds the upper limit, the ball storage instruction from the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 is invalidated, and the value is associated with the value of the small amount of balls stored at one time or its unique ID. An error display indicating that the cumulative value of the value of the small amount of balls has exceeded the upper limit is instructed (step S238), and in response to this instruction, the small amount of balls storage instruction device 1060 displays an error on the player side display 1067. (Step S239).

If it is determined that the upper limit is not exceeded, the electronic value data stored in the record of the corresponding unique ID in the electronic value management table 1658 and the electronic value data after this conversion are added (cumulative) and added (cumulative). The value is stored as new electronic value data (step S240). After this process is completed, an instruction is given to indicate that the small amount of balls has been stored (step S241), and in response to this instruction, the small amount of ball storage instruction device 1060 completes the small amount of balls on the player side display 1067. Display the screen (step S242). Further, at this time, the type and quantity of the game medium accumulated by the small amount of balls stored up to this point, or the electronic value data may be displayed.

Next, the core server 1600 transmits the electronic value data obtained from the type and quantity of the game medium designated as the small amount of balls to the small amount of balls storage instruction device 1060 (step S243). The small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 transmits the electronic value data received from the core server 1600 to the hall computer 1400 (step S244). The transmission of the value of such a small amount of balls is carried out because it is necessary for the hall store side to grasp the value of the small amount of balls that is the basis when the bill is received from the computer center etc. as the cost for exchanging prizes. Will be. Further, the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 receives not the electronic value data but the type and quantity of the game medium from the core server 1600 (or holds the one input by the player), and receives these from the hall computer 1400. You can also send to.

Further, in step S240, when a certain condition is satisfied when the new electronic value data is calculated (for example, the total value of the small amount of balls is a certain numerical value (for example, the upper limit value regarding the total value of the small amount of balls). If it exceeds 70%), it is advantageous to display the mall member registration screen on the player side display 1067 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060, or to become a mall member and exchange prizes. It can be configured to display information (including some information or links that induce mall membership registration). Further, such information can be displayed before, during, or during the prize selection process in the prize selection device as well as the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060. Further, it can be transmitted to the player's smartphone 1540, feature phone 1558, PC1100, etc. by using the address associated with the e-mail address or the telephone number.

In addition, the mall member registration screen can be displayed on the prize exchange device under predetermined conditions. For example, in the prize exchange device, after the prize is displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen 950 as shown in FIG. 27 (B), the "OK" button 973 is displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen 970 as shown in FIG. 28 (B). You may display the mall member registration screen and prompt the mall member registration before is pressed. In addition, on this mall member registration screen, whether to use the membership card for small amount of balls 1110 that has been used so far as it is, or to use another member card for small amount of balls 1110 or a mobile device (for example, a player's smartphone 1540). You may display the screen to be selected.

Further, in the example of FIG. 43, the value of the small amount of balls (type and quantity of the game medium) received from the small amount of balls storage instruction device 1060 is converted into a predetermined unit of electronic value on the core server 1600, and then the electronic value is converted. The data is stored in the electronic value management table 1658 for each unique ID (that is, for each anonymous member), but the type and quantity of the game medium are stored without being converted into the predetermined electronic value unit as described above. It can also be configured to be stored as is and then converted as needed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 45 to 48, the integrated processing of the membership card for small amount storage such as 1110 will be described. In the prize exchange system 1001, one player saves a small amount of balls with a plurality of membership cards for small amount of balls 1110, and then integrates them into one card, or saves a small amount of balls with a smartphone 1540 or the like registered as a mall member. The membership card 1110 for use can be integrated, and in this case, the contents of the electronic value management table 1658 and the shopping list management table 1653 can be integrated in conjunction with each other. Here, what kind of integration processing is performed in a typical integration pattern will be described.

FIG. 45 (A) shows the electronic value management table 1658 when one player X1 uses a plurality of small-amount ball storage membership cards 1110 (1110a to 1110d) and then integrates these cards into one. It is a figure which showed the concept of integrated processing. In this example, four membership cards for small-amount storage balls 1110 are used. The small-amount storage membership card 1110a and the small-amount storage membership card 1110b are hall store cards having a store code of "112", and their unique IDs are "L" and "M", respectively. The membership card 1110c for small amount storage is a card of a hall store with a store code "1414", and a unique ID is "N". The membership card 1110d for small amount storage is a card of a hall store with a store code "1138", and a unique ID is "P". Here, a pattern for integrating these four cards into the membership card 1110b for small amount storage with the unique ID "M" will be described.

In the anonymous member information table 1657 before the integration, each member card 1110 for small amount storage is managed in association with a unique ID, and a store code and a password are associated with each unique ID. Further, in the electronic value management table 1658 before integration, electronic value data is associated with each unique ID, and it is managed which small amount of balls is stored in which small amount of money storage membership card 1110. ..

Here, by operating the screen as shown in FIG. 47, the player is instructed to integrate the membership card 1110 for small amount storage. In FIG. 47 (A), for example, on the prize exchange screen 1880 (see FIG. 40) displayed on the player side display 1067 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060, the player touches the button 1886 to instruct the card integration. It is a card integration instruction screen 1910 displayed in the case. When the card integration instruction screen 1910 is displayed, the player holds the membership card 1110b for small-amount ball storage of the "integration destination" at a predetermined position and inputs the password of the card into the password input unit 1911. Touch the "Next" button 1912.

Then, the card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 shown in FIG. 47 (B) is displayed, in which the player can use the "integration source" small-amount ball storage membership card 1110a, small-amount ball storage membership card 1110c, and small-amount ball storage membership card. Hold 1110d over a predetermined position and enter the password of the card in the password input unit 1921. If there are multiple cards to be integrated, touch the "Next" button 1923 to display the card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 in FIG. 47 (B) again, and save a small amount of money for the next "integration source". Instruct the membership card 1110. In this example, this operation is repeated for the membership card 1110a for small amount storage, the membership card 1110c for small amount storage, and the membership card 1110d for small amount storage, and finally the "integration" button 1922 is touched to complete the integration.

Returning to FIG. 45 (A), the situation after being integrated into the membership card for small amount storage 1110b will be described. In the anonymous member information table 1657 after the integration, only the membership card 1110b for small amount storage is managed, and the store code and the password are associated with the member card 1110b, but the specific code is not stored in the store code. Further, in the electronic value management table 1658 after the integration, as the electronic value data corresponding to the membership card 1110b for small amount of balls, the total electronic value data before the integration (the electronic value corresponding to the membership cards for small amount of balls (1110a to 1110d)) 9170, which is the total of data), is stored. Here, the records corresponding to the membership card 1110a for small amount storage, the membership card 1110c for small amount storage, and the membership card 1110d for small amount storage are integrated and invalidated, and are finally deleted.

In this way, when a plurality of membership cards for small amount of balls 1110 are integrated, the electronic value data is also aggregated in one member card for small amount of balls 1110b to be integrated. Further, when the upper limit of the electronic value data is exceeded due to the integration, a message to that effect can be displayed on the card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 or the like shown in FIG. 47 (B).

Here, although it is decided that the membership cards for small amount of balls 1110 of different hall stores can be integrated, it may be restricted so that only the member cards 1110 for small amount of balls of the same hall store can be integrated. In this example, the integrated membership card for small amount of balls 1110 can be used at any hall store, but the available hall stores can also be limited. It is also possible to limit the number of membership cards for small amount storage that can be integrated. In addition, the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls of the "integration source" cannot be used after the integration process, but the card with its unique ID can be used on condition that the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls can be properly collected. It can be reused and used by other players.

FIG. 45B shows a case where the membership card 1110b for small amount of balls integrated by the integration process described in FIG. 45A is further integrated into the smartphone 1540 (unique ID “Q”) registered as a mall member. , Is a diagram showing the concept of integrated processing of the electronic value management table 1658.

In the anonymous member information table 1657 before the integration, only the member card 1110b for small amount storage is managed, and the store code and the password are associated with the member card 1110b, but the specific code is not stored in the store code. In the electronic value management table 1658 after the integration, 9170 is stored as electronic value data corresponding to the membership card 1110b for small amount storage.

Here, on the card integration instruction screen 1910 of FIG. 47 (A), hold the smartphone 1540 registered as a mall member as the integration destination card, and on the card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 of FIG. 47 (B), a small amount of balls are saved. By holding the membership card 1110b for small amount, the membership card 1110b for small amount storage is integrated into the smartphone 1540.

Then, as shown in FIG. 45 (B), in the anonymous member information table 1657, the record stored in the member card 1110b for small amount of balls is deleted, and the member card 1110b for small amount of balls is not managed as an anonymous member. Further, in the mall member information table 1651, the mall member ID "U102" is associated with the unique ID "Q" of the smartphone 1540, the store code, and the password. Further, in the electronic value management table 1658, the electronic value data "9170" associated with the membership card 1110b (unique ID "M") for small amount storage is changed to be associated with the unique ID "Q" by integration. Will be done.

As a result, the player can use the electronic value data saved in a small amount by using the smartphone 1540 with the unique ID "Q", and can save the same as the prize exchange system 1, select the prize, and exchange the prize. It can be carried out. As shown in FIG. 48, the electronic value data stored in a small amount is managed by the electronic value management table 1658, and the stored balls other than the small amount of balls are managed by the mall member game medium holding number management table 1652. In addition, even after registering as a mall member and becoming a mall member, a small amount of balls can be saved. In this way, it is also possible to design the stored balls that are managed in two ways so that they can be integrated into either one by referring to, for example, the exchange rate management table 1654 or the like.

FIG. 46 (A) is a diagram showing the concept of integration processing of the shopping list management table 1653 in the same integration pattern as in FIG. 45 (A). In this example, four small-amount ball storage membership cards (1110a to 1110d) are integrated into the small-amount ball storage membership card 1110b having a unique ID "M".

In the shopping list management table 1653 before integration, each membership card for small amount of balls (1110a to 1110d) is managed in association with a unique ID, and each unique ID has a prize 1 to a prize 50. A shopping list is stored, and a product ID is associated with each prize (it is also possible to manage the number of products). Here, since the shopping list of the anonymous member is stored, the item of the mall member ID is not used. In addition, an item of "SEQ NO" is provided so that a plurality of shopping lists can be managed with the same unique ID. In the example of FIG. 46 (A), the membership card for small amount of balls with the unique ID "L" 1110a 2 shopping lists (SEQ NO "001", "002"), 1 shopping list (SEQ NO "001") for small amount storage membership card 1110b with unique ID "M", unique ID "N" One shopping list (SEQ NO "001") for the small amount storage membership card 1110c, and two shopping lists (SEQ NO "001", "SEQ NO" 001 "for the small amount storage membership card 1110d with unique ID" P ". 002 ") is stored.

Here, by operating the screen shown in FIG. 47 above, the four small-amount ball storage membership cards (1110a to 1110d) are integrated into the small-amount ball storage membership card 1110b. Then, as shown in FIG. 46 (A), in the integrated shopping list management table 1653, the unique IDs “L”, “N”, and “P” are all changed to “M” and “SEQ NO”. Is renumbered from "001" to "006" so that the item "" is unique in the unique ID "M".

In this example, as described above, the shopping list associated with the integration source small amount storage membership card 1110a, the small amount storage membership card 1110c, and the small amount storage membership card 1110d are all integrated into the small amount storage membership card. It is configured so that it can be integrated and used in 1110b, but these can be configured to be deleted or organized so as to be put together in one shopping list. For example, when all the six shopping lists shown in FIG. 46 (A) are only the prize 1, the prizes 1 to 6 can be combined into one designated shopping list (duplicate product IDs). If there is, you can add the number or remove the duplicates).

FIG. 46 (B) is a diagram showing the concept of integration processing of the shopping list management table 1653 in the same integration pattern as in FIG. 45 (B). In this example, the four small-amount storage membership cards (1110a to 1110d) are integrated into the small-amount storage membership card 1110b having the unique ID "M", and further integrated into the smartphone 1540 in which the mall membership registration is performed.

In the shopping list management table 1653 before integration, as described above, all the unique IDs are set to "M", and the item of "SEQ NO" is unique among the unique IDs "M". It is from "001" to "006". Here, by operating the screen as shown in FIG. 47, the small amount storage membership card 1110b having the unique ID "M" is integrated into the smartphone 1540 that has already been registered as a mall member. Then, as shown in FIG. 46 (B), in the integrated shopping list management table 1653, all the unique IDs "M" are changed to "Q", which is the unique ID of the smartphone 1540, and the mall member ID. Is set to "U102", which is a mall member ID corresponding to the smartphone 1540.

In this way, by the integrated processing, all the shopping lists associated with the small amount storage membership card 1110b with the unique ID "M" are taken over by the smartphone 1540 registered as a mall member, and the smartphone 1540 and the smartphone The shopping list can be referred to by executing the prize selection process on the terminal used by holding the 1540, and the shopping list can be called up in the prize exchange process.

In addition, in the card integration instruction screen 1910 of FIG. 47 (A) and the card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 of FIG. 47 (B), the membership card 1110 for small amount storage is integrated, but which small amount the player has. In order to make it easy to understand whether the membership card 1110 for ball storage is being processed, the handle name set by the player or the unique ID is related (or not related at all) to the surface of the membership card 1110 for small amount storage. In addition to displaying the card ID and card number, these data are stored in the anonymous member information table 1657 and the storage area of the non-contact IC chip, and the card ID and card number being processed are displayed on the above integrated instruction screen. Can be made to.

Next, the settlement process between the hall store and the computer center will be described with reference to FIG. 49. As shown in FIG. 49, when a small amount of ball storage instruction is given from the small amount of money storage instruction device 1060, the unique ID of the member card for small amount of money storage 1110, the store code, and the small amount of money are stored for the core server 1600 of the computer center. The type and quantity of the game medium specified by the player (game medium value information) is transmitted, and the electronic value data obtained from the specified type and quantity of the game medium is transmitted via the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060. It is transmitted to the hall computer 1400 (see FIG. 43). This is because it is necessary for the hall store side to grasp the value of the small amount of balls that is the basis for receiving a claim from the computer center or the like as a cost related to the exchange of prizes.

In the core server 1600, the electronic value data obtained in this way is stored in the electronic value management table 1658 as a cumulative value, and when the player exchanges the prize with the electronic value data as a consideration, the electron corresponding to the value of the prize is used. Value data is subtracted from the cumulative value of the electronic value management table 1658. At the same time, the price payment process is performed so as to pay the price of the prize (the price after deducting various fees) to the operator of the shop server that ships the prize (see FIG. 31).

On the other hand, the core server 1600 bills the hall store in consideration of the price paid to the shop server operator and various fees. Since the game media acquired at the hall store is saved by a small amount of balls and the prize is exchanged at that value, the hall store bears the final responsibility for payment. At this time, since the core server 1600 stores the electronic value data as the cumulative amount for each unique ID in the electronic value management table 1658, it is possible to grasp from which hall store the electronic value data is related to the game medium acquired. Can not. Therefore, the core server 1600 needs to separately grasp from a table (not shown) or the like which hall store the electronic value data is related to. In addition, when the prize is exchanged in exchange for the electronic value data, and the electronic value data is substantially related to the game medium acquired from a plurality of hall stores, which hall store is which It is necessary to determine whether or not to make a request according to a predetermined rule.

For example, if a player sequentially acquires game media from four different hall stores, stores 500 balls in units of electronic value, and has a total electronic value of 2000, the electronic value becomes 1300. Assuming that the corresponding prizes have been exchanged (here, various fees are omitted for the sake of simplicity), the core server 1600 is used for the hall stores where the player has acquired the first and second game media. , 500 electronic values are charged, and the hall store that has acquired the third game medium is charged the price equivalent to 300 electronic values. That is, the player charges the corresponding hall stores in the order in which the game media are stored (or in the order in which they are acquired).

In addition, the billing to the hall store by the core server 1600 can be performed collectively for a plurality of prize exchanges, or can be collectively performed at predetermined intervals. Further, in the example of FIG. 49, the billing is shown to be made from the core server 1600 to the hall computer 1400, but this is only a notation for convenience, and in fact, for example, from the core server 1600, By sending a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system, the process is such that the bank account of the operator of the hall store is billed. Further, the operating entity of the prize exchange system 1001 can make the above request to the operating entity of the hall store by various other methods and routes.

Next, with reference to FIG. 50, a prize selection process using the membership card 1110 for small amount storage will be described. This prize selection process is basically the same as the prize selection process of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIGS. 23 to 25. Here, the points different from the prize selection process of the prize exchange system 1 will be mainly described.

FIG. 50A is a prize selection login screen 1930 displayed on the display of the dedicated terminal 1530 or the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060. Here, guidance information indicating that the membership card for small amount of balls 1110 is held over a predetermined position is displayed, and the player holds the membership card for small amount of balls 1110 at that position, inputs the password to the password input unit 1931, and then then. By touching the "Next" button 1932, the screen changes to the prize selection instruction screen 1940 of FIG. 50 (B).

In the prize selection instruction screen 1940 shown in FIG. 50 (B), the consideration for the product is shown not in the type and quantity of the game medium but in the unit of electronic value. At the login stage, if it is determined that you are an anonymous member, the unit of electronic value is used in this way, but if you are a mall member and it is determined that you have the number of game media held, it will be displayed. In the unit designation unit 1943, the display unit can be switched to electronic value or a game medium.

The product finally selected by touching the "Enter" button on the shopping list display screen displayed after touching the "shopping list" button 1942 on the prize selection instruction screen 1940 is displayed on the shopping list management table 1653. Although it is registered, as shown in FIG. 42 (A), it is registered in association with the unique ID of the membership card 1110 for small amount storage, not the mall member ID.

Further, here, the value of the game medium in which the balls are stored (for example, the prizes grasped from the mall member game medium holding number management table 1652 or the electronic value management table 1658) from the unique ID of the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls. It is possible to acquire the valuable value that can be used for exchange) and display the numerical value on the prize selection instruction screen 1940 or the like, or control the display of products in a range corresponding to the value.

Next, the prize exchange process in the prize exchange system 1001 will be described with reference to FIG. 51. The membership card 1110 for small-amount savings cannot be used for the prize exchange process unless the mall member is registered. This prize exchange process is basically the same as the prize exchange process of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIGS. 26 to 28. Here, the points different from the prize exchange process of the prize exchange system 1 will be mainly described.

FIG. 51 (A) is a prize exchange login screen (continued) 1950 displayed on the display of the dedicated terminal 1530 or the prize POS1500 installed in the hall store. On the prize exchange login screen (not shown), guidance information indicating that the smartphone 1540 is held over the predetermined position is displayed, and the player can use the smartphone 1540 (or a membership card for small amount of balls 1110 registered as a mall member) at that position. ), Enter the password in the password input section, and then touch the "Next" button to display the prize exchange login screen (continued) 1950. If the player has not yet registered as a mall member when the player holds up the smartphone 1540 or the membership card for small amount of balls 1110 on the prize exchange login screen, the mall member is not registered and the prize exchange process cannot be performed. An error message to that effect is displayed.

The prize exchange login screen (continued) 1950 of FIG. 51 (A) shows the case where the player holds a quantity that can be used in both the mall member game medium holding number management table 1652 and the electronic value management table 1658. A display unit designation unit 1951 that specifies whether to use the unit of electronic value or the type and quantity of the game medium as the consideration for exchange is shown. Here, the player selects either of these and then touches the "Next" button 1952 to display the prize exchange instruction screen 1960 of FIG. 51 (B). In this way, after registering as a mall member, the value accumulated by the normal ball savings by the mall member and the value accumulated by the small amount of balls can be used, and the player displays the value according to the value to be used. The prize exchange process can be performed by switching the unit of.

In the prize exchange instruction screen 1960 shown in FIG. 51 (B), the consideration for the product is shown in units of electronic value by the designation of the player. Further, in the prize exchange system 1, the delivery destination was selected at the time of the prize selection process, but in this prize exchange system 1001, basically, the member information such as the address is not input until the mall member registration, so the prize exchange It is designed to be specified at the time of processing. The player selects one of the registered home, delivery destination 1, and delivery destination 2 in the delivery destination designation unit 1962.

In the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention, a prize selection process using a membership card for small amount of balls 1110 can be performed using a home PC (personal computer) 1100 or the like owned by a player. it can. With the availability of product selection on the PC1100, it is possible to take time to carefully browse and select products that are candidates for prizes even outside the hall store. Further, when the PC 1100 is provided with a large display, the details of the product can be easily confirmed with high visibility by the display.

Next, the configuration of the PC 1100 will be described with reference to FIG. 52. FIG. 52 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the PC 1100. The PC 1100 includes a main CPU 1101, ROM 1102, RAM 1103, an external storage device 1104, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 1105, a display 1106, a keyboard 1107, an interface 1108, and a speaker 1109.

The main CPU 1101 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 1102 and the RAM 1103. For example, the main CPU 1101 controls a WEB browser, an application downloaded via an external network, or the like, and executes a prize selection process by the prize exchange system 1001.

Various data are stored in the external storage device 1104. The non-contact IC card reader / writer 1105 reads the internal data of the non-contact IC chip of the membership card 1110 for small amount storage and the smartphone 1540 containing the non-contact IC chip. Further, if necessary, data can be written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip in a non-contact manner.

The display 1106 displays a screen related to the prize selection process, for example, a prize selection login screen, a prize selection instruction screen, and the like. The display 1106 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device. The keyboard 1107 is an input device for inputting data and giving instructions.

Further, the PC 1100 is connected to the network 1695 via the interface 1108. The network 1695 is, for example, a network such as the Internet, and the PC 1100 is connected to the AP server 1685 connected to the core server 1600 via the network 1695. The speaker 1109 outputs various audio data.

In the prize exchange system 1001, the prize selection process is performed by using the PC 1100 having such a configuration. First, in response to the player's instruction, the prize selection login screen 1930 as shown in FIG. 50 (A) is displayed on the display 1106. Then, when the member card 1110 for small amount of balls is held over a predetermined position and the password is entered (using the keyboard 1107 or the like), the non-contact IC card reader / writer 1105 reads the unique ID of the member card 1110 for small amount of balls and displays it on the display 1106. , The prize selection instruction screen 1940 and the like as shown in FIG. 50 (B) are displayed. The player can display the prize selection instruction screen 1940, the shopping list screen, and the like, select products that are candidates for prize exchange, and create a shopping list. When a prize is selected using the small-amount storage membership card 1110, the previously created shopping list can be called from the unique ID of the small-amount storage membership card 1110 and displayed on the display 1106.

In addition, the value of the game medium in which the balls are stored (for example, the mall member game medium holding number management table 1652 or the electronic value management table 1658, which is grasped from the unique ID of the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls, is used for prize exchange. It is also possible to acquire (possible valuable value) and design to display the numerical value on the prize selection instruction screen 1940 or the like, or to control the display of products in a range corresponding to the value.

Next, with reference to FIG. 53, a prize exchange system 1001 capable of designating a hall store as a delivery destination of the prize will be described. In the prize exchange system 1001, when the mall member is registered, the hall store is designated as the delivery destination (hall store closure), so that the prize determined in the prize exchange process is delivered as the hall store closure. it can. With such a configuration, the player does not have to enter the player's own address even when registering as a mall member, and personal information can be protected more safely.

FIG. 53A shows the mall member registration screen 1970 displayed on the player side display 1067 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060. This screen is an improvement of the mall member registration screen 1905 of FIG. 41 (B) so that the prize can be delivered in the hall store. When the player checks the "Yes" button in the hall store closure designation section 1972, the store code of the hall store where the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 used as the delivery destination of the prize is placed is the mall member information. Stored in table 1651.

Here, the player may be controlled so that the "Yes" button can be checked in the hall store closure designation unit 1972 only when the player inputs a specific input such as a name, a telephone number, and an e-mail address. Further, the hall store designated as the delivery destination may be configured so that it can be selected from the candidate list.

When the "Yes" button is checked in the hall store closure designation unit 1972, all the input areas of the delivery destination input unit 1973 are grayed out, and control is performed so that the home address, delivery destination 1, and delivery destination 2 cannot be input. In addition, even if the "Yes" button is checked in the hall store closure designation unit 1972, the delivery destination input unit 1973 is configured to allow input so that it can be finally selected on the prize exchange instruction screen or the like. May be good.

FIG. 53B shows a prize exchange instruction screen 1975 displayed on the display of a prize exchange terminal such as a dedicated terminal 1530 or a prize POS1500. This screen is an improvement of the prize exchange instruction screen 1960 of FIG. 51 (B), and the delivery destination display unit 1977 closes the hall store according to the designation on the mall member registration screen 1970 of FIG. 53 (A). Is displayed. The name of the hall store is a store code of the delivery destination stored in the mall member information table 1651, is obtained by referring to the hall store management table (not shown), and is displayed on the delivery destination display unit 1977.

In addition, if both the designation of the hall store closure and the input of the delivery destination input unit 1973 are permitted on the mall member registration screen 1970, the delivery destination display unit 1977 displays the hall store closure, home address, delivery destination 1, and delivery. It is also possible to display the options of the first two and configure them so that the player can select them.

When the "OK" button 1979 on the prize exchange instruction screen 1975 is touched in the situation where the delivery destination of the prize is designated as the hall store closure, the prize ordering instruction is sent to the core server 1600 via the hall computer 1400, and the core server A prize delivery instruction is given from 1600 to the shop server. The delivery destination specified at this time is the hall store specified by the store code, and the core server 1600 refers to the address of the hall store by the store code by referring to the hall store management table (not shown). Ask. In addition, a delivery identification number is given to the prize delivery instruction, and on the online shopping site of the shop server that received the prize delivery instruction, the delivery identification number is attached at the time of delivery, and the address of the designated hall store is attached. Arrange to deliver the free gift to.

Further, the core server 1600 is a hall computer 1400 corresponding to the designated store code when the "OK" button 1979 of the prize exchange instruction screen 1975 is touched in the situation where the delivery destination of the prize is designated as the hall store stop. The player's unique ID and the delivery identification number attached to the prize delivery instruction are transmitted to the server. The address (IP address) of the hall computer 1400 is obtained from the hall computer information table 1571 having the same configuration as the hall computer information table 571 shown in FIG. 18 (A).

The small-amount ball storage instruction device 1060 of the hall store designated as the delivery destination acquires the unique ID and the delivery identification number of the player who instructed the delivery of the prize at the hall store stop from the hall computer 1400.

After displaying the prize exchange screen 1880 (see FIG. 40) on the player side display 1067 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060, the player touches the button 1888 to display the screen for receiving the prize held in the hall store. Let me. Therefore, the player reads the membership card 1110 for small amount storage and inputs the password. In response to this operation, the delivery identification number corresponding to the unique ID is displayed on the store side display 1069 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060. If any of the prizes delivered to the hall store have the same number as the displayed delivery identification number, the staff at the hall store will give this to the player and the delivery to the player has been completed. Is input to the input unit displayed on the store side display 1069.

In the procedure as described above, the player hands the prize to the player at the hall store as the delivery destination. However, such a procedure is only an example, and the player can receive the prize delivered at the hall store stop by various other methods and procedures. In addition, if the staff of the hall store inputs the delivery identification number attached to the delivered prize to the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 one by one, the e-mail address or telephone number associated with the corresponding unique ID can be obtained at that timing. A notification that the prize has been delivered can be automatically sent to the address associated with the number, and the player can know that the prize has been delivered to the designated hall store. .. The e-mail address and telephone number corresponding to the unique ID can be obtained from the mall member information table 1651.

Next, with reference to FIG. 54, a card that can be used as a membership card for small amount storage of the prize exchange system 1001 or a portable device will be described. So far, it has been explained that a dedicated non-contact IC card distributed to players at hall stores, etc. is used as the membership card 1110 for small amount of balls that can be used in the prize exchange system 1001, but there are various other types. Various types of cards and mobile devices can be used.

As shown in FIG. 54 (A), in addition to the IC cards described so far, smartphones 1540 with a built-in non-contact IC chip and features can be used as the membership card 1110 for small-amount ball storage of the prize exchange system 1001. Portable devices such as phones 1558 and mobile phones are conceivable. In these devices, a unique unique ID stored in the non-contact IC chip is read by the small amount storage instruction device 1060, and this unique ID is stored in the anonymous member information table 1657 together with the store code and password. , The player who owns this device can be uniquely identified.

Further, as shown in FIG. 54 (B), as a portable device that can be used as a membership card 1110 for small amount storage of the prize exchange system 1001, a mobile phone or the like that does not have a built-in non-contact IC chip can be assumed. .. For example, in a mobile phone, a URL (Uniform Resource Locator) is acquired by photographing a code such as a one-dimensional barcode or a two-dimensional barcode displayed on a player-side display 1067 or the like of a small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 with a camera. After that, access the URL with the mobile phone. Therefore, the telephone number or device ID of the mobile phone is automatically acquired, and together with the store code and password specified by the player, the core server via the mobile I / F server 1680 (which functions as a WEB server). It is transmitted to 1600 and stored in the anonymous member information table 1657. At this time, a telephone number or a device ID may be used as the unique ID.

If such a method is used, every time the above URL is accessed by a mobile phone, authentication is performed by a telephone number (or device ID) and a password, and if the authentication is successful, the backbone via the mobile I / F server 1680. The prize exchange system 1001 can be used by interacting with the server 1600.

In another method, in a mobile phone that does not have a built-in non-contact IC chip, the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 notifies the address associated with the telephone number (for example, SMS (Short Message Service)). Is notified of the URL, and then the acquired URL is accessed within a predetermined time. Therefore, enter the telephone number, store code, and password to send. The entered telephone number, store code, and password are transmitted to the core server 1600 via the mobile I / F server 1680 (which functions as a WEB server) and stored in the anonymous member information table 1657. At this time, a telephone number may be used as the unique ID.

If such a method is used, as in the above method, every time the above URL is accessed with a mobile phone, authentication is performed by the telephone number and password, and if the authentication is successful, the mobile I / F server The prize exchange system 1001 can be used by exchanging with the core server 1600 via 1680.

As described above, the portable devices that can be used as the membership card 1110 for small amount storage of the prize exchange system 1001 include a smartphone 1540 with a built-in non-contact IC chip, a feature phone 1558, and a mobile phone, and further, a non-contact IC. Includes mobile phones that do not have a built-in chip but can access the WEB server. In addition, a uniquely identifiable card (for example, a magnetic stripe card containing a readable magnetic stripe, a card on which a one-dimensional barcode or a two-dimensional barcode is printed, etc.) is used as a membership card 1110 for small-amount storage. You can also do it.

It should be noted that such various types of membership cards for small amount of balls can be used in the prize exchange system of all the embodiments described in the present specification.

Although the prize exchange system 1001 of the present invention has been illustrated by using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, the description so far is only one embodiment, and the present invention is described by various other forms. It is possible to realize a characteristic computer system. For example, devices having various configurations can be used as a small amount ball storage instruction device, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device in various network connection states, such as a core server 1600 of a computer center, a shop management server 1700, and a hall computer 1400 of a hall store. Etc., devices having various configurations can be used, and each functional unit can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the examples. For example, the core server 1600 and the shop management server 1700 can be configured by one server or three or more servers. In addition, other different configurations can be adopted for the configuration of the table.

Further, the small-amount ball storage instruction device 1060 is illustrated here as a terminal having a prize POS function, but information on end balls (type and quantity of game media) is acquired from the prize POS 1500 and the hall computer 1400, and the information is used. It can also be configured to save a small amount of balls based on this. Further, it is also possible to control the exchange between the prize selection device, the prize exchange device, and the like and the core server 1600 via the connection management device 1090 newly set in the prize exchange system 1001.

As described above, the core server 1600 performs conversion using the exchange rate for each of the corresponding hall stores and the types of game media based on the type and quantity of the game media received from the small amount storage instruction device 1060. It is determined whether the converted data or the cumulative value of the converted data does not exceed the set upper limit, but if conversion is not necessary, the value of the game medium is not used without using the exchange rate. (For example, the value is calculated based on the type and quantity of the game medium), and it is determined whether or not the upper limit is exceeded.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the third embodiment of the present invention]
The system outline of the prize exchange system according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 55. The prize exchange system 2001 shown in FIG. 55, like the above-mentioned prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, is configured to include a hall store device, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center device, and is one of the computer center devices. The department is connected to the device of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 2001 of FIG. 55 is preferably a prize exchange system linked to online shopping.

In the prize exchange system 2001 shown in FIG. 55, a small amount of game media such as end balls can be stored without registering as a mall member in the system, and further, as in the above-mentioned prize exchange system 1, You can create a shopping list by selecting a prize exchange candidate from many prizes in advance. After that, when the mall member is registered in the system, it is possible to give a prize exchange instruction according to the value of the stored balls, and the designated prize can be delivered to a designated address such as home. Here, holding a small amount of game media such as end balls (surplus balls) is referred to as "small amount of balls" for convenience, but not only the pachinko balls that are acquired by the pachinko machine, but also the medals that are acquired by the pachislot machine. Retention (so-called medals) is also included.

In addition, the small amount of balls is not limited to the case of storing the end balls generated at the time of prize exchange, for example, when the player intentionally interrupts the game and tries to hold a pachinko ball or a medal. This includes the case where a small amount of game media is stored due to factors. In the prize exchange system 2001, a certain upper limit is set on the number of stored balls at one time and the total number of stored balls.

The prize exchange system 2001 shown in FIG. 55 can be regarded as a modification of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and is similar to the prize exchange system 1 in that the prize selection control, the prize exchange control, the prize order control, the action history management, etc. It has each function of. For example, the hall computer 2400, the hall DB 2430, the game machine 2010, the sand device 2020, the digital signage device 2515, the prize POS 2500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 2520, and the dedicated terminal 2530 are the hall stores in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to the hall computer 400, the hall DB 430, the game machine 10, the sand device 20, the digital signage device 515, the prize POS 500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and the dedicated terminal 530. In addition, the backbone server 2600, backbone DB2650, mobile I / F server 2680, shop management server 2700, prize DB2750, ASP-I / F server 2800, individual shop I / F server 2820, and EC mall I / F server of the computer center. The 2840s are the core server 600, the core DB 650, the mobile I / F server 680, the shop management server 700, the prize DB 750, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to the mall I / F server 840. Further, the network 2690 corresponds to the network 690 in the prize exchange system 1.

Further, although the description is omitted in FIG. 55, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 2001 includes the hall cooperation computer 560, the hall cooperation DB 570, and the center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. (A center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

In addition, the online shopping site of the prize exchange system 2001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, the shop server 870, the shop server 872, the EC mall management server 860, and the shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the prize exchange system 1. Although the devices and the like are arranged respectively, the description thereof is also omitted in FIG. 55. Here, the components newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and the components whose internal functions have been changed will be described in particular detail.

In the hall store, a hall computer 2400, a game machine 2010, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged, and further, a small amount ball storage instruction device 2060, a small amount ball storage management server 2120, and a connection management device 2090 are arranged. The small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 is a terminal used by a player to store a small amount of balls, and in this example, it is a terminal having a function of a prize POS terminal. The player causes the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 to read a receipt printed with the counting result of the game medium (medals and pachinko balls), and then instructs the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 to store a small amount of balls such as end balls. The player does not need to register as a mall member who is required to enter his / her name, e-mail address, address, etc. when he / she saves a small amount of money using the small amount of ball storage instruction device 2060, and is a non-contact IC card for small amount of balls. It is possible to manage a small amount of balls by using.

The small-amount ball storage management server 2120 receives, stores, and manages information (for example, the type and quantity of the game medium) by the player using the small-amount ball storage membership card 2110 from the small-amount ball storage instruction device 2060, and also stores and manages the information. Control the selection process. The small-amount storage DB 2140 stored in the small-amount storage management server 2120 stores a small-amount storage management table or the like that stores the above-mentioned small-amount storage information.

The connection management device 2090 controls the connection between the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 and the small amount ball storage management server 2120 and the core server 2600 of the computer center. The connection management device 2090 includes, for example, a gateway function, and when connecting the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 and the small amount ball storage management server 2120 and the core server 2600 by VPN (Virtual Private Network), the connection management device 2090 has a VPN router function. Including. In addition, it includes a connection control function that controls the connection with the core server 2600. Further, the connection management device 2090 may be a device composed of a plurality of devices including the gateway device having the above-mentioned gateway function, the VPN router device having the VPN router function, and the connection control device having the connection control function. Good.

Similar to the hall computer 400 of the prize exchange system 1, the hall computer 2400 has functions such as managing information on the state of the device (including the game status of the player), the members, and the prizes arranged in the hall store. The player receives information on the value of the small amount of balls saved by the player for payment at the time of prize exchange from the small amount of balls storage instruction device 2060, the small amount of balls storage management server 2120, or the core server 2600.

The prize selection device includes any terminal capable of network communication, such as a dedicated terminal 2530, a smartphone 2540, and a feature phone 2558, and the PC described in the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. (Personal computer) It is also possible to use a PC similar to the 1100. Further, in this example, the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 can also function as a prize selection device.

Next, the function of the core server 2600 will be described with reference to FIG. 56. FIG. 56 is a functional block diagram of the core server 2600. The core server 2600 basically has the same configuration and functions as the core server 1600 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. That is, the mall member management unit 1601, the prize selection control unit 1604, the prize exchange control unit 1605, the prize order control unit 1606, the action history management unit 1607, the network I / F unit 1608, the mobile device management unit 1609, and the mobile device management unit 1609 of the core server 1600. Similar functional units corresponding to the small amount ball storage management unit 1610, that is, mall member management unit 2601, prize selection control unit 2604, prize exchange control unit 2605, prize order control unit 2606, action history management unit 2607, network I / F unit. It includes 2608, a portable device management unit 2609, and a small amount ball storage management unit 2610.

Therefore, the player registered as a mall member is managed as a mall member, and the prize selection control process and the prize exchange control process are performed according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations, respectively, and when the prize exchange is decided, the prize exchange is decided. Performs free gift order processing for the corresponding online shopping site automatically. In addition, for the mall members in each hall store, the action history including the game status and the prize exchange status is collected and stored. However, the small amount storage management unit 2610 does not function when the small amount storage processing is performed by the small amount storage instruction device 2060, and when the mall member registration is performed, the small amount storage managed by the small amount storage management server 2120 is used. It functions to migrate to the core server 2600. Further, since the anonymous member is managed by the small amount storage management server 2120, there is no function corresponding to the anonymous member management unit 1611.

Further, the core server 2600 stores the core DB 2650, which is basically the same as the core DB 1650 stored in the core server 1600 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. However, since there is no anonymous member management function, there is no anonymous member information table, and the small amount of balls saved by anonymous members is retained by the small amount of balls management server 2120, and the stored balls of mall members who have been registered as members are retained. Since the number is managed by the mall member game medium holding number management table 2652, there is no electronic value management table.

The small amount ball storage management server 2120 is arranged in each hall store, and manages the small amount ball storage membership card 2110 and the value of the stored game medium in association with each other based on the instruction from the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060. In this example, the information of the small amount of balls instructed from the small amount of money storage instruction device 2060 of each hall store is stored and managed in the small amount of money storage DB of the small amount of money storage management server 2120 in the hall store (in this respect, this system). Can be said to be a hall store-intensive small-amount ball storage management system).

Here, the configuration and function of the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 are the same as those of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. However, the small amount ball storage process and the prize selection process using the small amount ball storage membership card 2110 are realized by exchanging with the small amount ball storage management server 2120 instead of the core server 2600. Further, the configuration and function of the connection management device 2090 are the same as those of the connection management device 1090 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.

Next, the configuration of the small amount ball storage management server 2120 will be described with reference to FIG. 57. FIG. 57 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the small amount ball storage management server 2120. The small amount storage management server 2120 includes a main CPU 2121, a ROM 2122, a RAM 2123, an external storage device 2124, a display 2125, an interface 2126, and a speaker 2127.

The main CPU 2121 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 2122 and the RAM 2123. For example, the main CPU 2121 executes a prize selection process and a small amount of ball storage process by the prize exchange system 2001, which will be described later. The control program can also be provided from other devices via interface 2126 or from other external devices via a network including the Internet.

Various data including the small amount of ball storage DB 2140 are stored in the external storage device 2124. The display 2125 displays a screen related to the prize selection process, for example, a prize selection login screen, a prize selection instruction screen, and the like. The display 2125 displays the management status of the small-amount ball storage management server 2120, or notifies the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 2125 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

The speaker 2127, together with the display 2125, notifies when an illegality or abnormality occurs. The speaker 2127 outputs various voice data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

Further, the small amount ball storage management server 2120 is communicably connected to the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 and the connection management device 2090 via the interface 2126.

Next, the function of the small amount ball storage management server 2120 will be described with reference to FIG. 58. FIG. 58 is a functional block diagram of the small amount storage management server 2120. The small amount ball storage management server 2120 includes an access control unit 2131, a prize selection control unit 2132, a small amount ball storage management unit 2133, an anonymous member management unit 2134, an action history management unit 2135, and a network I / F unit 2136.

Further, the small amount storage management server 2120 stores the small amount storage DB 2140 in the external storage device, and the small amount storage DB 2140 stores and manages the shopping list created as a result of the player selecting the product by the prize selection device. Shopping list management table 2141, exchange rate management table 2142 that stores exchange rates for general prizes in the hall store, anonymous member action history management table 2143 that stores action history such as game status and exchange status of anonymous members, anonymous It includes an anonymous member information table 2144 that stores member information, and a small amount ball storage management table 2145 that stores the value (type and quantity of game media) of the balls accumulated by the small amount of balls performed by the anonymous member.

The access management unit 2131 controls the access between the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 and the core server 2600 when the mall member registration is performed in the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060. The prize selection control unit 2132 accesses the core server 2600 and displays the product information to be displayed to the player when the prize selection process using the membership card 2110 for small amount storage is performed by the small amount storage instruction device 2060. It is acquired and provided to the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060. When the small amount storage instruction device 2060 is instructed to create a shopping list, the shopping list is stored in the shopping list management table 2141 in association with the unique ID of the small amount storage membership card 2110.

The small-amount ball storage management unit 2133 determines the type and quantity of the game medium in which the small-amount is stored when the small-amount ball storage process is performed using the small-amount ball storage membership card 2110 by the small-amount ball storage instruction device 2060. Remember in. The anonymous member management unit 2134 manages anonymous members by recording the unique ID of the membership card 2110 for small amount savings in the anonymous member information table 2144.

The action history management unit 2135 grasps the action history of the player such as the small amount of ball storage processing, and stores it in the anonymous member action history management table 2143. The network I / F unit 2136 connects to the connection management device 2090 to control data transmission / reception to / from the core server 2600, and also connects to the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 to generate data related to the prize selection process and the small amount ball storage process. Control transmission and reception.

Next, the table included in the small amount storage ball DB 2140 will be described with reference to FIG. 59. The shopping list management table 2141 and the anonymous member behavior history management table 2143 are basically added to the shopping list management table 1653 and the behavior history management table 1656 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. Corresponds to each. Further, as described above, the exchange rate management table 2142 stores the exchange rate for the general prize of the hall store for each type of game medium.

FIG. 59 (A) shows an example of the anonymous member information table 2144. In the anonymous member information table 2144, when the player first performs processing using the small amount ball storage member card 2110 in the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060, the store is assigned to the unique ID of the small amount ball storage member card 2110. The code and password are associated and recorded. When the player uses the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 again, the validity is determined by referring to the anonymous member information table 2144. Here, since the anonymous member information table 2144 is arranged for each hall store, it is not necessary to store the store code, but when the player registers as a mall member, the store included in the anonymous member information table 2144 is included. Information including the code is transmitted to the core server 2600.

FIG. 59B shows an example of the small amount ball storage management table 2145. In the small-amount ball storage management table 2145, when a player performs a small-amount ball storage process using the small-amount ball-saving member card 2110 in the small-amount ball-saving instruction device 2060, a small amount is added to the unique ID of the small-amount ball-saving member card 2110. The value of the stored balls (type and quantity of the game medium) is recorded in association with each other. In the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention, the value of the stored balls (type and quantity of the game medium) is converted into a predetermined unit of electronic value according to the player's small amount of ball storage processing, and the core Although it is stored in the electronic value management table 1658 of the server 1600, in this example, such conversion is not performed, and it is stored in the form of the type and quantity of the game medium in each hall store.

Next, with reference to FIG. 60, a small amount ball storage process using the small amount ball storage membership card 2110 in the prize exchange system 2001 according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 60 is a flowchart showing the processes for realizing the small amount ball storage process for each subject of the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 and the small amount ball storage management server 2120. This process is mainly realized by the small amount ball storage control unit 2084 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 and the small amount ball storage management unit 2133 of the small amount ball storage management server 2120.

First, when the player gives an instruction for small amount of balls by touching a predetermined button on the prize exchange screen displayed on the player side display 2067 of the small amount of balls storage instruction device 2060 (step S250), the small amount of balls is instructed. The device 2060 displays a small amount storage ball login screen (step S252). When the player holds the membership card 2110 for small-amount storage on the small-amount storage login screen as instructed on the screen, the small-amount storage instruction device 2060 reads the unique ID (IDm, etc.) of the non-contact IC chip (step S253). This anonymous member can be grasped on the system side by the unique ID (see the anonymous member information table 2144 in FIG. 59 (A)).

The small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 determines whether or not the "Next" button is touched on the small amount ball storage login screen (step S254), and maintains the display of the small amount ball storage login screen until it is touched. When the "Next" button is touched, the unique ID (for example, IDm), the store code, and the password are transmitted to the small amount storage management server 2120 (step S255). The store code can also be grasped by the small amount storage management server 2120, and is transmitted as needed. The store code is, for example, data stored in a storage device included in the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060. The password is data entered by the player in the password input section of the small amount storage ball login screen.

When the small amount storage management server 2120 receives information such as the unique ID, it refers to the anonymous member information table 2144 and determines whether or not the unique ID is a newly registered ID (step S256). If it is new, a record corresponding to its unique ID is added to the anonymous member information table 2144 as a new anonymous member (step S257). On the other hand, if the unique ID already exists in the anonymous member information table 2144, the received password is checked (step S258), and it is determined whether or not the password is correct (step S259). If it is determined that the password is not correct, an error display is instructed (step S260), and in response to this instruction, the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 displays an error on the player side display 2067 (step S261). ..

When added as a new anonymous member to the anonymous member information table 2144, or when the password is determined to be correct, the small amount ball storage management server 2120 instructs the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 to display the small amount ball storage instruction screen (step). S262). In response to this instruction, the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 displays the small amount ball storage instruction screen on the player side display 2067 (step S263).

Here, the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 determines whether or not the "decision" button is touched (step S264), and maintains the display of the small amount ball storage instruction screen until it is touched. When the "OK" button is touched, the type of game medium (for example, 20-yen medal or 4-yen pachinko ball) and the quantity of game medium (for example, pachinko ball) are displayed to the small-amount ball storage management server 2120. The number and the number of medals) are transmitted (step S265). The type of the game medium is grasped when the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 reads the receipt or the like, and this is transmitted. The quantity of the game medium is the quantity specified by the player in the quantity input unit of the small amount ball storage instruction screen, but it is also possible to automatically specify all the quantities grasped by the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060. When the player specifies the quantity of the game medium, the player can freely set the quantity within a range not exceeding the quantity guided on the small amount storage instruction screen.

When the small-amount ball storage management server 2120 receives the type and quantity of the game medium from the small-amount ball storage instruction device 2060, the small-amount ball storage management server 2120 stores the exchange rate for each type of the game medium in the hall store as needed. With reference to Table 2142, the value of the small amount of balls is evaluated (step S266). Next, the small-amount storage management server 2120 determines whether the total value of the small-amount storage at one time and the value of the small-amount storage associated with the unique ID does not exceed the respective upper limit values set. Determine (step S267). If it is determined that at least one of the values exceeds the upper limit, an error display is instructed (step S268), and in response to this instruction, the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 is displayed on the player side display 2067. An error is displayed (step S269).

If it is determined that the upper limit is not exceeded, the quantity of the game media is cumulatively added for each type of game medium and stored in the small amount storage management table 2145 (step S270). After this process is completed, an instruction is given to indicate that the small amount of balls has been stored (step S271), and in response to this instruction, the small amount of ball storage instruction device 2060 completes the small amount of balls on the player side display 2067. Display the screen (step S272). Further, at this time, the type and quantity of the game media accumulated by the small amount of balls up to this point may be displayed.

Next, the small amount storage instruction device 2060 transmits the type and quantity of the game medium representing the value of the small amount storage to the hall computer 2400 (step S273). The transmission of the value of such a small amount of balls is carried out because it is necessary for the hall store side to grasp the value of the small amount of balls that is the basis when the bill is received from the computer center etc. as the cost for exchanging prizes. Will be.

Further, in step S270, when the total is calculated for each type of game medium, if the value exceeds a certain value (for example, 70% of the upper limit value regarding the total value of the small amount of balls), the small amount of balls is instructed. On the player side display 2067 of the device 2060, guidance information that it is advantageous to become a mall member and exchange prizes is displayed, a mall member registration screen is displayed, or mall member registration is guided. It can be configured to display some information or links. Further, such information can be displayed before, during, or during the prize selection process in the prize selection device as well as the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060. Further, it can be transmitted to the player's smartphone 2540, feature phone 2558, etc. by using the address associated with the e-mail address or the telephone number.

Next, with reference to FIG. 61, the mall member registration process in the prize exchange system 2001 according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 61 is a flowchart showing the processes for realizing the mall member registration process for each subject of the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060, the small amount ball storage management server 2120, and the core server 2600. The processing is mainly realized by the member management unit 1085 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060, the access control unit 2131 of the small amount ball storage management server 2120, the mall member management unit 2601 of the core server 2600, and the small amount ball storage management unit 2610.

First, when the player gives an instruction to register as a mall member by touching a predetermined button on the screen displayed on the player side display 2067 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 (step S280), the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 displays a mall member login screen (for example, a screen similar to the mall member registration login screen 1900 of FIG. 41 (A)) (step S282). When the player holds the small amount ball storage member card 2110 on the mall member login screen as instructed on the screen, the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 reads the unique ID (IDm, etc.) of the non-contact IC chip (step S283). This anonymous member can be grasped on the system side by the unique ID (see the anonymous member information table 2144 in FIG. 59 (A)).

The small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 determines whether or not the "Next" button is touched on the mall member registration screen (step S284), and maintains the display of the mall member registration screen until it is touched. When the "Next" button is touched, the player's name, telephone number, and email entered on the mall member registration screen along with the unique ID (for example, IDm) for the small amount storage management server 2120. The registration information including the attribute information such as the address is transmitted (step S285). The store code can also be grasped by the small amount storage management server 2120, and is transmitted as needed. The store code is, for example, data stored in a storage device included in the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060. The password is data entered by the player in the password input section of the mall member login screen.

When the small amount storage management server 2120 receives the unique ID, password, registration information, etc., the small amount storage management server 2120 transmits these to the core server 2600 (step S286). When the core server 2600 receives the unique ID, password, registration information, etc., it refers to the mall member information table 2651, etc., checks the validity of the unique ID, etc. (step S287), and can proceed with the process. Determine (step S288). If there is a problem with the unique ID, such as duplication of the unique ID, an error is displayed (step S289), and then the small amount ball storage management server 2120 transfers this to the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 (step S290). ), In response to this instruction, the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 displays an error on the player side display 2067 (step S291).

On the other hand, if there is no problem with the unique ID or the like in step S288, the core server 2600 registers the password and the registration information in the mall member information table 2651 in association with the unique ID (step S292). The mall member ID is also newly assigned here. Next, the small-amount ball storage management server 2120 is instructed to delete the anonymous member who has accepted the registration as a mall member from the anonymous member information table 2144 stored in the small-amount ball storage management server 2120 (step S293). In response to this, the small amount storage management server 2120 deletes the record of the unique ID of the corresponding anonymous member from the anonymous member information table 2144 (step S294).

Next, the core server 2600 acquires a record of the corresponding anonymous member's unique ID stored in the small amount storage management table 2145 from the small amount storage management server 2120, and according to the store code, for each type of game medium. , The quantity of the game medium is transferred to the mall member game medium holding number management table 2652 of the core server 2600 (step S295). Then, the data stored in the small amount ball storage management table 2145 is deleted (step S296).

Similarly, the contents of the shopping list are transferred from the shopping list management table 2141 of the small amount storage management server 2120 to the shopping list management table 2653 of the core server 2600 (step S297), and the contents of the action history are changed to a small amount. The anonymous member behavior history management table 2143 of the ball storage management server 2120 is transferred to the behavior history management table 2656 of the core server 2600 (step S299). In response to these processes, the corresponding data is deleted from the shopping list management table 2141 and the anonymous member behavior history management table 2143 of the small amount storage management server 2120 (step S298, step S300).

Next, an instruction is given to indicate that the mall member registration is completed (step S301), and in response to this instruction, the small amount ball storage management server 2120 transfers the display instruction to the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 (step S301). In step S302), the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 displays the completion screen of mall member registration on the player side display 2067 in response to this (step S303).

Next, the small amount storage instruction device 2060 transmits the type and quantity of the game medium representing the value of the small amount storage to the hall computer 2400 (step S304). The transmission of the value of such a small amount of balls is carried out because it is necessary for the hall store side to grasp the value of the small amount of balls that is the basis when the bill is received from the computer center etc. as the cost for exchanging prizes. Will be.

The prize exchange system 2001 of the present invention has been illustrated by using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, but the description so far is only one embodiment, and various other forms of the present invention are used. It is possible to realize a characteristic computer system. For example, devices having various configurations can be used as a small amount ball storage instruction device, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device in various network connection states, such as a core server 2600 of a computer center, a shop management server 2700, and a hall computer 2400 of a hall store. Etc., devices having various configurations can be used, and each functional unit can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the examples. For example, the core server 2600 and the shop management server 2700 can be configured by one server or three or more servers. In addition, other different configurations can be adopted for the configuration of the table.

Further, the small-amount ball storage instruction device 2060 is exemplified here as a terminal having a prize POS function, but information on end balls (type and quantity of game media) is acquired from the prize POS 2500 and the hall computer 2400, and the information is used. It can also be configured to save a small amount of balls based on this. Further, it is also possible to control the exchange between the prize selection device, the prize exchange device, and the like and the core server 2600 via the connection management device 2090 and the small amount ball storage management server 2120 included in the prize exchange system 2001.

In addition, the mall member registration screen can be displayed on the prize exchange device under predetermined conditions. For example, in the prize exchange device, after the prize is displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen 950 as shown in FIG. 27 (B), the "OK" button 973 is displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen 970 as shown in FIG. 28 (B). You may display the mall member registration screen and prompt the mall member registration before is pressed. In addition, on this mall member registration screen, a screen for selecting whether to use the membership card 2110 for small amount of balls that has been used so far or to use another card or mobile device (for example, a player's smartphone) is displayed. You may.

Further, such control of the prize exchange device is normally performed by the prize exchange control unit 2605 of the core server 2600 shown in FIG. 56, but a similar prize exchange control unit is provided in the small amount storage management server 2120 shown in FIG. 58. In the above-mentioned prize exchange device, the prize exchange control unit of the small amount storage management server 2120 controls until the mall member registration screen is displayed, and the control after displaying the mall member registration screen is performed by the prize of the core server 2600. The exchange control unit 2605 may perform the operation.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention]
Next, the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 62 to 65. The prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment can be applied to any of the prize exchange systems according to the first to third embodiments of the present invention described so far, but here, FIG. 34 An example in which the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment shown in the above is modified as a base will be described. Similar to the prize exchange system 1001, the entire system configuration is configured to include the hall store equipment, the hall cooperation system, and the computer center equipment, and some of the computer center equipment goes through a network such as the Internet. Then, it is connected to the device of the online shopping site.

The core server 3600 shown in FIG. 62 is a core server 1600 of the prize exchange system 1001 with new functions added. Mall member management unit 3601, prize selection control unit 3604, prize exchange control unit 3605, prize order control unit 3606, action history management unit 3607, network I / F unit 3608, mobile device management unit 3609, small amount ball storage management unit 3610, and Includes Anonymous Membership Management Department 3611. These functions include the mall member management unit 1601, the prize selection control unit 1604, the prize exchange control unit 1605, the prize order control unit 1606, the action history management unit 1607, and the network I / F unit 1608 of the core server 1600 of the prize exchange system 1001. , Mobile device management unit 1609, small amount ball storage management unit 1610, and anonymous member management unit 1611, respectively. Further, the core server 3600 is newly configured to include the journal management unit 3612.

The journal management unit 3612 collects fluctuation information regarding the player's ball storage (that is, information regarding operations that change the value of the game medium held by the player) such as small amount of ball storage, ball storage, and prize exchange by the player as journal data one by one. It records and sequentially transmits the journal data to the journal data display device in response to a request from the journal data display device realized by the smartphone 3540, feature phone 3558, mobile phone, and other mobile devices. To control.

Further, the core server 3600 stores the core DB3650 in the external storage device, and the core DB3650 stores a table similar to the table included in the core DB1650 stored in the core server 1600. That is, the core DB 3650 includes a mall member information table 3651, a mall member game medium holding number management table 3652, a shopping list management table 3653, an exchange rate management table 3654, an order management table 3655, an action history management table 3656, and anonymous member information. Table 3657 and electronic value management table 3658 are included.

Further, the core DB 3650 includes a journal table 3659 for storing the above-mentioned journal data.

Here, FIG. 63 illustrates the contents of each table of the core DB3650. FIG. 63 (A) shows the journal table 3659. As described above, in the journal table 3659, operations that change the value of the game medium held by the player, such as small amount of balls stored, balls stored, and prize exchanges, are recorded one by one by the journal management unit 3612 of the core server 3600. Will be done. For example, in the first and second records of the journal table 3659, a player who has registered as a mall member (mall member ID "U138") saves balls at a hall store (store code "225") (20 yen rental medal). After that, it is recorded that 500 20-yen medals were used by exchanging prizes.

In addition, for example, in the 9th to 12th records of the journal table 3659, a player (unique ID "X") who has not registered as a mall member and uses a membership card for small amount of coins is a hall store (store code). It is recorded that a small amount of balls were continuously saved four times in "534") (20, 40, 100, 80 5-yen coin medals, respectively).

The behavior history of such a player can be retrieved from the behavior history management table 3656, but since the behavior history management table 3656 has a very large amount of data, in this example, the journal management unit of the core server 3600 According to 3612, it is stored in the journal table 3659 separately.

Further, in this example, the journal table 3659 manages the value of the stored balls by the type and quantity of the game medium, but it can also be managed by, for example, another value converted into a predetermined unit of electronic value.

FIG. 63 (B) illustrates the contents of the mall member game medium holding number management table 3652. Here, for example, it is shown that the player who has registered as a mall member (mall member ID "U138") currently holds a 20-yen medal at the hall store (store code "225") is zero. There is. This matches the behavior history that the player (mall member ID "U138") used 500 20-yen medals by exchanging prizes after storing 500 20-yen medals at the journal table 3569. To do.

FIG. 63 (C) illustrates the contents of the electronic value management table 3658. Here, for example, a player (unique ID "X") using a membership card for small-amount ball storage is shown to have electronic value data of 1200 at a hall store (store code "534"). This matches the behavior history that the player (unique ID "X") has accumulated 240 5-yen coins in total at the journal table 3569 (in this case, the electronic value is 5 x 240 (cards)). Shall be sought).

Next, the journal display process in the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 64 is a flowchart showing the processing for realizing the journal display processing for each subject of the smartphone 3540, the mobile I / F server 3680, and the core server 3600. The processing is mainly realized by the display control unit 3534 of the smartphone 3540 (the functional unit corresponding to the display control unit 534 shown in FIG. 14A) and the journal management unit 3612 of the core server 3600. The display control unit 3534 of the smartphone 3540 is realized by, for example, an application running on the smartphone 3540, and this application may be downloaded via a network 3690 or the like.

First, when the player operates the smartphone 3540 to instruct to display the journal, that is, the fluctuation information regarding the player's ball storage, the smartphone 3540 displays the journal display instruction screen for the journal display. (Step S310). In response to this, the smartphone 3540 displays the journal display instruction screen on the display of the smartphone 3540 (step S312).

FIG. 65 (A) shows an example of a journal display instruction screen. On the journal display instruction screen 3880 of FIG. 65 (A), conditions for displaying the journal are set. The journal display instruction screen 3880 includes a condition setting unit 3881 that allows the player to set display conditions. For example, from the pull-down list, the hall store to display the journal can be specified by the store code. In the pull-down list, the store codes of the hall stores where the player is storing balls are displayed in a list. Further, for example, the type of game medium (4 yen loan ball, 20 yen loan medal, etc.) for displaying the journal can be specified by the pull-down list. In addition, the journal display instruction screen 3880 includes a password input unit 3882 for inputting a password, and a "display" button 3883 for instructing display under specified conditions.

Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 64, after displaying the journal display instruction screen in step S312, the unique ID (for example, IDm) of the non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 3540 is read and acquired (step S313). The unique ID allows the system to identify this anonymous member (see journal table 3659 in FIG. 63 (A)). Further, when the player is a mall member, the unique ID and the mall member ID are associated with each other by referring to the mall member information table 3651, and the mall member can be grasped.

The smartphone 3540 determines whether or not the "display" button 3883 is touched on the journal display instruction screen 3880 (step S314), and maintains the display of the journal display instruction screen 3880 until it is touched. When the "display" button 3883 is touched, the password and the display conditions specified on the journal display instruction screen 3880 are transmitted to the mobile I / F server 3680 together with the unique ID (for example, IDm) (step S315). ).

When the mobile I / F server 3680 receives the display conditions and the like from the smartphone 3540, the mobile I / F server 3680 transmits these to the core server 3600 (step S316). When the core server 3600 receives the display conditions and the like, it refers to the mall member information table 3651 and the like, checks the validity of the unique ID and the like (step S317), and determines whether or not the processing can proceed (step S318). ). If there is a problem with the specification of the unique ID, password, display conditions, etc., an error display is instructed (step S319), and then the mobile I / F server 3680 transfers this to the smartphone 3540 (step S320). In response to this instruction, the smartphone 3540 displays an error on the display (step S321). In addition, when there is no journal that matches the display conditions in the journal table 3659 (for example, when the player does not store any balls for the specified type of game medium), an error indicating that there is no corresponding data. May be displayed.

On the other hand, if there is no problem in specifying the unique ID, password, display condition, etc. in step S318, the core server 3600 refers to the journal table 3569 and acquires records (journal data) satisfying the display conditions, respectively (step S322). ). As described above, in the case of an anonymous member, the journal table 3659 is referred to as it is by using the unique ID, and when the player is a mall member, the journal table 3659 is referred to by using the mall member ID (mall member ID). Can obtain the one corresponding to the unique ID by referring to the mall member information table 3651).

When the journal display device stores the record number and the date and time of the journal data previously received from the mission-critical server 3600, it is controlled to receive the data following the last previously received journal data. On the other hand, the mission-critical server 3600 stores the record number and date and time of the last journal data transmitted to the journal display device, and when a journal display instruction is given, identifies the next data from the information and journals. It can be transmitted to the display device.

After step S322, the core server 3600 adds a code to the quantity of the game medium according to the content of the operation included in each record acquired from the journal table 3659 (step S323). For example, if the operation (operation related to the player's ball storage) is "ball storage", + (plus) is added, and if it is "prize exchange",-(minus) is added. Here, the quantity stored in the journal table 3659 can be managed as a signed numerical value according to the operation, and when managed in such a way, it is not necessary to add the sign in step S323.

Next, the core server 3600 sequentially transmits the acquired data of each record to the mobile I / F server 3680 in chronological order (step S324). The data transmitted here is, for example, a store code, an operation, a game medium type, a quantity, and a (operation) date and time. In this example, the records are sequentially transmitted in chronological order, but if the receiving journal display device sorts the records and displays them in a predetermined order, the records may be transmitted in any order.

When the mobile I / F server 3680 receives the above-mentioned data from the core server 3600, it transmits these to the smartphone 3540 (step S325), and the smartphone 3540 receives this data (step S326). Next, the smartphone 3540 calculates the quantity of the latest game medium type from the received data, if necessary (step S327). Since the data is transmitted from the core server 3600 in the order of date and time, the smartphone 3540 can obtain the latest (current) quantity by accumulating the quantity of each game medium type in the order of reception. Next, the smartphone 3540 generates a journal display screen from the received data and the calculated quantity, and displays it on the display (step S328).

FIG. 65B shows an example of a journal display screen. The store code of the hall store designated by the player and the type of the game medium are displayed on the designated content display unit 3891 of the journal display screen 3890 of FIG. 65 (B). Below that, the title display unit 3892 is displayed, and below that, the journal data display unit 3893 is displayed, and here, the journal data is listed in the order of elapsed operation date and time. When the list display exceeds the size of the display, the player can browse all the journal data by scrolling the screen by swiping or the like.

The journal display screen 3890 of FIG. 65 (B) displays the fifth record and the sixth record of the journal table 3569 shown in FIG. 63 (A). Further, the calculated latest quantity of the game medium is displayed on the current quantity display unit 3894 as the "current quantity". In this example, +1000 of the 5th record (journal data shown at the top of the journal data display unit 3893) and -500 of the 6th record (journal data shown at the bottom of the journal data display unit 3893) are totaled. And the "current quantity" is displayed as +500.

Whether or not to display the item of "current quantity" on the journal display screen 3890 can be set by the player who owns the journal display device or the prize exchange system 3001. In addition, it may be decided whether or not to display the item of "current quantity" according to a predetermined condition. For example, it is automatically determined according to the content and period of the operation history by the player, the quantity of stored balls and the degree of fluctuation thereof. Can be decided.

In this example, the player is displayed with the type and quantity of the game medium as a journal, but may be displayed with a value in a predetermined electronic value as a unit. Further, in this example, the mobile I / F server 3680 functions as a server that relays data transmission / reception between the smartphone 3540 and the core server 3600, but the mobile I / F server 3680 is configured as a WEB server or an ASP server. You can also do it.

Further, in this example, the journal data is displayed outside the hall store by a journal display device such as a smartphone 3540, but the device that functions as a prize selection device or a prize exchange device or a journal display is arranged in the hall store. The journal data can be selectively displayed inside and outside the store by using a dedicated device or the like for performing the above.

For example, in the storage area for storing the player's game history and the prize exchange history managed by the unique ID or the mall member ID, a record representing the number of game media held (stored) by the player at that time is stored. A stored area (first storage area) and an area (second storage area) for storing journal data indicating the update history of IN and OUT of the stored balls are provided. Then, when a journal display instruction is given from the terminal arranged in the hall store, the terminal ID (each terminal ID is associated with the hall store in which the terminal is arranged) is used to determine the hall store. Recognizing that the instruction is from a terminal, the player ID (unique ID or mall member ID) read by the terminal corresponds to the player ID stored at least in the above-mentioned first storage area. A record such as the quantity of the game medium to be played is transmitted to the terminal of the hall store.

On the other hand, if it is determined from the terminal ID of the terminal that the terminal to which the player has given the journal display instruction is not the terminal of the hall store (that is, when the journal display instruction is given from a mobile device such as a smartphone 3540), , The journal data of the second storage area is transmitted without transmitting the record of the first storage area described above. Further, the data in the first storage area and the data in the second storage area may be stored in the same storage area, and may be transmitted by filtering or the like when transmitting, or only the journal data may be transmitted. It may be stored so that when a journal display instruction is given, the result of calculating and processing the total number of game media in real time may be transmitted only to the terminal of the hall store.

With such a configuration, data (direct numerical data) such as the quantity of game media currently held is transmitted only for the journal display instruction from a specific terminal ID stored in advance such as a hall store. By configuring in this way, when a player connects from outside the hall store, the number of game media currently stored by the player cannot be immediately recognized, and the gambling spirit is not unnecessarily agitated. It is possible to recognize the balance from the journal and promote self-restraint.

Further, here, the journal data is stored for each hall store and for each player ID (unique ID or mall member ID), and when a journal display instruction is given from a mobile device such as a smartphone 3540, the core server 3600 The journal management unit 3612 of the above-mentioned journal management unit 3612 prompts the input of which hall store wants to confirm the quantity of the game medium held in the multiple hall stores associated with the unique ID of the mobile device, and displays the store selection screen. Control to display. After that, when the hall store you want to check is selected, only the above-mentioned journal data is transmitted without directly displaying the total number of game media held in that hall store as a numerical value. .. The player stores a program in his / her mobile device that automatically calculates the total amount of the game media based on the journal data, and this program can be executed by the player's selection or other settings. It can also be configured to do so.

It should be noted that, for example, by receiving a store code from the device (for example, the hall store), whether the device that has transmitted the journal display instruction is a device that is not fixedly arranged in the hall store or a device in the hall store A blank is transmitted from a device that is not located at). Further, when the application executed by each device is different, the same determination can be made by the identification ID of the application or the identification code transmitted by the application.

Further, in this example, the smartphone 3540 is configured to calculate the quantity of the latest game medium type from the received data as needed (step S327), but the core server 3600 is configured to calculate the latest game medium type. The quantity (that is, the final quantity of the game medium type held by the player) is directly received (by various transmission methods including data transmission and email transmission), and the smartphone 3540 receives the quantity of the game media type. The most recent (current) quantity of game media may be displayed on the display without accumulating in the order in which they were played. Either one of these two journal display methods can be adopted, or both can be adopted.

Further, when the core server 3600 manages the end ball storage (small amount storage), the quantity of the latest game medium type as described above may be transmitted to the smartphone 3540. With such a configuration, IN as a ball storage act and OUT by prize exchange can be displayed in a journal in chronological order, whereby the transition of the balance of the stored balls including the end ball stored balls can be visually confirmed.

In addition, in the prize exchange systems (prize exchange system 1, prize exchange system 1001, prize exchange system 2001, prize exchange system 3001, etc.) according to all the embodiments described so far, various data (for example, the game status of the player) Action history management table that stores action history including the status of exchange of prizes and prizes (which can be big data), mall member game media holding number management table that manages mall member's ball savings, electronic value management table that manages small amount of ball savings of anonymous members Etc.) are illustrated so that they are stored in one core DB of the core server located in the computer center, but these tables can be stored as needed by incorporating a mechanism for data synchronization and connection. It is also possible to add it later (to the core DB or another DB).

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention]
Next, with reference to FIG. 66, the system outline of the prize exchange system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described. Similar to the above-mentioned prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, the prize exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66 is configured to include each device arranged in a plurality of hall stores, a hall cooperation system, and a device of a computer center. Some of the devices in the computer center are connected to the devices on the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 4001 of FIG. 66 is preferably a prize exchange system linked to online shopping.

In the prize exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66, it is possible to realize a prize exchange using a mail-order prize exchange ticket instead of the conventional prize exchange by a special prize through a special prize purchase place or a special prize wholesaler. That is, in the present embodiment, the mail-order prize exchange ticket corresponds to a special prize. More specifically, mail-order prize exchange tickets are issued at the hall store according to the quantity of game media such as medals and pachinko balls that the player has acquired by playing at the hall store, and the player operates a smartphone or the like. , The mail-order prize exchange ticket can be purchased at a predetermined WEB site. The mail-order prize exchange ticket that has been purchased is exchanged for an electronic value according to the value of the exchange ticket and is given to the player. After that, the player can give a prize exchange instruction by a process different from the above-mentioned prize exchange system 1 by using the accumulated electronic value.

By such a prize exchange system via a mail-order prize exchange ticket, a player can substantially obtain a prize of more than 10,000 yen through an online mail-order site. In addition, this mechanism is not exchanged for cash like the conventional prize exchange with special prizes, but the player searches for a special prize purchase place away from the hall store or every time it is exchanged. It is possible to reduce the labor and risk of going to the special prize purchase place, and further, using a smartphone or the like, converting the game medium acquired by oneself into electronic value without being restricted by the place or time. Can be done. In addition, for hall stores, such a useful prize exchange system can improve the utilization rate of game stores and promote membership registration at game stores, resulting in an increase in the number of members. Can be made to. In addition, accounting opacity in the cashing system (so-called OUT problem) can be effectively eliminated.

In order to realize such a prize exchange via a mail-order prize exchange ticket, an exchange ticket issuing device 4150 that newly issues a mail-order prize exchange ticket is installed in the hall store as in the prize exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. A mail-order prize purchase center will be newly established to manage the issuance of mail-order prize exchange tickets and the purchase of mail-order prize exchange tickets.

In that respect, the prize exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66 can be regarded as a modification of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and the same prize selection control, prize exchange control, and prize ordering control as the prize exchange system 1 It has various functions such as action history management. For example, the hall computer 4400, the hall DB4430, the game machine 4010, the sand device 4020, the digital signage device 4515, the prize POS4500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 4520, and the dedicated terminal 4530 are the hall stores in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to the hall computer 400, the hall DB 430, the game machine 10, the sand device 20, the digital signage device 515, the prize POS 500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and the dedicated terminal 530. In addition, the core server 4600, core DB4650, shop management server 4700, prize DB4750, ASP-I / F server 4800, individual shop I / F server 4820, and EC mall I / F server 4840 of the computer center are each prize exchange systems. Corresponds to the core server 600, the core DB 650, the shop management server 700, the prize DB 750, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC mall I / F server 840 in 1. Further, the prize exchange system 4001 includes a mobile I / F server 4680 corresponding to the mobile I / F server 680 and a network 4690 corresponding to the network 690 as in the prize exchange system 1, but the description is omitted in FIG. To do.

Further, although the description is omitted in FIG. 66, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 4001 includes the hall cooperation computer 560, the hall cooperation DB 570, and the center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. (The center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

In addition, the online shopping site of the prize exchange system 4001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, the shop server 870, the shop server 872, the EC mall management server 860, and the shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the prize exchange system 1. Although the devices and the like are arranged respectively, the description thereof is also omitted in FIG. Here, the components newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and the components whose internal functions have been changed will be described in particular detail.

A hall computer 4400, a game machine 4010, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged in the hall store, and further, as described above, an exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged. The exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is a terminal for printing a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 having a value corresponding to the quantity of the game medium acquired by the player. The player instructs the staff of the hall store to read the receipt printed with the counting result of the game medium (medals and pachinko balls) on the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (or the player himself reads the receipt). After that, the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 printed from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is received. At this time, the player may or may not be a mall member who has registered as a mall member. For example, the printed mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 can be received without inputting the player's name, e-mail address, address, etc. into the system. When the player is a mall member, for example, a mobile device such as a smartphone 4235 equipped with a non-contact IC chip based on the short-range wireless communication standard (NFC: Near Field Communication) is held over the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. Then, the unique ID of the smartphone 4235 is read by the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 to identify the mall member.

The mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is, for example, a ticket on which one exchange ticket ID is printed, and is associated with an electronic value of a predetermined unit such as 5000 or 1000.

Similar to the hall computer 400 of the prize exchange system 1, the hall computer 4400 has functions such as managing information about the state of the device (including the game status of the player), the members, and the prizes arranged in the hall store. Receives information on the value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 issued to the player in order to settle the cost corresponding to the issuance of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150.

The prize selection device includes any terminal capable of network communication, such as a dedicated terminal 4530, a smartphone 4540, and a feature phone 4558.

Similar to the prize exchange system 1, the core server 4600 located in the computer center manages the player registered as a mall member as a mall member, and performs prize selection control processing according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations. The prize exchange control process is performed, and when the prize exchange is decided, the prize order process is automatically performed to the corresponding online shopping site. In addition, for the mall members in each hall store, the action history including the game status and the prize exchange status is collected and stored.

Further, in the prize exchange system 4001, a member management server 4170, a mail-order prize ticketing server 4200, a mail-order prize purchase server 4210, a DB server 4185, and a mobile I / F server 4220 are arranged in the mail-order prize purchase center. The member management server 4170 acquires and manages the information of the player registered as a mall member from the core DB of the core server 4600. The mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 returns the exchange ticket ID to be printed on the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 in response to the ticketing request from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. The mail-order prize purchase server 4210 accumulates and manages the value corresponding to the input exchange ticket ID in response to the purchase request by the player from the smartphone 4235 in association with the player. The value corresponding to the exchange ticket ID is managed in units of a predetermined electronic value representing a value that can be exchanged for a prize and that can be electronically distributed within a predetermined range.

The DB server 4185 manages the purchase management DB 4190, which is a database necessary for realizing the prize exchange via the mail-order prize exchange ticket in the prize exchange system 4001. The mobile I / F server 4220 provides a WEB server function that provides a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to an access from a WEB browser executed by the smartphone 4235. It can also function as an application server that sends and receives data in response to access from other applications executed by the smartphone 4235. The mobile I / F server 4220 transmits / receives data to / from the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 in response to the operation of the smartphone 4235. Further, the smartphone 4235 and the mobile I / F server 4220 are connected by a network 4230 including a mobile network and a wireless LAN network. Here, the smartphone 4235 is a smartphone 4235 owned by the player who received the ticket for the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, but this is only an example, and the smartphone 4540 that functions as a prize selection device as shown in FIG. It may be another portable device such as or a feature phone 4558, or it may be a player's PC (personal computer). The smartphone 4235 is, for example, a smartphone having a configuration as shown in FIG.

Further, in this example, the value of the game medium acquired by the player is converted into a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, and the player is made to purchase the mail-order prize exchange ticket by the mail-order prize purchase center, thereby causing the player to purchase the game medium. Electronic value is accumulated according to the value, but it does not exclude management in yen units that represent the currency value of goods (for example, 5000 yen, 1000 yen, etc.). It can also be assumed that the unit of electronic value is the same as the unit of yen.

Further, the prize exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66 is shown as a modification of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, but the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment described above and the prize exchange system 1001 according to the third embodiment are described above. It can be applied and implemented for each of the exchange system 2001 and the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment.

The mail-order prize purchase center of the prize exchange system 4001 is basically provided in a place different from the hall store and the computer center, but the server devices and databases in the mail-order prize purchase center are distributed and arranged in a plurality of places. You can also do it. Further, one server, one database, and one table can be divided into a plurality of units and distributed.

Further, in the example of the prize exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66, the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 and the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 are arranged in the mail-order prize purchase center, but these two servers are not necessarily the same mail-order prize. It does not have to be located in the purchase center, and may be located in physically different locations. Further, the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 and the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 can be operated by different operating corporations.

Next, with reference to FIG. 67, an overall outline of processing with the hall store, the player, the mail-order prize purchase center, and the computer center will be described. As shown in FIG. 67 (A), when the receipt brought by the player is read by the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 of the hall store and the type and quantity of the game medium are acquired, the staff of the hall store is instructed. In response, a ticketing request is made to the mail-order prize purchase center, and ticketing request information including the store code and game medium value information (type and quantity of game media read from the receipt, ball unit price) is transmitted. Upon receiving the ticket issuance request, the mail-order prize purchase center displays the ticketing information including the exchange ticket ID of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 according to the type and quantity of the received game medium and the value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 to be issued. The exchange ticket value information is transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 of the hall store.

When the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 of the hall store receives the ticketing information, it issues a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 on which the received exchange ticket ID is printed based on the ticketing information. Further, the exchange ticket value information indicating the value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 issued is transmitted from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 to the hall computer 4400. This is because it is necessary for the hall store side to know the amount of money that is the basis for issuing a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 or as a cost related to the prize exchange from the mail-order prize purchase center or the like. ..

The exchange ticket ID printed on the issued mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is input by the player to the smartphone 4235 owned by the player, sent to the mail-order prize purchase center as a purchase request, and the mail-order prize is mail-ordered at the mail-order prize purchase center. The exchange ticket 4260 is purchased, and the player is given an electronic value equivalent to the value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. The player can exchange prizes using the electronic value thus assigned. In addition, the mail-order prize purchase center accesses the core server 4600 of the computer center, acquires the information of the mall member information table 651 at a predetermined timing, and copies these to the mall member information table 4194 of the mail-order prize purchase center. Synchronously manage tables.

The mail-order prize purchase center stores the electronic value data obtained in this way in the electronic value management table as a cumulative value for each player, and when the player exchanges the electronic value data as a consideration, the value of the prize The electronic value data corresponding to is subtracted from the cumulative value of the electronic value management table.

The mail-order prize purchase center can charge the hall store for the cost related to the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 in consideration of various fees as necessary. The hall computer 4400 of the hall store pays the invoiced amount to the mail-order prize purchase center. By this billing and payment, the exchange of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 at the hall store is completed, and then the prize with the product handled on the online shopping site by the electronic value obtained as a result of the purchase of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. The exchange will be carried out, and expenses including various fees will be exchanged between the online shopping site, the mail order prize purchase center, and the computer center.

In addition, the mail-order prize purchase center can make a request to the hall store collectively for a plurality of ticketing processes, or can collectively make a request for each predetermined period. Further, in the example of FIG. 67 (A), it is shown that the amount billing by the mail-order prize purchase center is made from the mail-order prize purchase center to the hall computer 4400, but this is only a notation for convenience. In reality, for example, the mail-order prize purchase center sends a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system to charge the bank account of the operator of the hall store. Similarly, it is also a notation for convenience that the amount payment is shown to be made from the hall computer 4400 to the mail-order prize purchase center. In addition, payment between the mail-order prize purchase center and the hall store can be realized by a large number of routes including each operating entity. In addition, although the processing at the mail-order prize purchase center has been described here without specifying the server, the functions of various servers will be described in detail later.

FIG. 67 (B) shows an example of a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. The mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 shown in FIG. 67 (B) is one (paper) mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, and has the title "mail-order prize exchange ticket" and the exchange ticket ID printed on it. In the present embodiment, the exchange ticket ID is a unique ID composed of alphanumeric characters and the like, and is preferably a one-time ID from the viewpoint of fraud prevention. However, here, for convenience, from one alphabetic character and three numbers. It is a 4-character ID. The purchase deadline and the corresponding electronic value (for example, 5000 or 1000) may be printed.

Next, the configuration of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 will be described with reference to FIG. 68. FIG. 68 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. The exchange ticket issuing device 4150 includes a main CPU 4151, a ROM 4152, a RAM 4153, a barcode reader 4154, a store display 4155, a keyboard 4156, a printer 4157, an interface 4158, and a speaker 4159.

The main CPU 4151 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 4152 and the RAM 4153. For example, the main CPU 4151 sends a ticketing request to the mail-order prize issuing server 4200 in response to an instruction from the staff of the hall store, and prints the exchange ticket ID included in the ticketing information received from the mail-order prize issuing server 4200 on the ticket. Issue a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. The control program may also be provided from another device via interface 4158 or from another device externally via a network including the Internet.

The store side display 4155 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the staff of the hall store. The main CPU 4151 receives the ticketing instruction of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 via the store side display 4155. The store-side display 4155 displays the fact that the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 has been issued and the detailed contents regarding the issuance of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. In addition, the staff on the store side can also perform at least a part of the operation using the keyboard 4156.

The printer 4157 prints the exchange ticket ID on the ticket in order to issue the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 in response to the command of the main CPU 4151. The printer 4157 can be configured as a variety of printers, including thermal printers, dot printers, inkjet printers, laser printers. Further, in this example, although it is shown as a type built in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, it may be an external printer connected via a predetermined cable or wireless communication.

Interface 4158 controls data communication with the hall computer 4400 and the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200. For example, it is connected to the hall computer 4400 via a local area network, and is connected to the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 via a VPN (Virtual Private Network). The connection between these devices can be achieved by either a wired network or a wireless network. The speaker 4159 outputs a sound including a warning sound, a warning sound, a sound effect, and the like.

Further, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 can be configured to include an information card reader / writer and a non-contact IC card reader / writer as shown in the figure. When the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is configured in this way, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card by the counting device or the Shimabata counting device of the sand device 20, the counting result is registered via the information card reader / writer. Obtained the member ID read from the information card (player ID of the hall store) or the member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer, and accessed the hall computer 4400 to obtain the member ID. It is possible to grasp the number of game media held (the number of medals or pachinko balls acquired by the player) associated with the member ID, and as a result, the player prints the counting result on the receipt and issues an exchange ticket. There is no need to bring the device 4150.

Further, as shown in the figure, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is configured to include a player-side display so that the player can instruct the player to read the receipt and issue the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. be able to.

Next, the configuration of the member management server 4170 will be described with reference to FIG. 69. FIG. 69 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the member management server 4170. The member management server 4170 includes a main CPU 4171, ROM 4172, RAM 4173, an external storage device 4174, a display 4175, an interface 4176, and a speaker 4177.

The main CPU 4171 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 4172 and the RAM 4173. For example, the main CPU 4171 performs synchronous management of mall member information as described later. The control program can also be provided from other devices via interface 4176 or from other external devices via a network including the Internet.

The external storage device 4174 stores various data related to the processing executed by the member management server 4170. The display 4175 displays the management status of the member management server 4170, or notifies the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 4175 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

Interface 4176 controls data communication between the core server 4600 and the mail-order prize purchase server 4210.

The speaker 4177 notifies the display 4175 when an illegality or abnormality occurs. The speaker 4177 outputs various voice data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

Although the configuration of the member management server 4170 is shown in FIG. 69, the same applies to other servers, that is, the DB server 4185, the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200, the mail-order prize purchase server 4210, and the mobile I / F server 4220. The detailed description will be omitted. However, in the DB server 4185, the interface controls the data communication between the member management server 4170, the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200, and the mail-order prize purchase server 4210, and in the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200, the interface is the DB server 4185. The data communication with the member management server 4170 and the mobile I / F server 4220 are controlled by the mail-order prize purchase server 4210, and the mail-order prize purchase is performed by the mobile I / F server 4220. It differs from the above-mentioned configuration of the member management server 4170 in that it controls data communication with the server 4210.

Next, with reference to FIG. 70, the operation flow of the player related to the issuance and purchase of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 will be described.

FIG. 70A is a flow in which the player issues a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. The player first inserts cash or the like into the sand device 4020 and receives medals and pachinko balls for rent (step S401). After that, the player plays a game with the game machine 4010 (step S402), and when a medal or a pachinko ball can be obtained, the player instructs the counting of the medal or the like with the Shimabata counting device or the like, and the counting result is printed. Output the receipt (step S403). Next, the player brings the receipt to a counter or the like and presents it to the staff of the hall store, and the staff of the hall store reads it by the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S404) and mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. Ticket issuance is instructed (step S405). When the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 transmits the ticketing request information to the mail-order prize issuing server 4200 in response to the ticketing instruction of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, the mail-order prize issuing server 4200 receives the ticketing request information (step S406). The exchange ticket ID is determined according to the ticketing request information, and the ticketing information including the exchange ticket ID is transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S407). Next, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 prints the exchange ticket ID on the ticket based on the received ticketing information, and issues a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 (step S408).

FIG. 70B is a flow in which the player purchases the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. The player first accesses a predetermined URL with the smartphone 4235 and logs in there (step S411). In this example, when the player wants to purchase the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, it is a condition that the mall member is registered. On the other hand, at the time of issuing the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 shown in FIG. 70 (A), the mall membership registration is not essential. Next, the player inputs the exchange ticket ID printed on the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 into the input unit displayed on the display of the smartphone 4235, and gives an instruction to purchase the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 (step S412). When the smartphone 4235 sends the purchase request information to the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 in response to the purchase instruction by the player, the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 receives the purchase request information (step S413), and in response to the purchase request, The electronic value data related to the player is updated, and the purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data is transmitted to the smartphone 4235 (step S414). Next, the smartphone 4235 receives the purchase information from the mail-order prize purchase server 4210, and displays the accumulated electronic value data (total value) and the like on the display of the smartphone 4235 based on the received purchase information (step S415). ).

Next, the function of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 will be described with reference to FIG. 71. FIG. 71 is a functional block diagram of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. The exchange ticket issuing device 4150 includes an access management unit 4161, a ticketing management unit 4162, and a network I / F unit 4163.

The access management unit 4161 controls the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 so that the mail-order prize issuing server 4200 can be accessed via the network I / F unit 4163. The ticketing management unit 4162 includes ticketing request information including the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt, the exchange rate (ball unit price) of the hall store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged, and the store code of the hall store. Is sent to the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200.

In addition, the ticketing management unit 4162 receives the ticketing information including the exchange ticket ID determined according to the ticketing request information from the mail-order prize issuing server 4200, and issues the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 printed with the exchange ticket ID. .. The exchange ticket ID is an ID for identifying the exchange ticket corresponding to the value obtained from the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt or the like.

The network I / F unit 4163 connects to a network such as the Internet and controls to send and receive data to and from a computer of the other party (here, a hall computer 4400 or a mail-order prize ticketing server 4200). (Hereinafter, the same applies to the network I / F section of other devices).

Further, in this example, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is configured as a single device for issuing a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, etc., but can be integrally configured with various other devices. For example, it can be integrated with the prize POS4500. Further, if the sand device 4020 can be provided with a printer, each function of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 can be incorporated into the sand device 4020.

As shown in FIG. 71, a member management unit can be provided in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 to control the mall members who have registered as mall members to issue mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260. In this case, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 reads the unique ID of the player's smartphone 4235 or the like with a non-contact IC card reader / writer, and the member management unit cooperates with the mall member management unit 4181 of the member management server 4170 described later. It works and determines whether or not the player is an already registered mall member based on the read unique ID and the like.

Next, the function of the member management server 4170 will be described with reference to FIG. 72 (A). FIG. 72A is a functional block diagram of the member management server 4170. The member management server 4170 includes a mall member management unit 4181, a member information synchronization management unit 4182, and a network I / F unit 4183.

In response to an inquiry from the mail-order prize purchase server 4210, the mall member management unit 4181 checks whether the received unique ID is a legitimate mall member, and returns the result to the mail-order prize purchase server 4210. The check for whether or not the user is a mall member is performed with reference to the mall member information table 4194 shown in FIG. 75 (A). As will be described later, the mall member information table 4194 is a table synchronized with the mall member information table stored in the core DB 4650 by the member information synchronization management unit 4182.

The member information synchronization management unit 4182 controls the mall member information table 4194 shown in FIG. 75A so as to be synchronized with the mall member information table stored in the core DB 4650. The mall member information table stored in the core DB 4650 is the same table as the mall member information table 651 (see FIG. 18B) stored by the mall member registration process as shown in FIGS. 21 and 22. , Mall member information table 4194 is synchronously managed so as to be the same as this table. The synchronous processing can be realized at a timing close to real time, but the synchronous processing may be performed at predetermined intervals. Further, in this example, the mall member information table 651 shown in FIG. 18 (B) and the mall member information table 4194 shown in FIG. 75 (A) are configured to have the same items, but if necessary, Some items may be omitted.

FIG. 72 (B) is a functional block diagram of the DB (database) server 4185. The DB server 4185 includes a database control unit 4186 and a network I / F unit 4187. Further, the DB server 4185 includes a purchase management DB 4190, and the purchase management DB 4190 includes a ticketing request management table 4191, an exchange ticket management table 4192, an electronic value management table 4193, a mall member information table 4194, and an exchange ticket type management table 4195. And the mall member behavior history management table 4196 is stored.

When the database control unit 4186 receives a database access request from another server, the database control unit 4186 refers to or updates (including additions and deletions) records in the table specified in response to the request. In this example, the database control unit 4186 is a general DBMS (Database Management System), but can be managed to store and update data using various other data formats.

FIG. 73A is a functional block diagram of the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200. The mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 includes an access management unit 4201, a ticketing request management unit 4202, a value information transmission unit 4203, an amount billing unit 4204, and a network I / F unit 4205.

The access management unit 4201 controls the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 to access the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 via the network I / F unit 4205. When the ticketing request management unit 4202 receives an instruction to issue a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 and receives the ticketing request information, the ticketing request management unit 4202 determines the exchange ticket ID according to the ticketing request information, and determines the exchange ticket ID. Ticketing information including the exchange ticket ID and ticketing information is transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150.

The value information transmission unit 4203 is charged with the cost to be charged to the hall store in the future by issuing the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 and further purchasing the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 (charged by the amount billing unit 4204 described later). The exchange ticket value information necessary for calculating and verifying the amount) is transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (may be transmitted directly to the hall computer 4400). Here, the exchange ticket value information is information including, for example, the electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 issued and the number of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260.

When the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is issued, the amount billing unit 4204 charges the hall store that issued the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 for the amount equivalent to the electronic value corresponding to the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. When the player purchases the issued mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 to the mail-order prize purchase center, and then gives the same prize exchange instruction as described above for the prize exchange system 1 with the electronic value given to the player. , The computer center will charge the mail-order prize purchase center for the cost of exchanging the prize. Therefore, at the mail-order prize purchase center, at the timing when the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is issued, the hall store is charged the cost that will be charged for the prize exchange in the future. The billing to the hall store is a billing from the mail-order prize purchase center to the operating entity of the hall store, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a billing instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system. Such claims can also be billed together later for multiple objects. In addition, the final billing amount can be determined by deducting (or adding) various taxes and fees.

It should be noted that it is possible to set variously as to which amount to be charged and at what timing. For example, (1) each time a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is issued, an amount equivalent to the electronic value corresponding to the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is charged, or (2) a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is issued. After that, the amount equivalent to the electronic value corresponding to the corresponding mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is billed at a predetermined timing, and (3) each time the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is purchased. After charging the amount equivalent to the electronic value corresponding to the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, or (4) after the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is purchased, the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is collected at a predetermined timing. The amount equivalent to the corresponding electronic value is charged, and (5) the electronic value required for the prize exchange is equivalent to each time the prize exchange instruction is given by the electronic value given to the player. After billing the amount or (6) the prize exchange instruction is given by the electronic value given to the player, the amount equivalent to the electronic value required for the corresponding prize exchange is collected at a predetermined timing. It can be configured to be billed.

FIG. 73B is a functional block diagram of the mail-order prize purchase server 4210. The mail-order prize purchase server 4210 includes a member management unit 4211, a purchase request management unit 4212, an action history management unit 4213, and a network I / F unit 4214. When the player's smartphone 4235 logs in, the member management unit 4211 checks whether or not the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this example, it is set so that only the mall member can purchase the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, but such a setting can be arbitrarily set according to the system. The member management unit 4211 cooperates with the mall member management unit 4181 of the member management server 4170, and the player is a mall member who has already been registered based on the unique ID or the like read from the player's smartphone 4235. If it is not a mall member, it is controlled to reject the purchase request from the player and display an error message.

The purchase request management unit 4212 receives the purchase request information when the purchase request is matched from the player's smartphone 4235, and updates the electronic value data related to the player according to the purchase request information. That is, the electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is obtained from the exchange ticket ID of the purchased mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, and the obtained electronic value is obtained from the player in the electronic value management table 4193 that holds the electronic value. Add to the electronic value of. Further, if necessary, purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data can be transmitted to the smartphone 4235.

When the player makes a purchase request for the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, the action history management unit 4213 stores information on the operation in the mall member action history management table 4196. The mall member behavior history management table 4196 has the same items as the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the prize exchange system 1, and if necessary, these two tables are merged at a predetermined timing, or It may be managed by grouping into smaller sets.

FIG. 74 shows an example of the ticketing request management table 4191, the exchange ticket management table 4192, and the electronic value management table 4193, and FIG. 75 shows the mall member information table 4194, the exchange ticket type management table 4195, and An example of the mall member behavior history management table 4196 is shown. Details of these tables will be described later if necessary.

Next, the ticketing process of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 76 and 77. FIG. 76 is a flowchart showing the ticketing process of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 for each subject of the mail-order prize ticketing device 4150, the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200, and the DB server 4185. FIG. 77 is a flowchart of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. It is a figure which shows the exchange ticket issuance instruction screen and the exchange ticket issuance screen which is displayed on the store side display 4155.

Referring to FIG. 76, first, the exchange ticket issuing process is started in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, and the receipt reading screen (not shown) is displayed on the store side display 4155 of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S421). .. The exchange ticket issuing process in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is started by, for example, touching an item on the menu screen (not shown) displayed on the display of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, and then the receipt reading prompting the reader to read the receipt. The screen is displayed automatically. In this example, all operations related to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 shall be performed by the staff of the hall store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged.

Here, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 determines whether or not the staff of the hall store has read the receipt brought by the player with the barcode reader 4154 in response to the request of the player (step S422), and the reading is performed. Keep the screen displayed until it is done. On the receipt, the type of game medium acquired by the player (for example, 4-yen pachinko balls, 20-yen medals, etc.) and the number of medals held (number of medals saved, number of balls saved) are, for example, 2D barcodes or 3D It is described in the form of a barcode.

When the receipt is read, the exchange ticket issuing instruction screen 4880 as shown in FIG. 77A is displayed on the store side display 4155 of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S423). With reference to FIG. 77 (A), the game medium type read from the receipt is displayed on the game medium type display unit 4881 on the exchange ticket issuance instruction screen 4880, and the quantity (holding number) of the game media read from the receipt. Is displayed on the holding number display unit 4882 in units of the number of balls or the number of medals, and the "OK" button 4883 for instructing the issuance of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is displayed.

Next, in step S424 of FIG. 76, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 determines whether or not the staff of the hall store touches the "OK" button according to the instruction of the player, and the "OK" button is touched. Until then, the display of the exchange ticket issuance instruction screen 4880 is maintained. When the "OK" button is touched, the ticketing request information is transmitted to the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 (step S425). The ticketing request information includes the store code of the hall store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is located, and the game medium value information indicating the value of the game medium (for example, the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt, and the exchange ticket). The exchange rate (ball unit price) of the hall store where the ticketing device 4150 is arranged is included. In addition, the staff of the hall store does not instruct the issue of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 as it is according to the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt according to the instruction of the player, and some of them (for example, some). It is also possible to specify that a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is issued for the game medium type and a part of the quantity).

Here, the exchange rate of the hall store is stored in advance in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, or is stored in the hall computer 4400 or the like, read from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, and transmitted to the mail-order prize issuing server 4200. If the server 4200 can grasp the exchange rate of each hall store, it is not necessary to transmit from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. The mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 has, for example, a table synchronized with the exchange rate management table 4654 (similar to the exchange rate management table 654 shown in FIG. 19B) stored in the core DB 4650 of the core server 4600. Alternatively, the exchange rate of the corresponding hall store can be obtained by directly referring to the exchange rate management table 4654.

Further, the store code of the hall store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged is also stored in advance in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 or stored in the hall computer 4400 or the like, and is read out from the store code and stored in the mail order prize ticketing server 4200. Will be sent. If the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 can identify the hall store of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 from the device identification ID, network address, etc. of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 that has sent the ticketing request information, the store code is exchanged. It is not necessary to transmit from the ticket issuing device 4150. The store code may be managed by a different store code for each game medium type (for example, 4-yen pachinko balls, 20-yen medals, etc.) even within the same hall store.

Further, in this example, the ticketing request information transmitted from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 includes the type and quantity of the game medium, and the mail-order prize issuing server 4200 issues the ticket according to the type and quantity of the game medium. The mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is determined by the exchange ticket type and the number of sheets, and the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 or the player determines the exchange ticket type and the number of sheets, and includes it in the ticketing request information to the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200. You may send it.

Next, the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 receives the ticketing request information transmitted from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S426), assigns the request ID of the ticketing request, and shows the contents in FIG. 74 (A). It is instructed to store in the ticketing request management table 4191 shown in. As shown in FIG. 74 (A), for example, the ticketing request management table 4191 stores each item of the request ID, the store code, the game medium type, the quantity of the game medium, and the exchange rate, and the exchange ticket of each hall store. It manages the contents of the ticketing request information transmitted from the ticketing device 4150. The DB server 4185 updates the ticketing request management table 4191 so as to create a record for storing the contents of the ticketing request information in response to the instruction of the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 (step S427).

Next, the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 grasps the ticket type of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 that can be issued at the store represented by the store code included in the ticketing request information (the store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged). To access the exchange ticket type management table 4195 shown in FIG. 75 (B) (step S428). As shown in FIG. 75 (B), the exchange ticket type management table 4195 stores each item of the store code, the first ticket type value, the second ticket type value, and the third ticket type value, and is used for each hall store. , Manage ticket types that can be issued. In the example shown in FIG. 75 (B), it is possible to manage up to three types of tickets, but it can be expanded so that more ticket types can be managed as needed. It is also possible to group and manage a plurality of hall stores that can use a combination of common ticket types. In the exchange ticket type management table 4195 shown in FIG. 75 (B), for example, in a hall store with a store code = "034", three types of electronic value (that is, 5000, 1000, and 200) mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260 are It is defined as ticketable (ie, available). The DB server 4185 refers to the exchange ticket type management table 4195 in response to the instruction of the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200, and transmits the record of the corresponding store code to the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 (step S429).

Next, the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 uses the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 to be issued based on the ticket type of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 that can be issued, the type and quantity of the game medium, and the value of the game medium obtained from the exchange rate. The type and number of sheets, and the number of surplus game media (surplus medals, surplus balls) are determined (step S430). If the value of the game medium exceeds the maximum value of the mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260 that can be issued, a plurality of mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260 may be issued, but usually, the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 with the maximum value is issued. From to the lowest value mail order prize exchange ticket 4260, the remainder is assigned to the minimum. However, various allocation methods can be adopted depending on the situation.

In the normal allocation method, for example, the ticketing request information represented by the request ID = "R001" in the ticketing request management table 4191 of FIG. 74 (A) has the store code = "034" and the value of the game medium is 12040. (20 (game medium type is 20 yen rental medal) × 602 (quantity of game medium) × 1 (exchange rate)). Then, for the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 issued in relation to this ticketing request, refer to the ticket type of the corresponding hall store (store code = "034") stored in the exchange ticket type management table 4195 of FIG. 75 (B). Then, the first ticket type (electronic value = 5000) is two, the second ticket type (electronic value = 1000) is two, and the remainder is 40 (that is, two surplus medals).

Next, the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 assigns an exchange ticket ID to each of the determined mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260, and instructs the exchange ticket management table 4192 to store these exchange ticket IDs (step S431). The DB server 4185 updates the exchange ticket management table 4192 in response to the instruction of the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 (step S432). Here, as shown in FIG. 74 (B), the exchange ticket management table 4192 stores each item of the exchange ticket ID, electronic value, request ID, purchase flag, and purchase deadline, and each mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. Manage the electronic value of and whether or not it is purchased. For example, when updating the exchange ticket management table 4192 for the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 issued with respect to the ticketing request information represented by the above-mentioned request ID = "R001", as shown in FIG. 74 (B), two sheets are used. The first ticket type (electronic value = 5000) is set to exchange ticket ID = "C001" and "C002", respectively, and both are set to electronic value = "5000". On the other hand, the two second ticket types (electronic value = 1000) are set to exchange ticket ID = "C003" and "C004", respectively, and both are set to electronic value = "1000". In addition, for these four mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260, the request ID = "R001" and the purchase flag = "0" are initially set (however, in this example, the exchange ticket ID = "C001". The purchase flag of "" is set to "1" because the purchase was made after that). Since the purchase flag is managed in this way, duplicate purchases of the same exchange ticket ID are not performed. In addition, when issuing a plurality of multiple types of exchange tickets, the exchange ticket ID assigned to each of the plurality of types of exchange tickets is predetermined without issuing a new exchange ticket ID each time. It may be assigned to the exchange ticket in order.

Further, the purchase deadline of the exchange ticket management table 4192 is, for example, the date and time after a predetermined period has elapsed from the time when the ticketing request information is received, the transmission of the ticketing information (step S433 described later), or after the predetermined period has elapsed from other timings. It can be set to the date and time of, and even if a purchase request is made after this deadline, it will be rejected. Such a purchase deadline may not be set, or may be set only for the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 having a predetermined electronic value exchange ticket ID. Further, the deadline can be changed according to the electronic value of the exchange ticket ID and the situation of the player. Further, since the purchase deadline is set based on the date and time managed by the clock unit of the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200, problems such as fraud can be avoided as compared with the case where the time data is received from the hall store.

Next, the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 transmits the ticketing information including the exchange ticket ID given to the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 to be issued to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S433). For example, with respect to the ticketing request information represented by the above-mentioned request ID = "R001", four exchange ticket IDs of "C001", "C002", "C003", and "C004" are transmitted. Further, in this example, in addition to the exchange ticket ID, the exchange ticket value information (electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260) is used for displaying the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 on the store side display 4155 and notifying the hall computer 4400. , The number of mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260 for each electronic value), and data including the number of surplus medals (surplus medals) are transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150.

Next, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 receives the above-mentioned ticketing information, exchange ticket value information, and the like from the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 (step S434). Then, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 displays the exchange ticket issuing screen 4885 as shown in FIG. 77 (B) on the store side display 4155 of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 based on the received exchange ticket value information and the like. Step S435). In FIG. 77 (B), the exchange ticket issuing screen 4885 when the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is issued by the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is displayed. On the exchange ticket issuing screen 4885, the ticket type (electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 (for example, 5000 or 1000)) and the number of mail-order prize exchange tickets being issued are displayed on the ticketing content display unit 4886, and the remaining medals (Number of extra balls) is displayed on the extra medal display unit 4887, and when all the mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260 have been issued, a message to that effect is displayed.

Along with the display of the exchange ticket issuing screen 4885 described above, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 controls the printer 4157 based on the received ticketing information, and outputs a mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 on which the exchange ticket ID is printed (step). S436). One mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is usually composed of one paper ticket, and one exchange ticket ID is printed on the paper ticket. Regarding the ticketing request information represented by the above-mentioned request ID = "R001", each of the four exchange ticket IDs, "C001", "C002", "C003", and "C004", corresponds to the mail-order prize exchange ticket. Printed individually on 4260. Further, the electronic value (for example, 5000 or 1000) of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 can be printed on each mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, and the ticketing date and time and the purchase deadline can be printed. In addition, normally, the exchange ticket ID is an ID that uniquely identifies each exchange ticket, but it is also possible to print a plurality of exchange ticket IDs together on one mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, in this case. Is interpreted that one mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 logically includes a plurality of exchange tickets corresponding to each exchange ticket ID. Further, the exchange ticket ID may be represented by a two-dimensional bar code or a three-dimensional bar code so that it can be easily input by the smartphone 4235 when making a purchase request.

Next, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 uses the printed mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 exchange ticket value information (the electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 included in the ticketing information, and the number of mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260 for each electronic value. ) Etc., for example, to the hall computer 4400 (step S437). The hall computer 4400 only needs to be able to grasp the electronic value that the player can finally purchase, such as a numerical value obtained by multiplying the electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 by the number of mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260 of the corresponding electronic value. , Substantially, the above-mentioned numerical values in various forms representing the electronic value that can be purchased may be received. The hall computer 4400 receives such a value because the mail-order prize purchase center charges the hall store, etc. for the amount equivalent to the issuance of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, and the hall store side makes the request. This is because it is necessary to know the data that is the basis of.

In addition, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 sets the electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 included in the exchange ticket value information and the number of mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260 for each electronic value at various timings other than the above. Can be sent to. For example, this information can be collectively transmitted once a day or at a predetermined timing in the day. Further, although omitted in the flowchart of FIG. 76, if there is a surplus medal or a surplus ball, a receipt corresponding to the surplus medal or a surplus ball can be issued so that the prize can be exchanged with the prize POS4500 or the like. In addition, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card, or when the counting result is managed by the hall computer 4400, the value corresponding to the issuance of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is calculated from the counting result. The storage area of the counting result can be updated directly from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 or via the prize POS4500 or the like so as to subtract.

Further, when the player is a mall member and is registered in the prize exchange system 4001 by the unique ID of the smartphone 4235 or the like, the computer is calculated via the hall computer 4400 or the mail-order prize ticketing server 4200 and the member management server 4170. Access the core server 4600 of the center and respond from the mall member game media retention number management table 4652 (the same table as the mall member game media retention number management table 652 in FIG. 18C) managed by the prize exchange system 4001. It is controlled to subtract the number of retained member IDs.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 78, 79, and 80, the exchange ticket purchase process (that is, the process of causing the mail-order prize purchase center to purchase the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260) will be described in detail. FIG. 78 is a flowchart showing the purchase process of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 for each subject of the smartphone 4235, the mail-order prize purchase server 4210, and the DB server 4185, and FIGS. 79 and 80 are displayed on the display of the smartphone 4235. It is a figure which shows the exchange ticket purchase login screen and exchange ticket purchase instruction screen to be performed.

First, when the player operates the smartphone 4235 to access a predetermined WEB site (WEB page) and gives an instruction to display the exchange ticket purchase login screen, the smartphone 4235 is used for the exchange ticket purchase process. The exchange ticket purchase login screen is displayed on the display of the smartphone 4235 (step S451). FIG. 79 (A) shows the exchange ticket purchase login screen 4890. As shown in FIG. 79 (A), the exchange ticket purchase login screen 4890 displays a guide display unit 4892 that prompts the user to enter the password and touch the "login" button, and below that, the password input for entering the password. Part 4893 is displayed, and the "login" button 4894 is displayed at the bottom.

Next, the smartphone 4235 determines whether or not the player has entered the password into the password input unit 4893 and touched the "login" button 4894 (step S452), and entered the password and touched the "login" button 4894. The display of the exchange ticket purchase login screen 4890 is maintained until is displayed. When the password is entered and the "login" button 4894 is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 4235 and the entered password are transmitted to the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 (step S453).

When the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 receives the unique ID and password from the smartphone 4235, it determines whether or not the logged-in player is a mall member (step S454). Here, the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 inquires whether the logged-in player is a legitimate mall member by transmitting a unique ID and password to the member management server 4170, and the member management server 4170 is a DB server. With reference to the mall member information table 4194 stored in 4185 and synchronously managed, it is checked whether or not the logged-in player is a legitimate mall member, and the result is transmitted to the mail-order prize purchase server 4210. In this example, a password is requested at the time of login to determine whether or not the member is a legitimate mall member, but the input of such a password can be omitted. Further, in this example, the exchange ticket purchase process is possible only when the player is registered as a mall member, but the exchange ticket purchase process can be enabled even if the player is not a mall member.

When the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 determines that the player is not a legitimate mall member, it gives an instruction to display an error (step S455), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 4235 displays an error page on the display. (Step S456). On the other hand, when the player determines that the player is a legitimate mall member, the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 gives an instruction to display the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen (step S457), and the smartphone 4235 responds to this instruction. , The exchange ticket purchase instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S458).

FIG. 79 (B) shows the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900. On the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900, the mall member ID display unit 4902 that displays the mall member ID is displayed, and below that, the guide display unit 4903 that prompts the input of the exchange ticket ID and the touch of the "purchase" button is displayed. An exchange ticket ID input unit 4904 for inputting an exchange ticket ID is displayed below the exchange ticket ID, and a "purchase" button 4905 is displayed at the bottom.

Here, the smartphone 4235 determines whether or not the player touches the "purchase" button 4905 (step S459), and displays the display on the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900 until the "purchase" button 4905 is touched. maintain. When it is determined that the player has touched the "purchase" button 4905, the smartphone 4235 transmits the purchase request information including the exchange ticket ID input to the exchange ticket ID input unit 4904 to the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 (step). S460). In this example, the exchange ticket ID for having the mail-order prize purchase center purchase the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is input one by one, but a plurality of exchanges are displayed on the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900. A ticket ID input unit 4904 may be provided so that a plurality of exchange ticket IDs can be collectively specified. Further, in this example, the player sees the exchange ticket ID printed on the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 and inputs it into the exchange ticket ID input unit 4904 of the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900. A figure such as a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional barcode printed on the ticket 4260 is read by a smartphone 4235, converted into an exchange ticket ID by a predetermined logic, and input to the exchange ticket ID input unit 4904. May be good. In addition, information regarding the exchange ticket ID printed on the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 can be input to the exchange ticket ID input unit 4904 via other figures or identification information (for example, in the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260). The printed exchange ticket ID may be read aloud, and this voice may be converted by a smartphone 4235 or the like so that the exchange ticket ID is finally input to the exchange ticket ID input unit 4904). If the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 can be changed to the exchange ticket ID, it is included in the purchase request information as it is and transmitted to the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 without being converted to the exchange ticket ID by the smartphone 4235. be able to.

Next, the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 receives the purchase request information including the exchange ticket ID (step S461). After that, the DB server 4185 refers to the exchange ticket management table 4192 in response to the request from the mail-order prize purchase server 4210, and acquires the record of the corresponding exchange ticket ID (step S462). Then, the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 determines whether or not the exchange ticket ID received from the smartphone 4235 satisfies the purchase conditions (step S463). For example, if the received exchange ticket ID does not exist in the exchange ticket management table 4192, if it exists in the exchange ticket management table 4192 but has already been purchased, the date and time when the purchase request information is received, etc. If the purchase deadline for the corresponding exchange ticket ID in the exchange ticket management table 4192 has been exceeded, the purchase conditions are not satisfied.

If it is determined that the purchase conditions are not met, an error display is instructed (step S464), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 4235 displays an error page indicating that the entered exchange ticket ID is incorrect. Display on the display (step S465). Since the purchase time used to determine the above-mentioned purchase deadline is set based on the date and time managed by the clock unit of the mail-order prize purchase server 4210, compared with the case of receiving time data from another device. It becomes possible to avoid problems such as fraud.

On the other hand, in the mail-order prize purchase server 4210, when the exchange ticket ID received from the smartphone 4235 satisfies the purchase condition (that is, it exists in the exchange ticket management table 4192 and is not purchased (purchase flag = "0"). (When it is determined that the exchange ticket ID is), an instruction is given to update various tables (step S466), and the DB server 4185 performs the following update process in response to this instruction.

First, the DB server 4185 sets the purchase flag of the record corresponding to the exchange ticket ID received from the smartphone 4235 among the records stored in the exchange ticket management table 4192 in response to the instruction of the mail-order prize purchase server 4210. The update is made from "0" indicating that the purchase has not been made to "1" indicating that the purchase has been made (step S467). Next, the DB server 4185 responds to the instruction of the mail-order prize purchase server 4210, and among the records stored in the electronic value management table 4193, the record corresponding to the mall member ID corresponding to the unique ID received from the smartphone 4235. The electronic value of the purchased amount (that is, the electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the exchange ticket ID received from the smartphone 4235) is added to the electronic value data of (step S468). Here, the electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the exchange ticket ID can be grasped by referring to the item of the electronic value of the record of the corresponding exchange ticket ID in the exchange ticket management table 4192.

Next, the DB server 4185 has the electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the exchange ticket ID and the player (mall member) who has performed the exchange ticket purchase process in response to the instruction of the mail-order prize purchase server 4210. The electronic value data (numerical value of the electronic value added in step S468) is transmitted as purchase information to the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 (step S469).

Next, the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 includes the electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the exchange ticket ID from the DB server 4185 and the electronic value data possessed by the player (mall member) who has performed the exchange ticket purchase process. When the purchase information is received, the purchase information is transmitted to the smartphone 4235, and the smartphone 4235 is instructed to display the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen including a message notifying that the purchase is completed (step S470). In response to the instruction, the smartphone 4235 displays the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen on the display (step S471).

FIG. 80 shows the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4910 displayed in this way. On the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4910 shown in FIG. 80, the mall member ID display unit 4912 on which the mall member ID is displayed is displayed, and below that, the purchase of the mail order prize exchange ticket 4260 by the mail order prize purchase center is completed. The guide display unit 4913 is displayed, and below that, the exchange ticket ID display unit 4914 that displays the exchange ticket ID that is the target of this purchase is displayed, and below that, the value type (for example, here, here, An electronic value display unit 4915 that displays "purchase value" and "total value") and the electronic value corresponding to the value type is displayed, and at the bottom, a "done" button 4916 and "purchase (next)" Button 4917 is displayed.

In this example, the player of the mall member = "U004" requests that the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 with the exchange ticket ID = "C001" be purchased by the mail-order prize purchase center, and the purchase is completed, and the player It is shown that the electronic value held by the company has increased from 3500 to 8500 (the electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 with the exchange ticket ID = "C001" is 5000). When the player finishes with the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4910 displayed, he / she touches the "Done" button 4916, and when proceeding to the exchange ticket purchase process of the next mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260, "purchase (next)". Touch the button 4917. When the "purchase (next)" button 4917 is touched, the screen for the exchange ticket purchase process of the next mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 (the same screen as the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900 shown in FIG. Transition.

In this example, the WEB browser executed on the smartphone 4235 accesses the mobile I / F server 4220 that functions as a WEB server or an ASP server, thereby displaying data for displaying an exchange ticket purchase instruction screen or the like. Input data and the like are transmitted and received to realize the processing of the smartphone 4235 in the exchange ticket purchase processing shown in FIG. 78. Here, for convenience, the mobile I / F server 4220 serves as the WEB server or APS server of the HTML. The content that operates based on the standard and the like is also described as the processing content of the smartphone 4235.

In addition, an application downloaded to the smartphone 4235 via the network 4230 or another network is executed on the smartphone 4235, and the application is executed with the mail order prize purchase server 4210 via the network 4230 and the mobile I / F server 4220. The exchange ticket purchase process may be realized by transmitting and receiving data.

In this example, as shown in FIG. 76, data (for example, exchange ticket value information) that is the basis of the billing amount related to the issuance of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 at the timing when the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is issued, etc. The electronic value of the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 included in the above, and the number of mail-order prize exchange tickets 4260 for each electronic value) are transmitted to the hall computer 4400 (see step S437 in FIG. 76). The transmission to the 4400 may be performed, for example, after step S471 (that is, at the timing when the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260 is purchased, etc.). In this case, the data transmitted to the hall computer 4400 may be related to the purchased mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260.

Next, a case where the prize is exchanged in the prize exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the prize exchange system 4001, the player can register as a mall member and give a prize selection instruction by the same method as in the prize exchange system 1. On the other hand, regarding the prize exchange instruction, the prize exchange system 1 manages the number of holdings for each game medium type by storing balls and medals of the game medium for the purpose of exchanging for general prizes. (The same table as the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 shown in FIG. 18C) is used to manage the payment of the expenses required for the prize exchange, whereas the prize exchange system 4001 is described above. While maintaining the framework of the prize exchange system for the purpose of exchanging for general prizes, refer to the electronic value management table 4193 shown in FIG. 74 (C) for the purpose of exchanging for special prizes. Manage payments for required costs.

Therefore, in the prize exchange system 4001, a prize exchange instruction based on the data stored in the mall member game medium holding number management table 4652 by the same method as the prize exchange system 1, and a prize exchange instruction newly provided in the prize exchange system 4001 are provided. A prize exchange instruction based on the data stored in the electronic value management table 4193 is provided as a separate mechanism.

According to the configuration of such a prize exchange system 4001, for example, when a prize exchange instruction is given based on the data stored in the electronic value management table 4193, the prize exchange login screen 4920 shown in FIG. 81 (A) is displayed on the smartphone 4235. Is displayed on the display of, and here, the password is input to the password input unit 4923. Next, the player touches the "login" button 4924 to display the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 of FIG. 81 (B).

On the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81 (B), "electronic value (exchange ticket purchase)" is displayed as consideration for exchange on the electronic value display unit 4931, and the electronic value (electronic) possessed by this player is displayed. (Determined by referring to the value management table 4193) is displayed as "8500". On the prize display unit 4932, product information and consideration for exchanging each product are displayed in units of electronic value.

Here, even if the commercial value of the prize exceeds 10,000 yen, it is permissible, and a prize having a commercial value higher than 10,000 yen can be displayed. Further, only the prizes having a commercial value exceeding 10,000 yen may be displayed. For example, a high-class frying pan or a high-class wristwatch having a commercial value of more than 10,000 yen is displayed on the prize display unit 4932 of the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81 (B).

A high-class frying pan or a high-class wristwatch having a commercial value of more than 10,000 yen is displayed on the prize display unit 4932 of the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81 (B). As shown in the electronic value display unit 4931, the electronic value to be used is "8500", which is not enough to replace a high-class frying pan or a high-class wristwatch. Therefore, the product is grayed out or deleted from the list. You can also do it.

The prize exchange instruction based on the data stored in the mall member game medium holding number management table 4652 by the same method as the prize exchange system 1 is given by the prize exchange device (such as the prize POS4500 in FIG. 66) installed in the hall store. However, in the prize exchange system 4001 of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 81, prizes can be exchanged outside the hall store using a player's smartphone 4235, a PC, or the like. Further, as in the prize exchange system 1, a prize candidate can be selected in the shopping list before the prize exchange instruction. In the prize exchange process in the prize exchange system 4001 of the present embodiment, for example, the member management server 4170 transmits and receives necessary data to and from the core server 4600 of the computer center, and functions to realize the process. ..

Further, the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention and the above-mentioned system for exchanging prizes with electronic value by storing a small amount of balls (the prize exchange systems 1001 to 3001 according to the second to fourth embodiments). , It is possible to integrate the prize exchange process and realize the prize exchange in the hall store. In that case, the value of the game medium managed by the prize exchange system 1 and the value of the small amount of balls managed by the prize exchange system 1001 to 3001 are managed separately, and the value that can be used as the consideration for the prize exchange is managed in a dual manner. can do. In such a configuration, for example, a display unit designation unit is provided on the prize exchange login screen or the like, and two items consisting of "game medium" and "small amount of balls" are displayed as a pull-down menu, and the player is among them. You can choose one of them. Further, as described with respect to the prize exchange systems 1001 to 3001, there are cases where small amount of balls are accumulated and managed as the type and quantity of the game medium, and cases where they are accumulated and managed as electronic value, and the pull-down menu is displayed accordingly. Can be set. It should be noted that the small amount of balls accumulated and managed in this way may be used to allow replay or not to allow replay.

In addition, the values that are managed in two ways as described above (values that can be used as consideration for the prize exchange) are combined into one value using the exchange rate, etc., and are centrally managed and referred to in the prize exchange process. It can also be configured to do so.

So far, the prize exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention has been described by taking the system configuration shown in FIG. 66 as an example, but the characteristic processing of the present invention can be realized by various other configurations. Is. For example, each server of the mail-order prize purchase center may be provided with a related table, and various variations can be considered regarding the server arrangement in the mail-order prize purchase center and the configuration of each table in the purchase management DB 4190. ..

Further, in the present embodiment, when the smartphone 4235 accesses the mail-order prize purchase server 4210 and sends a purchase request, the IDm of the smartphone 4235 is recognized as a unique ID to determine whether or not the user is a mall member. However, it is also possible to perform the authentication process by inputting a code and password by the player or by having the player read the non-contact IC card which is the membership card.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention]
Next, with reference to FIG. 82, the system outline of the prize exchange system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described. Similar to the above-mentioned prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, the prize exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82 is configured to include each device arranged in a plurality of hall stores, a hall cooperation system, and a device of a computer center. Some of the devices in the computer center are connected to the devices on the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 5001 of FIG. 82 is preferably a prize exchange system linked to online shopping.

In the prize exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82, it is possible to exchange prizes using DL (download) software ticket instead of the conventional prize exchange by special prizes through a special prize purchase shop or a special prize wholesaler. Become. That is, in the present embodiment, the DL software usage ticket corresponds to a special prize. More specifically, a DL software ticket is issued at the hall store according to the number of game media such as medals and pachinko balls that the player has acquired by playing the game at the hall store, and the player can use the DL software ticket. You can use (execute) the specified software on your smartphone, etc., and after downloading or using the DL software, or when you are not using the DL software, use the DL software on the specified WEB page. You can buy it at. The purchased DL software becomes unavailable thereafter, and at the same time, it is exchanged for an electronic value according to the value of the DL software, and the exchanged electronic value is given to the player. After that, the player can give a prize exchange instruction by a process different from the above-mentioned prize exchange system 1 by using the accumulated electronic value. Here, the DL software includes software in various fields such as game software, business software, and utilities, and further includes various contents. The content includes various types of data including moving image data, still image data, audio data, document data, and the like. In addition, DL software can be executed not only on mobile devices such as smartphones, but also on various hardware including game machines and PCs (personal computers) (“execution” includes playback and display of contents, etc. Includes all operations / actions on the content). Further, the execution program and content data of the DL software do not necessarily have to be downloaded, and a predetermined function can be realized by a smartphone or the like while being stored on the server side.

By exchanging prizes via the DL software ticket, the player can substantially obtain a prize of more than 10,000 yen by using online shopping. In addition, this mechanism is not exchanged for cash like the conventional prize exchange with special prizes, but you can search for a special prize purchase place away from the hall store or purchase the special prize every time you exchange it. It is possible to reduce the labor and risk of going to a place, and the player can convert the game medium acquired by himself / herself into electronic value by using a smartphone without being restricted by the place and time. In addition, since the player can also use the DL software, either use the DL software, purchase the DL software without using the DL software and receive the electronic value, or after using the DL software. It is possible to arbitrarily select whether to purchase DL software and receive electronic value. Furthermore, for hall stores and the like, such a useful system can promote the membership registration of players, and can effectively eliminate the opacity of accounting in the cashing system (so-called OUT problem). it can.

In order to realize such prize exchange via the DL software usage ticket, a DL software usage ticket issuing device that newly issues a DL software usage ticket to the hall store, such as the prize exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. The 5150 will be installed, and a DL software purchase center will be newly established in which a plurality of servers will be arranged to manage the issuance of DL software usage tickets, the use of DL software, and the purchase of DL software.

In that respect, the prize exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82 can be regarded as a modification of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and the same prize selection control, prize exchange control, and prize order control as the prize exchange system 1 It has various functions such as action history management. For example, the hall computer 5400, the hall DB5430, the game machine 5010, the sand device 5020, the digital signage device 5515, the prize POS5500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 5520, and the dedicated terminal 5530 are the hall stores in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to the hall computer 400, the hall DB 430, the game machine 10, the sand device 20, the digital signage device 515, the prize POS 500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and the dedicated terminal 530. In addition, the core server 5600, core DB5650, shop management server 5700, prize DB5750, ASP-I / F server 5800, individual shop I / F server 5820, and EC mall I / F server 5840 of the computer center are each prize exchange systems. Corresponds to the core server 600, the core DB 650, the shop management server 700, the prize DB 750, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC mall I / F server 840 in 1. Further, the prize exchange system 5001 includes a mobile I / F server 5680 corresponding to the mobile I / F server 680 and a network 5690 corresponding to the network 690 as in the prize exchange system 1, but the description is omitted in FIG. 82. To do.

Further, although the description is omitted in FIG. 82, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 5001 includes the hall cooperation computer 560, the hall cooperation DB 570, and the center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. (A center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

In addition, the online shopping site of the prize exchange system 5001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, the shop server 870, the shop server 872, the EC mall management server 860, and the shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the prize exchange system 1. Although the devices and the like are arranged respectively, the description thereof is also omitted in FIG. 82. Here, the components newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and the components whose internal functions have been changed will be described in particular detail.

In the hall store, a hall computer 5400, a game machine 5010, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged, and as described above, a DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged. The DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is a terminal for printing a DL software ticket 5260 having a value corresponding to the number of game media acquired by the player. The player instructs the staff of the hall store to read the receipt printed with the counting result of the game medium (medals and pachinko balls) on the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 (or the player himself reads the receipt). After that, the DL software ticket 5260 printed from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is received. At this time, the player may or may not be a mall member who has registered as a mall member. For example, the printed DL software ticket 5260 can be received without inputting the player's name, e-mail address, address, etc. into the system. If the player is a mall member, for example, a mobile device such as a smartphone 5235 equipped with a non-contact IC chip based on a short-range wireless communication standard (NFC: Near Field Communication) can be used as a DL software ticket issuing device 5150. The mall member is identified by having the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 read the unique ID of the smartphone 5235 by holding it over.

The DL software usage ticket 5260 is, for example, a ticket on which an S / N (Serial Number) and a URL related to one DL software are printed, and is associated with an electronic value of a predetermined unit such as 5000 or 1000. , The DL software can be used on a smartphone 5235 or the like by the printed S / N and URL. The S / N is a number associated with each piece of software, and is a software ID associated with each of the same game program (product) or application program (product). In this example, the number S / N is used, but an ID consisting of various alphanumeric symbols and the like can be used. Software with the same S / N (software ID) is not downloaded to the smartphones 5235 of a plurality of players.

Like the hall computer 400 of the prize exchange system 1, the hall computer 5400 has functions such as managing information about the state of the device (including the game status of the player), members, and prizes arranged in the hall store. The DL software usage ticket issuing device 5150 receives information on the value of the DL software usage ticket 5260 issued to the player in order to settle the cost corresponding to the issuance of the DL software usage ticket 5260.

The prize selection device includes any terminal capable of network communication, such as a dedicated terminal 5530, a smartphone 5540, and a feature phone 5558.

Similar to the prize exchange system 1, the core server 5600 located in the computer center manages the player registered as a mall member as a mall member, and performs a prize selection control process according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations. The prize exchange control process is performed, and when the prize exchange is decided, the prize order process is automatically performed to the corresponding online shopping site. In addition, for the mall members in each hall store, the action history including the game status and the prize exchange status is collected and stored.

Further, in the prize exchange system 5001, the DL software purchase center has a member management server 5170, a DL software ticket issuing server 5200, a DL software purchase server 5210, a DL software usage management server 5215, a DB server 5185, and a mobile I / F. Server 5220 is deployed. The member management server 5170 acquires and manages the information of the player registered as a mall member from the core DB of the core server 5600. The DL software ticket issuing server 5200 returns the S / N and the URL to be printed on the DL software ticket 5260 in response to the ticketing request from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. The DL software purchase server 5210 stores and manages the value corresponding to the input S / N in response to the purchase request by the player from the smartphone 5235 in association with the player. The value corresponding to the S / N is managed in units of a predetermined electronic value representing a value that can be exchanged for a prize and that can be electronically distributed within a predetermined range. The DL software usage management server 5215 manages the download of the DL software to the smartphone 5235, the game machine 5236, the PC 5237, etc., and also manages the use of the DL software on the smartphone 5235, etc. that has downloaded the DL software.

The DB server 5185 manages the purchase management DB 5190, which is a database necessary for realizing the prize exchange via the DL software ticket in the prize exchange system 5001. The mobile I / F server 5220 provides a WEB server function that provides a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to an access from a WEB browser executed by the smartphone 5235. It can also function as an application server that sends and receives data in response to access from other applications executed by the smartphone 5235. The mobile I / F server 5220 transmits / receives data to / from the DL software purchase server 5210 and the DL software usage management server 5215 in response to the operation of the smartphone 5235. Further, the DL software is downloaded from the DL software usage management server 5215 to the smartphone 5235, the game machine 5236, the PC 5237, etc. via the mobile I / F server 5220 and the network 5230. In this example, the DL software usage management server 5215 also manages the use of the DL software by the smartphone 5235, the game machine 5236, the PC 5237, etc. via the mobile I / F server 5220 and the network 5230.

Further, the smartphone 5235 and the mobile I / F server 5220 are connected by a network 5230 including a mobile network and a wireless LAN network. Here, the smartphone 5235 is a smartphone 5235 owned by the player who has received the DL software usage ticket 5260, but this is only an example, and the smartphone 5540 functioning as a prize selection device as shown in FIG. 82. And other portable devices such as feature phones 5558. Further, if the game machine 5236 or PC5237 of the player who uses the DL software has a network connection function and can access the DL software purchase server 5210 via the mobile I / F server 5220, these can also be used. it can. The smartphone 5235 is, for example, a smartphone having a configuration as shown in FIG. Further, in this example, a smartphone 5235, a game machine 5236, a PC 5237, etc. transmit / receive data to / from the DL software purchase center via the mobile I / F server 5220 and the network 5230, but such an embodiment is only an example. Absent. For example, a smartphone 5235 or the like realizes transmission / reception of data with a DL software purchase center without going through a wireless communication network (or via a mobile phone network) and further without going through a mobile I / F server 5220. be able to.

Further, in this example, the value of the game medium acquired by the player is converted into a DL software usage ticket 5260, and the player purchases the DL software purchase center at the DL software purchase center, thereby causing the player to purchase the game medium. Electronic value is accumulated according to the value, but it does not exclude management in yen units that represent the currency value of goods (for example, 5000 yen, 1000 yen, etc.). It can also be assumed that the unit of electronic value is the same as the unit of yen.

Further, the prize exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82 is shown as a modification of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, but the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment described above and the prize exchange system 1001 according to the third embodiment are described above. It can be applied and implemented for each of the exchange system 2001 and the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment.

The DL software purchase center of the prize exchange system 5001 is basically provided in a place different from the hall store and the computer center, but the server devices and databases in the DL software purchase center are distributed and arranged in a plurality of places. You can also do it. Further, one server, one database, and one table can be divided into a plurality of units and distributed.

Further, in the example of the prize exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchasing server 5210 are arranged in the DL software purchasing center, but these two servers are not necessarily the same. It is not necessary to be placed in the DL software purchase center, and they may be placed in physically different places. Further, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchasing server 5210 can be operated by different operating corporations.

Next, with reference to FIG. 83, an overall outline of processing with the hall store, the player, the DL software purchase center, and the computer center will be described. As shown in FIG. 83 (A), when the receipt brought by the player is read by the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 of the hall store and the type and quantity of the game medium are acquired, the staff of the hall store, etc. In response to the instruction, a ticketing request is made to the DL software purchase center, and ticketing request information including the store code and game medium value information (type and quantity of game media read from the receipt, ball unit price) is transmitted. When the DL software purchase center receives a ticketing request, it receives ticketing information including the S / N and URL of the DL software usage ticket 5260 according to the type and quantity of the received game medium, and the value of the DL software usage ticket 5260 to be issued. The DL software value information representing the above is transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 of the hall store.

When the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 in the hall store receives the ticketing information, it issues a DL software ticket 5260 on which the received S / N and URL are printed, based on the ticketing information. In addition, DL software value information representing the value of the issued DL software usage ticket 5260 is transmitted from the DL software usage ticket issuing device 5150 to the hall computer 5400. This is because it is necessary for the hall store side to know the amount of money that is the basis for receiving a claim from the DL software purchase center, etc. for the cost of issuing the DL software ticket 5260 and exchanging the prize. ..

According to the URL printed on the issued DL software ticket 5260, the smartphone 5235 owned by the player accesses the WEB page, and the player makes a purchase request for the DL software or downloads the DL software. Select. When making a DL software purchase request, when the S / N is input to the smartphone 5235, it is sent to the DL software purchase center as a purchase request, the DL software is purchased at the DL software purchase center, and the player is notified. , An electronic value corresponding to the value of the DL software is given. The player can exchange prizes using the electronic value thus assigned. On the other hand, when downloading DL software, when S / N is input to the smartphone 5235, it is sent as a DL request to the DL software purchase center, and the DL software is downloaded from the DL software purchase center to the smartphone 5235. .. After that, when the player uses the DL software, usage management such as authentication using S / N by the DL software purchase center is performed each time the DL software is used. Here, it is assumed that the DL software is downloaded to the smartphone 5235.

In addition, the DL software purchase center accesses the core server 5600 of the computer center, acquires the information of the mall member information table 651 at a predetermined timing, and copies these to the mall member information table 5194 of the DL software purchase center. Synchronously manage tables.

In the DL software purchase center, when there is a purchase request, the electronic value data is stored in the electronic value management table as a cumulative value for each player, and when the player exchanges the prize in exchange for the electronic value data. The electronic value data corresponding to the value of the prize is subtracted from the cumulative value of the electronic value management table.

The DL software purchase center can charge the hall store for the cost related to the DL software usage ticket 5260 in consideration of various fees as necessary. The hall computer 5400 of the hall store pays the invoiced amount to the DL software purchase center. By this billing and payment, the exchange of the DL software usage ticket 5260 at the hall store has been completed, and after that, the electronic value obtained as a result of the purchase of the DL software usage ticket 5260 will be used as a free gift with the products handled on the online shopping site. The exchange will be carried out, and expenses including various fees will be exchanged between the online shopping site, the DL software purchase center, and the computer center.

In addition, the DL software purchase center can make a request to the hall store collectively for a plurality of ticketing processes, or can collectively perform a request for each predetermined period. Further, in the example of FIG. 83A, it is shown that the amount billing by the DL software purchase center is made from the DL software purchase center to the hall computer 5400, but this is merely a notation for convenience. In reality, for example, the DL software purchase center sends a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system to charge the bank account of the operator of the hall store. Similarly, it is also a notation for convenience that the amount payment is shown to be made from the hall computer 5400 to the DL software purchase center. In addition, payment between the DL software purchase center and the hall store can be realized by a large number of routes including the respective operating entities. Further, here, the processing in the DL software purchase center has been described without specifying the server, but the functions of various servers will be described in detail later.

FIG. 83 (B) shows an example of the DL software usage ticket 5260. The DL software usage ticket 5260 in FIG. 83 (B) is one (paper) DL software usage ticket 5260, and the title "DL software usage ticket", the S / N (serial number), and the URL are printed. Has been done. In the present embodiment, the S / N is a unique number composed of alphanumeric characters and the like, and is preferably a one-time number from the viewpoint of fraud prevention, but here, for convenience, it is a four-digit number. The title of the software, the purchase deadline, and the corresponding electronic value (for example, 5000 or 1000) may be printed.

Next, the configuration of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 will be described with reference to FIG. 84. FIG. 84 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. The DL software ticket issuing device 5150 includes a main CPU 5151, a ROM 5152, a RAM 5153, a barcode reader 5154, a store-side display 5155, a keyboard 5156, a printer 5157, an interface 5158, and a speaker 5159.

The main CPU 5151 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 5152 and the RAM 5153. For example, the main CPU 5151 sends a ticketing request to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 in response to an instruction from the staff of the hall store, and the S / N included in the ticketing information received from the DL software ticketing server 5200. The URL is printed on the ticket and the DL software usage ticket 5260 is issued. The control program may also be provided from another device via interface 5158 or from another device externally via a network including the Internet.

The store-side display 5155 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the staff of the hall store. The main CPU 5151 receives the ticketing instruction of the DL software usage ticket 5260 via the store side display 5155. On the store side display 5155, the fact that the DL software usage ticket 5260 has been issued and the detailed contents regarding the issuance of the DL software usage ticket 5260 are displayed. In addition, the staff on the store side can also perform at least a part of the operation using the keyboard 5156.

The printer 5157 prints the S / N and the URL on the ticket in order to issue the DL software usage ticket 5260 in response to the command of the main CPU 5151. The printer 5157 can be configured as various printers including thermal printers, dot printers, inkjet printers, laser printers. Further, in this example, although it is shown as a type built in the DL software ticket issuing device 5150, it may be an external printer connected via a predetermined cable or wireless communication.

Interface 5158 controls data communication with the hall computer 5400 and the DL software ticketing server 5200. For example, it is connected to the hall computer 5400 via a premises LAN, and is connected to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 via a VPN (Virtual Private Network). The connection between these devices can be achieved by either a wired network or a wireless network. The speaker 5159 outputs a sound including a warning sound, a warning sound, a sound effect, and the like.

Further, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 can be configured to include an information card reader / writer and a non-contact IC card reader / writer as shown in the figure. When the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is configured in this way, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card by the counting device or the Shimabata counting device of the sand device 20, the information card reader / writer is used. Obtain the member ID read from the information card via the information card (player ID of the hall store) or the member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer, and access the hall computer 5400 to access the hall computer 5400. It is possible to grasp the number of holdings of the game medium (the number of medals or the number of pachinko balls acquired by the player) associated with the acquired member ID, and as a result, the player prints the counting result on the receipt and DL. It is no longer necessary to bring the software ticket issuing device 5150.

Further, as shown in the figure, the DL software usage ticket issuing device 5150 is configured to include a player-side display so that the player can instruct the player to read the receipt and issue the DL software usage ticket 5260. Can be.

Next, the configuration of the member management server 5170 will be described with reference to FIG. 85. FIG. 85 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the member management server 5170. The member management server 5170 includes a main CPU 5171, a ROM 5172, a RAM 5173, an external storage device 5174, a display 5175, an interface 5176, and a speaker 5177.

The main CPU 5171 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 5172 and the RAM 5173. For example, the main CPU 5171 performs synchronous management of mall member information as described later. The control program can also be provided from other devices via interface 5176 or from other external devices via a network including the Internet.

The external storage device 5174 stores various data related to the processing executed by the member management server 5170. The display 5175 displays the management status of the member management server 5170, or notifies the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 5175 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

Interface 5176 controls data communication between the core server 5600 and the DL software purchase server 5210.

The speaker 5177 notifies the display 5175 when an illegality or abnormality occurs. The speaker 5177 outputs various voice data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

Although the configuration of the member management server 5170 is shown in FIG. 85, other servers, that is, DB server 5185, DL software ticket issuing server 5200, DL software purchase server 5210, DL software usage management server 5215, and mobile I The / F server 5220 has the same configuration as this, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. However, in the DB server 5185, the interface controls data communication between the member management server 5170, the DL software usage ticket issuing server 5200, the DL software purchasing server 5210, and the DL software usage management server 5215, respectively, and uses the DL software. In the ticket issuing server 5200, the interface controls the data communication with the DB server 5185, and in the DL software usage management server 5215, the interface controls the data communication with the DB server 5185 and the mobile I / F server 5220. The DL software purchase server 5210 controls data communication between the member management server 5170 and the mobile I / F server 5220, respectively, and the mobile I / F server 5220 with the DL software purchase server 5210. It differs from the above-mentioned configuration of the member management server 5170 in that it controls data communication between the two.

Next, with reference to FIG. 86, the operation flow of the player related to the issuance and purchase of the DL software usage ticket 5260 will be described.

FIG. 86A is a flow when the player issues the DL software usage ticket 5260. First, the player inserts cash or the like into the sand device 4020 and receives medals and pachinko balls for rent (step S501). After that, the player plays a game with the game machine 5010 (step S502), and when a medal or a pachinko ball can be obtained, the player instructs the counting of the medal or the like with the Shimabata counting device or the like, and the counting result is printed. Output the receipt (step S503). Next, the player brings the receipt to a counter or the like and presents it to the staff of the hall store, and the staff of the hall store reads it by the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 (step S504) and uses the DL software. Instruct the issuance of the ticket 5260 (step S505). When the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 transmits the ticketing request information to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 in response to the ticketing instruction of the DL software ticket 5260, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 receives the ticketing request information. (Step S506), the S / N of the DL software is determined according to the ticketing request information, and the ticketing information including the S / N is transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 (step S507). This ticketing information also includes the URL of the WEB page that is first accessed when purchasing, downloading, or using the DL software. The DL software ticket issuing device 5150 then prints the S / N and URL on the ticket based on the received ticketing information, and issues the DL software ticket 5260 (step S508).

FIG. 86B is a flow in which the player purchases the DL software usage ticket 5260. The player first accesses the URL printed on the DL software usage ticket 5260 with the smartphone 5235, selects the purchase of the DL software usage ticket 5260, and logs in (step S511). In this example, when the player purchases the DL software usage ticket 5260, it is a condition that the mall member is registered. On the other hand, at the time of issuing the DL software usage ticket 5260 shown in FIG. 86 (A), the mall membership registration is not essential. Next, the player inputs the S / N printed on the DL software usage ticket 5260 into the input unit displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235, and gives an instruction to purchase the DL software usage ticket 5260 (step S512). When the smartphone 5235 transmits the purchase request information to the DL software purchase server 5210 in response to the purchase instruction by the player, the DL software purchase server 5210 receives the purchase request information (step S513), and in response to the purchase request, The electronic value data related to the player is updated, and the purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data is transmitted to the smartphone 5235 (step S514). Next, the smartphone 5235 receives the purchase information from the DL software purchase server 5210, and displays the accumulated electronic value data (total value) and the like on the display of the smartphone 5235 based on the received purchase information (step S515). ).

Next, with reference to FIG. 87, the operation flow of the player related to the download and use of the DL software by the DL software use ticket 5260 will be described.

FIG. 87 (A) is a flow in which the player downloads the DL software with the DL software usage ticket 5260. The player can select whether to purchase the DL software as described above or to download and use the DL software by using the DL software usage ticket 5260. First, the smartphone 5235 accesses the URL printed on the DL software ticket 5260, selects download of the DL software there, and logs in (step S521). In this example, when the player downloads the DL software, it is a condition that the mall member is registered. Next, the player inputs the S / N printed on the DL software usage ticket 5260 into the input unit displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235, and gives an instruction to download the DL software (step S522). When the smartphone 5235 transmits the download request information to the DL software usage management server 5215 in response to the download instruction by the player, the DL software usage management server 5215 receives the download request information and can download the DL software. Check whether or not (step S523). If the S / N is different, or if it has already been purchased, download is not permitted. If the check is OK, the information related to the DL software associated with the S / N is updated in response to the download request, and the DL software is transmitted to the smartphone 5235 (step S524). In response to this, the smartphone 5235 downloads the DL software from the DL software usage management server 5215 (step S525).

FIG. 87 (B) is a flow when the player uses the downloaded DL software. The player activates the DL software by touching the downloaded DL software icon or the like (step S531). Then, the DL software displays an input unit on the display of the smartphone 5235, and the player inputs the S / N printed on the DL software usage ticket 5260 into the input unit (step S532). The S / N input to the input unit is transmitted to the DL software usage management server 5215, where whether or not the DL software corresponding to the S / N satisfies the usage conditions and whether or not the DL software can be used. Is checked (step S533). If the S / N is different or has already been purchased, the use of DL software is not permitted. If the check is OK, the information related to the DL software associated with the S / N is updated, and permission to use the DL software is given (step S534). In response to this, the smartphone 5235 makes the DL software available to the player (step S535).

Next, the function of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 will be described with reference to FIG. 88. FIG. 88 is a functional block diagram of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. The DL software ticket issuing device 5150 includes an access management unit 5161, a ticketing management unit 5162, and a network I / F unit 5163.

The access management unit 5161 controls the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 to access the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 via the network I / F section 5163. The ticketing management unit 5162 includes the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt, the exchange rate (ball unit price) of the hall store where the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is located, and the store code of the hall store. The request information is transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200.

Further, the ticketing management unit 5162 receives the ticketing information including the S / N determined according to the ticketing request information from the DL software usage ticket issuing server 5200, and prints the S / N of the DL software usage ticket 5260. Issue a ticket. The S / N is a number for identifying the DL software corresponding to the value obtained from the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt or the like. Further, in this example, the URL to be accessed when downloading or purchasing the DL software is also printed on the DL software usage ticket 5260.

The network I / F unit 5163 connects to a network such as the Internet and controls to send and receive data to and from a computer of the other party (here, a hall computer 5400 or a DL software ticket issuing server 5200). (Hereinafter, the same applies to the network I / F section of other devices).

Further, in this example, the DL software usage ticket issuing device 5150 is configured as a single device for issuing a DL software usage ticket 5260, etc., but may be integrally configured with various other devices. it can. For example, it can be integrated with the prize POS5500. Further, if the sand device 5020 can be provided with a printer, each function of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 can be incorporated into the sand device 5020.

As shown in FIG. 88, the DL software usage ticket issuing device 5150 can be provided with a member management unit to control the mall members who have registered as mall members to issue DL software usage tickets 5260. In this case, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 reads the unique ID of the player's smartphone 5235 or the like with a non-contact IC card reader / writer, and the member management unit is the mall member management unit 5181 of the member management server 5170 described later. In cooperation with, it is determined whether or not the player is a registered mall member based on the read unique ID or the like.

Next, the function of the member management server 5170 will be described with reference to FIG. 89 (A). FIG. 89A is a functional block diagram of the member management server 5170. The member management server 5170 includes a mall member management unit 5181, a member information synchronization management unit 5182, and a network I / F unit 5183.

The mall member management department 5181 checks whether the received unique ID is a legitimate mall member in response to an inquiry from the DL software purchase server 5210 or the DL software usage management server 5215 (when downloading the DL software). , The result is returned to each server. The check for whether or not the user is a mall member is performed with reference to the mall member information table 5194 shown in FIG. 93 (A). As will be described later, the mall member information table 5194 is a table synchronized with the mall member information table stored in the core DB 5650 by the member information synchronization management unit 5182.

The member information synchronization management unit 5182 controls the mall member information table 5194 shown in FIG. 93 (A) so as to be synchronized with the mall member information table stored in the core DB 5650. The mall member information table stored in the core DB 5650 is the same table as the mall member information table 651 (see FIG. 18B) stored by the mall member registration process as shown in FIGS. 21 and 22. , Mall member information table 5194 is synchronously managed so as to be the same as this table. The synchronous processing can be realized at a timing close to real time, but the synchronous processing may be performed at predetermined intervals. Further, in this example, the mall member information table 651 shown in FIG. 18 (B) and the mall member information table 5194 shown in FIG. 93 (A) are configured to have the same items, but if necessary, Some items may be omitted.

FIG. 89B is a functional block diagram of the DB (database) server 5185. The DB server 5185 includes a database control unit 5186 and a network I / F unit 5187. Further, the DB server 5185 includes a purchase management DB 5190, and the purchase management DB 5190 includes a ticketing request management table 5191, an S / N management table 5192, an electronic value management table 5193, a mall member information table 5194, and a ticket type management table 5195. , Mall member behavior history management table 5196, DL software management table 5197, and DL software usage management table 5198 are stored. Further, the DB server 5185 includes a DL software storage area 5199, and a plurality of DL software to be provided to the player is stored in the DL software storage area 5199.

When the database control unit 5186 receives a database access request from another server, the database control unit 5186 refers to or updates (including additions and deletions) records in the table specified in response to the request. In this example, the database control unit 5186 is a general DBMS (Database Management System), but can be managed to store and update data using various other data formats. Further, when the DL software usage management server 5215 downloads the DL software to the player's smartphone 5235, the DL software usage management server 5215 reads the designated DL software from the DL software storage area 5199 in response to a command from the DL software usage management server 5215.

FIG. 90A is a functional block diagram of the DL software ticket issuing server 5200. The DL software ticket issuing server 5200 includes an access management unit 5201, a ticketing request management unit 5202, a value information transmission unit 5203, an amount billing unit 5204, and a network I / F unit 5205.

The access management unit 5201 controls the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 to access the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 via the network I / F section 5205. When the ticketing request management unit 5202 receives a ticketing request information from the DL software ticketing device 5150 and receives a ticketing request information, the DL software S / N responds to the ticketing request information. Is determined, and ticketing information including information on the S / N and ticketing is transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing device 5150.

The value information transmission unit 5203 is charged with the DL software usage ticket 5260 and the DL software usage ticket 5260 is purchased, which will be charged to the hall store in the future (charged by the amount billing unit 5204 described later). The DL software value information necessary for calculating and verifying the amount of money) is transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 (may be transmitted directly to the hall computer 5400). Here, the DL software value information is information including, for example, the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the issued DL software usage ticket 5260 and the number of DL software usage tickets 5260.

When the DL software usage ticket 5260 is issued, the amount billing unit 5204 transfers the amount equivalent to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the DL software usage ticket 5260 to the hall store that issued the DL software usage ticket 5260. Claim. When the player makes the DL software purchase center purchase the issued DL software ticket 5260, and then gives the same prize exchange instruction as described above for the prize exchange system 1 with the electronic value given to the player. , The computer center will charge the DL software purchase center for the cost of exchanging the prize. Therefore, at the DL software purchase center, when the DL software usage ticket 5260 is issued, the hall store is charged the cost that will be charged for the prize exchange in the future. The billing to the hall store is a billing from the DL software purchase center to the operating entity of the hall store, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a billing instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system. Such claims can also be billed together later for multiple objects. In addition, the final billing amount can be determined by deducting (or adding) various taxes and fees.

Also, when the player downloads and uses the issued DL software ticket 5260 to the smartphone 5235 without having the DL software purchase center purchase it, the price of the DL software is the DL software from the DL software development company. The DL software purchase center will be charged to the purchase center, and for that reason, the DL software purchase center will charge the expenses that will be charged by downloading the DL software in the future at the timing when the DL software usage ticket 5260 is issued. To charge.

It should be noted that it is possible to set variously as to which amount to be charged and at what timing. For example, (1) each time a DL software usage ticket 5260 is issued, an amount equivalent to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the DL software usage ticket 5260 may be charged, or (2) a DL software usage ticket 5260. After the ticket is issued, the amount equivalent to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the corresponding DL software usage ticket 5260 is billed at a predetermined timing, and (3) the DL software usage ticket 5260 is purchased. At each timing, the amount equivalent to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the DL software usage ticket 5260 is charged, or (4) after the DL software usage ticket 5260 is purchased, all at a predetermined timing. , The amount equivalent to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the corresponding DL software usage ticket 5260 is charged, and (5) Whenever the DL software is downloaded or used by the DL software usage ticket 5260, the amount is charged. After charging the amount equivalent to the electronic value of the DL software, or (6) after downloading or using the DL software with the DL software usage ticket 5260, the DL software is collectively equivalent to the electronic value of the corresponding DL software at a predetermined timing. You can charge the amount to be downloaded, or (7) charge the amount equivalent to the electronic value required for the prize exchange each time the prize exchange instruction is given by the electronic value given to the player. (8) After the prize exchange instruction is given based on the electronic value given to the player, the amount equivalent to the electronic value required for the corresponding prize exchange is billed at a predetermined timing. Can be configured.

FIG. 90B is a functional block diagram of the DL software purchase server 5210. The DL software purchase server 5210 includes a member management unit 5211, a purchase request management unit 5212, an action history management unit 5213, and a network I / F unit 5214. When the player's smartphone 5235 logs in, the member management unit 5211 checks whether or not the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this example, it is set so that only the mall member can purchase the DL software usage ticket 5260, but such a setting can be arbitrarily set according to the system. The member management unit 5211 cooperates with the mall member management unit 5181 of the member management server 5170, and the player is a mall member who has already been registered based on the unique ID or the like read from the player's smartphone 5235. It is determined whether or not there is, and if it is not a mall member, the purchase request from the player is rejected and an error message is displayed.

The purchase request management unit 5212 receives the purchase request information when the purchase request is matched from the player's smartphone 5235, and updates the electronic value data related to the player according to the purchase request information. That is, the electronic value of the DL software is obtained from the S / N of the purchased DL software usage ticket 5260, and the obtained electronic value is the electronic value of the player in the electronic value management table 5193 that holds the electronic value. Add to. Further, if necessary, purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data can be transmitted to the smartphone 5235.

When the player makes a purchase request for the DL software usage ticket 5260, the action history management unit 5213 stores information regarding the operation in the mall member action history management table 5196. The mall member behavior history management table 5196 has the same items as the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the prize exchange system 1, and if necessary, these two tables are merged at a predetermined timing, or It may be managed by grouping into smaller sets.

FIG. 91 is a functional block diagram of the DL software usage management server 5215. The DL software usage management server 5215 includes a member management unit 5216, a download management unit 5217, a DL software execution management unit 5218, and a network I / F unit 5219. The member management department 5216 determines whether or not the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member when there is a login from the player's smartphone 5235 when downloading the DL software with the DL software ticket 5260. Check about. In this example, only the mall member can download the DL software with the DL software ticket 5260, but such a setting can be arbitrarily set according to the system.

When a player instructs to download DL software using a smartphone 5235, the download management unit 5217 checks whether or not the player is a mall member by the member management unit 5216, and if the player is a mall member, For example, on condition that the input S / N is correct, the DL software corresponding to the S / N is acquired from the DL software storage area 5199 of the DB server 5185 and downloaded to the smartphone 5235. Whether or not the download has been performed is managed by the S / N management table 5192.

When the player touches the DL software icon or the like in order to use the DL software by using the smartphone 5235, the DL software execution management unit 5218 displays the input unit on the display of the smartphone 5235 and is correct. After inputting the S / N, the use of the DL software is permitted. Also, if it has already been purchased, the use of DL software is not permitted. Whether or not the DL software has been used is managed by the S / N management table 5192. Further, as shown in FIG. 91, an action history management unit is provided on the DL software usage management server 5215, and an operation in which the player downloads the DL software with the DL software usage ticket 5260 or an operation in which the DL software is used after the download. It is also possible to store information related to the above in the mall member behavior history management table 5196.

FIG. 92 shows an example of the ticketing request management table 5191, the S / N management table 5192, the DL software management table 5197, and the electronic value management table 5193. FIG. 93 shows the mall member information table 5194, which is used. Examples of the ticket type management table 5195, the DL software usage management table, and the mall member behavior history management table 5196 are shown. Details of these tables will be described later if necessary.

Next, the ticketing process of the DL software usage ticket 5260 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 94 and 95. FIG. 94 is a flowchart showing the ticketing process of the DL software usage ticket 5260 for each subject of the DL software usage ticket issuing device 5150, the DL software usage ticket issuing server 5200, and the DB server 5185, and FIG. 95 shows the DL software. It is a figure which shows the DL software use ticket issuance instruction screen and DL software use ticket issuance screen displayed on the store side display 5155 of the use ticket issuance apparatus 5150.

Referring to FIG. 94, first, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 starts the DL software ticket issuing process, and the receipt reading screen (not shown) is displayed on the store side display 5155 of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. (Step S541). The DL software ticket issuing process in the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is started by, for example, touching an item on the menu screen (not shown) displayed on the display of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150, and then the receipt. The receipt reading screen prompting you to read is automatically displayed. In this example, all operations related to the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 shall be performed by the staff of the hall store where the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged.

Here, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 determines whether or not the staff of the hall store has read the receipt brought by the player with the barcode reader 5154 in response to the request of the player (step S542). Keep the screen displayed until it is read. On the receipt, the type of game medium acquired by the player (for example, 4-yen pachinko balls, 20-yen medals, etc.) and the number of medals held (number of medals saved, number of balls saved) are, for example, 2D barcodes or 3D It is described in the form of a barcode.

When the receipt is read, the DL software ticket issuing instruction screen 5880 as shown in FIG. 95 (A) is displayed on the store side display 5155 of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 (step S543). Referring to FIG. 95A, the DL software ticket issuance instruction screen 5880 displays the game media type read from the receipt on the game media type display unit 5881, and the quantity (holding) of the game media read from the receipt. The number) is displayed on the holding number display unit 5882 in units of the number of balls or the number of medals, and the “OK” button 5883 for instructing the issuance of the DL software usage ticket 5260 is displayed.

Next, in step S544 of FIG. 94, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 determines whether or not the staff of the hall store touches the "OK" button according to the instructions of the player, and the "OK" button is pressed. The display of the DL software ticket issuance instruction screen 5880 is maintained until it is touched. When the "OK" button is touched, the ticketing request information is transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 (step S545). The ticketing request information includes the store code of the hall store where the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is located, and the game medium value information indicating the value of the game medium (for example, the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt, and the like. The exchange rate (ball unit price) of the hall store where the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is located is included. In addition, the staff of the hall store does not instruct the issuance of the DL software usage ticket 5260 as it is according to the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt according to the instruction of the player, and some of them (for example, some It is also possible to specify that the DL software usage ticket 5260 is issued for the game medium type and a part of the quantity).

Here, the exchange rate of the hall store is stored in advance in the DL software ticket issuing device 5150, or stored in the hall computer 5400 or the like, read from there, and transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200. If the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 can grasp the exchange rate of each hall store, it is not necessary to transmit from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. The DL software ticket issuing server 5200 has, for example, a table synchronized with the exchange rate management table 5654 (similar to the exchange rate management table 654 shown in FIG. 19B) stored in the core DB 5650 of the core server 5600. By doing so, or by directly referring to the exchange rate management table 5654, the exchange rate of the corresponding hall store can be obtained.

Further, the store code of the hall store where the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged is also stored in advance in the DL software ticket issuing device 5150, or stored in the hall computer 5400 or the like and read from the DL software. It is sent to the ticket issuing server 5200. Further, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 should be able to identify the hall store of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 from the device identification ID, network address, etc. of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 that has transmitted the ticketing request information. For example, it is not necessary to transmit the store code from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150. The store code may be managed by a different store code for each game medium type (for example, 4-yen pachinko balls, 20-yen medals, etc.) even within the same hall store.

Further, in this example, the ticketing request information transmitted from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 includes the type and quantity of the game medium, and the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 determines the type and quantity of the game medium. The number of DL software and DL software usage ticket 5260 to be associated with the DL software usage ticket 5260 to be issued is determined accordingly, and the number of such DL software and DL software usage ticket 5260 is determined by the DL software usage ticket issuing device 5150. Alternatively, the player may decide and include it in the ticketing request information and send it to the DL software ticket issuing server 5200.

Next, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 receives the ticketing request information transmitted from the DL software ticketing device 5150 (step S546), assigns the request ID of the ticketing request, and illustrates the contents thereof. It is instructed to store in the ticketing request management table 5191 shown in 92 (A). As shown in FIG. 92A, for example, the ticketing request management table 5191 stores each item of the request ID, the store code, the game medium type, the quantity of the game medium, and the exchange rate, and the DL software of each hall store. It manages the contents of the ticketing request information transmitted from the ticket issuing device 5150. The DB server 5185 updates the ticketing request management table 5191 so as to create a record for storing the contents of the ticketing request information in response to the instruction of the DL software ticketing server 5200 (step S547).

Next, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 is a DL software ticket 5260 that can be issued at a store represented by the store code included in the ticketing request information (the store where the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 is located). In order to grasp the ticket type, the usage ticket type management table 5195 shown in FIG. 93 (B) is accessed (step S548). As shown in FIG. 93 (B), the usage ticket type management table 5195 stores each item of the store code, the first ticket type value, the second ticket type value, and the third ticket type value, and is used for each hall store. , The electronic value of the DL software associated with the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 is managed. In the example shown in FIG. 95 (B), it is possible to manage up to three types of tickets, but it can be expanded so that more ticket types can be managed as needed. It is also possible to group and manage a plurality of hall stores that can use a combination of common ticket types. In the usage ticket type management table 5195 shown in FIG. 93 (B), for example, in a hall store with a store code = "034", DL software of three types of electronic values (that is, 5000, 1000, and 200) is used as DL software. It is defined that it can be associated with ticket 5260. The DB server 5185 refers to the usage ticket type management table 5195 in response to the instruction of the DL software usage ticket issuing server 5200, and transmits the record of the corresponding store code to the DL software usage ticket issuing server 5200 (step S549).

Next, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 is based on the DL software of the ticket type that can be associated with the DL software ticket 5260, the type and quantity of the game medium, and the value of the game medium obtained from the exchange rate. It is determined which DL software is associated with the usage ticket 5260, how many DL software usage tickets 5260 are issued, and how many remaining game media (surplus medals, surplus balls) are to be used (step S550). .. If the value of the game medium exceeds the maximum electronic value of the DL software associated with the DL software usage ticket 5260, a plurality of DL software usage tickets 5260 may be issued, but usually each DL The software ticket 5260 is assigned in the order of the highest value DL software to the lowest value DL software so that the remainder is minimized. However, various allocation methods can be adopted depending on the situation.

In the normal allocation method, for example, the ticketing request information represented by the request ID = "R011" in the ticketing request management table 5191 of FIG. 92A has the store code = "034" and the value of the game medium is 12040. (20 (game medium type is 20 yen rental medal) × 602 (quantity) × 1 (exchange rate)). Then, for the DL software usage ticket 5260 issued in relation to this ticketing request, refer to the ticket type of the corresponding hall store (store code = "034") stored in the usage ticket type management table 5195 of FIG. 93 (B). Then, two sheets were associated with the DL software having the value of the first ticket type (electronic value = 5000), and the DL software having the value of the second ticket type (electronic value = 1000) was associated with the DL software. There are two things and a remainder of 40 (that is, two extra medals). The electronic value of the DL software can be grasped by referring to the DL software management table 5197 of 92 (C).

Further, in this example, two DL software usage tickets 5260 associated with DL software having an electronic value of 5000 are issued, and different software (product ID = "S001" and "S002") is selected there. , Are associated with each. The selection of such software can be randomly determined (within software having the same electronic value), or can be selected by a player, a hall store, or the like. When there are 3 or more DL software with the same electronic value, 2 of them are selected randomly or according to a predetermined rule. Further, the same software (software with the same product ID) may be selected. Here, the product ID corresponds to each software product, and the same product ID is assigned to the software of the same product. Software with the same product ID can be downloaded to the smartphones 5235 of a plurality of players.

Next, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 assigns S / N to each of the determined product IDs, and instructs the S / N management table 5192 to store these S / Ns (step S551). The DB server 5185 updates the S / N management table 5192 in response to an instruction from the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 (step S552). Here, as shown in FIG. 92B, the S / N management table 5192 stores each item of S / N, product ID, request ID, purchase flag, and purchase deadline, and each S / N is stored. It manages which DL software is associated with and whether or not it is purchased. For example, when updating the S / N management table 5192 for the DL software usage ticket 5260 issued with respect to the ticketing request information represented by the above-mentioned request ID = "R011", as shown in FIG. 92 (B), S / N = "0001" is associated with product ID = "S001" and S / N = "0002" is associated with product ID = "S002", where product IDs = "S001" and "S002". Both DL software have the value of the first ticket type (electronic value = 5000) (see DL software management table 5197 in FIG. 92 (C)). Further, S / N = "0003" is associated with product ID = "S003", S / N = "0004" is associated with product ID = "S004", and here, product ID = "S003". Both of the DL software of "S004" have the value of the second ticket type (electronic value = 1000) (see the DL software management table 5197 in FIG. 92 (C)). In this way, each of the four S / Ns is associated with the DL software usage ticket 5260, and four DL software usage tickets 5260 are issued. Further, here, for each of the four S / Ns, the request ID = "R011" and the purchase flag = "0" are initially set (however, in this example, the S / N = "0001". The purchase flag is set to "1" because the purchase was made after that). Since the purchase flag is managed in this way, DL software with the same S / N will not be purchased twice.

Further, the purchase deadline of the S / N management table 5192 is, for example, the date and time after a predetermined period has elapsed from the time when the ticketing request information is received, the transmission of the ticketing information (step S554 described later), or other timings. It can be set to a later date and time, and even if a purchase request is made after this deadline, it will be rejected. Such a purchase deadline may not be set, or may be set only for DL software having a predetermined electronic value. It is also possible to change the deadline according to the electronic value of the DL software and the situation of the player. Further, in the present embodiment, even after the DL software is once downloaded or used, a purchase request can be made for the DL software, and when the DL software is downloaded or used in this way, the initial It is possible to extend the set purchase deadline. Further, the degree of extension of the purchase deadline may be changed according to the usage mode of the DL software (for example, usage time / time, usage frequency, usage frequency, etc.). In addition, since the purchase deadline is set based on the date and time managed by the clock section of the DL software ticket issuing server 5200, problems such as fraud can be avoided as compared with the case of receiving time data from the hall store. Become.

Next, the DL software usage ticket issuing server 5200 transmits the ticketing information including the S / N given to the DL software usage ticket 5260 to be issued to the DL software usage ticket issuing device 5150 (step S553). For example, with respect to the ticketing request information represented by the above-mentioned request ID = "R011", four S / Ns of "0001", "0002", "0003", and "0004" are transmitted. Further, in this example, the ticketing information includes the URL of the WEB page to be accessed when purchasing or downloading the DL software. It should be noted that such a URL can be set to a different one in various units such as S / N, request ID, and hall store. Further, the URL may be omitted from the DL software ticket issuing server 5200, and the URL may be notified by another method without printing on the DL software ticket 5260. In addition, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 can be configured to print a predetermined URL.

Further, in this example, in addition to the S / N, DL software value information (electronic value of DL software, for display on the store side display 5155 of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 and notification to the hall computer 5400, is used. Data including the number of DL software for each electronic value) and the number of surplus medals (surplus balls) are transmitted to the DL software ticket issuing device 5150.

Next, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 receives the above-mentioned ticketing information, DL software value information, and the like from the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 (step S554). Then, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 issues a DL software ticket as shown in FIG. 95 (B) on the store side display 5155 of the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 based on the received DL software value information and the like. The screen 5858 is displayed (step S555). In FIG. 95 (B), the DL software usage ticket issuing screen 5858 when the DL software usage ticket 5260 is issued by the DL software usage ticket issuing device 5150 is displayed. On the DL software ticket issuing screen 5885, the ticket type of the DL software ticket 5260 being issued (the electronic value of the DL software associated with the DL software ticket 5260 (for example, 5000 or 1000)) and the DL software Is displayed on the ticketing content display section 5886, the number of surplus medals (number of surplus balls) is displayed on the surplus medal display section 5887, and when all the DL software usage tickets 5260 have been issued, this is indicated. A message is displayed.

Along with the display of the DL software ticketing screen 5858 described above, the DL software ticketing device 5150 controls the printer 5157 based on the received ticketing information, and the DL software ticketing ticket on which the S / N and URL are printed, respectively. Output 5260 (step S556). One DL software usage ticket 5260 is usually composed of one paper ticket, and one S / N and URL are printed on it. Regarding the ticketing request information represented by the request ID = "R011" described above, each of the four S / Ns, "0001", "0002", "0003", and "0004", together with the URL, corresponds to the DL. It is printed individually on the software ticket 5260. In addition, the title and product ID of the DL software corresponding to the DL software usage ticket 5260, the electronic value of the DL software (for example, 5000 or 1000) can be printed on each DL software usage ticket 5260, and the ticketing date and time and purchase can be made. You can also print the deadline. It is also possible to print a plurality of S / Ns together on one DL software ticket 5260. Further, the S / N and the URL may be represented by a two-dimensional bar code or a three-dimensional bar code so that the smartphone 5235 can easily input the S / N and the URL when making a purchase request or downloading.

Next, the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 provides the DL software value information (electronic value of the DL software and the number of DL software for each electronic value) of the printed DL software ticket 5260, for example, the hall computer 5400. (Step S557). The hall computer 5400 only needs to be able to grasp the electronic value (or the electronic value of available DL software) that the player can finally purchase, and the electronic value of the DL software is added to the number of DL software for each electronic value. In effect, you may want to receive a number in various forms representing the final electronic value described above, such as a number multiplied by. The hall computer 5400 receives such a numerical value because the hall store, etc. is billed for the amount equivalent to the issuance of the DL software usage ticket 5260 from the mail-order prize purchase center. This is because it is necessary to know the data on which the claim is based.

The DL software ticket issuing device 5150 transmits the electronic value of the DL software included in the DL software value information and the number of DL software for each electronic value to the hall computer 5400 at various timings other than the above. Can be done. For example, this information can be collectively transmitted once a day or at a predetermined timing in the day. Further, although omitted in the flowchart of FIG. 94, if there is a surplus medal or a surplus ball, a receipt for the surplus medal or a surplus ball can be issued so that the prize can be exchanged with the prize POS5500 or the like. Further, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card, or when the counting result is managed by the hall computer 5400, the value corresponding to the issuance of the DL software usage ticket 5260 is calculated from the counting result. The storage area of the counting result can be updated directly from the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 or via the prize POS5500 or the like so as to be subtracted.

Further, when the player is a mall member and is registered in the prize exchange system 5001 by the unique ID of the smartphone 5235 or the like, the player is registered in the prize exchange system 5001 via the hall computer 5400 or the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 and the member management server 5170. Access the core server 5600 of the computer center, and from the mall member game media retention number management table 5652 managed by the prize exchange system 5001 (the same table as the mall member game media retention number management table 652 in FIG. 18C). , Control to subtract the number of holdings of the corresponding member ID.

Next, with reference to FIG. 96, a selection process for selecting whether to proceed to the DL software purchase process (that is, the process of causing the DL software purchase center to purchase the DL software) or the DL software download process will be described. .. FIG. 96A is a flowchart showing the selection process, and the subject of the process is the smartphone 5235. Here, the WEB browser is executed on the smartphone 5235, and the mobile I / F server 5220 that functions as a WEB server or ASP server accesses the WEB page (WEB site), displays the WEB page, sends and receives data, etc. However, here, for convenience, these processes are described as the processes of the smartphone 5235. FIG. 96B is a diagram showing a process selection screen displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235.

As shown in FIG. 96 (A), when the player first operates the smartphone 5235 to access the WEB page represented by the URL printed on the DL software usage ticket 5260, the display of the smartphone 5235 is processed. The selection screen is displayed (step S561). FIG. 96B shows a process selection screen 5890 displayed at this time. On the process selection screen 5890, as shown in FIG. 96 (B), a guide display unit 5892 for prompting a process selection operation is displayed, and a "purchase" button 5893 and a "download" button 5894 are displayed below the guide display unit 5892. There is.

In step S562 of FIG. 96 (A), it is determined whether or not the button touch is performed by the player on the smartphone 5235, and the display of the process selection screen 5890 is maintained until the button touch is performed. When the button is touched, it is determined whether the touched button is the "purchase" button 5893 or the "download" button 5894 (step S563). When the "purchase" button 5893 is touched, the DL software purchase process is started. On the other hand, when the "download" button 5894 is touched, the download process is started. In this example, since it is a condition that both processes are mall members, a member check can be performed on the process selection screen 5890, but here, whether or not each process is started is a mall member. I decided to check.

Next, the DL software purchase process (that is, the process of causing the DL software purchase center to purchase the DL software) will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 97, 98, and 99. As described above, this process is started when the "purchase" button 5893 is touched on the process selection screen 5890 of FIG. 96 (B). FIG. 97 is a flowchart showing the DL software purchase process for each subject of the smartphone 5235, the DL software purchase server 5210, and the DB server 5185, and FIGS. 98 and 99 show the DL software displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235. It is a figure which shows the purchase login screen and the DL software purchase instruction screen.

As shown in FIG. 97, first, the smartphone 5235 displays the DL software purchase login screen on the display of the smartphone 5235 for the DL software purchase process (step S571). FIG. 98 (A) shows the DL software purchase login screen 5900. As shown in FIG. 98 (A), the DL software purchase login screen 5900 displays a guide display unit 5902 that prompts the user to enter the password and touch the "login" button. Part 5903 is displayed, and a "login" button 5904 is displayed at the bottom.

Next, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player has entered the password into the password input unit 5903 and touched the "login" button 5904 (step S572), and entered the password and touched the "login" button 5904. The display of the DL software purchase login screen 5900 is maintained until is displayed. When the password is entered and the "login" button 5904 is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the entered password are transmitted to the DL software purchase server 5210 (step S573).

When the DL software purchase server 5210 receives the unique ID and password from the smartphone 5235, it determines whether or not the logged-in player is a mall member (step S574). Here, the DL software purchase server 5210 inquires whether the logged-in player is a legitimate mall member by transmitting a unique ID and password to the member management server 5170, and the member management server 5170 is a DB server. With reference to the mall member information table 5194 stored in 5185 and synchronously managed, it is checked whether or not the logged-in player is a legitimate mall member, and the result is transmitted to the DL software purchase server 5210. In this example, a password is requested at the time of login to determine whether or not the member is a legitimate mall member, but the input of such a password can be omitted. Further, in this example, the DL software purchase process is possible only when the player is registered as a mall member, but the DL software purchase process can be enabled even if the player is not a mall member.

When the DL software purchase server 5210 determines that the player is not a legitimate mall member, it gives an instruction to display an error (step S575), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page on the display. (Step S576). On the other hand, when the DL software purchase server 5210 determines that the player is a legitimate mall member, the DL software purchase server 5210 gives an instruction to display the DL software purchase instruction screen (step S577), and the smartphone 5235 responds to this instruction. , The DL software purchase instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S578).

FIG. 98 (B) shows the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910. On the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910, the mall member ID display unit 5912 on which the mall member ID is displayed is displayed, and below that, the guide display unit 5913 that prompts the input of the S / N and the touch of the "purchase" button is displayed. The S / N input unit 5914 for inputting the S / N is displayed below the S / N input unit, and the "purchase" button 5915 is displayed at the bottom.

Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player touches the "purchase" button 5915 (step S579), and displays the display on the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910 until the "purchase" button 5915 is touched. maintain. When it is determined that the player has touched the "purchase" button 5915, the smartphone 5235 transmits the purchase request information including the S / N input to the S / N input unit 5914 to the DL software purchase server 5210 (step). S580). In this example, the DL software purchase center is configured to input one S / N for purchasing the DL software, but a plurality of S / N inputs are input on the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910. A unit 5914 may be provided so that a plurality of S / Ns can be specified collectively. Further, in this example, the player sees the S / N printed on the DL software usage ticket 5260 and inputs this to the S / N input unit 5914 of the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910, but the DL software is used. A smartphone 5235 reads a figure such as a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional barcode printed on the ticket 5260, converts it into S / N by a predetermined logic, and inputs it to the S / N input unit 5914. May be good. In addition, information on the S / N printed on the DL software ticket 5260 can be input to the S / N input unit 5914 via other figures or identification information.

Next, the DL software purchase server 5210 receives the purchase request information including the S / N (step S581). After that, the DB server 5185 refers to the S / N management table 5192 in response to the request from the DL software purchase server 5210, and acquires the corresponding S / N record (step S582). Then, the DL software purchase server 5210 determines whether or not the DL software corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the purchase conditions (step S583). For example, if the received S / N does not exist in the S / N management table 5192, if it exists in the S / N management table 5192 but has already been purchased, the date and time when the purchase request information was received, etc. However, if the purchase deadline for the corresponding S / N in the S / N management table 5192 has been exceeded, the purchase conditions are not satisfied. When the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 assigns different URLs according to the S / N, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 stores the URL in the S / N management table 5192, and the DL software If the URL specified by the player in the purchase process does not match this, it can be considered that the purchase conditions are not satisfied.

If it is determined that the purchase conditions are not met, an error display is instructed (step S584), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page indicating that the input S / N is incorrect. Display on the display (step S585). Since the purchase time used to determine the above-mentioned purchase deadline is set based on the date and time managed by the clock unit of the DL software purchase server 5210, compared with the case of receiving time data from another device. It becomes possible to avoid problems such as fraud.

On the other hand, in the DL software purchase server 5210, when the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the purchase condition (that is, it exists in the S / N management table 5192 and is not purchased (purchase flag = "0"). (When it is determined that the purchase deadline has not been exceeded), an instruction is given to update various tables (step S586), and in response to this instruction, the DB server 5185 is described as follows. Update process.

First, the DB server 5185 sets the purchase flag of the record corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 among the records stored in the S / N management table 5192 in response to the instruction of the DL software purchase server 5210. , Update from "0" indicating that the purchase has not been made to "1" indicating that the purchase has been made (step S587). Next, the DB server 5185 responds to the instruction of the DL software purchase server 5210, and among the records stored in the electronic value management table 5193, the record corresponding to the mall member ID corresponding to the unique ID received from the smartphone 5235. The electronic value of the purchased amount (that is, the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235) is added to the electronic value data of (step S588). Here, the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the S / N can be grasped by referring to the DL software management table 5197. In addition, DL software can be purchased even after it has been downloaded or used, and in that case, the electronic value of DL software is determined according to the presence or absence of download and use, the frequency of use, and the like. Can be reassessed and changed. For example, the electronic value of the DL software used once or more can be halved or 1500 subtracted from the electronic value grasped by referring to the DL software management table 5197. Further, for example, when the DL software is only downloaded and not used, the value can be obtained by subtracting 500 from the electronic value grasped by referring to the DL software management table 5197. The presence or absence of download and the number of times the DL software has been used can be grasped from the DL software usage management table 5198.

Next, the DB server 5185 receives the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the S / N and the electronic value data of the player (mall member) who has performed the DL software purchase process in response to the instruction of the DL software purchase server 5210. (Numerical value of electronic value added in step S588) is transmitted to the DL software purchase server 5210 as purchase information (step S589).

Next, the DL software purchase server 5210 obtains purchase information including the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the S / N from the DB server 5185 and the electronic value data of the player (mall member) who has performed the DL software purchase process. Upon receipt, the purchase information is transmitted to the smartphone 5235, and the smartphone 5235 is instructed to display the DL software purchase instruction screen including a message notifying that the purchase is completed (step S590), and in response to this instruction. Then, the smartphone 5235 displays the DL software purchase instruction screen on the display (step S591).

FIG. 99 shows the DL software purchase instruction screen 5920 displayed in this way. On the DL software purchase instruction screen 5920 shown in FIG. 99, the mall member ID display unit 5922 on which the mall member ID is displayed is displayed, and below that, a guide display indicating that the purchase of the DL software by the DL software purchase center has been completed is displayed. Section 5923 is displayed, and below that, the S / N display section 5924 that displays the S / N of the DL software that is the target of this purchase is displayed, and below that, the value type (for example, here, here, "Purchase value" and "total value") and the electronic value corresponding to the value type are displayed on the electronic value display unit 5925. At the bottom, the "Done" button 5926 and "Purchase (next)" are displayed. Button 5927 is displayed.

In this example, the player of the mall member = "U004" requests the DL software purchase center to purchase the DL software of S / N = "0005", the purchase is completed, and the player owns the DL software. It is shown that the electronic value has increased from 0 to 1000 (the DL software with S / N = "0005" has the product ID = "S004", and the DL software with the product ID = "S004" has an electronic value of 1000. Is). The player touches the "Done" button 5926 when ending with the DL software purchase instruction screen 5920 displayed, and the "Purchase (next)" button 5927 when proceeding to the next DL software purchase process. Touch. When the "purchase (next)" button 5927 is touched, the screen for the DL software purchase process of the next DL software usage ticket 5260 (the same screen as the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910 shown in FIG. 98 (B)) is displayed. Transition.

In this example, the WEB browser executed by the smartphone 5235 accesses the mobile I / F server 5220 that functions as a WEB server, an ASP server, or the like to display data for displaying a DL software purchase instruction screen or the like. Input data and the like are transmitted and received to realize the processing of the smartphone 5235 in the DL software purchase processing shown in FIG. 97. Here, for convenience, the mobile I / F server 5220 serves as the WEB server or APS server of the HTML. The content that operates based on the standard and the like is also described as the processing content of the smartphone 5235.

Further, an application downloaded to the smartphone 5235 via the network 5230 or another network is executed on the smartphone 5235, and the application is executed with the DL software purchase server 5210 via the network 5230 and the mobile I / F server 5220. The DL software purchase process may be realized by transmitting and receiving data.

In this example, as shown in FIG. 94, data (for example, DL software value information) that is the basis of the billing amount related to the issuance of the DL software usage ticket 5260 at the timing when the DL software usage ticket 5260 is issued or the like. The electronic value of the DL software included in the data and the number of DL software for each electronic value) are transmitted to the hall computer 5400 (see step S557 in FIG. 94), but the transmission of such data to the hall computer 5400 is performed. For example, it may be performed after step S591 (that is, the timing when the DL software is purchased, etc.). In this case, the data transmitted to the hall computer 5400 may be related to the purchased DL software.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 100 and 101, the download process (that is, the process of causing the smartphone 5235 to download the DL software) will be described in detail. As described above, this process is started when the "download" button 5894 is touched on the process selection screen 5890 of FIG. 96 (B). FIG. 100 is a flowchart showing the download process for each subject of the smartphone 5235, the DL software usage management server 5215, and the DB server 5185, and FIG. 101 shows a download login screen and a download instruction displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235. It is a screen view.

As shown in FIG. 100, first, the smartphone 5235 displays the download login screen on the display of the smartphone 5235 for the download process (step S601). FIG. 101 (A) shows the download login screen 5930. As shown in FIG. 101 (A), the download login screen 5930 displays a guide display unit 5932 that prompts the user to enter the password and touch the "login" button, and below that, the password input unit 5933 for inputting the password. Is displayed, and the "login" button 5934 is displayed at the bottom.

Next, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player has entered the password into the password input unit 5933 and touched the "login" button 5934 (step S602), and entered the password and touched the "login" button 5934. The display of the download login screen 5930 is maintained until is displayed. When the password is entered and the "login" button 5934 is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the entered password are transmitted to the DL software usage management server 5215 (step S603).

When the DL software usage management server 5215 receives the unique ID and password from the smartphone 5235, it determines whether or not the logged-in player is a mall member (step S604). Here, the DL software usage management server 5215 sends a unique ID and password to the member management server 5170 to inquire whether the logged-in player is a legitimate mall member, and the member management server 5170 is a DB. With reference to the mall member information table 5194 stored in the server 5185 and synchronously managed, it is checked whether the logged-in player is a legitimate mall member, and the result is transmitted to the DL software usage management server 5215. .. In this example, a password is requested at the time of login to determine whether or not the member is a legitimate mall member, but the input of such a password can be omitted. Further, in this example, the download process is possible only when the player is registered as a mall member, but the download process can be enabled even if the player is not a mall member.

When the DL software usage management server 5215 determines that the player is not a legitimate mall member, the DL software usage management server 5215 gives an instruction to display an error (step S605), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page on the display. (Step S606). On the other hand, when the DL software usage management server 5215 determines that the player is a legitimate mall member, the DL software usage management server 5215 gives an instruction to display the download instruction screen (step S607), and the smartphone 5235 responds to this instruction. The download instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S608).

FIG. 101 (B) shows a download instruction screen 5940. On the download instruction screen 5940, the mall member ID display unit 5942 for displaying the mall member ID is displayed, and below that, the guide display unit 5943 for prompting the input of the S / N and the touch of the "download" button is displayed. Further below, an S / N input unit 5944 for inputting an S / N is displayed, and a "download" button 5945 is displayed at the bottom.

Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player has touched the "download" button 5945 (step S609), and maintains the display of the download instruction screen 5940 until the "download" button 5945 is touched. .. When it is determined that the player has touched the "download" button 5945, the smartphone 5235 transmits the download request information including the S / N input to the S / N input unit 5944 to the DL software usage management server 5215 ( Step S610). In this example, the S / N for downloading the DL software from the DL software purchase center is configured to be input one by one, but a plurality of S / N input units 5944 are input on the download instruction screen 5940. May be provided so that a plurality of S / Ns can be specified at once. Further, in this example, the player sees the S / N printed on the DL software usage ticket 5260 and inputs it into the S / N input unit 5944 of the download instruction screen 5940, but the DL software usage ticket 5260 A figure such as a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional barcode printed on the above may be read by a smartphone 5235, converted into an S / N by a predetermined logic, and input to the S / N input unit 5944. .. In addition, information on the S / N printed on the DL software ticket 5260 can be input to the S / N input unit 5944 via other figures or identification information.

Next, the DL software usage management server 5215 receives the download request information including the S / N (step S611). After that, the DB server 5185 refers to the S / N management table 5192 in response to the request from the DL software usage management server 5215, and acquires the corresponding S / N record (step S612). Then, the DL software usage management server 5215 determines whether or not the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the download condition (step S613). For example, if the received S / N does not exist in the S / N management table 5192, or if it exists in the S / N management table 5192 but has already been purchased, the download condition is not satisfied. If the download conditions are not met, an instruction is given to display an error (step S614), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page indicating that there is an error in the input S / N on the display (step S614). Step S615). Further, in this example, the download process can be performed at any time, but a deadline may be set. It should be noted that such a download deadline can be set in association with the purchase deadline for the corresponding S / N in the S / N management table 5192. If the deadline has been exceeded, an error page indicating that fact is displayed on the display.

On the other hand, in the DL software usage management server 5215, when the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the download condition (that is, it exists in the S / N management table 5192 and has not been purchased (purchase flag = "". (When it is determined that the S / N is "0"), an instruction is given to update various tables (step S616), and the DB server 5185 performs the following update process in response to this instruction.

First, the DB server 5185 responds to the instruction of the DL software usage management server 5215, and among the records stored in the DL software usage management table 5198, the download flag of the record corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235. Is updated from "0" indicating that the download has not been performed to "1" indicating that the download has been performed (step S617). At this time, the mall member ID is stored in the mall member ID item of the DL software usage management table 5198. This is to prevent other players from easily using the DL software. Next, the DB server 5185 acquires the DL software of the product ID corresponding to the designated S / N from the DL software storage area 5199 (step S618). Here, the DL software corresponding to the S / N can be grasped by referring to the S / N management table 5192.

Next, the DL software usage management server 5215 transmits the DL software acquired from the DB server 5185 to the smartphone 5235 (step S619), and the smartphone 5235 receives the DL software accordingly, and the smartphone 5235 (RAM). Etc.) in a storage area (step S620). When the download is completed in this way, a message indicating that the download is completed is displayed on the display.

In this example, data or input data for displaying a download instruction screen or the like by accessing the mobile I / F server 5220 that functions as a WEB server or ASP server by the WEB browser executed by the smartphone 5235. Etc. are transmitted and received to realize the processing of the smartphone 5235 in the download processing shown in FIG. 100. Here, for convenience, the mobile I / F server 5220 is used as a WEB server or an APS server based on the HTML standard or the like. The content that operates is also described as the processing content of the smartphone 5235.

Further, an application downloaded to the smartphone 5235 via the network 5230 or another network is executed on the smartphone 5235, and the application is executed via the network 5230 and the mobile I / F server 5220, and the DL software usage management server 5215. The download process may be realized by sending and receiving data.

In this example, the DL software is downloaded to the storage area of the smartphone 5235, and then the DL software can be executed on the smartphone 5235 by touching or selecting an icon or the like corresponding to the DL software. it can. However, in the present embodiment, the form in which the DL software can be used by the DL software usage ticket 5260 is not limited to the case where the DL software execution program is downloaded to the smartphone 5235 in this way. For example, a DL software usage ticket is also available in which the smartphone 5235 can use the predetermined software (application) without downloading the DL software execution program to the smartphone 5235 due to the mechanism using the ASP server or the cloud computing mechanism. Included in the use of DL software by 5260. In this case, the ASP server or the like enables the smartphone 5235 to use the application managed by the ASP server after confirming that the S / N transmitted from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the usage conditions. ..

Next, with reference to FIG. 102, a process of using the DL software (that is, a process of downloading the DL software to the smartphone 5235 and then executing the DL software) will be described in detail. This process is started by downloading the DL software to the smartphone 5235 and then starting the DL software by touching an icon corresponding to the DL software. FIG. 102 is a flowchart showing the usage process for each subject of the smartphone 5235, the DL software usage management server 5215, and the DB server 5185.

As shown in FIG. 102, first, the smartphone 5235 displays an S / N input screen (not shown) on the display of the smartphone 5235 for S / N input (step S631). The S / N input section and the authentication button are displayed on the S / N input screen, and the player inputs the S / N of the DL software into the S / N input section to determine whether or not the authentication button is touched. (Step S632), the display of the S / N input screen is maintained until the S / N is input and the authentication button is touched. When the S / N is input and the authentication button is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the input S / N are transmitted to the DL software usage management server 5215 (step S633).

Next, the DL software usage management server 5215 receives the unique ID and the input S / N (step S634). After that, the DB server 5185 refers to the S / N management table 5192 in response to the request from the DL software usage management server 5215, and acquires the corresponding S / N record (step S635). Then, the DL software usage management server 5215 determines whether or not the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the usage conditions (step S636). For example, if the received S / N does not exist in the S / N management table 5192, or if it exists in the S / N management table 5192 but has already been purchased, the usage conditions are satisfied. Absent. If the usage conditions are not satisfied, an instruction is given to display an error (step S637), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page indicating that there is an error in the input S / N on the display (step S637). Step S638). Further, referring to the mall member information table 5194 and the DL software usage management table 5198, it is determined whether or not the player is a mall member who has downloaded the DL software corresponding to the S / N, and the player is illegally used. In some cases, an error message can be displayed as above. Further, in this example, the player can use the DL software at any time as long as it is a legitimate use, but a time limit may be set. It should be noted that such a usage deadline can be set in association with the purchase deadline for the corresponding S / N in the S / N management table 5192. If the deadline has been exceeded, an error page indicating that fact is displayed on the display.

On the other hand, in the DL software usage management server 5215, when the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the usage condition (that is, it exists in the S / N management table 5192 and has not been purchased (purchase flag = "". If it is determined that the S / N is (0 "), and if the player is a mall member who has downloaded the DL software corresponding to the S / N, an instruction is given to update the table (when it is determined). In step S639), the DB server 5185 performs the following update process in response to this instruction.

That is, the DB server 5185 responds to the instruction of the DL software usage management server 5215 to set the usage counter of the record corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 among the records stored in the DL software usage management table 5198. Add 1 and set the last use date and time (step S640).

Next, the DL software usage management server 5215 transmits a permission signal permitting the use of the DL software to the smartphone 5235 (step S641), and the smartphone 5235 starts executing the DL software accordingly (step S641). Step S642).

In this example, the player is configured to input the S / N each time the DL software downloaded to the smartphone 5235 is started, but the S / N input is requested only after the DL software is started multiple times. You may try to do so. Further, the S / N is stored in the storage area of the smartphone 5235, and when the DL software is started, the S / N is automatically transmitted to the DL software usage management server 5215, so that the player can perform the S / N. You may not enter.

Next, a case where the prize is exchanged in the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the prize exchange system 5001, the player can register as a mall member and give a prize selection instruction by the same method as in the prize exchange system 1. On the other hand, regarding the prize exchange instruction, the prize exchange system 1 manages the number of holdings for each game medium type by storing balls and medals of the game medium for the purpose of exchanging for general prizes. Mall member game medium holding number management table 5652 (The same table as the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 shown in FIG. 18C) is used to manage the payment of the expenses required for the prize exchange, whereas the prize exchange system 5001 is described above. While maintaining the framework of the prize exchange system for the purpose of exchanging for general prizes, refer to the electronic value management table 5193 shown in FIG. 92 (D) for the purpose of exchanging for special prizes. Manage payments for required costs.

Therefore, in the prize exchange system 5001, a prize exchange instruction based on the data stored in the mall member game medium holding number management table 5652 by the same method as the prize exchange system 1, and a prize exchange instruction newly provided in the prize exchange system 5001 are provided. A prize exchange instruction based on the data stored in the electronic value management table 5193 is provided as a separate mechanism.

In this respect, the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention is realized in the same manner as the prize exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment described above with respect to the prize exchange instruction. That is, the prize exchange process can be performed via the prize exchange login screen 4920 shown in FIG. 81 (A) and the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81 (B).

So far, the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention has been described by taking the system configuration shown in FIG. 82 as an example, but the characteristic processing of the present invention can be realized by various other configurations. Is. For example, each server of the DL software purchase center may be provided with a related table, and various variations can be considered regarding the server arrangement in the DL software purchase center and the configuration of each table in the purchase management DB 5190. ..

Further, in the present embodiment, when the smartphone 5235 accesses the DL software purchase server 5210 to send a purchase request, the IDm of the smartphone 5235 is recognized as a unique ID to determine whether or not the user is a mall member. However, it is also possible to perform the authentication process by inputting a code and password by the player, reading a non-contact IC card which is a membership card, or the like.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention]
Next, with reference to FIG. 103, the system outline of the prize exchange system according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described. The prize exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103 partially extends the functions of the above-mentioned prize exchange system 5001, and can be said to be a modification of the prize exchange system 5001. Therefore, components that are basically the same as the prize exchange system 5001 are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. The prize exchange system 6001 of FIG. 103 is preferably a prize exchange system linked to online shopping.

In the prize exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103, a coupon exchange server 6170 is newly installed in the DL software purchase center as compared with the prize exchange system 5001, and the mobile I / F server 5220 is replaced with the mobile I / F server 5220. Mobile I / F server 5220', which is an extension of the above functions, is installed. Further, the purchase management DB 5190 also has an additional table as described later, and is the purchase management DB 5190'.

Further, in the prize exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103, the coupon management server 6200 located at the regional limited shopping coupon management center is connected to the coupon exchange server 6170 located at the DL software purchase center via a network. In addition, this network may be a network including the Internet or a network such as VPN. Further, either a wired network or a wireless network may be used. At the regional limited shopping coupon management center, the coupon management server 6200 manages the issuance and delivery of coupons (regional limited shopping coupons). A regional limited shopping coupon is a coupon equivalent to a so-called "regional promotion coupon" that can be used in a predetermined area that can be used within a limited range such as a city, ward, town, village, or prefecture. , Each hall store is associated with a region-limited shopping coupon management center related to the area corresponding to the address of the hall store. As described above, a typical example of a regional shopping coupon is a "regional promotion coupon", but in addition to this, for example, a coupon that can be used in a specific region or a specific store is included. .. In addition, regional shopping coupons include all regional coupons that allow customers to purchase goods and enjoy services. The connection form, server configuration, and the like of the coupon exchange server 6170 and the coupon management server 6200 are merely examples, and similar functions can be realized in various other forms. The regional shopping coupon management center is just one example, and the systems of various companies and institutions can be incorporated into the prize exchange system 6001. For example, when a coupon is issued only at a predetermined store in a restaurant chain store that operates nationwide, the server of the restaurant chain store can function as a coupon management server 6200.

Further, in the example of the prize exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchasing server 5210 are arranged in the DL software purchasing center, but these two servers are not necessarily the same. It is not necessary to be placed in the DL software purchase center, and they may be placed in physically different places. Further, the DL software ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchasing server 5210 can be operated by different operating corporations.

Next, with reference to FIG. 104, an overall processing outline with the player, the DL software purchase center, and the regional limited shopping coupon management center will be described. The other relationships with the hall store, the player, the DL software purchase center, and the computer center are as shown in FIG. 83. As shown in FIG. 83, the smartphone 5235 owned by the player accesses the WEB page according to the URL printed on the DL software ticket 5260 issued by the DL software ticket issuing device 5150 in the hall store, where the player However, the DL software is purchased (exchanged for electronic value), the DL software is purchased at the DL software purchase center, and the electronic value is given and managed for each player.

In FIG. 104, the player operates the smartphone 5235 to exchange the electronic value given to each player as described above for a regional limited shopping coupon (hereinafter referred to as a coupon 6260). That is, in the exchange for the coupon ticket 6260, the player operates the smartphone 5235 to access the DL software purchase center and requests the exchange by designating the electronic value as the consideration for the exchange and the coupon ticket 6260 to be exchanged. It is done by doing. After that, the DL software purchase center gives a coupon ticket issuance instruction and a coupon ticket delivery instruction to the regional limited shopping coupon management center. In response to these instructions, the coupon management server 6200 of the regional shopping coupon management center issues the coupon voucher 6260 and delivers the issued coupon voucher 6260 to the address of the designated player.

The coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center can charge the DL software purchase center for the cost of issuing the coupon ticket 6260 in consideration of various fees as necessary. The game medium acquired at the hall store is converted into a DL software usage ticket 5260, and the DL software purchase center has already been at the hall store regarding the electronic value given to the player as a result of purchasing the DL software usage ticket 5260. When the DL software ticket 5260 is issued, or when the DL software ticket 5260 is purchased at the DL software purchase center, the hall store has already been billed for the cost corresponding to its electronic value. The DL software purchase center will respond to the above requests from the regional limited shopping coupon management center.

In addition, the request to the DL software purchase center by the regional limited shopping coupon management center can be performed collectively for a plurality of coupon issuance processes, or can be collectively performed for each predetermined period. Further, in the example of FIG. 104, it is shown that the amount billing by the regional limited shopping coupon management center is made from the coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center to the DL software purchase center. It is just a notation for convenience, and in fact, for example, the regional limited shopping coupon management center sends a payment instruction to a predetermined bank payment system to charge the bank account of the operator of the DL software purchase center. It becomes a process. Similarly, it is a notation for convenience that the amount payment is shown to be made from the DL software purchase center to the regional limited shopping coupon management center. In addition, payment between the DL software purchase center and the regional limited shopping coupon management center can be realized by a large number of routes including each operating entity. Further, here, the processing in the DL software purchase center has been described without specifying the server, but the functions of various servers will be described in detail later.

Next, regarding the configuration of each server, the configuration of the coupon exchange server 6170 and the coupon management server 6200 is the same as the member management server 5170 (see FIG. 85) of the prize exchange system 5001 described above, and thus is omitted. .. However, in the coupon exchange server 6170, the interface controls data communication between the coupon management server 6200, the member management server 5170, and the mobile I / F server 5220', and in the coupon management server 6200, the interface is a coupon. Controls data communication with the exchange server 6170. Further, the mobile I / F server 5220'controls data communication between the coupon exchange server 6170 and the DL software purchase server 5210, respectively.

Next, with reference to FIG. 105, the functions of the coupon exchange server 6170 and the coupon management server 6200 will be described. FIG. 105 (A) is a functional block diagram of the coupon exchange server 6170. The coupon exchange server 6170 includes an access management unit 6171, a member management unit 6172, an exchange request management unit 6173, and a network I / F unit 6174. The access management unit 6171 controls the coupon exchange server 6170 so that the coupon exchange server 6170 can access the coupon management server 6200 via the network I / F unit 6174. When the player's smartphone 5235 logs in, the member management unit 6172 checks whether or not the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this example, coupons can be exchanged only for mall members, but such settings can be arbitrarily set according to the system. The member management department 6172 cooperates with the mall member management department 5181 of the member management server 5170, and the player is a mall member who has already been registered based on the unique ID or the like read from the player's smartphone 5235. It is determined whether or not there is, and if it is not a mall member, the exchange request from the player is rejected and an error message is displayed.

The exchange request management unit 6173 receives the exchange request information when there is an exchange request from the player's smartphone 5235, and responds to the exchange request information to the coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center. , Coupon issuance instructions, and coupon delivery instructions are sent. In the coupon issuance instruction, the ticket type and the number of coupons to be issued are transmitted, and in the coupon delivery instruction, the delivery address of the player is transmitted. The type and number of coupons are determined based on the electronic value owned by the player specified by the player. Further, if necessary, exchange information including the exchange result of the coupon ticket 6260 can be transmitted to the smartphone 5235.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 105 (A), the coupon exchange server 6170 is provided with an action history management unit, and the mall member provides information on operations and the like in which the player gives an instruction to issue a coupon ticket based on the electronic value owned by the player. It can also be stored in the action history management table 5196. Further, the network I / F unit 6174 connects to a network such as the Internet and controls to send and receive data to and from the computer of the other party (here, the coupon management server 6200 and the member management server 5170). (The same applies to the network I / F section 6205 of the coupon management server 6200, which will be described later).

FIG. 105B is a functional block diagram of the coupon management server 6200. The coupon management server 6200 includes an access management unit 6201, a coupon issuance management unit 6202, a coupon delivery management unit 6203, an amount billing unit 6204, and a network I / F unit 6205. The access management unit 6201 controls the coupon management server 6200 to access the coupon exchange server 6170 via the network I / F unit 6205. The coupon issuance management unit 6202 issues a specified number of coupons 6260 of the specified ticket type in response to the coupon issuance instruction from the coupon exchange server 6170. The coupon delivery management unit 6203 performs processing related to the delivery of the coupon ticket 6260 in response to the coupon ticket delivery instruction from the coupon exchange server 6170. The procedure for delivering the issued coupon voucher 6260 is actually performed by the staff of the regional shopping coupon management center, etc., but in the coupon delivery management department 6203, for example, the delivery address is the delivery address of the designated player. Automatically prints coupons, etc. When the coupon 6260 is issued, the amount requesting unit 6204 charges the DL software purchase center instructing the issuance of the coupon 6260 for the amount of currency value corresponding to the electronic value corresponding to the coupon 6260. ..

FIG. 106 shows an example of the coupon ticket management table 6191 newly added in the present embodiment, and is stored in the purchase management DB 5190'. It manages the information of the coupon ticket 6260, and includes each item of the coupon ID, the name, the issuer, the address, the first ticket type, and the second ticket type for each coupon.

Next, referring to FIG. 107, proceed to the DL software purchase process (that is, the process of causing the DL software purchase center to purchase the DL software), proceed to the DL software download process, or proceed to the coupon ticket 6260 exchange process. The selection process for selecting whether to proceed will be described. FIG. 107 (A) is a flowchart showing the selection process, and the subject of the process is the smartphone 5235. Here, the WEB browser is executed on the smartphone 5235, and the mobile I / F server 5220 that functions as a WEB server or ASP server accesses the WEB page (WEB site), displays the WEB page, sends and receives data, etc. However, here, for convenience, these processes are described as the processes of the smartphone 5235. FIG. 107 (B) is a diagram showing a process selection screen displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235.

As shown in FIG. 107 (A), when the player first operates the smartphone 5235 to access the WEB page represented by the URL printed on the DL software usage ticket 5260, the display of the smartphone 5235 is processed. The selection screen is displayed (step S701). FIG. 107 (B) shows a process selection screen 6890 displayed at this time. As shown in FIG. 107 (B), the process selection screen 6890 displays a guide display unit 6892 that prompts a process selection operation, and below that, a "purchase" button 6893, a "download" button 6894, and a "coupon". The "ticket exchange" button 6895 is displayed.

In step S702 of FIG. 107 (A), it is determined whether or not the button touch is performed by the player on the smartphone 5235, and the display of the process selection screen 6890 is maintained until the button touch is performed. When the button touch is performed, it is determined whether the touched button is the "purchase" button 5893, the "download" button 5894, or the "coupon ticket exchange" button 6895 (step S703). When the "purchase" button 5893 is touched, the DL software purchase process is started, and when the "download" button 5894 is touched, the download process is started. When the "coupon exchange" button 6895 is touched, the coupon exchange process is started. In this example, since it is a condition that each process is a mall member, a member check can be performed on the process selection screen 6890, but here, whether or not the member is a mall member at the start of each process. I decided to check. Further, in the case of DL software purchase processing and DL software download processing, the above processing selection screen 6890 is displayed on the WEB page represented by the URL printed on the DL software usage ticket 5260, and the coupon ticket. In the case of the exchange process of 6260, a WEB page represented by a URL different from this may be accessed separately.

Next, the coupon ticket exchange process will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 108, 109, and 110. As described above, this process is started when the "coupon ticket exchange" button 6895 is touched on the process selection screen 6890 of FIG. 107 (B). FIG. 108 is a flowchart showing the coupon exchange process for each subject of the smartphone 5235, the coupon exchange server 6170, and the DB server 5185, and FIG. 109 shows the coupon exchange instruction screen displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235. FIG. 110 is a diagram showing a coupon ticket selection screen, and FIG. 110 is a diagram showing a coupon ticket exchange result display screen displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235.

As shown in FIG. 108, first, the smartphone 5235 displays the coupon ticket exchange login screen on the display of the smartphone 5235 for the coupon ticket exchange process (step S711). Although not shown here, the coupon exchange login screen is the same as the DL software purchase login screen 5900 shown in FIG. 98 (A), and the guide display unit password input unit and the "login" button are displayed. ..

Next, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player has entered the password in the password input unit and touched the "login" button (step S712), and the password is input and the "login" button is touched. Keep the display of the coupon exchange login screen until. When the password is entered and the "login" button is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the entered password are transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 (step S713).

When the coupon exchange server 6170 receives the unique ID and password from the smartphone 5235, it determines whether or not the logged-in player is a mall member (step S714). Here, the coupon exchange server 6170 inquires whether the logged-in player is a legitimate mall member by transmitting the unique ID and password to the member management server 5170, and the member management server 5170 is the DB server 5185. It is checked whether or not the logged-in player is a legitimate mall member by referring to the mall member information table 5194 stored in and synchronously managed, and the result is transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170. In this example, a password is requested at the time of login to determine whether or not the member is a legitimate mall member, but the input of such a password can be omitted. Further, in this example, the coupon ticket exchange processing is possible only when the player is registered as a mall member, but the coupon ticket exchange processing can be performed even if the player is not a mall member.

When the coupon exchange server 6170 determines that the player is not a legitimate mall member, the coupon exchange server 6170 instructs to display an error (step S715), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page on the display (step S715). Step S716). On the other hand, when the player determines that the player is a legitimate mall member, the coupon exchange server 6170 gives an instruction to display the coupon ticket exchange instruction screen (step S717), and the smartphone 5235 responds to this instruction. The coupon ticket exchange instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S719).

FIG. 109 (A) shows a coupon ticket exchange instruction screen 6900. On the coupon ticket exchange instruction screen 6900, the mall member ID display unit 6902 that displays the mall member ID is displayed, and below that, a guide that prompts the input of the electronic value to be exchanged for the coupon ticket 6260 and the touch of the "exchange" button. The display unit 6903 is displayed, and below that, the electronic value display unit 6904 for displaying the electronic value currently held by the player is displayed, and below that, the electronic value to be exchanged for the coupon ticket 6260 is input. The electronic value input unit 6905 for the purpose is displayed, and the "exchange" button 6906 is displayed at the bottom. The coupon exchange server 6170 refers to the electronic value management table 5193 via the DB server 5185 in order to acquire the electronic value currently held by the player, which is displayed on the electronic value display unit 6904 (step S718).

Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player inputs the electronic value to the electronic value input unit 6905 and touches the "exchange" button 6906 (step S720), and inputs the electronic value and "exchanges". The display of the coupon exchange instruction screen 6900 is maintained until the button 6906 is touched. When it is determined that the player inputs the electronic value and touches the "exchange" button 6906, the smartphone 5235 stores the electronic value input in the electronic value input unit 6905 in a predetermined storage area of the smartphone 5235. , (As exchange request information) is transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 (step S721), and the coupon exchange server 6170 instructs the DB server 5185 to acquire the coupon ticket information (step S722). The DB server 5185 refers to the coupon ticket management table 6191 in response to the request of the coupon exchange server 6170, and transmits the contents of each item to the coupon exchange server 6170 as coupon ticket information (step S723). As shown in FIG. 106, the coupon ticket management table 6191 has items of coupon ID, name, issuer, address, first ticket type, and second ticket type. In the coupon ticket exchange instruction screen 6900, the electronic value to be exchanged is input in the electronic value input unit 6905, but such electronic value can be input later, and the currency value corresponding to the electronic value is. If the amount is smaller than the minimum coupon type of coupon 6260, the issuance instruction of coupon 6260 is not given. In addition, if a value exceeding the electronic value held by the player is input, an error will occur. Further, the predetermined coupon ticket 6260 corresponding to the predetermined electronic value may be fixedly issued by touching the "exchange" button 6906 without providing the electronic value input unit 6905.

Here, the coupon exchange server 6170 may first obtain the store code associated with the player (for example, the store code associated with the player's mall member ID by referring to the mall member information table 5194. The address of (can) and the address of the issuer of the coupon voucher 6260 included in the coupon voucher information are determined by selecting the coupon voucher within a certain distance range, and then the electronic value received from the smartphone 5235 is used. If there is a non-exchangeable coupon (for example, if the minimum coupon type amount is greater than the currency value determined based on the electronic value), the coupon is excluded from the selection. The coupon exchange server 6170 instructs the smartphone 5235 to display the coupon ticket selection screen so as to display the coupon ticket to be selected as determined in this way (step S724).

In response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays a coupon ticket selection screen on the display (step S725). FIG. 109 (B) shows a coupon ticket selection screen 6910. On the coupon ticket selection screen 6910, the mall member ID display unit 6912 on which the mall member ID is displayed is displayed, and below that, the guide display unit 6913 prompting the selection of the coupon ticket 6260 to be exchanged is displayed, and further below. , The coupon ticket selection candidate display unit 6914 in which the candidates for the coupon ticket 6260 to be exchanged are displayed in a list by the pull-down menu is displayed, and the "decision" button 6915 is displayed at the bottom. In this example, the name of the coupon voucher 6260 to be exchanged is displayed as a candidate list so that the player can select it. However, the coupon voucher selection screen corresponds to only one coupon voucher 6260. The display of 6910 may be omitted. Further, a plurality of coupons may be fixedly displayed to display the coupon selection screen 6910. Further, in this example, those in which the address of the issuer of the coupon ticket 6260 and the address of the hall store are within a certain distance range are automatically displayed as selection candidates, but the coupon ticket 6260 is automatically displayed according to other selection criteria. Selection candidates may be determined. For example, various criteria can be used, including criteria such as being in the same city, ward, town, or village as the hall store, or belonging to the same organization (shopping street, business and industry association, etc.).

Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player has selected the coupon ticket 6260 and touched the "OK" button 6915 (step S726), and selected the coupon ticket 6260 and the "OK" button 6915. The coupon ticket selection screen 6910 is maintained until touched. When it is determined that the player selects the coupon ticket 6260 and touches the "OK" button 6915, the smartphone 5235 displays the electronic value stored in the predetermined storage area of the smartphone 5235 and the coupon ticket selection candidate display unit. The exchange request information including the coupon ticket (coupon ticket ID, name, etc.) selected from 6914 is transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 (step S727), and the coupon exchange server 6170 receives this exchange request information (step S728). .. Since the electronic value has already been transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 as exchange request information in step S721, it is not essential to transmit it here.

Next, the coupon exchange server 6170 uses the electronic value (value obtained by converting the electronic value into currency units) received from the smartphone 5235 and the ticket type corresponding to the selected coupon ID to the coupon type of the coupon ticket 2620 to be exchanged. The number of sheets is determined, and the coupon management server 6200 is instructed to issue a coupon and deliver the coupon based on this content (step S729). Further, in the coupon ticket delivery instruction, the delivery address of the player is transmitted, but the delivery address stored in the mall member information table 5194 may be used, or the player may input or select the delivery address. You may. Further, the coupon exchange server 6170 accesses the coupon management server 6200 corresponding to each of the coupon tickets 6260 according to the coupon ticket 6260 selected by the player, and gives a coupon ticket issuance instruction and a coupon ticket delivery instruction. (When managing the coupon management server 6200 in common, there is only one coupon management server 6200).

Further, when the coupon exchange server 6170 allocates the electronic value to the coupon type of the coupon ticket 6260, if a remainder is generated (for example, the currency value corresponding to the electronic value is 5000 yen and the minimum amount of the coupon ticket 6260). (When the ticket type is 2000 yen), the remaining electronic value is retained as the electronic value of the player. Further, the coupon exchange server 6170 transmits the received electronic value (or the value obtained by converting the electronic value into currency units) to the coupon management server 6200, and the coupon type and the number of coupons 6260 assigned by the coupon management server 6200. , And the remainder can be configured to receive.

Next, the coupon exchange server 6170 gives an instruction to update the table or the like (step S729), and the DB server 5185 performs the following update process in response to this instruction.

First, the DB server 5185 subtracts the electronic value input by the player on the smartphone 5235 and exchanged for the coupon ticket 6260 from the electronic value of the player stored in the electronic value management table 5193 ( Step S731). As described above, of the electronic values input by the player, the portion that is left over when the coupon ticket 6260 is exchanged and is not used for the exchange is not subtracted.

Next, the DB server 5185 uses the electronic value data (numerical value of the electronic value subtracted in step S731) of the player (mall member) who has performed the coupon exchange processing in response to the instruction of the coupon exchange server 6170. It is transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 as exchange information (step S732).

Next, when the coupon exchange server 6170 receives the exchange information including the electronic value data of the player (mall member) who has performed the coupon exchange processing from the DB server 5185, the coupon exchange server 6200 instructs the coupon management server 6200 to issue the coupon. Include the ticket type and number of 2620 in the exchange information, send this to the smartphone 5235, and display the coupon exchange result display screen including a message notifying that the exchange to the coupon ticket 6260 has been completed. (Step S733), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays the coupon exchange result display screen on the display (step S734).

FIG. 110 shows the coupon exchange result display screen 6920 displayed in this way. On the coupon exchange result display screen 6920 shown in FIG. 110, the mall member ID display unit 6922 on which the mall member ID is displayed is displayed, and below that, a guide display unit 6923 indicating that the exchange for the coupon ticket 6260 has been completed is displayed. Below that, the coupon name display section 6924, which displays the name of the coupon issued by this exchange, is displayed, and below that, an electronic value that displays the electronic value currently held by the player. The value display unit 6925 is displayed, and at the bottom, a message display unit 6926 that displays a message indicating that how many coupons are issued and that they are delivered to the player's address is displayed.

In this example, a player with a mall member = "U004" chooses to exchange for a ◇◇ city promotion ticket and the exchange is completed, and the electronic value held by that player has decreased from 1000 to 0. It is shown.

In this example, data for displaying a coupon ticket exchange instruction screen or the like by accessing the mobile I / F server 5220 that functions as a WEB server or ASP server by the WEB browser executed by the smartphone 5235. Input data and the like are transmitted and received to realize the processing of the smartphone 5235 in the coupon ticket exchange processing shown in FIG. 108. Here, for convenience, the mobile I / F server 5220 serves as the WEB server or APS server of the HTML. The content that operates based on the standard and the like is also described as the processing content of the smartphone 5235.

Further, an application downloaded to the smartphone 5235 via the network 5230 or another network is executed on the smartphone 5235, and the application data with the coupon exchange server 6170 via the network 5230 and the mobile I / F server 5220. The coupon ticket exchange process may be realized by sending and receiving.

Further, the coupon exchange server 6170 is included in the exchange information received from the coupon management server 6200, and is data (or data obtained from these) representing the type and number of coupons 2620 instructed to be issued to the coupon management server 6200. Is stored in a predetermined storage means, and when the coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center charges the DL software purchase center for the cost of issuing the coupon ticket 6260, these data are stored. It can be used to verify the validity of the billed amount.

Similar to the prize exchange instruction in the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention, in the present embodiment, the coupon ticket exchange process is performed outside the hall store using the player's smartphone 5235, PC, or the like. be able to.

The prize exchange system 6001 according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention has been described above as a partial extension of the functions of the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention. It can also be applied to the prize exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention, and by configuring in this way, the electronic value given to the player by having the player purchase the mail-order prize exchange ticket 4260. This makes it possible to obtain a coupon ticket 6260, which is a regional shopping coupon. Furthermore, the prize exchange system 6001 is applied to the prize exchange system 3001 according to the first embodiment of the present invention to the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment, and the player acquires the prize by storing balls (stored medals). The coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center can be made to issue and deliver the coupon voucher 6260 in consideration of the value or the electronic value acquired by the small amount of balls. For example, in the prize exchange system 1, the prize exchange control unit 605 of the core server 600 specifies the quantity and electronic value of the game medium held by the player in response to the player's instruction from the prize exchange device. From the coupon 6260, the type and number of coupons that can be exchanged are determined, the coupon management server 6200 is accessed, and the coupon management server 6200 is instructed to issue the coupon and the coupon is issued so as to acquire the determined coupon 6260. Ticket delivery instructions can be given.

So far, the prize exchange system 6001 according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention has been described by taking the system configuration shown in FIG. 103 as an example, but the characteristic processing of the present invention can be realized by various other configurations. Is. For example, the coupon exchange server 6170 can be distributed and integrated with other servers, and each server of the DL software purchase center may have a related table. Various variations can be considered for the server arrangement in the DL software purchase center and the configuration of each table in the purchase management DB 5190'.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention]
The system outline of the prize exchange system according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 111. Similar to the above-mentioned prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, the prize exchange system 7001 shown in FIG. 111 is configured to include a device arranged in a hall store and a device of a computer center, and is a part of the device of the computer center. Is connected to the terminal of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 7001 of FIG. 111 is preferably a prize exchange system linked to online shopping.

The prize exchange system 7001 shown in FIG. 111 cooperates with the hall system 7002 when the hall system 7002 (separate from the prize exchange system 7001) that manages balls, medals, prizes, etc. is operated in the hall store. Work to allow players to select prizes, exchange prizes, and order prizes. In this case, the prize exchange system 7001 and the hall system 7002 do not need to be systematically connected, but these systems can be connected by a network to transmit or transmit / receive predetermined data. The hall system 7002 basically refers to a system of a provider different from the provider (provider / manufacturing company) of the prize exchange system 7001, but includes various other systems.

The hall system 7002 shown in FIG. 111 includes a hall computer 7400, a hall DB7430, a game machine 7010, a sandwich device 7020, and a prize POS7500 in the hall store, each of which is a hall computer 400 in the hall store in the prize exchange system 1. , Hall DB430, game machine 10, sand device 20, prize POS500.

The hall computer 7400 has functions such as managing information on the state of the devices arranged in the hall store (including the game status of the player), members, and prizes, and records various data in the hall DB7430. To be equipped with. The game machine 7010 is, for example, a pachislot machine or a pachinko machine, and a player acquires a game medium (medal or pachinko ball) by playing a game using these machines. Further, the game machine 7010 is connected to the hall computer 7400 and the sand device 7020, and exchanges information on the game status and the number of holdings (number of medals, number of balls) of the game medium.

The prize POS7500 is installed at the prize exchange counter of the hall store, and is used by the staff of the hall store to respond to the player's prize exchange. For example, the receipt issued by the counting device is read, or the counting value and the number of holdings transmitted from the sanding device 7020 are read, and a prize having a corresponding value is provided to the player. In the present embodiment, the number of game media held by the player grasped by the prize POS7500 is input to the prize exchange terminal 7530 to be provided to the prize exchange system 7001, and the prize exchange system 7001 enables the prize exchange. To do. Further, the prize POS7500 and the prize exchange system 7001 can be connected to the network to electronically provide the number of holdings of the game medium to the prize exchange system 7001. The counting device is a device that counts the number of balls (medals) acquired by the player, and is used as an island counting device, a sandwich device with a counting function for each machine, and other counting devices in various hall stores. It is a device that can be placed in a location. Hereinafter, when it is not necessary to distinguish between these devices, they are simply referred to as "counting devices".

The prize exchange system 7001 shown in FIG. 111 can be regarded as a modification of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and has the same functions as the prize exchange system 1 such as prize selection control, prize exchange control, and prize order control. Be prepared. The prize exchange system 7001 includes a core server 7600, a core DB7650, a mobile I / F server 7680, a shop management server 7700, and a prize DB7750 in the computer center, and these are the core server 600 and the core in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to DB650, mobile I / F server 680, shop management server 700, and prize DB750. Further, the wireless network 7690 corresponds to the network 690 in the prize exchange system 1.

The core server 7600 manages the user of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment as a mall member, and performs the prize selection control process and the prize exchange control process according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations, respectively. When the prize exchange is decided, the prize order processing is automatically performed to the corresponding online shopping site. Information on mall members and information on prize selection / prize exchange are stored in the core DB7650.

The mobile I / F server 7680 provides a WEB server function that provides a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to access from a WEB browser executed by a smartphone 7570 or a feature phone. The smartphone 7570 or the like functions as a prize selection device, and the player can register a mall member or perform a prize selection process using the smartphone 7570 or the like. It can also function as an application server that sends and receives data in response to access from other applications executed by the smartphone 7570 or the like. The mobile I / F server 7680 refers to and updates the data and the like of the core DB 7650 in response to the operation of the smartphone 7570 and the like. The smartphone 7570 or the like is a computer carried by a player, and can function as a prize selection device in a hall store or any other place.

The shop management server 7700 collects and manages information about shops of a plurality of online shopping sites, collects information about products handled by the online shopping sites, and selects the product information as a free gift when certain conditions are met. Store as displayable on the device. Information about these shops and information about products are stored in the prize DB7750. In addition, in response to a command from the core server 7600, a prize delivery instruction is transmitted to the corresponding online shopping site.

Further, in the prize exchange system 7001, different I / F servers are prepared according to the connection route with the shop terminal of the online shopping site connected to the prize exchange system 7001 and the system in which the shop terminal is managed. .. For example, data related to the registration of products that are candidates for prizes is transmitted from the shop terminal to the I / F server terminal based on the instruction from the shop terminal, and the player from the I / F server to the shop terminal. Data related to the ordering of products, etc. is transmitted based on the prize exchange instruction from the terminal operated by.

Here, the shop terminal of the online shopping site is a terminal device such as a PC (personal computer) used by the online shopping shop. For example, the shop terminal 7804 is a cross-type EC mall cooperation system I of the prize exchange system 7001 via a cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802 that realizes a mechanism that allows a shop to register products and the like in a plurality of EC malls in a cross-cutting manner. Connected to the / F server 7800, the shop terminal 7824 is connected to the EC mall management system I / F server 7820 of the prize exchange system 7001 via the EC mall management system 7822 that manages the registration of the shop in the EC mall. Further, when the shop has its own shop system 7842, the shop terminal 7844 is connected to the shop system I / F server 7840 of the prize exchange system 7001 via the shop system 7842. Further, the shop terminal 7864 is directly connected to the individual shop I / F server 7860.

In this example, I / F servers corresponding to the four typical connection forms related to the shop terminal are arranged, but the shop terminal is connected by another connection form. Can newly deploy the corresponding I / F server. It is also possible to use fewer I / F servers, or conversely, to use more I / F servers corresponding to the subdivided functions. Further, the I / F server can be integrated with the shop management server 7700 and other devices.

In addition, the prize exchange system 7001 includes an AP (application) server 7685 at the computer center. The AP server 7685 provides a WEB server function that provides a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to an access from a WEB browser executed on a PC (personal computer) 7580. The PC7580 functions as a prize selection device, and the player can register a mall member and perform a prize selection process using the PC7580. It can also function as an application server that sends and receives data in response to access from other applications executed on the PC7580. The AP server 7685 refers to and updates the data and the like of the core DB 7650 according to the operation of the PC 7580. The PC7580 is a computer that is arranged at a place such as the player's home and can function as a prize selection device at that place.

Further, the prize exchange system 7001 includes a connection management device 7090, a prize exchange terminal 7530, and a viewer 7550 in the hall store.

The connection management device 7090 controls the connection between the prize exchange terminal 7530 and the viewer 7550 of the hall store and the core server 7600 of the computer center. The connection management device 7090 includes, for example, a gateway function, and includes a VPN router function when connecting a prize exchange terminal 7530 and a viewer 7550 of a hall store and a core server 7600 by a VPN (Virtual Private Network). In addition, it includes a connection control function that controls the connection with the core server 7600. Further, the connection management device 7090 may be a device composed of a plurality of devices including the gateway device having the above-mentioned gateway function, the VPN router device having the VPN router function, and the connection control device having the connection control function. Good.

The prize exchange terminal 7530 functions as a prize exchange device. The prize exchange device is a device that displays information about a prize (a prize registered in the prize exchange basket) preselected by the prize selection device, finally selects a prize to be exchanged, and instructs an order. Such selection and ordering instructions may be made by the staff of the hall store or by the player himself / herself. In the present embodiment, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is exemplified as a dedicated terminal that functions only as a prize exchange device, but it can also be set as a device having a function as a prize selection device or another function. Further, it can be integrated with the prize POS and the sand device of the hall system 7002 arranged in the hall store to provide a function as a prize exchange device. You can log in to the prize exchange device using the mall membership card, login ID, password, etc. obtained by registering as a mall member. Here, the mall membership card is, for example, a non-contact IC card, and as the non-contact IC card, there is a card provided with a non-contact IC chip based on a short-range wireless communication standard (NFC: Near Field Communication).

The viewer 7550 is installed in the hall store and functions as a prize selection device. The prize selection device is a device that displays information about products registered from a plurality of online shopping sites and allows a player to select a part of these products as a prize that can be exchanged in the future. You can also register as a mall member using the prize selection device. The product selected by the player is registered in the favorite or prize exchange basket. The above-mentioned PC7580 and smartphone 7570 also function as a prize selection device. The viewer 7550 can also be configured to include a large touch panel display device. The prize selection device includes a viewer 7550, a PC 7580, a smartphone 7570, a mobile phone or a tablet terminal owned by an individual player, and any other terminal capable of network communication.

The free gift exchange system 7001 further includes a management terminal 7870. The management terminal 7870 is a terminal used by the staff who manages the prize exchange system 7001, and includes mall member information, hall store information, hall company information, shop information, shop product information, prize information, prize category information, shipping information, and consumption. Display the screen for managing tax information, authority information, etc., and update the related DB with the specified authority. In addition, the management terminal 7870 can display a screen showing exchange history, order history, hall transaction record, and shop transaction record, and further, edit ranked prizes, edit recommended prizes, and shop products. You can do the examination.

The management terminal 7870 is arranged in various places including a management company, a hall store, and a computer center according to the usage pattern, and is connected to the core server 7600 and the shop management server 7700 of the prize exchange system 7001.

Further, the prize exchange system 7001 can be provided with a hall cooperation system as in the prize exchange system 1 of FIG. For example, when data linkage is required between hall stores, the prize exchange system 7001 can be designed to include this hall linkage system. As shown in FIG. 1, devices such as a hall cooperation computer, a hall cooperation DB, and a center store I / F server may be arranged in the hall cooperation system.

Next, the configuration of the hall computer 7400 will be described with reference to FIG. 112. FIG. 112 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the hall computer 7400. The hall computer 7400 includes a main CPU 7401, a ROM 7402, a RAM 7403, an external storage device 7404, a display 7405, an interface 7406, and a speaker 7407.

The main CPU 7401 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 7402 and the RAM 7403. For example, the main CPU 7401 manages member information related to hall members of hall stores (here, members of hall system 7002 are referred to as "hall members" and members of prize exchange system 7001 are referred to as "mall members") to store balls. The number of holdings of game media such as medals and stored medals is managed for each hall member, processing for managing the game status and prize exchange status of each hall member is executed, and the display 7405 and the speaker 7407 are controlled.

The display 7405 displays game data managed by the hall computer 400, or notifies the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. This display 7405 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

The speaker 7407 notifies the display 7405 when an illegality or abnormality such as an illegal carry-in of a medal occurs. The speaker 7407 outputs various voice data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

The hall computer 7400 is communicably connected to the game machine 7010, the sand device 7020, and the prize POS 7500 via the interface 7406. The control program for implementing the present embodiment is stored in, for example, the external storage device 7404 and loaded into the RAM 7403. The control program can also be provided from other devices via interface 7406 or from other external devices via a network including the Internet.

The hall DB 7430 is stored in the external storage device 7404, and member information regarding the hall member, ball storage (medal) information of the hall member, and the like are stored. In addition, the action history (game status, stored balls (medals), history of prize exchange in the hall system 7002, etc.) related to the hall members and the like may be stored.

The core server 7600, shop management server 7700, AP server 7685, mobile I / F server 7680, management terminal 7870, cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7800, EC mall management system I / F server 7820, shop system. Since the configurations of the I / F server 7840 and the individual shop I / F server 7860 are similar to the configurations of the hall computer 7400 described above (however, the devices connected by the interfaces are different), the description thereof will be omitted.

Next, the configuration of the prize POS7500 will be described with reference to FIG. 113. FIG. 113 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the prize POS7500. The prize POS7500 shown in the figure is configured to realize a conventional prize exchange by a hall system 7002 different from the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. The prize POS7500 includes a main CPU 7501, ROM 7502, RAM 7503, an information card reader / writer 7504, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 7505, a barcode reader 7506, a player side display 7507, a keyboard 7508, a store side display 7509, an interface 7510, and It is equipped with a speaker 7511.

The main CPU 7501 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 7502 and the RAM 7503. For example, the main CPU 7501 manages inventory management and prize exchange of prizes that can be exchanged by the hall system 7002.

When the main CPU 7501 registers the counting result in the information card or the non-contact IC card by the counting device of the sand device 7020, for example, the hall member ID read from the information card via the information card reader / writer 7504 or the non-member ID. The hall member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the contact IC card reader / writer 7505 is acquired, and the hall computer 7400 is accessed to hold the number of game media associated with the acquired hall member ID. Get the number of medals). Further, the main CPU 7501 can also read the receipt on which the counting result is printed with the barcode reader 7506, thereby acquiring the number of holdings (the number of stored balls (medals)) of the game medium.

The player-side display 7507 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player.

In the conventional usage method, the main CPU 7501 receives the number of prizes (general prizes and special prizes in stock in the hall store) specified by the player via the player side display 7507. Next, the main CPU 7501 obtains the number of medals corresponding to the prize specified by the player, and if this is smaller than the number of holdings of the game medium, the main CPU 7501 displays that fact on the store side display 7509, and the staff of the hall store The prize is exchanged by the operation. The store-side display 7509 is configured as a touch panel display like the player-side display 7507, and the staff performs the operation using the store-side display 7509 or the keyboard 7508. When the exchange of prizes is completed, the main CPU 7501 accesses the hall computer 7400 and subtracts the number of holdings of the game medium related to the corresponding hall member ID.

On the other hand, in the method of using the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment, the main CPU 7501 causes the staff of the hall store to display the store side display 7509 on the number of holdings of the game medium associated with the hall member ID, or the bar from the receipt. The number of holdings of the game medium read by the code reader 7506 is displayed, and then the number of holdings is input to the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001. Therefore, the products registered in the prize exchange basket (selected and registered by the player who is a mall member in advance) as the target of the prize exchange displayed on the prize exchange terminal 7530 are displayed, and the balls required for the exchange are displayed. When the number of (medals) is smaller than the number of holdings of the input game medium, the staff of the hall store operates to order the prize at the prize exchange terminal 7530. When the exchange of prizes is completed, the staff of the hall store operates the prize POS7500 to subtract the number of holdings of the game medium related to the corresponding hall member ID (or issue a receipt from which the number of holdings has been subtracted).

The free gift POS7500 is communicably connected to the hall computer 7400 via interface 7510. In some cases, it is communicably connected to the prize exchange terminal 7530.

Next, the configuration of the prize exchange terminal 7530 will be described with reference to FIG. 114. FIG. 114 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a prize exchange terminal 7530 that functions as a prize exchange device. The prize exchange terminal 7530 includes a main CPU 7531, a ROM 7532, a RAM 7533, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 7534, a display 7535, an interface 7536, and a speaker 7537. A plurality of prize exchange terminals 7530 can be installed in one hall store, and the number of them is adjusted according to the installation space of the hall store and the frequency of use by the players. It is also possible to install the prize POS7500 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 as one set on the same scale as the number of prize POS7500.

The main CPU 7531 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 7532 and the RAM 7533. For example, the main CPU 7531 executes the prize exchange process by the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. The control program may also be provided from another device via interface 7536 or from another device externally via a network including the Internet. The free gift exchange terminal 7530 is connected to the connection management device 7090 via the interface 7536.

The display 7535 is basically configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the staff of the hall store, but may be able to be touch-operated by a player who is a mall member (separately, a touch panel for the player). A display may be provided). Further, the prize exchange terminal 7530 may be connected via the interface 7536 so as to cooperate with the prize POS7500.

The main CPU 7531 displays on the display 7535 a screen for exchanging the prize of the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment (including a prize exchange car confirmation screen for displaying the prize exchange basket and a prize order screen for ordering the prize). To do. The information of the prize ordered by the player of the mall member and ordered by the prize order screen is associated with the mall member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 524. Then, it is transmitted to the core server 7600 via the connection management device 7090 (stored in the order management table of the shop management server 7700, and then ordered to the corresponding shop).

Next, the configuration of the viewer 7550 will be described with reference to FIG. 115. FIG. 115 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a viewer 7550 that functions as a prize selection device. The viewer 7550 includes a main CPU 7551, a ROM 7552, a RAM 7553, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 7554, a display 7555, a keyboard 7556, an interface 7557, and a speaker 7558. A plurality of viewers 7550 can be installed in one hall store, and the number of viewers is adjusted according to the installation space of the hall store and the frequency of use by the players.

The main CPU 7551 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 7552 or the RAM 7553. For example, the main CPU 7551 executes the mall member registration process and the prize selection process by the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. The control program may also be provided from another device via interface 7557 or from other external devices via a network including the Internet. The viewer 7550 is connected to the connection management device 7090 via the interface 7557.

The display 7555 is basically configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by a player who has come to the hall store, but may be capable of touch-operation by the staff of the hall store. This touch panel display can also be a large screen display so that the player can check the information in detail and the touch operation is easy. Further, the player may use the touch panel display to input information and select items at the time of member registration processing and prize selection processing. Further, the viewer 7550 may be configured to include a keyboard 7556 and a mouse (not shown) so that the player can operate them.

The main CPU 7551 is displayed on the display 7555 as a screen for registering a mall member and selecting a prize for the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment (a prize search result display screen for registering a prize in a favorite or a prize exchange basket, and registering the prize as a favorite. A favorite reference screen for referencing the information of the prizes that have been given, a prize exchange basket reference screen for referring to the information of the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket, etc.) are displayed. After registering as a mall member, the player instructs to register the prize in the favorite or prize exchange basket, and the registered prize information is associated with the mall member ID and goes through the connection management device 7090. Then, it is sent to the core server 7600 (stored in the favorite management table or the prize exchange car management table).

Next, the configuration of the smartphone 7570 will be described with reference to FIG. 116. FIG. 116 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a smartphone 7570 that functions as a prize selection device. The smartphone 7570 includes a main CPU 7571, ROM 7772, RAM 7573, a non-contact IC chip 7574, a GPS antenna 7575, a wireless communication antenna 7576, a display 7757, a microphone 7578, and a speaker 7579.

The main CPU 7571 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 7772 or the RAM 7573. For example, the main CPU 7571 executes an application downloaded via a WEB browser or an external network, transmits / receives data to / from the mobile I / F server 7680, and performs mall member registration processing and prize selection by the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. Execute the process.

The non-contact IC chip 7574 has internal data read by a reader such as the non-contact IC card reader / writer 7534 of the prize exchange terminal 7530 described above. For example, IDm capable of identifying the non-contact IC chip 7574 and data written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 7574 can be read out non-contactly. Further, if necessary, data can be written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 7574 in a non-contact manner. Here, data such as IDm that can identify the non-contact IC chip 7574 is internally read, and is sent to the core server 7600 via the mobile I / F server 7680 during the mall member registration process and the prize selection process. Will be sent. Therefore, in this case, instead of the mall membership card, the non-contact IC chip 7574 of this smartphone 7570 is read and a login check is performed.

The main CPU 7571 receives signals from a plurality of GPS (Global Positioning System) via the GPS antenna 7575, and examines the position of the smartphone 7570. The position information obtained in this way is stored in the RAM 7573 or the like and is used in the program as needed.

The main CPU 7571 communicates with the mobile phone base station via the wireless communication antenna 7576 via the wireless network 7690, and transmits / receives call data to make a call with another device, or via the Internet. Controls to browse WEB pages provided by other terminals and to send and receive mail data to and from the mail server. Further, the main CPU 7571 realizes wireless LAN communication with the wireless LAN access point by using the wireless communication antenna 7576, and transmits / receives data via the Internet including the wireless network 7690 (the antenna used for the wireless LAN communication is , The antenna is different from the antenna that communicates with the mobile phone base station, but here, for convenience, it is collectively labeled as one antenna, and the wireless network 7690 is also collectively labeled).

The main CPU 7571 is a screen for registering a mall member and selecting a prize for the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment (a prize search result display screen for registering a prize in a favorite or a prize exchange basket, and a prize registered as a favorite. (Including a favorite reference screen for referring to information, a prize exchange basket reference screen for referring to information on prizes registered in the prize exchange basket, etc.) is displayed. For example, the mobile I / F server 7680 receives data on a WEB page, which is a screen related to mall member registration and prize selection, interprets the data, and displays it on the display 7757. The display 7757 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player, and the player gives a predetermined instruction to the mobile I / F by touching a predetermined position on the screen displayed on the display 7757. Reply to server 7680.

The smartphone 7570 enables voice communication by a mobile phone by inputting / outputting voice by a microphone 7578 and a speaker 7579 and processing a voice signal by a main CPU 7571. Further, the smartphone 7570 can also incorporate a camera (not shown) which is a small imaging device composed of a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like.

Although the description of the configuration of the feature phone and other mobile devices is omitted, the configuration is the same as that of the smartphone 7570 described above. If a non-contact IC card (here, a non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 7570) is not used for identifying a mall member or a mobile device (communication device), it is not necessary to include the component. ..

Further, the PC7580 has the same configuration, and communicates with the AP server 7685 via the network 7695. At the time of login, it is necessary to enter the mall member ID and password in order to identify the mall member. It is also possible to log in by connecting a non-contact IC card reader / writer to the PC7580 and holding the mall membership card over it.

Next, with reference to FIG. 117, the outline of the operation flow regarding the player and the staff of the hall store in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the case shown in the figure, the player first becomes a hall member in the hall store, and then becomes a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment, and selects and exchanges prizes.

First, the player operates the prize POS7500 or the like in the hall store to register as a hall member (step S801). This registration is a registration for using the hall system 7002, and is different from the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment. By this registration, the hall member ID is numbered, and the hall member card (non-contact IC card) associated with the hall member ID is given to the player.

After registering as a hall member, the player plays a game with the game machine 7010 at the hall store (step S802), and if a medal or pachinko ball can be obtained, the sand device 7020 instructs the counting of the medal or the like. , Holding on the system, that is, instructing to save medals (balls) (step S803). The number of held game media is associated with the hall member ID by holding the hall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer (see FIG. 5) of the sand device 7020.

The game by the game machine 7010 can be performed a plurality of times in a period spanning days. When a player intends to exchange a desired prize from the number of held game media, the prize exchange system 7001 is used with a prize selection device such as a viewer 7550 in order to use the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. The mall member registration is performed, and the mall member ID is assigned there (step S804). Mall member registration can be done by entering only a part of the information. Here, for example, the e-mail address or telephone number which is the contact information is entered (simple registration). Further, at this time, if the hall membership card already owned by the player can be used, the hall membership card can be used as it is in the prize exchange system 7001 without issuing a new mall membership card. The mall member ID numbered in the member registration is linked to this hall membership card.

Next, the player displays the prize by searching or the like with the prize selection device, and registers the product for which he / she wishes / examines the exchange as a favorite (step S805). Further, from the favorites, the product to be exchanged is registered in the prize exchange basket (step S806). Not only the products registered as favorites but also the products displayed as the search results can be directly registered in the prize exchange basket. In addition, the products registered in the prize exchange basket are provisional and can be sorted again before the final prize order.

Such prize selection can be repeated on the player's smartphone 7570 or PC7580, leaving the hall store. The prize selection on the smartphone 7570 is possible by logging in to the prize exchange system 7001 using the login ID and password. It is also possible by associating the smartphone 7570 with its own mall member ID in the prize selection device. The prize selection on the PC7580 is possible by logging in to the prize exchange system 7001 using the login ID and password. It is also possible by connecting a non-contact IC card reader / writer to the PC7580 and having the non-contact IC card reader / writer read the hall membership card.

Next, when the player intends to exchange the prize, he / she exchanges the prize by using the hall membership card (holding the hall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer) to the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the hall store. Log in to system 7001 (step S807). After that, additional registration of member information is performed. Specifically, the address and delivery destination information that are indispensable for delivering the exchanged prize are registered (step S808). Depending on the prize, the delivery destination may be specified to be picked up at the hall store.

The staff of the hall store reads the number of holdings of the game medium associated with the player's hall membership card by the prize POS7500 (step S809), and logs in this with the player's hall membership card. Is input to (step S810). The operation of step S809 may be performed at any time after the player has acquired the game medium by the game and before step S810.

Next, the prize exchange terminal 7530 displays the products registered in the prize exchange basket of the player (step S811). Here, the number of balls (medals) required for the prize exchange is compared with the number of held game media entered, and if the number of held game media entered is small, whether to delete the prize from the prize exchange basket. Or change to reduce the quantity of prizes. After that, the exchanged prize is confirmed and the order is instructed (step S812).

When the exchange of prizes is completed, the staff of the hall store performs an operation of subtracting the number of balls (medals) consumed by this exchange of prizes from the number of holdings of the game medium of the player in the prize POS7500 (step S813). .. As a result, the number of game media held by the hall system 7002 for the player is reduced by the amount consumed in the prize exchange.

Here, basically, the operation of the prize exchange terminal 7530 is performed by the staff of the hall store, but depending on the situation, some operations may be performed by the player himself / herself. Therefore, a display (touch panel display) for the player can be prepared in the prize exchange terminal 7530.

Further, it is conceivable to use the number of game media held in other hall stores for the above-mentioned prize exchange, but in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 117, the prize exchange system 7001 is used by the hall membership card. In this case, it can be used only at the hall store that issued the hall membership card, and as shown in FIGS. 120 and 121 described later, when using the prize exchange system 7001 with the mall membership card, the prize exchange system 7001 is used. It can be used at all the hall stores that have introduced it (however, for mall membership cards that are not associated with the hall system 7002 of that hall store, the prize exchange system 7001 of the hall store can be used as a favorite of prizes. It can be restricted to use only some functions, such as additions and additions to the prize exchange basket). It is also conceivable to use the prize exchange system 7001 of other hall stores with the hall membership card, but in reality, whether or not the hall membership card can be read and the number of game media held between the hall computers of each hall store. It is decided according to the system situation such as whether it is possible to send and receive data such as, the operation situation, the hall management policy, etc. Furthermore, when using the prize exchange system 7001 with a mall membership card, the prize exchange system 7001 should be made available for hall stores belonging to one or more group companies, or at a set of specific hall stores. Is also possible.

Next, with reference to FIG. 118, what kind of functions can be used depending on whether or not the hall system 7002 is a hall member, whether or not the prize exchange system 7001 is a mall member, and the status of member registration. Will be briefly described. As shown in FIG. 118, it can be roughly divided into four patterns: whether or not the player is a hall member of the hall system 7002 and whether or not the member is a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001. Further, in the case of a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001, the member registration is divided into simple registration and detailed registration.

The first case is a case of a hall member of the hall system 7002, a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001, and a simple registration in which only contact information such as an e-mail address is registered in the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001. Is. Membership registration using a mall membership card or the like includes the case where membership registration is performed by linking to an existing hall membership card without issuing a mall membership card (the same applies to the second case).

In this case, the viewer 7550 and the player's smartphone 7570 can display the prize by the prize search, and the prize can be registered in the favorite or the prize exchange basket. Further, outside the hall store, the smartphone 7570 or PC7580 can be used to call the WEB page to display the prize and register the prize. In the case of the smartphone 7570, it is possible to operate it if the non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 7570 is read and the member registration is performed. Otherwise, the login ID and password are used to log in and operate. be able to. In the case of PC7580, a card reader is required when using a mall membership card. As with the smartphone 7570, you can log in and operate using your login ID and password. Since membership registration is a simple registration, processing related to prize exchange is not possible.

The second case is a hall member of the hall system 7002, a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001, and further, not only contact information such as an e-mail address but also home address information in the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001. This is the case of detailed registration in which delivery address information is registered.

In this case, as in the first case, the viewer 7550, the player's smartphone 7570, the PC7580, and the like can display the prize by the prize search and register the prize in the favorite or the prize exchange basket. Further, outside the hall store, the smartphone 7570 or PC7580 can be used to call the WEB page to display the prize and register the prize.

Further, in this case, since the member registration is a detailed registration, it is possible to process the prize exchange. At the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the hall store, the prize exchange basket can be confirmed and an order can be placed. The number of balls (medals) managed by the hall system of the hall store and displayed on the prize POS7500 is input to the prize exchange terminal 7530 by the staff of the hall store.

The third case is the case where the hall system 7002 is a member and the prize exchange system 7001 is a non-member. In this case, the prize exchange system 7001 can search and display the prize, but cannot register the prize in the favorite or the prize exchange basket.

The fourth case is a case where the hall system 7002 is a non-member, a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001 and a simple registration in which only contact information such as an e-mail address is registered in the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001. Is.

In this case, the viewer 7550 and the player's smartphone 7570 can display the prize by the prize search, and the prize can be registered in the favorite or the prize exchange basket. Further, outside the hall store, the smartphone 7570 or PC7580 can be used to call the WEB page to display the prize and register the prize. In the case of the smartphone 7570, it is possible to operate it if the non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 7570 is read and the member registration is performed. Otherwise, the login ID and password are used to log in and operate. be able to. In the case of PC7580, a card reader is required when using a mall membership card. As with the smartphone 7570, you can log in and operate using your login ID and password. Since membership registration is a simple registration, processing related to prize exchange is not possible.

In the fifth case, the hall system 7002 is a non-member, a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001, and further, in the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001, not only basic information such as name and e-mail address, but also address and delivery. This is the case of detailed registration where the destination is registered.

In this case, as in the first case, the viewer 7550, the player's smartphone 7570, the PC7580, and the like can display the prize by the prize search and register the prize in the favorite or the prize exchange basket. Further, outside the hall store, the smartphone 7570 or PC7580 can be used to call the WEB page to display the prize and register the prize.

Further, in this case, since the member registration is a detailed registration, it is possible to process the prize exchange. At the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the hall store, the prize exchange basket can be confirmed and an order can be placed. Since the number of balls (medals) is not a member, it is not managed by the hall system of the hall store, and the staff of the hall store, for example, has the prize POS7500 read the number of balls (medals) written on the receipt or the like, and the prize POS7500. The reading result displayed on the store side display 7509 is viewed and input to the prize exchange terminal 7530.

The sixth case is the case where the hall system 7002 is a non-member and the prize exchange system 7001 is also a non-member. In this case, as in the third case, the prize exchange system 7001 can search and display the prize, but the prize cannot be registered in the favorite or the prize exchange basket.

In this example, the functions that can be used in the prize exchange system 7001 are different depending on whether the player is not a mall member, has simple registration, or has detailed registration. Other patterns can be used. It is also possible to manage other states and add those states to differentiate the available functions. Furthermore, the contents of simple registration and detailed registration may be changed, and may be managed by another member registration level.

Next, the relationship between the prize display and the registration will be described with reference to FIG. 119. In this embodiment, two prize registration destinations (favorite and prize exchange basket) are set for each mall member ID. When selecting a prize, the player is first interested in the search results displayed on the prize search result display screen, the recommendations displayed on the mall member top page, and the ranking displayed on the mall member top page. Register (add) a prize to a selection, favorite, or prize exchange basket. Such additional operations can be repeated as many times as necessary.

The prizes registered as favorites are displayed in a list on the favorites reference screen, and can be deleted or changed there. Similarly, the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket are listed on the prize exchange basket reference screen, and can be deleted or changed there. In addition, the prize registered as a favorite can be registered in the prize exchange basket on the favorite reference screen.

The prize exchange basket is finally checked in relation to the inventory and the quantity of the required game media, and after confirmation, the player instructs the order to make a formal order. In this way, the player may select a prize and put it directly into the prize exchange basket, or for example, once register it as a favorite like a memo or bookmark, and further consider it from there to further consider the prize exchange basket. You may move it to (so to speak, a two-step selection of prizes).

When a favorite is registered in the prize exchange basket, the prize registered in the favorite is not changed, but when it is registered in the prize exchange basket, it can be deleted or marked. Also, if a prize registered in the prize exchange basket is ordered, the prize will be deleted from the prize exchange basket, but it should be left registered or marked according to certain conditions. You can also do it.

Next, returning to the description of the operation flow again, with reference to FIG. 120, an outline of the operation flow regarding the player and the staff of the hall store in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the case shown in the figure, a player who is not a member of the hall system 7002 of the hall store becomes a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment, selects a prize, and then exchanges the prize. is there.

When a player intends to exchange prizes, in order to use the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment, the viewer 7550 registers as a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001, and the mall member ID is assigned there. (Step S821). In this example, the mall member registration is performed in detail, and the exchanged prizes are registered including the address and delivery address information that are indispensable for delivery. At this time, the player obtains the mall membership card distributed at the hall store or in some way, and uses it to register as a mall member. In this example, it is assumed that the player is not registered as a member in the hall system 7002 of the hall store and is a non-member.

Next, the player displays the prize by searching or the like on the viewer 7550, and registers the product to be exchanged / examined as a favorite (step S822). Further, from the favorites, the product to be exchanged is registered in the prize exchange basket (step S823). Not only the products registered as favorites but also the products displayed as the search results can be directly registered in the prize exchange basket. In addition, the products registered in the prize exchange basket are provisional and can be sorted again before the final prize order.

As described above, such prize selection can be repeated on the player's smartphone 7570 or PC7580, leaving the hall store.

At the timing when the player wants to exchange the prize, the player uses the mall membership card (holds the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer) to the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the hall store to exchange the prize. Log in to 7001 (step S824).

After this or before that, the player plays a game with the game machine 7010 (step S825), the number of acquired balls (medals) is counted by the counting device of the hall store, and the counting receipt is output (step S825). Step S826). The counting operation may be performed at any time after the player has acquired the game medium by the game and before the next step S827.

The staff of the hall store inputs the number of balls (medals) into the prize exchange terminal 7530 based on the contents of the counting receipt (step S827).

Next, the prize exchange terminal 7530 displays the products registered in the prize exchange basket of the player (step S828). Here, the number of balls (medals) required for the prize exchange is compared with the number of held game media entered, and if the number of held game media entered is small, whether to delete the prize from the prize exchange basket. Or change to reduce the quantity of prizes. After that, the exchange prize is confirmed and the order is instructed (step S829).

When the exchange of prizes is completed, the staff of the hall store uses the prize POS7500 to write the counting receipt and the number of balls (medals) consumed by this prize exchange from the number of holdings of the game medium of the player. The number of balls is changed to the reduced number (step S830). If the number of holdings of the game medium remains, the player may exchange the prize again by the prize exchange system 7001 using this counting receipt, or can exchange the prize for the prize in the hall store by the prize POS7500. ..

Here, basically, the operation of the prize exchange terminal 7530 is performed by the staff of the hall store, but depending on the situation, some operations may be performed by the player himself / herself. Therefore, a display (touch panel display) for the player can be prepared in the prize exchange terminal 7530.

Next, with reference to FIG. 121, an outline of the operation flow regarding the player and the staff of the hall store in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the case shown in the figure, the player first becomes a hall member at the hall store, then becomes a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment, issues a separate mall membership card, selects a prize, and exchanges the prize. Is to do.

First, the player operates the prize POS7500 or the like in the hall store to register as a hall member (step S841). This registration is a registration for using the hall system 7002, and is different from the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment. By this registration, the hall member ID is numbered, and the hall member card (non-contact IC card) associated with the hall member ID is given to the player.

After registering as a hall member, the player plays a game with the game machine 7010 at the hall store (step S842), and if a medal or pachinko ball can be obtained, the sand device 7020 instructs the counting of the medal or the like. , Holding on the system, that is, instructing to save medals (balls) (step S843). The number of held game media is associated with the hall member ID by holding the hall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer (see FIG. 5) of the sand device 7020.

The game by the game machine 7010 can be performed a plurality of times in a period spanning days. When a player intends to exchange a prize desired by himself / herself from the number of game media held, he / she registers as a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001 with the viewer 7550 in order to use the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. Is performed, and the mall member ID is assigned there (step S844). In this example, the mall member registration is performed in detail, and the exchanged prizes are registered including the address and delivery address information that are indispensable for delivery. At this time, the player obtains the mall membership card distributed at the hall store or in some way, and uses it to register as a mall member. As a result, the player will have both a hall membership card and a mall membership card.

Next, the player displays the prize by searching or the like on the viewer 7550, and registers the product to be exchanged / examined as a favorite (step S845). Further, from the favorites, the product to be exchanged is registered in the prize exchange basket (step S846). Not only the products registered as favorites but also the products displayed as the search results can be directly registered in the prize exchange basket. In addition, the products registered in the prize exchange basket are provisional and can be sorted again before the final prize order.

Such prize selection can be repeated on the player's smartphone 7570 or PC7580, leaving the hall store.

Next, when the player intends to exchange the prize, he / she exchanges the prize by using the mall membership card (holding the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer) to the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the hall store. Log in to system 7001 (step S847).

The staff of the hall store reads the number of holdings of the game medium associated with the player's hall membership card by the prize POS7500 (step S848), and logs in this with the player's mall membership card. Is input to (step S849). The operation of step S848 may be performed at any time after the player has acquired the game medium by the game and before step S849.

Next, the prize exchange terminal 7530 displays the products registered in the prize exchange basket of the player (step S850). Here, the number of balls (medals) required for the prize exchange is compared with the number of holdings of the input game medium, and if the number of holdings of the input game medium is small, some prizes are taken from the prize exchange basket. Delete or change to reduce the quantity of prizes. After that, the prize is confirmed and the order is instructed (step S851).

When the exchange of prizes is completed, the staff of the hall store performs an operation of subtracting the number of balls (medals) consumed by this exchange of prizes from the number of holdings of the game medium of the player with the prize POS7500 (step S852). .. As a result, the number of game media held by the hall system 7002 for the player is reduced by the amount consumed by the prize exchange of the prize exchange system 7001.

Here, basically, the operation of the prize exchange terminal 7530 is performed by the staff of the hall store, but depending on the situation, some operations may be performed by the player himself / herself. Therefore, a display (touch panel display) for the player can be prepared in the prize exchange terminal 7530.

In the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001, detailed registration for registering not only basic information such as name and e-mail address but also address and delivery address is performed at the time of prize exchange in the example shown in FIG. 117, and FIGS. 120 and 121. In the example shown in (1), the timing is performed before the prize selection, but the timing of such detailed registration is only an example. It can be set so that detailed registration may be performed at any time. It is also possible to set so that detailed registration can be performed only at a predetermined one or a plurality of timings.

Next, with reference to FIG. 122, an outline of the processing flow after ordering the prize in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. After the prize is ordered (for example, step S851 in FIG. 121), the core server or the like of the prize exchange system 7001 automatically processes the order.

First, when the prize exchange device receives an instruction to order a prize by operating a touch panel display or the like (step S861), the instruction is transmitted to the core server 7600, and the instruction to order the prize is received by the core server 7600. (Step S862). Next, the instruction is transmitted to the shop management server 7700, and the shop management server 7700 receives the instruction to order the prize (step S863).

Next, the shop management server 7700 acquires the product ID of the prize from the instruction of ordering the prize, identifies the shop corresponding to the product ID (delivers the product of the product ID), and further connects the shop. The corresponding I / F server is determined according to the form (step S864). For example, as shown in FIG. 111, when the shop has a connection form such as the shop terminal 7804, the shop belongs to the cross-type EC mall and realizes an interface with the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802. The cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7800 is determined as the I / F server.

Next, the shop management server 7700 instructs the determined I / F server to place an order with the shop (step S865). Upon receiving the instruction, the I / F server instructs the corresponding cooperation / management system (for example, the cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system 7802) to place an order with the shop (step S866). When the I / F server is an individual shop I / F server 7860 as shown in FIG. 111, an ordering instruction is directly transmitted to the shop terminal 764 of the corresponding shop. The shop charges the billing destination for the product for which the order has been instructed at its own timing. At this time, the billing destination (payment destination for the consideration of the ordered product) is, for example, the operating company of the prize exchange system 7001 or an organization related thereto, and basically, for any shop. It will be a fixed billing address. Therefore, the player's payment information is not transmitted or used to the outside.

When the cooperation / management system (shop terminal 7864 when the I / F server is an individual shop I / F server 7860) receives the order instruction, the order receipt notification is sent to the I / F server. To send. When the I / F server receives the order receipt notification (step S867), the I / F server transmits the notification to the shop management server 7700, and the shop management server 7700 responds to this to create an exchange history and manage the exchange history. The table 7755 is updated (step S868), and then the order history is created and the order history management table 7756 is updated (step S869).

Next, the shop management server 7700 sends an e-mail to the player (mall member) who ordered the prize to the effect that the order processing is completed (step S870). After that, the shop management server 7700 updates the product management table 7752 so as to reduce the inventory of the ordered products by the ordered amount (step S871).

When the shop that received the order accepts the order and there is no problem with inventory etc. and normal delivery processing can be performed, the order history is updated and the order history is linked / managed from the management system (I / F server is individual). In the case of the shop I / F server 7860, it is transmitted to the I / F server (from the shop terminal 7864). When the I / F server receives the order history (step S872), it sends this to the shop management server 7700, where the shop management server 7700 changes the order history created in step S869, so that the order history management table Update 7756 (step S873). At this time, the order status of the order history management table 7756 is changed from the status of "ordered" to the status of "delivered".

Next, the functions of each device related to the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to the functional block diagrams of FIGS. 123 to 128. FIG. 123 (A) is a functional block diagram of the hall computer 7400. The hall computer 7400 has a conventional configuration, and includes a hall member management unit 7411, a game medium holding number management unit 7412, and a network I / F unit 7413. The hall computer 7400 has a function of managing information on hall members, ball storage information on hall members, and the like. Further, the hall computer 7400 stores the hall DB 7430 in the external storage device 7404, and the hall DB 7430 has a member information table 7431 that stores information about the hall members of the hall store, and the hall member instructs the hall members to save medals and balls. As a result, the game medium holding number management table 7432 for managing the holding number of the game media held is stored.

The hall member management unit 7411 executes the member registration process of the hall member performed by operating the prize POS7500 or the like, and stores the information about the hall member in the member information table 7431. The game medium holding number management unit 7412 determines the number of balls (medals) held by the hall member in response to input of balls, medals, payouts, consumption balls (medals), etc. performed by the sand device 7020, the prize POS7500, or the like. It is updated and managed, and the updated number of balls (medals) is stored in the game medium holding number management table 7432 for each hall member and for each game medium type (exchange rate). The network I / F unit 414 connects to a network such as the Internet and controls to transmit / receive data to / from the computer of the other party (hereinafter, the same applies to the network I / F unit of other devices).

FIG. 123 (B) is a functional block diagram of the prize exchange terminal 7530. The prize exchange terminal 7530 includes an access control unit 7541, a prize exchange control unit 7542, a display control unit 7544, and a network I / F unit 7545. The access management unit 7541 determines whether or not the player who has logged in to the prize exchange terminal 7530 is a legitimate mall member, and if it is a legitimate mall member, accesses the core server 7600 and corresponds to the mall member. Get information on the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket. The prize exchange control unit 7542 controls to transition to the prize order screen when there is a confirmation instruction on the prize exchange confirmation screen, and when there is an order instruction on the prize order screen, the prize is ordered. In addition, the product ID and the like of the prize for which the order is made are transmitted to the core server 7600. The display control unit 7544 displays the prize exchange confirmation screen and the prize order screen on the display 7535. It is also possible to realize each function of the access control unit 7541, the prize exchange control unit 7542, and the display control unit 7544 by receiving and displaying the WEB page from the core server 7600 by the WEB browser.

FIG. 124 is a functional block diagram of the viewer 7550. The viewer 7550 includes an access control unit 7651, a mall member registration management unit 7562, a prize selection control unit 7563, a display control unit 7564, and a network I / F unit 7565. The access management unit 7651 determines whether or not the player who has logged in to the viewer 7550 is a legitimate mall member, and if it is a legitimate mall member, accesses the core server 7600 and tops the corresponding mall member. Get information about pages, prize search results, favorites, prize exchange baskets, etc. The mall member registration management unit 7562 transmits and receives data to and from the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 in response to the operation of the player, and executes the mall member registration process. The prize selection control unit 7563 controls the prize selected on the prize search result display screen to be registered in the prize exchange basket or favorite according to the instruction of the player. In addition, according to the instruction of the player, the prize selected on the favorite reference screen is controlled to be registered in the prize exchange basket. The display control unit 7564 displays the prize search result display screen, the favorite reference screen, the prize exchange basket reference screen, and the like on the display 7555.

In addition, the WEB browser operating on the viewer 7550 receives and displays the WEB page from the core server 7600 for each function of the access control unit 7651, the mall member registration management unit 7562, the prize selection control unit 7563, and the display control unit 7564. It can also be realized with. The PC 7580 and smartphone 7570 that function as a prize selection device also have the same functional unit as the viewer 7550. Further, similarly to the viewer 7550, each function of the functional unit can be realized by a WEB browser operating on a PC 7580 or a smartphone 7570.

FIG. 125 is a functional block diagram of the core server 7600. The core server 7600 includes a mall member management unit 7601, a prize selection control unit 7604, a prize exchange control unit 7605, a prize order control unit 7606, a delivery progress information display control unit 7607, a network I / F unit 608, and device management outside the hall store. Includes part 7609. Further, the core server 7600 stores the core DB 7650 in an external storage device, and the core DB 7650 is registered as a favorite in the mall member information table 7651 that stores the information of the mall members of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment. Favorite management table 7652 that manages prize information, prize exchange basket management table 7655 that manages prize information registered in the prize exchange basket, exchange rate management table 7654 that stores exchange rates related to prizes for each hall store, Also included is a hall store management table 7655 that manages information about each hall store.

The mall member management unit 7601 executes the member registration process of the mall member performed by operating the viewer 7550, PC7580, smartphone 7570, etc., and stores the information about the mall member in the mall member information table 7651. The prize selection control unit 7604 cooperates with the prize selection control unit 7563 such as the viewer 7550 to execute the prize selection process. The favorite management table is updated so that the prize selected on the prize search result display screen is registered in the prize exchange basket or favorite according to the instruction of the player in the viewer 7550 or the like. In addition, the prize exchange car management table is updated so that the prize selected on the favorite reference screen is registered in the prize exchange car according to the instruction of the player in the viewer 7550 or the like.

The prize exchange control unit 7605 cooperates with the prize exchange control unit 7542 of the prize exchange terminal 7530 to execute the prize exchange process. In the prize exchange terminal 7530, when a confirmation instruction is given on the prize exchange confirmation screen, it is controlled to transition to the prize order screen, and when an order instruction is given on the prize order screen, the prize is ordered. , The product ID and the like of the prize for which the order is made are received from the prize exchange terminal 7530. When the prize order control unit 7606 receives the product ID to be ordered from the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize order control unit 7606 transmits this to the shop management server 7700. The delivery progress information display control unit 7607 collects the delivery progress information of the prize and displays it on the viewer 7550 or the like in response to the request from the player who exchanged the prize.

The device management unit 7609 outside the hall manages the connection with the PC 7580 or smartphone 7570 that functions as a prize selection device. For example, when the PC 7580 connects to the AP server 7685 via the network 7695, data transmission / reception between the AP server 7685 and the AP server 7685 is realized, and necessary data is sent to the core server 7600 in response to a request from the AP server 7685 or the like. Generate and send with. Further, when the smartphone 7570 connects to the mobile I / F server 7680 via the wireless network 7690, data transmission / reception between the mobile I / F server 7680 is realized and a request from the mobile I / F server 7680 or the like is realized. The required data is generated and transmitted by the core server 7600 according to the above.

Further, the action history management unit may be provided on the core server 7600 to store the operation history related to the member registration of the mall member, the selection of prizes, and the like. By analyzing these data later, the behavior of the mall members can be grasped, and the problems and usage trends of the prize exchange system 7001 can be clarified.

FIG. 126 is a functional block diagram of the shop management server 7700. The shop management server 7700 includes a shop information management unit 7701, a product determination unit 7702, a prize order management unit 7703, an exchange history management unit 7704, an order history management unit 7705, and a network I / F unit 7706. Further, the shop management server 7700 stores the prize DB 7750 in the external storage device, and the prize DB 7750 stores the shop management table 7751 that stores the shop information and the product management table 775 that stores the product information collected from the online shopping site. , The order management table 7754 that manages the contents of orders placed on the online shopping site, the exchange history management table 7755 that manages the exchange history, and the order history management table 7756 that manages the order history.

The shop information management unit 7701 displays the shop registration screen on the management terminal 7870 or the like, and registers the input shop information in the shop management table 7751. In addition to the method in which the administrator registers the shop information on the shop registration screen as described above, there is also a method in which the shop information is automatically acquired from the cooperation / management system or another system. The shop information management unit 7701 further searches the contents of the shop management table 7751 in response to a search request from the administrator, and displays the shop information search screen on the management terminal 7870 or the like.

The product determination unit 7702 examines the products that have been put up for sale from the shop (that is, determines whether or not to make them exchangeable prizes) according to predetermined conditions. There are various types of examinations, including a form in which the result of the examination by a human is input, a form in which the system automatically determines from information about the product, and the like. The information of the exhibited product is once stored in the exhibition management table 7757, and when it is determined as an exchangeable prize as a result of the examination, the product management table 7755 (the necessary information is copied from the exhibition management table 7757). It is stored in and displayed as a prize such as a prize search result or recommendation. By the decision, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) displayed with the prize is also determined. For example, if multiple shops sell the same item as a free gift, which shop is based on the price of the item (that is, the number of exchangeable medals), the evaluation of the shop, the number of stocks, the purchase amount, etc. Manage whether to select products from. It is also possible to add all or part of the shipping fee from the shop to the delivery destination to the price of the product. On the other hand, if it is determined as a result of the examination that the prize is not an exchangeable prize, the information of the product is not copied from the exhibition management table 7757 and is not stored in the product management table 7752. For example, if an item that is not suitable as a free gift, such as a drug or a gift certificate, is registered in the exhibition management table 7757, the examination result is NG, and the item is not registered in the item management table 7752.

When the prize order management unit 7703 receives a prize ordering instruction from the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize order management unit 7703 receives the instruction via the core server 7600, and receives the instruction via an I / F server (for example, a cross-type EC mall cooperation system I). / F server 7800) is instructed to order a free gift. As described above, the I / F server is supported according to the connection form of the shop.

When the exchange history management unit 7704 receives the order receipt notification received from the I / F server, the exchange history management unit 7704 creates an exchange history related to the order and stores it in the exchange history management table 7755. Further, when the administrator instructs the management terminal 7870 or the like to search the exchange history, the exchange history management table 7755 is searched and the search result is displayed on the display of the management terminal 7870 or the like.

When the order history management unit 7705 receives the order receipt notification from the I / F server, the order history management unit 7705 creates an order history related to the order and stores it in the order history management table 7756. Further, when the order history is received from the I / F server, the order history related to the order is updated and stored in the order history management table 7756. Further, when the administrator instructs the management terminal 7870 or the like to search the order history, the order history management table 7756 is searched and the search result is displayed on the display of the management terminal 7870 or the like.

FIG. 127 (A) is a block diagram of the cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7800. The cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7800 includes a server communication control unit 7800a, a cooperation system I / F unit 7800b, a prize order control unit 7800c, an exhibition management control unit 7800d, and a network I / F unit 7800e. The server communication control unit 7800a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7800e. The cooperation system I / F unit 7800b controls data transmission / reception with the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802, and performs, for example, data feed reception, API cooperation, file cooperation, web scraping, etc., and crosses the shop management server 7700. Controls the interaction with the type EC mall cooperation system 7802. The prize order control unit 7800c transmits an instruction for ordering a prize to the designated shop to the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802 via the cooperation system I / F unit 7800b. The exhibition management control unit 7800d accepts the listing of products from the shop terminal 7804 from the cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system 7802 via the cooperation system I / F unit 7800b.

FIG. 127 (B) is a block diagram of the EC mall management system I / F server 7820. The EC mall management system I / F server 7820 includes a server communication control unit 7820a, a management system I / F unit 7820b, a prize order control unit 7820c, an exhibition management control unit 7820d, and a network I / F unit 7820e. The server communication control unit 7820a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7820e. The management system I / F unit 7820b controls data transmission / reception with the EC mall management system 7822, and performs, for example, data feed reception, API linkage, file linkage, web scraping, etc., to manage the shop management server 7700 and the EC mall. Controls interactions with system 7822. The prize order control unit 7820c transmits a prize order instruction to the designated shop to the EC mall management system 7822 via the management system I / F unit 7820b. The exhibition management control unit 7820d receives the listing of the product from the shop terminal 7824 from the EC mall management system 7822 via the management system I / F unit 7820b.

FIG. 128 (A) is a block diagram of the shop system I / F server 7840. The shop system I / F server 7840 includes a server communication control unit 7840a, a shop system I / F unit 7840b, a prize order control unit 7840c, an exhibition management control unit 7840d, and a network I / F unit 7840e. The server communication control unit 7840a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7840e. The shop system I / F unit 7840b controls data transmission / reception with the shop system 7842, and performs, for example, data feed reception, API linkage, file linkage, web scraping, etc., to connect the shop management server 7700 and the shop system 7842. Control the interaction between. The prize order control unit 7840c transmits an instruction to order a prize to the designated shop to the shop system 7842 via the shop system I / F unit 7840b. The exhibition management control unit 7840d receives the listing of the product from the shop terminal 7844 from the shop system 7842 via the shop system I / F unit 7840b.

FIG. 128 (B) is a block diagram of the individual shop I / F server 7860. The individual shop I / F server 7860 includes a server communication control unit 7860a, a WEB server unit 7860b, a prize order control unit 7860c, an exhibition management control unit 7860d, and a network I / F unit 7860e. The server communication control unit 7860a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7860e. The WEB server unit 7860b controls data transmission / reception with the shop terminal 7864 by using a protocol such as an HTML-based WEB page or HTTP, and controls the exchange between the shop management server 7700 and the shop terminal 7864. The prize order control unit 7860c uses the WEB server unit 7860b and the mail function to convey an instruction to order a prize to the designated shop to the shop terminal 7864. The exhibition management control unit 7860d accepts the listing of the product from the shop terminal 7844 via the WEB server unit 7860b.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 129 to 132, the configurations of various tables used in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

FIG. 129 (A) illustrates the configuration of the mall member information table 7651. The mall member information table 7651 stores, for example, a mall member ID, password, name, telephone number, and the like. These items are created and stored by membership registration. The mall member ID is used as the login ID at the time of login. In addition, an e-mail address, a telephone number, or the like can be used as the mall member ID.

Further, the unique ID of the mall member card is stored as the unique ID of the card type "mall member". For one mall member, multiple card types and corresponding unique IDs can be registered, which allows you to link membership cards of other systems or both mall membership cards and smartphones. Can be done.

FIG. 129 (B) illustrates the configuration of the favorite management table 7652. In this example, one mall member has one cart (shopping cart) called "favorite", and 10 product IDs can be registered there.

FIG. 129 (C) illustrates the configuration of the prize exchange car management table 7653. In this example, one mall member has one cart (shopping basket) called a "prize exchange basket", and 10 product IDs can be registered there. Each product is associated with a quantity and delivery address.

FIG. 130 (A) illustrates the configuration of the exchange rate management table 7654. In this example, exchange rates are set for each of the 4-yen and 1-yen lending pachinko machines and the 20-yen and 5-yen lending slots, and these exchange rates are set for each hall store. This information can also be managed by the hall store management table 7655.

FIG. 130 (B) illustrates the configuration of the hall store management table 7655. In this example, information such as which hall company each hall store belongs to and an address are stored. In addition, the data for managing the payment of the deposit and the transaction record to be referred to when requesting the deposit are also stored.

FIG. 131 (A) illustrates the configuration of the shop management table 7751. In this example, the shop name and address are stored for each shop. In addition, the evaluation points of the shop, the shipping table to be used, and the cooperation / management system to be used (for example, EC mall management system 7822, etc.) are stored. The new shop will be registered under the examination and judgment of the administrator.

FIG. 131 (B) illustrates the configuration of the product management table 7752. In this example, a product that can be selected as a prize to be exchanged by the player (that is, a product determined by the product determination process) is stored. For each product, the shop ID, product name, category, display price, variation, inventory, publication date and time (date and time when the product can be handled by the prize exchange system 7001), etc. are stored. The displayed price is displayed to the player after being converted into the corresponding number of exchangeable balls (medals) with reference to the exchange rate management table 7654. In addition, the variation indicates the existence of different sizes and colors, and a parent-child relationship may be set between products.

FIG. 131 (C) shows the configuration of the order management table 7754. In this example, the order number, mall member ID, product ID, quantity, shop ID, delivery destination, etc. are stored, and when multiple products are included in one order, multiple product IDs are associated with one order number. Reru.

FIG. 132 (A) shows the configuration of the exchange history management table 7755. In this example, the order number, the name corresponding to the mall member ID, the unique ID of the mall member card corresponding to the mall member ID, the hall store, and the like are stored. Each record is created when the shop management server 7700 receives an order receipt notification after placing an order with the shop.

FIG. 132B shows the configuration of the order history management table 7756. In this example, the order number, product ID, quantity, shop ID, order date and time, and order status are stored. Each record is created when the shop management server 7700 receives an order receipt notification after placing an order with the shop, and the order status is updated when the order history is received.

So far, the configuration of the table used in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention has been described, but these tables are only examples. The characteristic functions of the present invention can be realized by various other data structures and table structures.

Next, the member registration process in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 133 to 139.

FIG. 133 is a login screen 7900 displayed on a PC 7580, a viewer 7550, or the like that functions as a prize selection device. The login screen 7900 shows three options. The first option is to log in with a mall membership card or smartphone (registered). In this case, touch the "card read" button 7901 (click with a mouse or press the enter key with a keyboard, etc.) to select. There are various selection methods such as.), Display the card reading screen, and hold the mall membership card or registered smartphone over the card reader mark. Here, instead of the mall membership card, it is possible to log in using a hall membership card (a card of the hall system 7002 different from the prize exchange system 7001) linked to the mall member ID.

The second option is to log in with a login ID and password. In this case, the player can log in by inputting the login ID and password in the login ID / password input area 7902 and selecting the "login" button 7903.

The third option is when the mall member is not registered. In this case, the member registration is performed by selecting the "member registration" button 7904, displaying the member registration screen, inputting the member information, and registering.

Next, the procedure for registering member information from the PC 7580 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 134. In this example, the PC 7580 transmits / receives data to / from the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685, the WEB browser operating on the PC 7580 displays the WEB page, and the data is transmitted / received to register the member.

First, on the login screen 7900 shown in FIG. 133, when the third option, that is, the "member registration" button 7904 is selected, the PC 7580 accesses the WEB page (step S881), and the AP server 7685 responds to this. Then, the member registration page is transmitted to the PC7580 (step S882). When the PC7580 receives the member registration page, the PC7580 displays the member registration screen by the WEB browser (step S883).

The member registration screen is, for example, the member registration screen 7910 as shown in FIG. 135. When the member registration screen 7910 exceeds the display range of the PC7580 display, a part is displayed and the rest is displayed by operating the scroll bar or the like, but here, for convenience, the entire display range is shown. .. The member registration screen 7910 has a top bar 7911 consisting of a mall member ID display area, a prize search instruction area, a "prize exchange basket display" button, a "favorite display" button, an "account service display" button, and a delivery destination selection tab. Including. The member information to be input is password information (password information input area 7912), member attribute information (member attribute information input area 7913), contact information (contact information input area 7914), home address information (home address information input area 7915). ), Delivery destination information (delivery destination information input area 7916), membership card information (membership card information input area 7917), and select the "Edit" button located at the upper right of each input area to select the information. Make input and change. It can also be configured to enter other member information.

Here, when the player inputs the member information to the PC7580, the PC7580 acquires the input information (step S884) and determines whether or not the "register" button 7919 is selected by the player (step S885). When the "Register" button 7919 is selected, the entered member information is transmitted to the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685 (step S886, step S887).

The mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 generates user information based on the received member information (step S888), and generates a mall member ID (step S889). Here, contact information is a required input, and at least one of an e-mail address and a telephone number must be input, and membership registration by inputting such minimum information is simple registration.

Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 performs user authentication using the telephone number or e-mail address included in the member information (step S890), and stores these registration information in the mall member information table 7651. .. For example, if a phone number is entered, SMS (short message service) is sent to that phone number, and when the player accesses the guided WEB page and responds appropriately, the correct phone number is used. Judge that there is. On the other hand, if an e-mail address is entered, an e-mail is sent to the e-mail address, and when the player accesses the guided WEB page and makes an appropriate response, it is determined that the e-mail address is correct. After that, the PC 7580 is instructed to display the mall membership card issuance selection page (step S891).

When the AP server 7685 receives the display instruction of the mall membership card issuance selection page from the core server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates the mall membership card issuance selection page in response to the instruction (or specifies a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page). ), Sent to PC7580 (step S892).

The PC7580 displays the mall membership card issuance selection page (not shown) in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S893). The mall membership card issuance selection page allows the player to select whether or not to issue a mall membership card. If you select "Issue a mall membership card" here, the mall membership card will be delivered to your home or the like at a later date, and you can log in to the prize exchange system 7001 with that card. If you select "Do not issue mall membership card", the mall membership card will not be delivered, but you can still log in to the prize exchange system 7001 by entering your login ID and password.

When it is determined whether or not to issue a mall membership card (step S894) and the player selects "do not issue mall membership card", "completion of membership registration (no card issuance)" is displayed (step). S895), the process ends. On the other hand, when the player selects "Issue a mall membership card", the AP server 7685 sends the instruction to the core server 7600 (step S896), and the core server 7600 generates the instruction accordingly. User information (including the mall member ID) and a unique ID (for example, IDm) that identifies the mall member card are linked (step S897), and these registration information are stored and updated in the mall member information table 7651 (step S898). ).

Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 instructs the delivery of the mall membership card (step S899), and instructs the PC7580 to display the completion of membership registration (step S900). When the AP server 7685 receives the instruction of the member registration completion display from the core server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates a member registration completion page (or specifies a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page) in response to the instruction, and sends it to the PC7580. (Step S901). The PC7580 displays the member registration completion page (not shown) in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S902).

In this example, the contact information is a required input, and if at least one of the e-mail address and the telephone number is input and it is authenticated, the player who has made such a simple registration can use the prize exchange system 7001. You can display the prize and register it in your favorites or prize exchange basket. However, which information is required for simple registration is not limited to this example, and can be appropriately determined.

Next, the procedure for registering member information from the viewer 7550 of the hall store will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 136. In this example, the viewer 7550 transmits / receives data to / from the core server 7600 via the connection management device 7090 (omitted here), and executes mall member registration. Here, it is assumed that the mall membership card is distributed to the players at the hall stores, and that the players have the mall membership card when registering as a mall member.

First, in the situation where the login screen 7900 shown in FIG. 133 is displayed on the viewer 7550, when the first option, that is, the "card reading" button 7901 is selected and the card reading screen is displayed, the mall membership card Is determined for reading (step S911). When the mall membership card is presented and read, the viewer 7550 acquires a unique ID (for example, IDm) that identifies the mall membership card and transmits it to the core server 7600 (step S912).

The mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651 from the unique ID received from the viewer 7550 and authenticates whether the unique ID is registered as a mall member (that is, the mall member ID). It is determined whether or not they are linked (step S913, step S914)). If it is not new, the member has already been registered, so the viewer 7550 is instructed to display the mall member top page (see FIG. 141) (step S915), and the viewer 7550 that receives this instruction receives the mall. The member top page is displayed on the display 7555 (step S916).

If it is determined in step S914 that it is new, the viewer 7550 is instructed to display a registration recommendation screen (not shown) (step S917), and the viewer 7550 that receives this instruction is registered. The recommended screen is displayed on the display 7555 (step S918). In the determination in step S914, in addition to this, an error such as not being a regular mall membership card may be detected, but processing and the like in that case will be omitted.

The viewer 7550 determines whether or not the "register" button is selected on the registration recommendation screen (step S919), and ends the process if the "register" button is not selected. When the "Register" button is selected, a message to that effect is transmitted to the core server 7600, and the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to display the member registration screen 7910 (see FIG. 135). (Step S920), the viewer 7550 that has received this instruction displays the member registration screen 7910 on the display 7555 (step S921).

Here, when the player inputs member information to the viewer 7550, the viewer 7550 acquires the input information (step S922) and determines whether or not the "register" button 7919 is selected by the player (step S923). ). When the "register" button 7919 is selected, the entered member information is transmitted to the core server 7600 (step S924).

The mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 generates user information based on the received member information (step S925), and generates a mall member ID (step S926).

Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 performs user authentication using the telephone number or e-mail address included in the member information (step S927), and stores these registration information in the mall member information table 7651. .. Next, the core server 7600 associates the generated user information (including the mall member ID) with the unique ID (for example, IDm) that identifies the mall member card (step S928), and puts these in the mall member information table 7651. The registration information is stored and updated (step S929).

Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to display the completion of membership registration (step S930). The viewer 7550 displays a member registration completion page (not shown) in response to the instruction (step S931).

Next, a procedure for associating a mall member and a hall member from the viewer 7550 of the hall store will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 137. In this example, in the situation where the mall membership is registered, the hall membership card at hand is to be integrated with the mall membership card. For example, if a player wishes to register as a mall member during the hall membership registration procedure, the staff at the hall store will register as a mall member using the user information obtained from the player, and then the hall membership card. A process such as linking a mall membership card can be considered.

First, in the situation where the login screen 7900 shown in FIG. 133 is displayed on the viewer 7550, when the first option, that is, the "card reading" button 7901 is selected and the card reading screen is displayed, the mall membership card Is determined for reading (step S941). When the mall membership card is presented and read, the viewer 7550 acquires a unique ID (for example, IDm) that identifies the mall membership card and transmits it to the core server 7600 (step S942).

The mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651 from the unique ID received from the viewer 7550 and authenticates whether the unique ID is registered as a mall member (that is, the mall member ID). It is determined whether or not they are linked (step S943, step S944)). If it is new, the viewer 7550 is instructed to display the registration recommendation screen (not shown) (step S945), and the viewer 7550 that receives this instruction displays the registration recommendation screen on the display 7555 (step). S946). Since this is an explanation of the process in which the mall member registration has been completed, the process after the registration recommendation screen is displayed will be omitted. Further, in the determination in step S944, in addition to this, an error such as not being a legitimate mall membership card may be detected, but the processing in that case will also be omitted.

If it is determined in step S944 that it is not new, it means that the member has already been registered, and the viewer 7550 is instructed to display the mall member top page (see FIG. 141) (step S947). Upon receiving this instruction, the viewer 7550 displays the mall member top page on the display 7555, then selects the account service, displays the member registration screen 7910, and selects the "edit" button in the member card information input area 7917. The membership card information edit screen is displayed (step S948). The screen transitions after the mall member top page may be operated by the staff of the hall store or may be automatically controlled.

FIG. 138 (A) shows the membership card information editing screen 7920. The membership card information editing screen 7920 is provided with a membership card information display area 7924 at the bottom of the top bar 7921 similar to the top bar 7911 of the member registration screen 7910, and a list of registered card information currently registered there. Is displayed. In the card information list, the card type and card number (ID) of each registered card are displayed.

In the viewer 7550, it is determined whether or not the "add card" button 7923 on the membership card information edit screen 7920 is selected (step S949), and if the "add card" button 7923 is selected, that fact is the core server 7600. The mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to display the card presentation guide (step S950), and the viewer 7550 that receives this instruction displays the card presentation guide on the display 7555. (Step S951). The card presentation guide is the card presentation guide 7926 displayed so as to overlap the membership card information display area 7924 on the membership card information editing screen 7920 of FIG. 138 (B), and the newly added card is added to the viewer 7550. Guidance is displayed so that it is held over the specified position, and when the reading is completed, a message to that effect is displayed.

The viewer 7550 determines whether or not the hall membership card of the hall system 7002 is presented according to the display of the card presentation guide 7926 (step S952), and if the hall membership card is presented, reads the card. The unique ID (for example, IDm) that identifies the hall membership card is acquired and transmitted to the core server 7600 (step S953).

Upon receiving the unique ID of the hall membership card from the viewer 7550, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 links the read hall membership card with the mall membership card (step S954), and links this link to the mall member information table 7651. The attached information is stored and updated (step S955). At this time, if a prize is registered in the favorite or prize exchange basket for each of the hall membership card and the mall membership card, it is registered in the favorite or prize exchange basket according to a predetermined rule or the player's designation. All or part of the giveaway can be integrated into either card.

Next, the core server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to display the linking completion (step S956). The viewer 7550 displays a linking completion page (not shown) in response to the instruction (step S957).

FIG. 139 shows the membership card information editing screen 7920 in a state where the linking process is completed. In the membership card information display area 7924, a hall membership card that has been additionally read and linked is newly displayed (see reference numeral 7927).

On the membership card information editing screen 7920, if the radio button in the membership card information display area 7924 is checked to specify a card and the "Delete" button 7925 is selected, the association of the designated card can be released. In this case, if the card has a favorite or prize exchange basket associated with it, the information of the prize registered in the favorite or prize exchange basket at the time of deletion can be used as a favorite of another card that has been linked up to that point. It can be replaced with a prize exchange basket (replacement or addition to the original prize). Further, when the card is deleted, the information of the favorite or the prize registered in the prize exchange basket associated with the card may be deleted.

Next, the prize selection process in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 140 to 146.

First, the procedure for adding to favorites from PC7580 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 140. In this example, the PC 7580 transmits / receives data to / from the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685, and the WEB browser running on the PC 7580 displays the WEB page. The player first searches for a prize, selects a prize from the displayed search results, and registers the prize as a favorite.

First, the PC 7580 accesses the WEB page (step S961), and the AP server 7685 responds to this and transmits the mall member top page to the PC 7580 (step S962). When the PC7580 receives the mall member top page, the PC7580 displays the mall member top page by the WEB browser (step S963).

The mall member top page is, for example, the mall member top page 7930 as shown in FIG. 141. The mall member top page 7930 includes a top bar 7931 similar to the top bar 7911 of the member registration screen 7910, and below that, a recommended display area 7932 for displaying recommended prizes, a ranking display area 7933, a favorite display area 7934, and the like. The prize exchange car display area 7935 is arranged. Here, in each display area, the number of exchangeable balls converted to a 1-yen rate is displayed together with the image of the prize. For example, the displayed price is displayed on the product management table 7752, and the exchange of the hall store It is converted by the rate (see the exchange rate management table 7654).

A prize search instruction area is displayed on the left portion of the top bar 7931, and the player specifies a prize search condition here. For example, a keyword, an exchange rate, a range of exchangeable balls (medals), and the like are specified as necessary. The prize can be registered as a favorite by selecting the prize from the results searched by such search conditions, but it is displayed in the recommended display area 7932 and the ranking display area 7933 of the mall member top page 7930. A prize detail screen 7950 (see FIG. 143) can be displayed by selecting a prize, and the prize can be registered as a favorite.

The PC7580 determines whether or not the search condition for the prize is set and the search instruction is given in the top bar 7931 of the mall member top page 7930 (step S964), and if there is an instruction, the search condition is set to AP. It is transmitted to the core server via the server 7685 (step S965, step S966).

When the prize selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 receives the search condition from the PC7580, the prize selection control unit 7602 searches the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700 with the search condition (step S967), and displays the prize search result display screen on the PC7580. Instruct to do so (step S968). When the AP server 7685 receives an instruction to display the prize search result display screen from the core server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates a prize search result display screen (or specifies a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page) in response to the instruction. It is transmitted to PC7580 (step S969). The PC7580 displays the prize search result display screen in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S970).

Here, in FIG. 142, the prize search result display screen 7940 is displayed. The prize search result display screen 7940 includes a top bar 7941, and a search result narrowing display area 7942 and a search result display area (7943 to 7946) are arranged below the top bar 7941. In the example of FIG. 142, for example, four prizes satisfying the designated search condition are displayed, and for each prize, the prize name, the image of the prize, and the number of exchangeable medals (medals) are displayed. From the number of exchangeable balls (medals), it is possible to grasp the number of balls (medals) required to exchange (acquire) the prize. Here, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) is, for example, the displayed price converted in the product management table 7752 by the exchange rate of the hall store (see the exchange rate management table 7654).

In addition, for each prize, a "prize exchange basket registration" button for putting the prize in the prize exchange basket and a "favorite registration" button for putting the prize in the favorite are displayed, and the player can "exchange the prize". If you select the "Register Basket" button, the prize will be registered in the player's prize exchange basket, and if you select the "Register Favorite" button, the prize will be registered in the player's favorites.

In the search result narrowing display area 7942, conditions for further narrowing down the search results displayed in the list are displayed. In this example, the category, exchange rate, number of exchangeable balls (medals), manufacturer, exchangeable hall store, inventory availability, prize exchange basket presence (those already registered / not registered in the prize exchange basket), Conditions such as the presence or absence of favorites (those that have already been registered as favorites / those that have not been registered) are set. As for the categories, all the prize categories currently listed as search results are displayed in a state showing the hierarchical structure of the categories. By selecting this category, the player can narrow down the prizes to only the prizes belonging to the category (and the categories lower than the category), and the narrowed-down prizes are listed as the search result.

In addition, each search result display area has a check box for setting the delivery requester, and when the player selects this, the set delivery requester is set, and the set delivery request is set as the delivery destination. The prize will be delivered as if it had been delivered by the Lord. In the prize exchange system 7001, the delivery requester is usually the operating company of the prize exchange system 7001 or its related organization, so that the player can arbitrarily set the delivery requester.

In addition, for products with different sizes and colors, such as the prizes displayed in the search result display area 7944, by selecting the "Variation" button, it is desired from among products of several sizes and colors. A variation selection screen (not shown) for selecting what to do is displayed.

Further, items that are out of stock, such as the prize displayed in the search result display area 7945, can be registered as favorites, but cannot be registered in the prize exchange basket (that is,). The "Register prize exchange basket" button cannot be selected). This is because favorites are prepared for registering prizes as if they were memos or bookmarks, while prize exchange baskets are prepared as order baskets that can be ordered immediately. It is based on the difference in usage significance.

Further, if the delivery destination selection tab of the top bar 7941 is changed, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) displayed in the search result display area (7943 to 7946) may change due to the shipping fee. However, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) changes when the shipping fee is different depending on the delivery destination and such shipping fee is reflected in the number of exchangeable balls (medals).

Returning to FIG. 140, when it is determined that the prize has been added on the prize search result display screen 7940 (step S971), that is, the "favorite registration" button is selected for the prize displayed in the search result display area. If it is determined, the product ID corresponding to the selected prize is transmitted to the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685 (step S972).

Here, the prize selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 determines whether or not the user is logged in (step S973), and if not logged in, displays the login screen 7900 on the PC7580 and causes the player to log in. (Step S974 to Step S980). This is because, in order to register a prize as a favorite, it is necessary to be a member of the prize exchange system 7001. On the other hand, even non-members can search for prizes before that. If a login error occurs, an error display screen is displayed on the PC7580 and the process ends (steps S981 to S983).

If it is determined in step S973 that the user has logged in, or if login as a mall member is permitted in step S980, the prize selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 acquires member information from the mall member information table (step). S984), the data of the favorite management table 7652 corresponding to the mall member ID is updated so that the prize designated by the player is registered as a favorite (step S985). After that, the core server 7600 instructs the PC7580 to display the completion of the addition of the prize (step S986).

When the AP server 7685 receives the display instruction of the completion of addition of the prize from the core server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates the addition completion display screen of the prize (or specifies a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page) in response to the instruction. It is transmitted to PC7580 (step S987). The PC7580 displays a prize addition completion display screen (not shown) in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S988).

In FIG. 143, the prize detail screen 7950 is displayed. By selecting a prize image or the like on various screens including the mall member top page 7930, the prize search result display screen 7940, etc., this screen including more detailed prize information is displayed. The prize detail screen 7950 includes a top bar 7951, below which a prize detail display area 7952 is arranged. In the prize detail display area 7952, a prize image display area 7953 that can select and display a plurality of prize images, a "back" button 7954 that is selected when returning to the previous screen, and a prize detail information display that displays the prize detailed information. Area 7955, a prize exchange car registration button display area 7965, and a favorite registration button display area 7957 are arranged.

In the prize detailed information display area 7955, information such as the prize name, the prize name (kana), the manufacturer name, the product code, the prize detailed explanation, the number of exchangeable balls (medals), the prize attribute information, the posting period, and the last update date are displayed. Will be done. In addition, a "prize exchange basket registration" button and a "favorite registration" button are displayed in the prize exchange basket registration button display area 7965 and the favorite registration button display area 7957, respectively. Also on this screen, the player can give a prize. Can be registered in the prize exchange basket or favorites.

FIG. 144 shows a favorite reference screen 7960. The favorite reference screen 7960 is displayed by selecting the "favorite display" button on the top bar on various screens, including the top bar 7931 on the mall member top page 7930.

The favorite reference screen 7960 includes a top bar 7961, below which a search result narrowing display area 7962 and a prize display area (7693 to 7966) are arranged. In the example of FIG. 144, for example, four prizes are registered, and for each prize, the prize name, the image of the prize, and the number of exchangeable medals (medals) are displayed. From the number of exchangeable balls (medals), it is possible to grasp the number of balls (medals) required to exchange (acquire) the prize. In addition, for each prize, a "Prize exchange basket registration" button for putting the prize in the prize exchange basket and a "Delete favorite" button for deleting the prize from the favorites are displayed, and the player can "Prize the prize". If you select the "Exchange Basket Registration" button, the prize will be registered in the player's prize exchange basket, and if you select the "Delete Favorites" button, the prize will be deleted from the player's favorites. In addition, when the player selects the "Register prize exchange basket" button, the prize can be automatically deleted from the favorites.

In the search result narrowing display area 7962, conditions for further narrowing down the search results displayed in the list are displayed, which is the same as the search result narrowing display area 7942 of the prize search result display screen 7940. Each prize display area is almost the same as the search result display area (7943 to 7946) of the above-mentioned prize search result display screen 7940.

In addition, items that are out of stock, such as the prize displayed in the prize display area 7966, cannot be registered in the prize exchange basket (that is, the "premium exchange basket registration" button cannot be selected. It has become). This is the same reason that the "premium exchange basket registration" button cannot be selected in the search result display area 7946 of FIG. 142.

Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 145, a procedure in the case of adding from the PC 7580 to the prize exchange basket will be described. In this example, the PC 7580 transmits / receives data to / from the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685, and the WEB browser running on the PC 7580 displays the WEB page. The player first searches for a prize, selects a prize from the displayed search results, and registers the prize in the prize exchange basket.

First, the PC 7580 accesses the WEB page (step S991), and the AP server 7685 responds to this and transmits the mall member top page to the PC 7580 (step S992). When the PC7580 receives the mall member top page, the PC7580 displays the mall member top page by the WEB browser (step S993).

The mall member top page is, for example, the mall member top page 7930 as shown in FIG. 141. The mall member top page 7930 includes a top bar 7931 similar to the top bar 7911 of the member registration screen 7910, and below that, a recommended display area 7932 for displaying recommended prizes, a ranking display area 7933, a favorite display area 7934, and the like. The prize exchange car display area 7935 is arranged.

A prize search instruction area is displayed on the left portion of the top bar 7931, and the player specifies a prize search condition here. For example, a keyword, an exchange rate, a range of exchangeable balls (medals), and the like are specified as necessary. The prize can be registered in the prize exchange basket by selecting a prize from the results searched by such search conditions, but it is displayed in the recommended display area 7932 and the ranking display area 7933 of the mall member top page 7930. The prize details screen 7950 (see FIG. 143) can be displayed by selecting the prize, and the prize can be registered in the prize exchange basket.

The PC7580 determines whether or not the search condition for the prize is set and the search instruction is given in the top bar 7931 of the mall member top page 7930 (step S994), and if there is an instruction, the search condition is set to AP. It is transmitted to the core server via the server 7685 (step S995, step S996).

When the prize selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 receives the search condition from the PC7580, the prize selection control unit 7602 searches the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700 with the search condition (step S997), and displays the prize search result display screen on the PC7580. Instruct to do so (step S998). When the AP server 7685 receives an instruction to display the prize search result display screen from the core server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates a prize search result display screen (or specifies a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page) in response to the instruction. It is transmitted to PC7580 (step S999). The PC7580 displays the prize search result display screen in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S1000).

As described above, the prize search result display screen is, for example, the prize search result display screen 7940 shown in FIG. 142. On the prize search result display screen 7940, it is determined that the prize has been added (step S1001), that is, it is determined that the "premium exchange basket registration" button has been selected for the prize displayed in the search result display area. In this case, the product ID corresponding to the selected prize is transmitted to the core server 7600 via the AP server 7685 (step S1002).

Here, the prize selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 determines whether or not the user is logged in (step S1003), and if not logged in, displays the login screen 7900 on the PC7580 and causes the player to log in. (Step S1004 to Step S1010). This is because it is necessary to be a member of the prize exchange system 7001 in order to register the prize in the prize exchange basket. On the other hand, even non-members can search for prizes before that. If a login error occurs, an error display screen is displayed on the PC7580 and the process ends (steps S101 to S1013).

If it is determined in step S1003 that the user has logged in, or if login as a mall member is permitted in step S1010, the prize selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 acquires member information from the mall member information table (step). S1014), the data of the prize exchange car management table 7653 corresponding to the mall member ID is updated so that the prize designated by the player is registered in the prize exchange car (step S1015). After that, the core server 7600 instructs the PC7580 to display the completion of the addition of the prize (step S1016).

When the AP server 7685 receives the display instruction of the completion of addition of the prize from the core server 7600, the AP server 7685 creates the addition completion display screen of the prize (or specifies a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page) in response to the instruction. It is transmitted to PC7580 (step S1017). The PC7580 displays a prize addition completion display screen (not shown) in response to the transmission from the AP server 7685 (step S1018).

In FIG. 146, a prize exchange basket reference screen 7970 is displayed. The prize exchange basket reference screen 7970 is displayed by selecting the "premium exchange basket display" button on the top bar on various screens, including the top bar 7931 on the mall member top page 7930.

The prize exchange basket reference screen 7970 includes a top bar 7971, below which a total number of balls (medals) display area 7792 and an exchangeable prize display area (7793 to 7975) are arranged. In the total number of balls (medals) display area 7972, the number of balls (medals) required to exchange all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket is displayed for each game medium type (exchange rate). On the prize exchange basket reference screen 7970, the number of prizes to be exchanged can be set for each prize, and the total number of balls (medals) displayed in the total number of balls (medals) display area 7792 takes into consideration the number of prizes. It is the total value.

In the example of FIG. 146, for example, three prizes are registered in the exchangeable prize display area (7793 to 7975), and for each prize, the prize name, the image of the prize, the number of prizes, and the exchangeable balls (replaceable balls) The number of medals) is displayed respectively. From the number of prizes and the number of exchangeable balls (medals), the number of balls (medals) required to exchange (acquire) the prize can be grasped. In addition, for each prize, a "Delete prize exchange basket" button for deleting the prize from the prize exchange basket and a "Favorite registration" button for registering the prize as a favorite are displayed. If you select the "Delete Prize Exchange Basket" button, the prize will be deleted from the player's prize exchange basket, and if you select the "Add to Favorites" button, the prize will be registered to the player's favorites. In addition, when the player selects the "favorite registration" button, the prize can be automatically deleted from the prize exchange basket.

Further, in the example of FIG. 146, the out-of-stock prize display area 7976 is arranged below the exchangeable prize display area (7793 to 7975), but this display area is displayed only when there is an out-of-stock prize. Inventories. This prize is not counted in the total number of balls (medals) displayed in the total number of balls (medals) display area 7972. As described with respect to the search result display area 7945 of the prize search result display screen 7940 of FIG. 142 and the prize display area 7966 of the favorite reference screen 7960 of FIG. 144, when the prize is out of stock, the prize is exchanged. It cannot be registered in the basket. Therefore, the prize displayed in the out-of-stock prize display area 7976 is out of stock after being registered in the prize exchange basket.

Next, the prize exchange process in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 147 to 157.

With reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 147 and 148, a hall member who is a member of the hall system 7002 exchanges prizes in a situation where the prize POS7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 are manually linked. The case will be described.

First, the prize POS7500 displays the prize exchange start screen (not shown) by the operation of the staff of the hall store (step S1021). Next, on the prize exchange start screen, it is determined whether or not the player's hall membership card is presented (step S1022). When the hall membership card is held over the predetermined mark position, the prize POS7500 reads the unique ID of the hall membership card (step S1023), searches the game medium holding number management table 7432 of the hall computer 7400, and the hall member. The number of balls held (that is, the number of stored balls (medals)) and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the balls held are acquired and displayed on a display or the like (step S1024). In this example, the number of coins corresponding to one exchange rate is input, that is, even if the player has a 1-yen coin and a 4-yen coin, once. When exchanging prizes, you must use either of the coins. However, it is also possible to enter the number of balls held at multiple exchange rates together with the corresponding exchange rates, integrate them according to the exchange rate, and design to exchange prizes with the balls held after the integration. is there.

On the other hand, on the prize exchange terminal 7530, a prize exchange start screen (not shown) is displayed by a predetermined operation (step S1025), and it is determined whether or not the player's hall membership card is presented on the prize exchange start screen. (Step S1026). In this case, the hall membership card is a card associated with the mall member. When the hall membership card is held over the predetermined mark position, the prize exchange terminal 7530 reads the unique ID of the hall membership card and transmits it to the core server 7600 (step S1027).

When the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 receives the unique ID of the hall membership card, it searches the mall member information table 7651, acquires the corresponding mall member ID (step S1028), and acquires the user information. (Step S1029). If the corresponding mall member ID is not found, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error. After step S1029, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display the ball number input screen (step S1030).

The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a ball number input screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1031).

The ball holding number input screen is, for example, the ball holding number input screen 7980 as shown in FIG. 149 (A). The exchange rate input area 7981 for inputting (selecting) the exchange rate, the ball (medal) number input area 7982 for inputting the number of stored balls or the number of medals, and the "confirmation" button 7983 are arranged on the ball number input screen 7980. Has been done. In this example, "1 yen lending" is input as the exchange rate, and "5000" balls are input as the number of balls (medals).

The prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the "confirmation" button 7983 is selected by inputting to the exchange rate input area 7981 and the ball (medal) number input area 7982 (step S1032). Here, in step S1024, the number of balls held and the exchange rate displayed on the prize POS7500 are input to the number of balls input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530. In this example, the prize POS7500 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 are located close to each other but are not electronically connected, and the staff at the hall store sees the number of balls and the exchange rate displayed on the prize POS7500. Then, the content is input to the number of balls possessed input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530.

When the input is made on the ball number input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530, the number of balls held and the exchange rate are acquired and transmitted to the core server 7600 (step S1033). In response to this, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the number of balls held confirmation screen (step S1034). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a ball number confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1035).

The ball holding number confirmation screen is, for example, the ball holding number confirmation screen 7990 as shown in FIG. 149 (B). On the ball holding number confirmation screen 7990, an input content display area 7991, a "cancel" button 7992, and a "next" button 7993 that display the input exchange rate and the number of balls held are arranged. In this example, "1 yen lending" is displayed as the input exchange rate, and "5000" balls are displayed as the number of input balls (medals).

Here, the prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the "Next" button 7793 is selected on the ball holding number confirmation screen 7990 (step S1036). When the "Next" button is selected on the ball holding number confirmation screen 7990 of the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a ball holding capacity check and an inventory check (step S1037). In the possession reserve check, whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket can be obtained by the value of the input ball, the prize exchange basket management table 7653 and the product management table 7755 of the shop management server 7700, etc. Is searched for and checked. The inventory check checks whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket at that time are in stock by searching the product management table 7752 or the like of the shop management server 7700.

Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 generates a prize exchange confirmation screen from the prize exchange basket management table 7653, the product management table 7752, the input number of balls, the exchange rate, and the like (step S1038). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1037, the content is displayed on the prize exchange confirmation screen, and suggestions such as deletion / change of the prize and change of the quantity are made. After that, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the prize exchange confirmation screen (step S1039). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1040).

The prize exchange confirmation screen is, for example, the prize exchange confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG. 150. The prize exchange confirmation screen 8000 shows the number of prize exchange balls (medals) registered in the prize exchange basket depending on the number of balls (medals) entered and the exchange rate entered. A total display area 8001, a prize display area (8002 to 8004) for displaying prizes registered in the prize exchange car, and a "confirmation" button 8005 are arranged. In this example, as shown in the total display area 8001 in the cart, the number of exchanged balls of the prize registered in the prize exchange basket is 4800 for a 1-yen loan pachinko ball, and the number of input balls is 5000. Is. Therefore, the remaining ball capacity check has been cleared, no error is displayed for the inventory check, and if the "confirmation" button 8005 is selected as it is, the order can be placed.

On the other hand, in the prize exchange confirmation screen 8010 shown in FIG. 151, an error indicating that the prize shown in the prize display area 8015 is an out-of-stock product and the quantity needs to be changed because there is an out-of-stock product. Message 8011 is shown at the top of the screen.

Returning to FIG. 147, the prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the prize exchange confirmation screen (step S1041). Here, when the change input is made, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 updates the contents of the prize exchange car management table 7655 (step S1042), returns to step S1037 again, and holds the ball with the changed contents. Check and check inventory. For example, the player must change the quantity of the prize to zero if it is out of stock, and if the total number of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the entered ball, the prize It is necessary to delete (zero the quantity) or reduce the quantity. If there is room in the input ball, add a prize (for example, perform an operation of adding a prize to the prize exchange basket on the favorite reference screen 7960 shown in FIG. 144) or add a prize to the prize exchange basket. You can perform operations to increase the number of registered prizes.

In the prize exchange confirmation screen 8010 shown in FIG. 151, the quantity of the prizes shown in the prize display area 8015 is changed to zero (by operating the "lower" button) in response to the error message 8011 (below). (See triangular arrow 8017). Further, here, when increasing the quantity of the prizes shown in the prize display area, the "raise" button (button of the upper triangular arrow) is operated.

After changing the prize registered in the prize exchange basket, the prize exchange confirmation screen is displayed again (with the changed contents) on the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1040), and the change input is made on the prize exchange confirmation screen. Is determined (step S1041), and further, it is determined whether or not the "confirmation" button is selected (step S1043). Then, when the "confirmation" button is selected, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a ball holding capacity check and an inventory check (step S1044), and determines whether or not the check is OK (step S1045). If the check is not OK, the process returns to step S1038 and a prize exchange confirmation screen including an error message is created.

If the check is OK in step S1045, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the prize exchange order screen (step S1046). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays the prize exchange order screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1047).

FIG. 152 shows a free gift exchange order screen 8020. The prize exchange order screen 8020 shows the total number of prize exchange balls (medals) registered in the prize exchange basket depending on the number of balls (medals) entered and the exchange rate entered. A display area 8021, a prize display area (8022 to 8023) for displaying prizes registered in the prize exchange car, and an "order" button 8024 are arranged. In this example, on the prize exchange order screen 8020 of FIG. 151, as a result of changing the quantity of the out-of-stock product from "1" to "0" and selecting the "confirm" button 8016, the error is resolved and FIG. 152 The prize exchange order screen 8020 of the above is displayed.

After displaying the prize exchange order screen, the prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the "order" button is selected (step S1048). When the "order" button is selected, the prize order control unit 7606 of the core server 7600 performs the prize order process (step S1049). In the prize ordering process, the core server 7600 instructs the shop management server to place a prize order according to information including the product ID and quantity of the prize registered in the prize exchange basket. Next, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the prize exchange completion screen and output the prize exchange acceptance certificate (step S1050), and then updates the prize exchange car management table 7653 (for example). , Deleting the registered prize, etc.) (step S1051).

Here, the core server 7600 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 receive information about the player's ball possession in the prize exchange process, and use this information to check the remaining ball possession capacity, etc., but after the prize exchange is completed, , This information is not retained.

The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays the prize exchange completion screen on the display 7535 in response to the instruction from the core server 7600, and further, the prize exchange acceptance certificate is displayed on the display 7535 of the prize exchange terminal 7530 or the printer (if necessary). The calligraphy is output (step S1052). This prize exchange acceptance certificate is proof that the prize has been exchanged and is given to the player. If the prize is not delivered, you can get some compensation with this prize exchange acceptance certificate.

FIG. 153 shows a prize exchange completion screen 8030. The prize exchange completion screen 8030 is a consumption ball number display area 8031 that displays the number of balls (medals) consumed in this prize exchange and the exchange rate, a "continue" button 8032 when continuously exchanging prizes, and " The "Done" button 8033 is placed. If you select the "Continue" button 8032, for example, you can return to the ball number input screen 7980 and exchange prizes using the surplus balls or using balls with an exchange rate different from the previous one. it can.

Here, the staff of the hall store displays the number of balls consumed input screen (not shown) on the prize POS7500 by a predetermined operation (step S1053), and the number of balls consumed and the exchange rate grasped by looking at the prize exchange completion screen 8030. Is entered in the prize POS7500. The prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the number of balls consumed and the exchange rate have been input to the number of balls consumed input screen (step S1054), and if there is an input, the number of balls consumed and the exchange rate have been input. Acquire (step S1055).

The prize POS7500 subtracts the acquired number of balls consumed from the number of balls held by the player (corresponding to the hall membership card) before the prize is exchanged (step S1056). This subtraction is done between balls (medals) of the same exchange rate. Next, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is updated to change the number of balls held by the hall member to the number of balls held after subtraction (step S1057). Finally, the prize exchange process is completed, and the receipt is output to a printer or the like as needed (step S1058).

Next, referring to the flowcharts of FIGS. 154 and 155, in a situation where the prize POS7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 are automatically linked, the hall member who is a member of the hall system 7002 The case of exchanging prizes will be described.

First, the prize POS7500 displays the prize exchange start screen (not shown) by the operation of the staff of the hall store or the like (step S1061). Next, on the prize exchange start screen, it is determined whether or not the player's hall membership card is presented (step S1062). When the hall membership card is held over the predetermined mark position, the prize POS7500 reads the unique ID of the hall membership card, searches the game medium holding number management table 7432 of the hall computer 7400, etc., and the number of medals held by the hall member. (That is, the number of stored balls (medals)) and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the balls held are acquired and transmitted to the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1063). In this case, the hall membership card is a card associated with the mall member.

Further, when the player has balls of a plurality of game medium types (exchange rates), an instruction screen is prepared by the prize POS7500 or the prize exchange terminal 7530, and one of them is selected. can do. Further, the game medium type (exchange rate) may be input (selected) in the prize POS7500 or the prize exchange terminal 7530.

When the prize exchange terminal 7530 receives the game medium type (exchange rate) of the ball held from the prize POS7500, the prize exchange terminal 7530 transmits it to the core server 7600 (step S1064). When the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 receives the unique ID of the hall membership card, it searches the mall member information table 7651, acquires the corresponding mall member ID (step S1065), and acquires the user information. (Step S1066). If the corresponding mall member ID is not found, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error.

Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a ball holding capacity check and an inventory check (step S1067). In the possession reserve check, whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket can be obtained by the value of the input ball, the prize exchange basket management table 7653 and the product management table 7755 of the shop management server 7700, etc. Is searched for and checked. The inventory check checks whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket at that time are in stock by searching the product management table 7752 or the like of the shop management server 7700.

Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 generates a prize exchange confirmation screen from the prize exchange basket management table 7653, the product management table 7752, the input number of balls, the exchange rate, and the like (step S1068). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1067, the content is displayed on the prize exchange confirmation screen, and suggestions such as deletion / change of the prize and change of the quantity are made. After that, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the prize exchange confirmation screen (step S1069). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1070).

The prize exchange / confirmation screen is, for example, the prize exchange / confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG. 150, and the details are as described above.

Next, the prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the prize exchange confirmation screen (step S1071). Here, when a change input is made, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 updates the contents of the prize exchange car management table 7655 (step S1072), returns to step S1067 again, and holds the ball with the changed contents. Check and check inventory. For example, the player must change the quantity of the prize to zero if it is out of stock, and if the total number of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the entered ball, the prize It is necessary to delete (zero the quantity) or reduce the quantity.

After changing the prize registered in the prize exchange basket, the prize exchange confirmation screen is displayed again (with the changed contents) on the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1070), and the change input is made on the prize exchange confirmation screen. Is determined (step S1071), and further, it is determined whether or not the "confirmation" button is selected (step S1073). Then, when the "confirmation" button is selected, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a ball reserve check and an inventory check (step S1074), and if the check is not OK, the process returns to step S1068 and an error occurs. Create a prize exchange confirmation screen that includes a message.

If the check is OK in step S1074, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the prize exchange order screen (step S1076). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays the prize exchange order screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1077).

The prize exchange order screen is, for example, the prize exchange order screen 8020 as shown in FIG. 152, and the details are as described above.

After displaying the prize exchange order screen, the prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the "order" button is selected (step S1078). When the "order" button is selected, the prize order control unit 7606 of the core server 7600 performs the prize order process (step S1079). In the prize ordering process, the core server 7600 instructs the shop management server to place a prize order according to information including the product ID and quantity of the prize registered in the prize exchange basket. Next, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the prize exchange completion screen and output the prize exchange acceptance certificate (step S1080).

The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays the prize exchange completion screen on the display 7535 in response to the instruction from the core server 7600, and further, the prize exchange acceptance certificate is displayed on the display 7535 of the prize exchange terminal 7530 or the printer (if necessary). The calligraphy is output (step S1081). This prize exchange acceptance certificate is proof that the prize has been exchanged and is given to the player. If the prize is not delivered, you can get some compensation with this prize exchange acceptance certificate. In this example, the prize exchange acceptance certificate is output on the prize exchange terminal 7530, but if the prize POS7500 has a printer or the like, the prize exchange acceptance certificate is printed by the prize POS7500. You can also.

The prize exchange completion screen is, for example, the prize exchange completion screen 8030 shown in FIG. 153, and the details are as described above.

Next, the prize exchange car management table 7653 is updated (for example, the registered prize is deleted) (step S1082). Here, the core server 7600 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 receive information about the player's ball possession in the prize exchange process, and use this information to check the remaining ball possession capacity, etc., but after the prize exchange is completed, , This information is not retained.

After that, the core server 7600 transmits the number of balls actually consumed and the exchange rate in the prize exchange process to the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1083), and the prize exchange terminal 7530 transfers this to the prize POS7500 (step). S1084). The prize POS7500 acquires the number of balls consumed and the exchange rate transmitted from the core server 7600 (step S1085).

Next, the prize POS7500 subtracts the acquired number of consumed balls from the number of balls held by the player (corresponding to the hall membership card) before the prize is exchanged (step S1086). This subtraction is done between balls (medals) of the same exchange rate. Next, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is updated to change the number of balls held by the hall member to the number of balls held after subtraction (step S1087). Finally, the prize exchange process is completed, and the receipt is output to a printer or the like as needed (step S1088).

Next, referring to the flowchart of FIG. 156, in a situation where the prize POS7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 are manually linked, the non-member of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange system 7001 A case where a mall member who is a member exchanges prizes will be described.

First, the prize POS7500 displays the prize exchange start screen (not shown) by the operation of the staff of the hall store (step S1091). Next, on the prize exchange start screen, the staff of the hall store or the like is made to read the counting receipt submitted by the player with, for example, a bar code reader (step S1092). The prize POS7500 acquires the number of balls held by the player and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the balls held from the contents of the read counting receipt, and displays them on a display or the like (step S1093).

On the other hand, on the prize exchange terminal 7530, a prize exchange start screen (not shown) is displayed by a predetermined operation (step S1094), and it is determined whether or not the player's mall membership card is presented on the prize exchange start screen. (Step S1095). When the mall membership card is held over the predetermined mark position, the prize exchange terminal 7530 reads the unique ID of the mall membership card and transmits it to the core server 7600 (step S1096).

When the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 receives the unique ID of the mall member card, it searches the mall member information table 7651, acquires the corresponding mall member ID (step S1097), and acquires the user information. (Step S1098). If the corresponding mall member ID is not found, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error. After step S1098, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display the ball number input screen (step S1099).

The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a ball number input screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1100).

The ball holding number input screen is, for example, the ball holding number input screen 7980 as shown in FIG. 149 (A).

The prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the number of balls held and the exchange rate have been input to the number of balls held input screen (step S1101). Here, in step S1093, the number of balls held and the exchange rate displayed on the prize POS7500 are input to the number of balls input screen of the prize exchange terminal 7530. In this example, the prize POS7500 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 are located close to each other but are not electronically connected, and the staff at the hall store sees the number of balls and the exchange rate displayed on the prize POS7500. Then, the content is input to the number of balls possessed input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530.

When input is made to the number of balls held input screen of the prize exchange terminal 7530, the number of balls held and the exchange rate are acquired and transmitted to the core server 7600 (step S1102). In response to this, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the number of balls held confirmation screen (step S1103). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a ball number confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1104).

The ball holding number confirmation screen is, for example, the ball holding number confirmation screen 7990 as shown in FIG. 149 (B).

Here, the prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the "Next" button is selected on the ball holding number confirmation screen 7990 (step S1105). When the "Next" button is selected on the ball holding number confirmation screen of the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a ball holding capacity check and an inventory check (step S1106). In the possession reserve check, whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket can be obtained by the value of the input ball, the prize exchange basket management table 7653 and the product management table 7755 of the shop management server 7700, etc. Is searched for and checked. The inventory check checks whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket at that time are in stock by searching the product management table 7752 or the like of the shop management server 7700.

Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 generates a prize exchange confirmation screen from the prize exchange basket management table 7653, the product management table 7752, the input number of balls, the exchange rate, and the like (step S1107). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1106, the content is displayed on the prize exchange confirmation screen, and suggestions such as deletion / change of the prize and change of the quantity are made. After that, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the prize exchange confirmation screen (step S1108). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1109).

The prize exchange confirmation screen is, for example, the prize exchange confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG. 150.

Next, the prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the prize exchange confirmation screen (step S1110). Here, when the change input is made, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 updates the contents of the prize exchange car management table 7655 (step S1111), returns to step S1106 again, and holds the ball with the changed contents. Check and check inventory. For example, the player must change the quantity of the prize to zero if it is out of stock, and if the total number of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the entered ball, the prize It is necessary to delete (zero the quantity) or reduce the quantity. If the total number of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the entered number of balls, it is necessary to delete the prize (make the quantity zero) or reduce the quantity.

After changing the prize registered in the prize exchange basket, the prize exchange confirmation screen is displayed again (with the changed contents) on the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1109), and the change input is made on the prize exchange confirmation screen. Is determined (step S1110). After that, the process is the same as the flow shown in FIG. 148, and when the "order" button is selected on the prize exchange order screen, the prize order process is performed and the prize exchange acceptance certificate is output on the prize exchange terminal 7530. At the same time, a counting receipt is output in which the number of balls subtracted by the number of balls consumed by the prize POS7500 is printed. In this example, since the player is not a member of the hall system 7002, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is not updated.

Next, referring to the flowchart of FIG. 157, in a situation where the prize POS7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 are automatically linked, the non-member of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange system 7001 The case where a mall member who is a member of the above exchanges prizes will be described.

First, the prize POS7500 displays the prize exchange start screen (not shown) by the operation of the staff of the hall store or the like (step S1121). Next, on the prize exchange start screen, the staff of the hall store or the like is made to read the counting receipt submitted by the player with, for example, a bar code reader (step S1122). The prize POS7500 stores the number of balls held by the player and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the balls held from the contents of the read counting receipt. In this example, the number of balls held and the exchange rate are read from the counting receipt, but the exchange rate may be input separately. Further, the number of balls held and the exchange rate may be read from another recording medium.

On the other hand, on the prize exchange terminal 7530, a prize exchange start screen (not shown) is displayed by a predetermined operation (step S1123), and it is determined whether or not the player's mall membership card is presented on the prize exchange start screen. (Step S1124). When the mall membership card is held over the predetermined mark position, the prize exchange terminal 7530 reads the unique ID of the mall membership card and transmits it to the core server 7600 (step S1125). In this example, the mall membership card is read by the prize exchange terminal 7530, but it may be read by the prize POS 7500 and transmitted to the core server 7600.

When the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 receives the unique ID of the mall member card, it searches the mall member information table 7651, acquires the corresponding mall member ID (step S1126), and acquires the user information. (Step S1127). If the corresponding mall member ID is not found, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error.

Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the ball holding screen (step S1128). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a ball holding screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1129). Here, the prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the "acquisition" button on the ball possession acquisition screen is selected (step S1130). When the "acquire" button on the possession ball acquisition screen is selected, the prize exchange terminal 7530 requests the prize POS7500 to acquire the possession ball (step S1131).

The prize POS7500 acquires the number of balls held and the exchange rate read and stored from the player's counting receipt in response to the acquisition request from the prize exchange terminal 7530, and transmits it to the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1132). The prize exchange terminal 7530 transfers the received number of balls and the exchange rate to the core server 7600 (step S1133).

When the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 receives the number of balls held and the exchange rate from the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize exchange capacity check and inventory check are performed (step S1134). In the possession reserve check, whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket can be obtained by the value of the input ball, the prize exchange basket management table 7653 and the product management table 7755 of the shop management server 7700, etc. Is searched for and checked. The inventory check checks whether or not all the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket at that time are in stock by searching the product management table 7752 or the like of the shop management server 7700.

Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 generates a prize exchange confirmation screen from the prize exchange basket management table 7653, the product management table 7752, the input number of balls, the exchange rate, and the like (step S1135). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1134, the content is displayed on the prize exchange confirmation screen, and suggestions such as deletion / change of the prize and change of the quantity are made. After that, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the prize exchange confirmation screen (step S1136). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1137).

The prize exchange confirmation screen is, for example, the prize exchange confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG. 150.

Next, the prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the prize exchange confirmation screen (step S1138). Here, when the change input is made, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 updates the contents of the prize exchange car management table 7655 (step S1139), returns to step S1134 again, and holds the ball with the changed contents. Check and check inventory. For example, the player must change the quantity of the prize to zero if it is out of stock, and if the total number of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the entered ball, the prize It is necessary to delete (zero the quantity) or reduce the quantity.

After changing the prize registered in the prize exchange basket, the prize exchange confirmation screen is displayed again (with the changed contents) on the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1137), and the change input is made on the prize exchange confirmation screen. Is determined (step S1138). After that, the process is the same as the flow shown in FIG. 155, and when the "order" button is selected on the prize exchange order screen, the prize order process is performed and the prize exchange acceptance certificate is output on the prize exchange terminal 7530. At the same time, a counting receipt is output in which the number of balls subtracted by the number of balls consumed by the prize POS7500 is printed. In this example, since the player is not a member of the hall system 7002, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is not updated.

Next, the product determination process in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 158 to 166. The prize exchange system 7001 determines the display price of the product displayed in the search result, recommendation, or ranking, and the display price displayed for the product registered in the favorite or the prize exchange basket by the characteristic logic, and the result is , Determine the shop that is the supplier of the product. This process is executed by the product determination unit 7702 of the shop management server 7700. The function of the product determination unit 7702 can be applied to the prize exchange system according to each of the above embodiments (for example, the prize exchange system according to the first to third embodiments and the fifth to eighth embodiments). ..

FIG. 158 is a diagram conceptually showing a process of listing a product by a shop and determining a product that can be exchanged as a free gift. FIG. 158 (A) shows a situation in which the same product (product ID = P001) is exhibited from the two shops "AAA" and "BBB", and the selling price and the inventory are different from each other. In FIG. 158 (B), the shop "CCC" further sells the same product (product ID = P001), and the selling price and inventory are different from those of the shops "AAA" and "BBB".

In such a situation, the prize exchange system 7001 performs a prize ordering process for the product of the shop "BBB", for example, when the player places an order to exchange the product as a prize. In the prize exchange system 7001, the price of each product is determined by a predetermined logic. In addition, in the prize exchange system 7001, the shop is not selected at the time of ordering the prize, but the price (the number of exchangeable medals) of the product to be displayed as the search result, recommendation, or ranking is determined daily. At that time, the shop is decided based on the price decision. However, if the price of the product is determined in real time, the price of the product may change and the shop may change accordingly. For example, the price of a product when the player registers the product as a favorite, the price when the product is registered in the prize exchange basket, and the price when the final order is placed may differ. It is possible that an error will occur in the ball reserve check, or conversely, a surplus ball will be generated more than initially expected.

Taking the configuration of FIG. 111 as an example, each shop can exchange prizes from the shop terminal via the cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system 7802, the EC mall management system 7822, or the shop system 7842, or directly from the shop terminal. A product can be listed for 7001, but the listing is only registered as a candidate for a product that can be exchanged as a free gift (ie, a candidate for a supplier). Ultimately, the shop that sells the product at the price determined by the prize exchange system 7001 is determined as the supplier.

On the other hand, the player, after grasping the price (the number of exchangeable balls (medals)) of the products to be displayed as search results, recommendations, or rankings, registers them in the favorite or prize exchange basket and places an order. It is not known from which shop the item was offered (however, if the item is delivered, it may ultimately be known by the description of the origin).

As described above, the price of goods (the number of exchangeable balls (medals)) is determined by a predetermined logic, for example, daily or in real time. First, a method of daily pricing will be described with reference to FIGS. 159 to 161. For example, the shop management server 7700 shown in FIG. 126 is configured to further include a product price determination unit, and the prize DB 7750 stores an exhibition management table and a shipping table.

FIGS. 159 to 161 describe a method in which the price of each product is determined on a daily basis (daily fluctuation method) and a fixed shipping fee is added. The fixed shipping fee is a virtually set shipping fee, not the shipping fee actually required.

(1) illustrates the case where there is a single supplier (see FIG. 159). The shop "AAA" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen. Further, the shop "AAA" is a shop in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and it is associated with the shipping table (0020). The state of such listing is stored in the listing management table. The shipping table (0020) is set to a flat rate of 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

In such a case, the candidates are only the products exhibited by the shop "AAA", and the displayed price of the products (product ID = P001) is 1400 yen. That is, since the shipping fee is constant, the displayed price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (400 yen) = 1400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

As a result, the shop "AAA" is determined as a supplier. Here, for the sake of clarity, the displayed price is displayed in units of yen, but in reality, it is represented by, for example, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) (the same applies in the following explanation). ). In addition, the determined shop products are stored in the product management table together with the shop ID that identifies the shop and the displayed price.

(2) illustrates the case where there are a plurality of suppliers (see FIG. 159). The shop "AAA" sells the product (product ID = P001) at the selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells the product (product ID = P001) at the selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" The product (product ID = P001) is exhibited at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop "AAA" and the shop "CCC" are shops in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0020). On the other hand, the shop "BBB" is a shop in Osaka, the shipping source is Osaka, and it is associated with the shipping table (0021). The state of such listing is stored in the listing management table. Both the shipping table (0020) and the shipping table (0021) are set at a uniform price of 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

In such a case, the candidates are the products exhibited by the shops "AAA", "BBB", and "BBB" respectively, and the displayed price of the products (product ID = P001) is 1400 yen, including the shipping fee. It will be 1500 yen and 1600 yen. In other words, since the shipping fee is fixed, the shipping fee will be 400 yen regardless of whether the shipping source or delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka, and for the shop "AAA", the displayed price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen). ) + Shipping fee (400 yen) = 1400 yen, for shop "BBB", list price (exchange price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping fee (400 yen) = 1500 yen, for shop "CCC", list price (Exchange price) = Selling price (1200 yen) + Shipping fee (400 yen) = 1600 yen.

Here, for example, if a criterion of "selecting the second highest price among the candidates" is set, as a result, the shop "BBB" is determined as a supplier. In addition, the determined product is stored in the product management table together with the shop ID that identifies the shop and the displayed price.

(3) exemplifies the case where there are a plurality of suppliers and the number of suppliers increases or decreases. The state changes as follows from (a) a prize search to (b) a prize exchange.
(A) When searching for prizes (see Fig. 160)
The shop "AAA" sells the product (product ID = P001) at the selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells the product (product ID = P001) at the selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" The product (product ID = P001) is exhibited at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop "AAA" and the shop "CCC" are shops in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0020). On the other hand, the shop "BBB" is a shop in Osaka, the shipping source is Osaka, and it is associated with the shipping table (0021). The state of such listing is stored in the listing management table. Both the shipping table (0020) and the shipping table (0021) are set at a uniform price of 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

In such a case, the candidates are the products that the shops "AAA", "BBB", and "CCC" sell respectively, and the displayed price of the products (product ID = P001) is 1400 yen, including the shipping fee. It will be 1500 yen and 1600 yen. In other words, since the shipping fee is fixed, the shipping fee will be 400 yen regardless of whether the shipping source or delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka, and for the shop "AAA", the displayed price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen). ) + Shipping fee (400 yen) = 1400 yen, for shop "BBB", list price (exchange price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping fee (400 yen) = 1500 yen, for shop "CCC", list price (Exchange price) = Selling price (1200 yen) + Shipping fee (400 yen) = 1600 yen.

Here, for example, if a criterion of "selecting the second highest price among the candidates" is set, as a result, the shop "BBB" is determined as a supplier. In addition, the determined shop products are stored in the product management table together with the shop ID that identifies the shop and the displayed price.

(B) When exchanging prizes (see Fig. 161)
The shop "AAA" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" sells it. The product (product ID = P001) is listed at a selling price of 1200 yen, and the shop "DDD" is selling the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1300 yen. Further, the shop "AAA" and the shop "CCC" are shops in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0020). On the other hand, the shop "BBB" and the shop "DDD" are shops in Osaka, and the shipping source is Osaka, which is associated with the shipping table (0021). The state of such listing is stored in the listing management table. Both the shipping table (0020) and the shipping table (0021) are set at a uniform price of 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

In such a case, the candidates are the products exhibited by the shops "AAA", "BBB", "CCC", and "DDD", respectively, and the displayed price of the product (product ID = P001) is the displayed price including the shipping fee. They are 1400 yen, 1500 yen, 1600 yen and 1700 yen, respectively. In other words, since the shipping fee is fixed, the shipping fee will be 400 yen regardless of whether the shipping source or delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka, and for the shop "AAA", the displayed price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen). ) + Shipping fee (400 yen) = 1400 yen, for shop "BBB", list price (exchange price) = selling price (1100 yen) + shipping fee (400 yen) = 1500 yen, for shop "CCC", list price (Exchange price) = Selling price (1200 yen) + Shipping fee (400 yen) = 1600 yen, For the shop "DDD", the displayed price (Exchange price) = Selling price (1300 yen) + Shipping fee (400 yen) = 1700 yen It becomes.

Here, for example, if the criterion of "selecting the second highest price among the candidates" is set, as a result, the shop "CCC" is determined as the supplier. In this example, Since it is a daily variation method, in reality, (a) the shop "BBB" determined at the time of the prize search is still determined as the supplier. In addition, the determined shop product is stored in the product management table together with the shop ID that identifies the shop and the displayed price (if there is no change in the determined result, it is not updated).

Next, with reference to FIGS. 162 to 164, a case where the price of each product is determined in real time (real-time fluctuation method) and the actual shipping fee, which is the actual shipping fee, is added will be described. To do.

(1) illustrates the case where there is a single supplier (see FIG. 162). The shop "AAA" sells a product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen. Further, the shop "AAA" is a shop in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and it is associated with the shipping table (0010). The state of such listing is stored in the listing management table. The shipping table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka.

In such a case, the candidates are only the products exhibited by the shop "AAA", but the displayed price differs depending on the delivery destination. That is, if the delivery destination is Tokyo, the display price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1100 yen, and if the delivery destination is Osaka, the display price (exchange price) = selling price ( 1000 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1500 yen.

Since there is only "AAA" in the shop, the shop "AAA" is decided as the supplier regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka. In addition, the determined shop products are stored in the product management table together with the shop ID that identifies the shop and the displayed price.

(2) illustrates the case where there are a plurality of suppliers (see FIG. 162). The shop "AAA" sells the product (product ID = P001) at the selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells the product (product ID = P001) at the selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" The product (product ID = P001) is exhibited at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop "AAA" and the shop "CCC" are shops in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0010). On the other hand, the shop "BBB" is a shop in Osaka, the shipping source is Osaka, and it is associated with the shipping table (0011). The state of such listing is stored in the listing management table. The shipping table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka, and the shipping table (0011) is set to 500 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 100 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka. Has been done.

In such a case, the candidates are the products that the shops "AAA", "BBB", and "BBB" sell respectively, and the displayed price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1100 yen to 1700 yen, including the shipping fee. It changes to a circle. That is, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the list price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1100 yen for the shop "AAA", and the list price (exchange price) for the shop "BBB". Price) = Sales price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (500 yen) = 1600 yen, For the shop "CCC", the displayed price (exchange price) = Sales price (1200 yen) + Shipping fee (100 yen) = 1300 yen .. If the delivery destination is Osaka, the list price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1500 yen for the shop "AAA", and the list price (exchange price) for the shop "BBB". Price) = Selling price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (100 yen) = 1200 yen, For the shop "CCC", the displayed price (exchange price) = Selling price (1200 yen) + Shipping fee (500 yen) = 1700 yen ..

Here, for example, if the criterion of "selecting the second highest price among the candidates" is set, if the delivery destination is Tokyo, the shop "CCC" is determined as the supplier and the delivery destination is Osaka. In the case of, the shop "AAA" is determined as the supplier. In addition, the determined product is stored in the product management table together with the shop ID that identifies the shop and the displayed price.

(3) exemplifies the case where there are a plurality of suppliers and the number of suppliers increases or decreases. The state changes as follows from (a) a prize search to (b) a prize exchange.
(A) When searching for prizes (see Fig. 163)
The shop "AAA" sells the product (product ID = P001) at the selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells the product (product ID = P001) at the selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" The product (product ID = P001) is exhibited at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop "AAA" and the shop "CCC" are shops in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0010). On the other hand, the shop "BBB" is a shop in Osaka, the shipping source is Osaka, and it is associated with the shipping table (0011). The state of such listing is stored in the listing management table. The shipping table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka, and the shipping table (0011) is set to 500 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 100 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka. Has been done.

In such a case, the candidates are the products exhibited by the shops "AAA", "BBB", and "CCC", respectively, and the displayed price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1100 yen to 1700 yen, including the shipping fee. It changes to a circle. That is, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the list price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1100 yen for the shop "AAA", and the list price (exchange price) for the shop "BBB". Price) = Sales price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (500 yen) = 1600 yen, For the shop "CCC", the displayed price (exchange price) = Sales price (1200 yen) + Shipping fee (100 yen) = 1300 yen .. If the delivery destination is Osaka, the list price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1500 yen for the shop "AAA", and the list price (exchange price) for the shop "BBB". Price) = Selling price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (100 yen) = 1200 yen, For the shop "CCC", the displayed price (exchange price) = Selling price (1200 yen) + Shipping fee (500 yen) = 1700 yen ..

Here, for example, if the criterion of "selecting the second highest price among the candidates" is set, if the delivery destination is Tokyo, the shop "CCC" is determined as the supplier and the delivery destination is Osaka. In the case of, the shop "AAA" is determined as the supplier. In addition, the determined product is stored in the product management table together with the shop ID that identifies the shop and the displayed price.

(B) When exchanging prizes (see Fig. 164)
The shop "AAA" sells the product (product ID = P001) at the selling price of 1000 yen, the shop "BBB" sells the product (product ID = P001) at the selling price of 1100 yen, and the shop "CCC" The product (product ID = P001) is listed at a selling price of 1200 yen, and the shop "DDD" is selling the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1300 yen. Further, the shop "AAA" and the shop "CCC" are shops in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and they are associated with the shipping table (0010). On the other hand, the shop "BBB" and the shop "DDD" are shops in Osaka, and the shipping source is Osaka, which is associated with the shipping table (0011). The state of such listing is stored in the listing management table. The shipping table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka, and the shipping table (0011) is set to 500 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 100 yen when the delivery destination is Osaka. Has been done.

In such a case, the candidates are the products that the shops "AAA", "BBB", "CCC", and "DDD" sell respectively, and the displayed price of the product (product ID = P001) is the displayed price, including the shipping fee. It varies from 1100 yen to 1800 yen. They will be 1400 yen, 1500 yen, 1600 yen and 1700 yen, respectively. That is, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the list price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1100 yen for the shop "AAA", and the list price (exchange price) for the shop "BBB". Price) = Sales price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (500 yen) = 1600 yen, For shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = Sales price (1200 yen) + Shipping fee (100 yen) = 1300 yen, Shop For "DDD", the displayed price (exchange price) = selling price (1300 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1800 yen. If the delivery destination is Osaka, the list price (exchange price) = selling price (1000 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1500 yen for the shop "AAA", and the list price (exchange price) for the shop "BBB". Price) = Sales price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (100 yen) = 1200 yen, For shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = Sales price (1200 yen) + Shipping fee (500 yen) = 1700 yen, Shop For "DDD", the displayed price (exchange price) = selling price (1300 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1400 yen.

Here, for example, if the criterion of "selecting the second highest price among the candidates" is set, if the delivery destination is Tokyo, the shop "BBB" is determined as the supplier and the delivery destination is Osaka. In the case of, the shop "AAA" is determined as the supplier. In this example, since it is a real-time fluctuation method, the finally decided shop "BBB" (when the delivery destination is Tokyo) and the shop "AAA" (when the delivery destination is Osaka) purchase at the time of prize exchange. Determined first. With such a real-time fluctuation method, it is possible to implement and reflect changes in the displayed price due to an increase or decrease in suppliers in real time even during business hours. In addition, the determined shop products are stored in the product management table together with the shop ID that identifies the shop and the displayed price.

In the above example, in order to determine the product to be displayed as a free gift from the product candidates, the criterion of "selecting the second highest priced product among the candidates" was used, but here, further Another product determination logic will be described. By such a product determination logic, the display price of the product is determined, and the shop (that is, the supplier) that handles the product is determined.

The flowchart of FIG. 165 illustrates the procedure of the product determination process in the prize exchange system 7001. A plurality of conditions are set to exclude products that do not meet those conditions, and for some conditions, the products are ranked to finally determine one product (list price).

First, when the player exchanges prizes and the prize ordering control unit 7606 of the core server 7600 instructs the prize ordering process (see FIG. 148, etc.), the exhibition management table 7757 of the shop management server 7700 is referred to. , Acquire information about a product having the same ID as the ordered product ID (step S1141). When a plurality of shops sell the same product, it is possible to determine a shop that satisfies a predetermined condition from among them. As for the predetermined conditions, for example, the one that maximizes the profit brought to the prize exchange system 7001 by the prize exchange is preferentially selected.

Next, the displayed price of each product is calculated based on the shipping table (step S1142). For example, the shipping address of a product is calculated from the shipping address, shop address, and shipping conditions (temperature setting and delivery date and time setting) specified by the player, and the displayed price of each product is determined in consideration of the shipping fee. .. The shipping table may be set individually by each shop, or it may be set uniformly for the entire system or set in several steps.

Next, for example, necessary data is acquired from various tables and the like for other indexes to be compared as a condition to be determined later, and calculation is performed (step S1143). For example, the purchase amount (payment amount to the shop), the profit margin (difference between the selling price and the purchase price), the evaluation point of the supplier, and the like.

From the first condition to the sixth condition shown in steps S1144 to S1155, those satisfying the conditions are left as candidates, the price of one product is finally determined, and the shop handling the product is determined as the supplier. Will be done. Here, FIG. 166 (A) shows an exhibition management table including a plurality of the same products (product ID = P001), FIG. 166 (B) shows a shipping table, and further, FIG. 166 (C). ) Shows the list of candidates obtained based on the contents of these tables and other indicators, and in the following explanation, including how these list of candidates are judged under each condition. It shall be explained. Further, in the candidate list of FIG. 166 (C), the evaluation results under each condition are also displayed.

First condition: In step S1144, the purchase amount condition is determined. The condition is that the purchase price of the product (that is, the amount paid to the shop for the product) is lower than the displayed price, and the product that does not satisfy this condition is excluded from the candidates (step S1145). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the product of the shop "FFF" does not satisfy this condition (that is, the payment amount is 1925 yen for the displayed price of 1900 yen) and is excluded from the candidates.

Second condition: In step S1146, the inventory condition is determined. The products of the shop whose inventory of the products is zero at the time of exchange are excluded from the candidates (step S1147). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the product of the shop "BBB" has zero inventory and does not satisfy this condition, so that it is excluded from the candidates.

Third condition: In step S1148, the profit margin condition is determined. The difference between the selling price and the purchase price, that is, the amount received from the hall store by the prize exchange-the larger the amount paid to the shop by the prize exchange, the higher the ranking (step S1149). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, rankings are made in descending order of profit margin.

Fourth condition: In step S1150, the inventory quantity condition is determined. In order to reduce the risk of out-of-stock after the exchange is completed, the higher the number of products in stock, the higher the ranking (step S1151). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the items are ranked in descending order of the number of inventories.

Fifth condition: In step S1152, the evaluation point condition is determined. In order to safely exchange prizes and reduce risks related to the shop, the higher the evaluation score of the shop, the higher the ranking (step S1153). Shop evaluation can be done and quantified from various perspectives. For example, various viewpoints such as the size of the shop, the number of years of business, the delivery record (the number of late deliveries and misdelivery), the evaluation from the delivery destination, and the quality and price of the products to be provided can be considered. In the candidate list of FIG. 166, they are ranked in descending order of evaluation points.

Sixth condition: In step S1154, it is determined whether or not there are a plurality of candidates. If there is only one candidate, proceed to the next step to decide on that product. If there are a plurality of products, one product is determined using a predetermined criterion (step S1155). For example, the rankings determined by the third to fifth conditions are evaluated by a predetermined method, and the product with the highest evaluation is selected. In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the products remaining without being excluded are the products of the shop "AAA", the products of the shop "CCC", the products of the shop "DDD", the products of the shop "EEE", and the products of the shop "GGG". It is a product. For example, if a criterion of "selecting the product with the highest number of high rankings" is set, the product is finally decided as the product of the shop "AAA". Of course, various other selection criteria can be set.

In step S1156, the price of the finally selected product is set as the display price, the shop that handles the product is determined as the supplier, and the product is added to the product management table 7752 as an exchangeable prize at a predetermined timing.

The procedure of the product determination process described so far is only an example, and various other criteria can be adopted based on such an idea of the present invention.

Up to this point, the timing of product determination (that is, the timing at which the price of the product (the number of exchangeable medals) is determined) has been described as daily or real-time, but other timings, for example, 1 hour. It can be determined at various other intervals, such as every other day or every two days. In addition, the decision timing can be different depending on the product.

Next, the delivery progress display process of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 167. When the player becomes a mall member and exchanges prizes with the prize exchange system 7001, the player can display a list of the progress until the prizes are delivered from the shop to the designated delivery destination.

First, a player who is a mall member performs a predetermined operation on the viewer 7550, which is a prize selection device, displays a delivery progress information display instruction screen (not shown) (step S1161), and displays the delivery progress information display instruction screen. In (step S1162), it is determined whether or not the player's mall membership card is presented. When the mall membership card is held over the predetermined mark position, the viewer 7550 reads the unique ID of the mall membership card and transmits it to the core server 7600 (step S1163). In addition, on the delivery progress information display instruction screen, it is also possible to specify the order number and product ID of the order to be displayed.

When the core server 7600 receives the unique ID, it refers to the mall member information table 7651 and acquires the mall member ID (step S1164). Next, the delivery progress information display control unit 7607 of the core server 7600 refers to the order history management table 7756 of the shop management server 7700 based on the acquired mall member ID, and the prize order processing is performed by the mall member ID. An order is obtained that includes a product that has not yet been delivered (step S1165).

Next, the delivery progress information display control unit 7607 of the core server 7600 determines from the acquired order information whether or not there is a product for which delivery progress information has not yet been created (step S1166), and the product is released. If there is no more, the process proceeds to step S1173. If it is determined in step S1166 that there is still a product, it is determined whether or not the product has been arranged for delivery (step S1167). If there is no product for which delivery has been arranged, the process proceeds to step S1171. If it is determined in step S1167 that there is a product for which delivery has been arranged, the delivery company code is acquired with reference to the order history management table 7756, and the delivery company is specified (step S1168).

Further, referring to the order history management table 7756, the tracking number regarding the delivery of the product is obtained, the specified delivery company is inquired (step S1169), and the delivery status (status) of the package corresponding to the tracking number is determined. Acquire (step S1170). Such a method of obtaining the delivery status at the delivery company can be obtained by using the interface for inquiry, for example, if the delivery company provides an interface such as API. If there is no such API, it is possible to access the WEB page of the package inquiry provided by the delivery company, analyze the data such as HTML (perform processing such as so-called web scraping), and obtain the delivery status.

Next, with reference to the order history management table 7756, order information including the order status for the shop and the order receipt status in the cooperation / management system is acquired (step S1171). After that, the information acquired above is edited to create a delivery progress information display screen (step S1172).

When all the acquisition of the delivery progress information regarding the product is completed, the viewer 7550 is instructed to display the delivery progress information display screen (step S1173). The viewer 7550 displays the delivery progress information display screen on the display 7555 in response to the display instruction of the delivery progress information display screen (step S1174).

An example of the delivery progress information display screen displayed in this way is shown in FIG. 168. On the delivery progress information display screen 8040 shown in FIG. 168, a top bar 8041, an order ID display area 8042, a delivery phase display area 8043, a product-specific delivery progress display area (8044-8047), and a "back" button 8048 are arranged. Has been done.

In the order ID display area 8042, the order number specified by the player on the delivery progress information display instruction screen or the order number of the order placed by the player is displayed. In the delivery phase display area 8043, the title of each delivery phase such as order acceptance, product shipment, delivery start, delivery in progress, and delivery completion is displayed, and the delivery status of each product shown below can be known. ..

Each of the product-specific delivery progress display areas shows delivery progress information about the products contained in the related order. For example, in the part corresponding to the title of the delivery phase, the EC mall, shop, delivery company, business office of the delivery company, etc. in charge of that phase are displayed, and the progress bar and date (scheduled date and actual date) are displayed. Is displayed. In addition, regarding the order acceptance phase, the order acceptance at the shop and the order acceptance at the cross-type EC mall or EC mall can be displayed separately. More specifically, the delivery progress information for the product A (product ID = P009) is displayed in the delivery progress display area 8044 for each product, and after the order is accepted at the shop AAA on 1/24. , It can be understood that the request for shipping the goods was made to X Transport on 1/28.

In this way, the player can grasp the delivery status of the products included in all or one order in a cross-sectional and unified manner with respect to the prize exchange made by the player. Even if the order route is different or the delivery company is different, they can be displayed together. For example, the player can collectively display the delivery status of each product in various units such as the order, category, and delivery destination to which the product belongs. Further, if the delivery progress display area for each product is selected, a more detailed delivery status may be displayed.

In this example, the delivery progress information display screen 8040 is displayed on the viewer 7550, but it can be displayed on the PC 7580, smartphone 7570, or other computer.

Next, a procedure for registering a product in the prize exchange system 7001 from the shop terminal will be described with reference to FIGS. 169 and 170.

The flowchart of FIG. 169 shows the product from the shop terminal 7804 to the prize DB 7750 of the shop management server 7700 via the cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system 7802 (and further via the cross-type EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7800). This is the procedure for registering.

First, the shop terminal 7804 accesses a predetermined WEB page by a WEB browser or the like, and requests a product search page there (step S1181). Here, the shop management server 7700 functions as a WEB server and transmits the requested product search page (step S1182). The shop terminal 7804 displays the product search page on the WEB browser (step S1183), and determines whether or not to give a prize search instruction there (step S1184). When the prize search instruction is given by the shop staff, the shop terminal 7804 acquires the search condition input by the shop staff and transmits it to the shop management server 7700 (step S1185).

When the shop management server 7700 receives the search condition from the shop terminal 7804, the shop management server 7700 executes a prize search process based on the search condition (step S1186), creates a prize search result display screen, and transmits the prize search result display screen to the shop terminal 7804 (step S1187). ..

The prize search result display screen is displayed on the shop terminal 7804 (step S1188), and it is determined whether or not the product registration is performed there (step S1189). The shop staff registers the product for the cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system 7802 (step S1190), and the product registration performs file linkage by receiving the data feed from the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802. As a result, the product registration of the shop is performed on the shop management server 7700 by linking with the API prepared in advance or by web scraping or the like (step S1191).

When the product of the shop is registered, the shop management server 7700 refers to the product management table and determines whether or not the product is new (step S1192). When it is determined that the product is new, the product is examined (step S1193). In this case, the examination of the goods is carried out automatically or manually using a predetermined standard. For a new product, for example, a new product ID is given at this point. In addition, on the management terminal 7870, similar products are automatically displayed for products exhibited from a plurality of shops (for example, products whose product names are registered in kanji notation and products registered in katakana notation), and are substantially the same. If it is determined that the products are the same, those products will be aggregated and treated as the same product, and detailed information on the products will be shared to unify them.

When it is determined that the product is not new, or after the product is examined, the shop management server 770 adds the registered product to the listing management table (step S1194). In this example, the product information registered from the shop is once stored in the exhibition management table 7757 to be a candidate for an exchangeable prize, and then determined as an exchangeable prize in the product determination process (Fig.). (See 165), the product is registered in the product management table 7752.

Here, the procedure for registering a product from the shop terminal 7804 to the prize DB7750 of the shop management server 7700 via the cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system 7802 is shown, but the EC mall management system 7822 and the shop system 7842 The procedure is the same as this when is intervened between the shop terminal and the shop management server 7700.

The flowchart of FIG. 170 is a procedure for registering a product in the prize DB 7750 of the shop management server 7700 directly from the shop terminal 7864 (via the individual shop I / F server).

First, the shop terminal 7864 accesses a predetermined WEB page of the WEB server configured by the WEB server unit 7860b of the individual shop I / F server 7860, and requests a product search page there (step S2001). Here, the shop management server 7700 instructs the WEB server to send the requested product search page (step S2002). The shop terminal 7864 displays the product search page on the WEB browser (step S2003), and determines whether or not to give a prize search instruction there (step S2004). When the prize search instruction is given by the shop staff, the shop terminal 7864 acquires the search conditions input by the shop staff and transmits the search conditions to the shop management server 7700 (step S2005).

When the shop management server 7700 receives the search condition from the shop terminal 7864, the shop management server 7700 executes a prize search process based on the search condition (step S2006), creates a prize search result display screen, and transmits the prize search result display screen to the shop terminal 7864 (step S2007). ..

The prize search result display screen is displayed on the shop terminal 7864 (step S2008), and it is determined whether or not the product registration is performed there (step S2009). The shop staff directly registers the product on the shop management server 7700 of the prize exchange system 7001, where the shop management server 7700 is operated by operating the screen provided by the shop management server 7700 or by linking files. The product is registered for (steps S2010, 2011).

When the product of the shop is registered, the shop management server 7700 refers to the product management table and determines whether or not the product is new (step S2012). When it is determined that the product is new, the product is examined (step S2013). In this case, the examination of the goods is carried out automatically or manually using a predetermined standard. For a new product, for example, a new product ID is given at this point.

When it is determined that the product is not new, or after the product is examined, the shop management server 770 adds the registered product to the listing management table (step S2014). In this example, the product information registered from the shop is once stored in the exhibition management table 7757 to be a candidate for an exchangeable prize, and then determined as an exchangeable prize in the product determination process (Fig.). (See 165), the product is registered in the product management table 7752.

In this way, the products displayed as exchangeable prizes by the prize exchange system 7001 are exhibited from various shops through various routes, and the prize exchange system 7001 is predetermined when the same products are exhibited. Select one product according to the criteria. Therefore, the player can collect various products from various shops (that is, shops belonging to major EC malls to individual small shops, shops with abundant variations) through the prize exchange system 7001. It is possible to overview and select at one location (one terminal).

Next, the management of the deposit of the hall store will be described with reference to FIGS. 171 and 172. In this example, the operating company and related organizations of the prize exchange system 7001 receive a deposit for the hall store using the prize exchange system 7001, and the deposit is used to pay the bill from the shop. Therefore, regarding the claim for the deposit, it is necessary to make an appropriate claim in advance based on the past performance of the hall stores.

FIG. 171 is a flowchart showing a procedure for requesting a deposit from a hall store. Here, it is assumed that the billing management staff of the operating company of the prize exchange system 7001 for billing the deposit and related organizations operates the billing management terminal (not shown) connected to the core server 7600. First, the staff operates the billing management terminal to instruct the hall store to display the transaction results of the previous month (step S2021). Next, the core server 7600 refers to the hall store management table 7655 in response to this instruction, and acquires the previous month's transaction amount of the hall store (step S2022).

After that, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to display the transaction record of the previous month (step S2023). The staff operates the billing management terminal to create an invoice according to the transaction record of the displayed hall store in the previous month (step S2024). Here, the staff is instructed to create an invoice after confirming the previous month's transaction results of the hall store, but the core server 7600 automatically bills from the previous month's transaction results based on predetermined conditions. It is also possible to create a book.

Next, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to output the invoice (step S2025), and the billing management terminal outputs the deposit invoice accordingly (step S2026). Here, the billing management staff sends the output bill to each hall store (step S2027). Regarding the sending of such an invoice, for example, it can be automatically sent from the core server 7600 to the hall store by e-mail with a certificate or the like.

When the staff of the hall store receives the invoice (step S2028), the deposit is transferred according to the invoice (step S2029). After that, the billing management staff confirms the deposit transfer (step S2030), and performs the operation of confirming the deposit transfer on the billing management terminal (step S2031). After that, the core server 7600 updates the hall store management table 7655 according to the operation, and changes the status of the deposit transfer for the current month to "completed" (step S2032).

FIG. 172 is a flowchart showing a procedure for requesting an additional deposit from the hall store. Here, it is assumed that the billing management staff of the operating company of the prize exchange system 7001 for billing the deposit and related organizations operates the billing management terminal (not shown) connected to the core server 7600.

First, the core server 7600 refers to the hall store management table 7655 and acquires the transaction amount for a predetermined period at each hall store (step S2041).

Next, it is determined whether or not the acquired transaction amount is outside the range of the first predetermined range (step S2042). When the transaction amount is out of the range of the first predetermined range, the first range excess notification is transmitted to the billing terminal device (step S2043). When the billing terminal device receives the first range excess notification, the billing management staff performs a first additional billing operation on the billing management terminal in response to the notification (step S2044). Here, the staff is instructed to create an invoice after confirming the transaction record of the hall store for a predetermined period, but the core server 7600 has the transaction record of the predetermined period and the first, based on the predetermined conditions. 1 It is also possible to automatically create an invoice from the relationship within a predetermined range.

Next, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to output the invoice (step S2045), and in response to this, the billing management terminal outputs the deposit invoice (additional billing 1) (step S2046).

In step S2042, when the transaction amount is within the range of the first predetermined range, it is determined whether or not the acquired transaction amount is outside the range of the second predetermined range (step S2047). When the transaction amount is outside the range of the second predetermined range, that is, within the range of the first predetermined range and outside the range of the second predetermined range, the second range excess notification is transmitted to the billing terminal device (step S2048). ). When the billing terminal device receives the second range excess notification, the billing management staff performs a second additional billing operation on the billing management terminal in response to the notification (step S2049). Here, the staff is instructed to create an invoice after confirming the transaction record of the hall store for a predetermined period, but the core server 7600 and the transaction record of the predetermined period are based on the predetermined conditions. It is also possible to automatically create an invoice from the relationship of the second predetermined range.

Next, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to output the invoice (step S2050), and the billing management terminal outputs the deposit invoice (additional billing 2) in response to this (step S2051).

Here, the billing management staff sends the output bill to each hall store (step S2052). Regarding the sending of such an invoice, for example, it can be automatically sent from the core server 7600 to the hall store by e-mail with a certificate or the like.

When the staff of the hall store receives the invoice (step S2053), the deposit (additional request 1 or additional request 2) is transferred according to the invoice (step S2054). After that, the billing management staff confirms the deposit transfer (step S2055), and performs the operation of confirming the deposit transfer on the billing management terminal (step S2056). After that, the core server 7600 updates the hall store management table 7655 according to the operation, and changes the transfer status of the deposit (additional request 1) or the deposit (additional request 2) to "completed" (step). S2057).

The first predetermined range and the second predetermined range can be set uniformly according to a predetermined standard or for each hall store. For example, the first predetermined range can be set to an amount corresponding to a predetermined ratio of the transaction amount of the previous month or the average value of the transaction amount for a predetermined period, and the second predetermined range can be set to an amount corresponding to the predetermined ratio of the first predetermined range.

The prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention has been illustrated by using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, but the description so far is only one embodiment, and various other methods are used. It is possible to realize the characteristic computer system of the present invention by the form of. For example, devices having various configurations can be used as a prize selection device and a prize exchange device in various network connection states, such as a core server 7600 of a computer center, a shop management server 7700, and various I / F servers (7800 to 7860). Also, devices having various configurations can be used, and each functional unit can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the examples. In addition, other different configurations can be adopted for the configuration of the table.

[Explanation of the prize exchange system according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention]
[Premium display control function (1)]
The system outline of the prize exchange system according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 173. Similar to the above-mentioned prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, the prize exchange system 9001 shown in FIG. 173 is configured to include a device arranged in a hall store and a device of a computer center, and is a part of the device of the computer center. Is connected to the terminal of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 9001 of FIG. 173 is preferably an online mail order-linked prize exchange system (online prize exchange system).

The prize exchange system 9001 shown in FIG. 173 cooperates with the hall system 9002 when the hall system 9002 (separate from the prize exchange system 9001) that manages balls, medals, prizes, etc. is operated in the hall store. Work to allow players to select prizes, exchange prizes, and order prizes. In this case, the prize exchange system 9001 and the hall system 9002 are connected by a network, and predetermined data is transmitted or transmitted / received as necessary. The hall system 9002 is basically a system of a provider different from the provider (provider / manufacturing company) of the prize exchange system 9001.

The hall system 9002 shown in FIG. 173 includes a hall computer 9400, a hall DB9430, a game machine 9010, a sandwich device 9020, and a prize POS 9500 in the hall store, each of which is a hall computer 400 in the hall store in the prize exchange system 1. , Hall DB430, game machine 10, sand device 20, prize POS500. The game machine 9010 is, for example, a pachislot machine or a pachinko machine, and a player acquires a game medium (medals or pachinko balls) by playing a game using these machines. In the present embodiment, the pachislot machine is used. The explanation will focus on the case of winning a medal in.

The hall computer 9400 has functions such as managing information on the state of the devices arranged in the hall store (including the game status of the player), members, and prizes, and records various data in the hall DB9430. To be equipped. The game machine 9010 is, for example, a pachislot machine or a pachinko machine, and a player acquires a game medium (medal or pachinko ball) by playing a game using these machines. Further, the game machine 9010 is connected to the hall computer 9400 and the sand device 9020, and exchanges information on the game status and the number of holdings (number of medals, number of balls) of the game medium.

The prize POS9500 is installed at the prize exchange counter of the hall store, and is used by the staff of the hall store to respond to the player's prize exchange. For example, a receipt issued by an island-end counting device 9520 arranged at the end of an "island" in which a plurality of game machines 9010 are arranged together is received from a player and read (or presented by the player). The count value and the number of holdings transmitted from the sand device 7020 are read out by a mall membership card or the like), and a prize of the corresponding value is provided to the player. In the present embodiment, the number of game media held by the player, which the staff has grasped by the prize POS9500, is provided to the prize exchange terminal 9530, so that the prize exchange system 9001 can exchange the prize. In this way, in the hall store, by the function of the conventional prize POS9500, the store prize (general prize) and the special prize arranged in the store prize display corner of the hall store are exchanged, and the prize exchange system 9001 is used. By collaborating, it will be possible to exchange for a wide variety of prizes handled on online shopping sites.

The counting device is a device that counts the number of balls (medals) acquired by the player, and in addition to the above-mentioned Shimabata counting device 9520, as a sand device with a counting function for each unit and other counting devices, a hall store. It can be placed in various places within. In the present embodiment, an example in which only the island-end counting device 9520 is arranged as the counting device will be shown.

The prize exchange system 9001 shown in FIG. 173 has the same functions as the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, such as prize selection control, prize exchange control, and prize order control. The prize exchange system 9001 includes a core server 9600, a core DB 9650, a mobile I / F server 9680, a shop management server 9700, and a prize DB 9750 in the computer center, and these are the core server 600 and the core in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. It corresponds to DB650, mobile I / F server 680, shop management server 700, and prize DB750. Further, the wireless network 9690 corresponds to the network 690 in the prize exchange system 1.

The core server 9600 manages the user of the prize exchange system 9001 according to the present embodiment as a mall member (a member of a hall store is referred to as a "member of a hall store" or simply a "member"), and a player selects a prize. The prize selection control process and the prize exchange control process are performed according to the operation of the prize exchange, and when the prize exchange is decided, the prize order processing is automatically performed to the corresponding online shopping site. Information on mall members and information on prize selection / prize exchange are stored in the core DB 9650. In addition, the prize selection control process enables a player who is not registered as a mall member to select a prize.

The mobile I / F server 9680 provides a WEB server function that provides a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to an access from a WEB browser executed by a smartphone 9570, a feature phone, or the like. The smartphone 9570 or the like functions as a prize selection device, and the player can register a mall member or perform a prize selection process using the smartphone 9570 or the like. It can also function as an application server that sends and receives data in response to access from other applications executed by smartphones such as 9570. The mobile I / F server 9680 refers to and updates the data and the like of the core DB 9650 according to the operation of the smartphone 9570 and the like. The smartphone 9570 or the like is a computer carried by a player, and can function as a prize selection device in a hall store or any other place.

The shop management server 9700 collects and manages shop information about shops of one or more online shopping sites, and receives (or collects) product information about products handled by online shopping sites when certain conditions are met. , The product information is stored as being displayable on the prize selection device. These shop information and product information are stored in the prize DB9750. In addition, in response to a command from the core server 9600, a prize delivery instruction is transmitted to the corresponding online shopping site.

Further, in the prize exchange system 9001, an I / F server is prepared according to the system of the online shopping site connected to the prize exchange system 9001. For example, product information of products that are candidates for prizes is transmitted from the system to the I / F server terminal, and prizes are exchanged from the terminal operated by a player who is a mall member to the system from the I / F server. Based on the instructions, data related to ordering of products, etc. is transmitted.

Here, when the shop has its own shop system (9842a, 9842b), an example in which the shop system is connected to the shop system I / F server 9840 of the prize exchange system 9001 is shown. Depending on the system configuration of the mail-order site, the connection form as described in the above-described first to eighth embodiments and various other connection forms can be adopted.

In this example, two shop systems (9842a, 9842b) are connected to the shop system I / F server 9840, but one shop system may be connected, or three or more shop systems are connected. It may have been done. Of course, as described above, it is configured to include the cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system I / F, the EC mall management system I / F server, the individual shop I / F server, and the like shown in the first embodiment and the like. May be good. In addition, each I / F server can be collectively configured to use fewer I / F servers, or conversely, more I / F servers corresponding to subdivided functions can be used. You can also do it. Further, the I / F server can be integrated with the shop management server 9700 and other devices.

In addition, the prize exchange system 9001 includes an AP (application) server 9685 at the computer center. The AP server 9685 provides a WEB server function that provides a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to an access from a WEB browser executed on a PC (personal computer) 9580. The PC9580 functions as a prize selection device, and the player can register a mall member and perform a prize selection process using the PC9580. It can also function as an application server that sends and receives data in response to access from other applications executed on the PC9580. The AP server 9685 refers to and updates the data of the core DB 9650 and the like according to the operation of the PC 9580. The PC9580 is a computer that is arranged at a place such as the player's home and can function as a prize selection device at that place.

In addition, the prize exchange system 9001 is provided with a payment management server 9800 in the computer center, and the payment management server 9800 is provided with a payment management DB 9850 that manages payments with online shopping sites and hall stores in prize exchange. .. The functions of the payment management server 9800 will be described in detail later.

Further, the prize exchange system 9001 includes a connection management device 9090, a prize exchange terminal 9530, and a viewer 9550 in the hall store.

The connection management device 9090 controls the connection between the prize exchange terminal 9530 and the viewer 9550 of the hall store and the core server 9600 of the computer center. The connection management device 9090 includes a VPN router function when connecting the prize exchange terminal 9530 and the viewer 9550 of the hall store to the core server 9600 by VPN (Virtual Private Network), and also connects to the core server 9600. Includes a connection control function to control. Further, the connection management device 9090 may be a device composed of a plurality of devices including a gateway device having a gateway function, a VPN router device having a VPN router function, and a connection control device having a connection control function and the like. ..

The prize exchange terminal 9530 functions as a prize exchange device. The prize exchange device is a device that displays information about a prize (a prize registered in a shopping list) preselected by the prize selection device, finally selects a prize to be exchanged, and instructs an order. Such selection and ordering instructions are basically made by the player himself / herself at the prize exchange counter, but may be made by the staff of the hall store. In the present embodiment, the prize exchange terminal 9530 is exemplified as a dedicated terminal that functions only as a prize exchange device, but it can also be set as a device having a function as a prize selection device or another function. Further, it can be integrated with the prize POS and the sand device of the hall system 9002 arranged in the hall store to provide a function as a prize exchange device. You can log in to the prize exchange device with the mall member ID obtained as a result of registering as a mall member using the mall membership card. Here, the mall membership card is, for example, a non-contact IC card, and as the non-contact IC card, a card having a non-contact IC chip based on a short-range wireless communication standard (NFC: Near Field Communication) or a non-contact IC There are mobile phones and smartphones with built-in chips.

The viewer 9550 is installed in the hall store and functions as a prize selection device. The prize selection device is a device that displays information about products registered from a plurality of online shopping sites and allows a player to select these products as prizes that can be exchanged in the future. It is also possible to register a mall member (under predetermined conditions) using the prize selection device. The product selected by the player is registered in the shopping list. The above-mentioned PC9580 and smartphone 9570 also function as a prize selection device. In the present embodiment, the viewer 9550 includes, for example, a large viewer provided with a large display (touch panel type display device) such as 40 inches or 50 inches, and a small display (touch panel type display device) such as 10 inches or 15 inches. A small viewer is installed. As the prize selection device, in addition to the viewer 9550, PC9580, and smartphone 9570, a mobile phone or tablet terminal owned by the individual player, or any other terminal capable of network communication can be used.

The free gift exchange system 9001 further includes a management terminal 9870. The management terminal 7870 is a terminal used by the staff who manages the prize exchange system 9001, and includes mall member information, prize information, product information, prize code correspondence information, prize display control information, prize initial display information, and user information display information. A screen for managing terminal information, game medium type information, etc. is displayed, and the related DB is updated with predetermined authority.

The management terminal 9870 is arranged in various places including a management company, a hall store, and a computer center according to the usage pattern, and is connected to the core server 9600 and the shop management server 9700 of the prize exchange system 9001.

Further, the prize exchange system 9001 can be provided with a hall cooperation system as in the prize exchange system 1 of FIG. For example, when data linkage is required between hall stores, the prize exchange system 9001 can be designed to include this hall linkage system. As shown in FIG. 1, devices such as a hall cooperation computer, a hall cooperation DB, and a center store I / F server may be arranged in the hall cooperation system.

In this example, there are a viewer 9550, a smartphone 9570, and a PC 9580 as prize selection devices for the player to browse and select a desired prize. As will be described later, the viewer 9550 includes a large viewer 9550a having a large display, a small viewer 9550b having a small display and installed in a break room (see FIG. 174), and the like. As a prize exchange terminal that displays only the prizes to be exchanged, which are selected in advance by the prize selection device, there is a prize exchange terminal 9530 which is a terminal dedicated to prize exchange. The prize selection device here is an exchange-only terminal that does not have a browsing / selection function from the prize list. That is, in a series of steps of browsing, selecting, and exchanging prizes, a prize selection device for "viewing and selecting prizes" and a prize exchange device for "exchange of selected prizes" are used. Clearly separated. In addition, the number and installation position of the large viewer 9550a, the small viewer 9550b, and the prize exchange terminal 9530 can be freely set according to the wishes of the hall store. Further, the prize exchange device can also be configured to have a browsing / selection function from the prize list, which the prize selection device has.

Next, the arrangement of each device in the hall store will be described with reference to FIG. 174. FIG. 174 is a sketch diagram schematically illustrating how the devices of the hall system 9002 and the prize exchange system 9001 are arranged in the main area of the hall store.

As shown in FIG. 174, the illustrated hall store is provided with two front entrances (9124a, 9124b) on the lower side of the drawing, and players enter and exit the hall store through these entrances and exits. In front of the front entrance (9124a, 9124b), there is a front passage, and four islands (9107-9110) are arranged in the back (upper side of the drawing). Each island contains eight game machines 9010, and four sets of two game machines 9010 are arranged facing each other.

Three inner passages are provided between the four islands (9107 to 9110) described above, and outer passages are provided on the left side of the island 9107 and on the right side of the island 9110, respectively. In addition, large viewers 9550a are arranged at the lower ends of each of the four islands (9107 to 9110) so that the player who has entered the store can easily see the product information and the guide information of the hall store. On the other hand, island edge counting devices 9520 are arranged at the upper ends of the island 9107 and the island 9110, respectively.

Further back (upper side of the drawing) of the four islands (9107-9110) described above, islands (9101, 9103, 9105) are arranged on the left side, and islands (9102, 9104, 9106) are arranged on the right side. .. Each island includes eight gaming machines 9010, as well as four islands (9107-9110), and four pairs of two gaming machines 9010 are arranged facing each other. As shown in the figure, the game machines 9010 on these islands (9101 to 9106) are arranged in a direction orthogonal to the game machines 9010 on the four islands (9107 to 9110) described above.

An inner passage is provided between the islands on the left (9101, 9103, 9105) and the islands on the right (9102, 9104, 9106). Further, the above-mentioned outer passages extend to the left side of the islands (9101, 9103, 9105) on the left side and to the right side of the islands (9102, 9104, 9106) on the right side, respectively.

A large viewer 9550a is arranged at the left end of the island 9101, and an island counting device 9520 is arranged at the right end. A large viewer 9550a is arranged at the left end of the island 9103, and a small viewer 9550b is arranged at the right end. A small viewer 9550b is arranged at the left end of the island 9105, and an island end counting device 9520 is arranged at the right end.

An island edge counting device 9520 is arranged at the left end of the island 9102, and a large viewer 9550a is arranged at the right end. Large viewers 9550a are arranged at both ends of the island 9104. An island edge counting device 9520 is arranged at the left end of the island 9106, and a large viewer 9550a is arranged at the right end.

Further back on the island (9101-9106) (upper side of the drawing), the prize exchange counter 9112 is arranged on the left side, and the store prize display corner 9114 is arranged on the right side. Further, a staff room entrance 9120 is provided at the back left side of the prize exchange counter 9112, and a restroom entrance 9121 is provided at the front left side of the prize exchange counter 9112. In addition, a break room entrance 9123 is provided in front of the right side of the store prize display corner 9114. Further, a computer room entrance 9126 is provided at the back of the prize exchange counter 9112 (upper side of the drawing). In the computer room, computers such as the above-mentioned hall computer 9400, hall DB9430, and connection management device 9090 are installed.

At the back of the prize exchange counter 9112 (upper side of the drawing), the staff of the hall store is waiting to respond to requests from players to exchange prizes. As shown in the figure, the prize exchange counter 9112 has two sets of the prize POS9500 and the prize exchange terminal 9530 connected to the prize POS9500. Further, a small viewer 9550b is placed on the prize exchange counter 9112.

In the store prize display corner 9114, the actual prizes that can be exchanged according to the number of game media acquired by the player are displayed, and the player is provided by the prizes displayed at these stores and the prize exchange system 9001. You can select the desired prize as a general prize from the prizes handled by the online shopping site. The player will see many of the prizes displayed in the store prize display corner 9114 in kind, and will also see the prizes displayed on the large viewer 9550a, which are handled by the online shopping site, and these will be used for the game for the player. Can be a motivation for.

Next, the configuration of the sandwich device 9020 will be described with reference to FIG. 175. FIG. 175 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the sand device 9020. The configuration of the sanding device 9020 is similar to that of the sanding device 20 shown in FIGS. 3 and 5 in the first embodiment. The main CPU (central processing unit) 9040 reads the control unit program stored in the ROM (read only memory) 9041 and executes processing such as lending medals. Various data related to the processing are stored in the RAM (random access memory) 9042.

The main CPU 9040 stores the amount data read from the information card via the information card reader / writer 9022 or the amount data read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9023 as balance data in the RAM 9042. .. Based on this balance data and the operation result output from the operation unit 9034, the main CPU 9040 pays out medals for the specified amount when the amount specified by the player is smaller than the balance data. The balance data is updated by counting and paying out in, and subtracting the amount of medals paid out from the balance data. The main CPU 9040 can drive the payout hopper 9045 by controlling the drive circuit 9043.

A button for returning the information card is also displayed on the operation unit 9034, and when the player operates this operation button, the main CPU 9040 inserts the information card inserted in the information card reader / writer 9022. Return from the opening 9032 (corresponding to the card insertion opening 32 shown in FIG. 3).

Further, the main CPU 9040 stores the banknote identification result output from the banknote identification device (Bill Bali) 9024 as balance data in the RAM 9042. Based on this balance data and the operation result output from the operation unit 9034, the main CPU 9040 pays out medals for the specified amount when the amount specified by the player is smaller than the balance data. The balance data is updated by counting and paying out in, and subtracting the amount of medals paid out from the balance data. The main CPU 40 can drive the payout hopper 9045 by controlling the drive circuit 9043.

Further, the main CPU 9040 uses the infrared LED 9031B of the LED unit 9031 as a monitoring floodlight, reflects the infrared light from the infrared LED 9031B by the player, and images the infrared light with the camera 9035. The main CPU 9040 stores the image captured by the camera 9035 in the RAM 9042, and detects the presence or change of the player based on this image. This detection process is always performed. When the player's state changes to the non-detection (leaving) state and the information card inserted from the card insertion slot 9032 is still inserted, or the bill insertion slot 9033 (in the bill insertion slot 33 shown in FIG. 3). If there is a balance in the amount data of the bill inserted from (correspondence), the main CPU 9040 alerts the player who is about to leave the seat by issuing a warning sound or a warning voice via the speaker 9048. be able to. As a warning voice, a voice such as "I forgot my card" is emitted.

As described above, the main CPU 9040 is configured to perform non-contact communication with the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9023. This communication method is, for example, an electromagnetic induction method having a carrier frequency of 13.56 MHz. The main CPU 9040 counts the number of medals according to the amount data read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9023 by the payout hopper 9045, and the medal payout tray 9037 (medals shown in FIG. 3). While paying out from the payout tray 37), the balance data of the non-contact IC card is rewritten.

Further, the main CPU 9040 communicates with the game machine 9010 and the hall computer 9400 via the interface 9047. The game machine 9010 periodically transmits the number of medals paid out as a result of the game and the number of medals inserted by the player to play the game to the sand device 9020, and the main CPU 9040 of the sand device 9020 When this information is received, it is stored in the RAM 9042.

Further, the main CPU 9040 periodically captures the player's face image via the camera 9035 and stores it in the RAM 9042. When the face image stored last time is compared with the face image stored this time and it is determined that the person is not the same person, the main CPU 9040 determines that the player has been replaced and performs processing according to this.

As shown in FIG. 173, the game machine 9010 and the sand device 9020 are each communicably connected to the hall computer 9400. The hall computer 9400 receives accumulated information (medal number information) regarding the number of medals such as medal insertion information and payout information from the game machine 9010 via the sand device 9020, and the sand device 9020 receives an information card or a non-contact IC card. Receives information on the number of medals (medal number information) such as movement of the number of medals between and.

As described above, the sanding device 9020 is similar to the sanding device 20 shown in FIGS. 3 and 5, but in this example, it does not have a medal counting function, and further, a prize selection process related to the prize exchange system 9001. , And the prize exchange process is not performed.

Next, the configuration of the island-end counting device 9520 will be described with reference to FIG. 176. FIG. 176 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the island-end counting device 9520. The main CPU (central processing unit) 9521 reads the control unit program stored in the ROM (read only memory) 9522 and executes the medal counting process. Various data related to the processing are stored in the RAM (random access memory) 9523.

When the player operates the operation unit 9525 to instruct the start of the counting process, the main CPU 9521 drives the counting hopper 9527 by controlling the drive circuit 9526, and is put into the counting hopper 9527 by the player. Count the medals. The counting result is printed by the printer 9524 and output as a receipt. The operation unit 9525 is, for example, a small display (touch panel type display device), and the printer 9524 is, for example, a thermal printer.

The main CPU 9521 transmits the counting result to the hall computer 9400 via the interface 9528. Further, the main CPU 9521 can control the speaker 9529 so as to emit a warning sound or a warning sound when the player's operation is not appropriate.

Further, the island-end counting device 9520 may be configured to be provided with a non-contact IC card reader / writer or the like so that the counting result can be stored in a predetermined storage medium.

Next, the configuration of the hall computer 9400 will be described with reference to FIG. 177. FIG. 177 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the hall computer 9400. The hall computer 9400 is similar to the hall computer 400 shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment.

The hall computer 9400 includes a main CPU 9401, a ROM 9402, a RAM 9403, an external storage device 9404, a display 9405, an interface 9406, and a speaker 9407.

The main CPU 9401 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 9402 and the RAM 9403. For example, the main CPU 9401 manages the member information of the hall store, manages the number of holdings of game media such as balls and medals for each member, and executes a process for managing the game status of each member. It controls the display 9405 and the speaker 9407.

The display 9405 displays game data managed by the hall computer 9400, or notifies the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. This display 9405 is realized by, for example, a liquid crystal display device.

The speaker 9407 notifies the display 9405 when an illegality or abnormality such as an illegal carry-in of a medal occurs. The speaker 9407 outputs various voice data in addition to the notification of fraud and abnormality.

The hall computer 9400 is communicably connected to the game machine 9010, the sand device 9020, the prize POS 9500, the island counting device 9520, and the connection management device 9090 via the interface 9406. The control program for carrying out the present invention is stored in, for example, an external storage device 9404 and loaded into the RAM 9403. The control program can also be provided from other devices via interface 9406 or from other external devices via a network including the Internet.

Hall DB9430 is stored in the external storage device 9404, and member information, medal storage information, action history information, and the like are stored.

Since the configurations of the core server 9600, the shop management server 9700, and the shop system I / F server 9840 are similar to the configuration of the hall computer 9400 described above (however, the devices connected by the interfaces are different), the description thereof is omitted. To do.

Next, the configuration of the prize POS9500 will be described with reference to FIG. 178. FIG. 178 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the prize POS9500. The prize POS9500 is similar to the prize POS500 shown in FIG. 8 in the first embodiment.

The prize POS 9500 is configured to receive predetermined data from the prize exchange terminal 9530 and transmit it to the hall computer 9400 regarding the prize exchange by the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment while realizing the conventional prize exchange process. .. The free gift POS9500 includes a main CPU 9501, ROM 9502, RAM 9503, an information card reader / writer 9504, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 9505, a barcode reader 9506, a keyboard 9508, a display 9509, a printer 9507, and an interface 9510. It is also possible to provide a speaker.

The main CPU 9501 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 9502 and the RAM 9503. For example, the main CPU 9501 executes the conventional prize exchange process, and executes predetermined data transmission / reception in the prize exchange process by the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment. The control program may also be provided from another device via interface 9510 or from another device externally via a network including the Internet.

The main CPU 9501 reads the receipt printed by the Shimabata counting device 9520 with the barcode reader 9506, thereby acquiring the counting result (the number of acquired game media) required for exchanging the prize. Further, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card, the main CPU 9501 passes the counting result (the number of holdings of the game medium (the number of holding the game medium) via the information card reader / writer 9504 or the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9505. (Including the number of accumulated medals)) can also be obtained.

The display 9509 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the staff of the hall store. The main CPU 9501 receives information such as prizes (general prizes and special prizes in stock in the hall store) related to the conventional prize exchange specified by the staff via the display 9509 and the keyboard 9508, and responds accordingly. , The inventory quantity of the prizes managed and the information about the player's game medium are transmitted to the hall computer 9400 (connected via the interface 9510).

Further, when the player receives the prize exchange instruction from the prize exchange terminal 9530 connected to the prize POS9500 (via the interface 9510), the main CPU 9501 accesses the hall computer 9400 and the game related to the prize exchange. Send the number of media. In addition, the main CPU 9501 controls the printer 9507 to instruct to print a proof and a receipt related to the prize exchange, a receipt showing the quantity of the remaining game media, and the like as necessary.

Further, when the main CPU 9501 is provided with a speaker, the main CPU 9501 can control the speaker to emit a warning sound or a warning sound when the player's operation is not appropriate.

Next, the configuration of the prize exchange terminal 9530 will be described with reference to FIG. 179. FIG. 179 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the prize exchange terminal 9530. The prize exchange terminal 9530 includes a main CPU 9531, a ROM 9532, a RAM 9533, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 9534, a display 9535, an interface 9536, and a speaker 9537.

The main CPU 9531 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 9532 and the RAM 9533. For example, the main CPU 9531 executes the prize exchange process by the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment. The control program may also be provided from another device via interface 9536 or from other external devices via a network including the Internet.

The display 9535 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player. Further, the prize exchange terminal 9530 is connected to the prize POS9500 via the interface 9536 so as to cooperate with the prize POS9500, and is a connection management device via the interface 9536 in order to send and receive data to and from the prize exchange system 9001. Connected to 9090.

The main CPU 9531 displays a screen (including a shopping list screen) for exchanging prizes of the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment on the display 9535. On the screen, the information of the prize instructed to be exchanged by the player is associated with the mall member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9534, and is associated with the connection management device 9090. Is transmitted to the core server 600 via the above.

On the other hand, the quantity of the game medium consumed by the prize exchange is transmitted to the hall computer 9400 via the prize POS 9500 for user history management, game medium quantity management, settlement with the computer center, and the like.

The camera 9538 is a small image pickup device built in the prize exchange terminal 9530. The image sensor is composed of a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like, and photographs the face of a player who operates the prize exchange terminal 9530.

Next, the configuration of the viewer 9550 will be described with reference to FIG. 180. FIG. 180 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the viewer 9550. The viewer 9550 includes a main CPU 9551, a ROM 9552, a RAM 9553, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554, a display 9555, an interface 9557, and a speaker 9558.

The main CPU 9551 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 9552 and the RAM 9553. For example, the main CPU 9551 executes the prize selection process by the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment. The control program may also be provided from another device via interface 9557 or from other external devices via a network including the Internet.

The non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554, for example, reads a mall membership card (non-contact IC card) distributed at a hall store and registers the prize selected in the prize selection process in the shopping list. It is associated with the mall member ID read from the membership card. In the present embodiment, the prize selection process can be performed without registering as a mall member. Therefore, if the mall member is not registered, the shopping list is associated with the unique ID of the non-contact IC card. It is registered (in the present embodiment, a non-contact IC card in which the mall member is not registered is also referred to as a mall member card for convenience).

The display 9555 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player. The display 9555 displays a prize that can be registered in the shopping list (handled by the online shopping site), and the player can register the prize in the shopping list by touching and selecting the prize. The product information displayed on the display 9555 is provided from the interface 9557 and the core server 9600 connected via the connection management device 9090, and the product information selected by the player is the interface 9557 and the connection management device 9090. It is transmitted to the core server 9600 via.

In the present embodiment, as described above, the viewer 9550 includes a large viewer 9550a provided with a large size display and a small viewer 9550b provided with a small size display.

In addition, the main CPU 9551 can control the speaker 9558 to emit a warning sound or a warning sound when the player's operation is not appropriate.

Next, the configuration of the smartphone 9570 will be described with reference to FIG. 181. FIG. 181 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the smartphone 9570. The smartphone 9570 includes a main CPU 9571, ROM 9772, RAM 9573, a non-contact IC chip 9574, a GPS antenna 9575, a wireless communication antenna 9576, a display 9757, a microphone 9578, and a speaker 9579.

The main CPU 9571 reads and executes the control program stored in the ROM 9772 or the RAM 9573. For example, the main CPU 9571 executes an application downloaded via a WEB browser or an external network, transmits / receives data to / from the mobile I / F server 9680, and performs mall member registration processing and prize selection by the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment. Execute the process.

The data inside the non-contact IC chip 9574 is read by a reader such as the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550 described above. For example, IDm capable of identifying the non-contact IC chip 9574 and data written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 9574 can be read out non-contactly. Further, if necessary, data can be written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 9574 in a non-contact manner.

The main CPU 9571 receives signals from a plurality of GPS (Global Positioning System) via the GPS antenna 9575, and examines the position of the smartphone 9570. The position information obtained in this way is stored in the RAM 9573 or the like and is used in the program as needed.

The main CPU 9571 communicates with a mobile phone base station via a wireless communication antenna 9576, sends and receives call data for making a call with another device, and is provided from another terminal via the Internet. Controls to browse the WEB page and send / receive mail data to / from the mail server. Further, the main CPU 9571 realizes wireless LAN communication with the wireless LAN access point by using the wireless communication antenna 9576, and transmits / receives data via the Internet (however, the antenna used for the wireless LAN communication is a mobile phone. It is a different antenna from the one that communicates with the base station).

For example, the main CPU 9571 receives data on a WEB page, which is a screen related to mall member registration and prize selection, from the mobile I / F server 9680, interprets the data, and displays the data on the display 9757. The display 9757 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player, and the player gives a predetermined instruction to the mobile I / F by touching a predetermined position on the screen displayed on the display 9757. Reply to server 9680.

Voice input / output is performed by the microphone 9578 and the speaker 9579, and voice signal processing is performed by the main CPU 9571 to enable voice communication by a mobile phone.

Although the description of the configuration of the feature phone and other mobile devices is omitted, the configuration is the same as that of the smartphone 9570 described above.

Next, with reference to FIG. 182, an outline of the flow from the prize selection to the prize exchange in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the present embodiment will be described. In FIG. 182, the operations and processes of the prize selection device, the game machine 9010, the prize POS9500, and the prize exchange device are shown in chronological order for each device.

First, the player touches the mall membership card (non-contact IC card) to the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize selection device such as the viewer 9550 (step S2101). In this example, the mall member registration has not been performed yet.

Next, in step S2102, the player operates the display of the prize selection device, selects a product from the displayed prizes that may be desired to be exchanged for a prize in the future, and puts it on the shopping list. sign up. The method of instructing the prize selection is the same as that of the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above.

After that, in step S2103, the player registers the player's e-mail address and password, and the player's name and address necessary for delivering the prize in the prize selection device (which can be registered as a mall member). Such mall membership registration can be performed after giving a prize selection instruction as shown in the figure.

On the other hand, when the player plays a game with the game machine 9010 in step S2104 and acquires the game medium, the player operates the Shimabata counting device 9520 to count the game medium and print the receipt (at this time, at this time). , The counted number of game media is transmitted to the hall computer 9400 in association with the receipt number and the like, and is stored in the game medium holding number management table 9432). The game by such a player can be repeated a plurality of times. Further, either the registration operation in step S2103 or the game in step S2104 may come first. Therefore, the player can perform the game of step S2104, acquire the game medium, and register as a mall member when the prize can be exchanged.

In step S2106, the player who exchanges the prize touches the mall membership card to the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange device such as the prize exchange terminal 9530, and enters the password to log in. The mall membership card used here is a card for which mall membership registration has been performed. In the present embodiment, since it is essential that the mall member is registered at the stage of exchanging the prize, it is checked whether or not the user is a mall member when logging in to the prize exchange device. It is also possible to design so that it is not necessary to register as a mall member until just before the prize exchange instruction.

Next, in step S2107, the prize exchange device requests the connected prize POS9500 for the number of game media (medals) used for prize exchange. In response to this, the prize POS9500 displays a display prompting the input of the number of medals on the display 9509 in step S2108.

When the display 9509 is displayed, the staff at the hall store receives a receipt from the player and inputs the counted number of medals according to the contents of the receipt (step S2109).

When the number of medals is input by the staff in the prize POS9500, the prize exchange device acquires the input number of medals (step S2110), and the player registers the entered number of medals on the display of the prize exchange device with the prize selection device. Display the shopping list (step S2111).

When the shopping list is displayed on the prize exchange device, the player selects a desired prize from the shopping list and gives a prize exchange instruction (step S2112). Of course, at this stage, you can add new prizes that are not on your shopping list and redeem them.

Upon receiving the prize exchange instruction from the player, the prize exchange device transmits the prize ordering instruction to the core server 9600 (step S2113). After receiving the prize ordering instruction, the core server 9600 gives a predetermined instruction to the shop management server 9700 or the like to realize the exchange of the prize. Regarding these processes, the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment. Etc., as described above.

After that, the prize exchange device notifies the prize POS9500 of the number of medals consumed by exchanging the prize (step S2114), and the prize POS9500 that has received the number of consumed medals receives from the number of medals input in step S2109. The number of consumed medals is subtracted, and the result is printed on the receipt (step S2115). Further, here, the prize POS 9500 transmits the received number of consumed medals to the hall computer 9400.

Further, after the prize exchange is performed, the remaining balls (end balls) can be configured to be stored (for example, the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention and the prize according to the third embodiment). Exchange system 2001 etc.). For example, in the prize exchange device (or the prize POS9500, the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 of the prize exchange system 1001, the small amount ball storage instruction device 2060 of the prize exchange system 2001, etc.), after the prize exchange is completed, the end balls are stored for the remaining balls. It can be configured to display a screen that allows the player to select and instruct whether or not to do so. In addition, such an end ball storage function selects activation / deactivation as an optional function on the management screen (setting screen) displayed on the management terminal (not shown) connected to the hall computer 9400 of the hall store. can do.

In addition, when the hall store does not have time for exchanging prizes, or when the desired prize cannot be selected by the prize selection device, it can be linked with a mechanism that can store the number of acquired game media.

Next, the functional outline of the prize POS9500 will be described with reference to FIG. 183. FIG. 183 is a functional block diagram of the prize POS9500. The prize POS9500 includes an access control unit 9511, a prize POS control unit 9512, a prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513, a storefront prize management unit 9514, a hall computer cooperation control unit 9515, a display control unit 9516, and a network I / F unit 9517. ..

The access management unit 9511 checks whether or not the staff of the hall store is a legitimate user with a password or the like, and manages access to the hall computer 9400 or the like. The prize POS control unit 9512 receives the prize exchange instruction (exchange instruction for general prize and special prize) at the hall store input by the staff based on the instruction of the player, performs the prize exchange process, and performs the prize exchange process, and the game medium Manage the quantity and inventory of prizes.

In response to a request from the network-connected prize exchange terminal 9530, the prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513 transmits the number of game media (medals) used for prize exchange to the prize exchange terminal 9530. It is controlled so that the quantity of the game medium actually consumed by the prize exchange is received from the prize exchange terminal 9530.

The store prize management unit 9514 receives information on the store prizes displayed in the store prize display corner 9114 in response to the operation of the staff, and updates the table of the hall computer with the information. The processing by the store giveaway management unit 9514 will be described in detail later.

The hall computer cooperation control unit 9515 transmits the quantity of the game medium counted by the player from the Shimabata counting device 9520 to the hall computer 9400 in association with the member ID and the receipt number of the membership card, and also gives a prize. When the number of medals consumed by exchanging prizes (the number of game media) is received from the exchange terminal 9530, the information is transmitted to the hall computer 9400.

The display control unit 9516 controls the display 9509 to display a screen for the staff to input information regarding the prize exchange, a screen for the staff to input information regarding the store prize, and the like. The network I / F (interface) unit 9517 connects to the network and controls to send and receive data to and from the computer of the other party. Further, here, the network may be configured as a network including the Internet (hereinafter, the same applies to the network I / F section of other devices).

Next, the functional outline of the hall computer 9400 will be described with reference to FIG. 184 (A). FIG. 184 (A) is a functional block diagram of the hall computer 9400. The hall computer 9400 includes a hall member management unit 9411, a game medium holding number management unit 9412, an over-the-counter prize registration unit 9413, and a network I / F unit 9414. The hall computer 9400 has functions that a conventional hall computer has, such as management of prizes, but here, the functions related to the present invention will be mainly described.

Further, the hall computer 9400 stores the hall DB 9430 in the external storage device 9404, and the hall DB 9430 has a member information table 9431 for storing information about the members of the hall store, by instructing the member to save medals and balls. It includes a game medium holding number management table 9432 that manages the holding number of the held game media, and an over-the-counter prize information table 9433 that stores information about the over-the-counter prizes (and their stocks) displayed in the over-the-counter prize display corner 9114. ..

The hall member management department 9411 manages information about the members of the hall store (hall members). When a hall member saves medals or balls, the game medium holding number management unit 9412 controls to store the information in the game medium holding number management table 9432 in association with the hall membership card or the like. At the same time, the hall member is controlled so that he / she can use the stored medals and balls by using the hall member card.

The over-the-counter prize registration unit 9413 receives information about the over-the-counter prizes and the like transmitted from the prize POS9500 in response to the operation of the staff, controls the storage in the above-mentioned over-the-counter prize information table 9433, and displays the prizes displayed by the prize selection device. In order to exclude the over-the-counter prize from the above, the information on the over-the-counter prize is transmitted to the core server 9600 as necessary.

Next, the functional outline of the prize exchange terminal 9530 will be described with reference to FIG. 184 (B). FIG. 184 (B) is a functional block diagram of the prize exchange terminal 9530. The prize exchange terminal 9530 includes an access control unit 9541, a prize exchange control unit 9542, a display control unit 9544, and a network I / F unit 9545.

The access control unit 9541 checks whether or not the logged-in player is a legitimate mall member with the mall membership card and password. The prize exchange control unit 9542 controls the shopping list associated with the logged-in mall member to be displayed on the display 9535, transmits the prize ordering instruction to the core server 9600 in response to the player's instruction, and consumes medals. Send the number to the free gift POS9500. The display control unit 9544 displays the shopping list and the like on the display 9535.

Next, the functional outline of the viewer 9550 will be described with reference to FIG. 185. FIG. 185 is a functional block diagram of the viewer 9550. The viewer 9550 includes an access control unit 9651, a prize selection control unit 9562, a display control unit 9563, and a network I / F unit 9564.

When the mall membership card is presented, the access control unit 9651 checks whether it is a legitimate card, and if it is not registered as a mall member, processes it based on the unique ID of the mall membership card. I do. The prize selection control unit 9562 controls the prize selected by the player to be registered in the shopping list corresponding to the player. The display control unit 9563 displays the prize or the like to be selected on the display 9555.

The viewer 9550 may be configured to include a camera for photographing a player or the like. The camera is, for example, a small image sensor built in the viewer 9550, and the image sensor is composed of a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like.

Next, the functional outline of the core server 9600 will be described with reference to FIG. 186. FIG. 186 is a functional block diagram of the core server 9600. The core server 9600 includes a mall member management unit 9601, a prize selection control unit 9604, a prize exchange control unit 9605, a prize order control unit 9606, a hall store outside device management unit 9607, an in-store prize management unit 9608, a prize display control unit 9609, and a prize. It includes an initial display control unit 9610, a user information display control unit 9611, a game medium type definition data management unit 9612, and a network I / F unit 9613.

Further, the core server 9600 stores the core DB 9650 in an external storage device, and the core DB 9650 stores the mall member information table 9651 that stores information about the mall member, and the mall member game that stores the information of the mall member's medals and balls. Media holding number management table 9652, shopping list management table 9653 that stores the shopping list registered by the prize selection instruction, store prize management table 9656 that stores information such as prizes displayed in the store prize display corner 9114 of the hall store , The prize code correspondence table 9657 that stores the correspondence relationship of the prize code, the prize display control table 9658 that stores the information for controlling the prize display for each hall store, the information for controlling the initial display of the prize in the prize selection device. The prize initial display control table 9569 that stores the prize selection device, the user information display control table 9660 that stores information for controlling the display mode of the user information in the prize selection device, the terminal management table 9661 that stores the attributes of the prize selection device, and the like. A game medium type definition table 9662 that stores the type of the game medium for each hall store is included.

In response to an inquiry from the prize exchange device or the like, the mall member management department 9601 checks whether the owner of the mall membership card is a legitimate mall member, and sends the check result to the inquirer.

The prize selection control unit 9604 transmits the product information regarding the prize to be selected to the prize selection device in response to the request from the prize selection device, and selects the selected prize in response to the player's prize selection instruction in the prize selection device. Register as a shopping list and store it in the shopping list management table 9653. This process will be described in detail later.

The prize exchange control unit 9605 transmits the shopping list of the corresponding mall member to the prize exchange device in response to the request from the prize exchange device, and is selected in response to the player's prize exchange instruction in the prize exchange device. Receive the prize ordering instruction for the prize from the prize exchange device. The prize order control unit 9606 transmits a prize delivery instruction or the like to the shop management server 9700 based on the prize order instruction received from the prize exchange device.

The device management unit 9607 outside the hall manages the connection with the PC 9580 or smartphone 9570 that functions as a prize selection device. For example, when the PC 9580 connects to the AP server 9685 via the network 9695, data transmission / reception between the AP server 9685 and the AP server 9685 is realized, and necessary data is sent to the core server 9600 in response to a request from the AP server 9685 or the like. Generate and send with. Further, when the smartphone 9570 connects to the mobile I / F server 9680 via the wireless network 9690, data transmission / reception between the mobile I / F server 9680 and the request from the mobile I / F server 9680 and the like are realized. The required data is generated and transmitted by the core server 9600 according to the above.

The store prize management unit 9608 controls processing such as copying the prize information stored in the store prize information table 9433 from the hall computer 9400 of each hall store and storing it in the store prize management table 9656 at a predetermined timing. To do. This process will be described in detail later.

The prize display control unit 9609 suppresses the display of the prize displayed by the prize selection device of each hall store based on the prize information stored in the store prize management table 9656. In addition, the display of the prize displayed by the prize selection device of each hall store is controlled based on the data stored in the prize display control table 9658. These processes will be described in detail later.

The prize initial display control unit 9610 controls the display of the prize displayed by the prize selection device of each hall store based on the data stored in the prize initial display control table 9659. This process will be described in detail later.

The user information display control unit 9611 controls the display of the player (user) displayed by the prize selection device of each hall store based on the data stored in the user information display control table 9660. This process will be described in detail later.

The game media type definition data management unit 9612 enables the definition of the game media type for each hall store, and based on the contents of the game media type definition table 9662 defined in the hall store, the prize selection device of each hall store and While controlling the display of the game medium type displayed on the prize exchange device, the number of game media (the number of medals (balls)) required for exchanging the prize, that is, the exchange quantity is calculated and displayed. This process will be described in detail later.

Next, the functional outline of the shop management server 9700 will be described with reference to FIG. 187. FIG. 187 is a functional block diagram of the shop management server 9700. The shop management server 9700 includes a shop information management unit 9701, a product determination unit 9702, a prize order management unit 9703, an exchange history management unit 9704, an order history management unit 9705, a prize price adjustment unit 9706, and a network I / F unit 9707. ..

Further, the shop management server 9700 stores the prize DB 9750 in the external storage device, and the prize DB 9750 stores the shop management table 9751 that stores the shop information and the product management table 9752 that stores the product information collected from the online shopping site. , Order management table 9754 that manages the contents of orders placed on the online shopping site, exchange history management table 9755 that manages exchange history, order history management table 9756 that manages order history, and price adjustment table for adjusting the price of prizes. 9757 is included.

The shop information management unit 9701 displays the shop registration screen on the management terminal 9870 or the like, and registers the input shop information in the shop management table 9751. The shop information management unit 9701 further searches the contents of the shop management table 9751 in response to a search request from the administrator, and displays the shop information search screen on the management terminal 9870 or the like.

The product determination unit 9702 examines the products that have been put up for sale from the shop (that is, determines whether or not to make them exchangeable prizes) according to predetermined conditions. Such an examination includes various examination forms including a form in which the result of the examination by a human is input (for example, by a management terminal 9870) and a form in which the system automatically determines from information about the product. The information of the exhibited product is once stored in the work area, and when it is determined as an exchangeable prize as a result of the examination, it is stored in the product management table 9752 (the necessary information is copied from the work area). It is displayed as a prize such as a prize search result or a recommendation on the prize selection device.

When the prize ordering management unit 9703 receives a prize ordering instruction from the prize exchange device, the prize ordering management unit receives the instruction via the core server 9600 and instructs the shop system I / F server 9840 to order the prize. To do.

When the exchange history management unit 9704 receives the order receipt notification received from the shop system I / F server 9840, the exchange history management unit 9704 creates an exchange history related to the order and stores it in the exchange history management table 9755.

When the order history management unit 9705 receives the order receipt notification from the shop system I / F server 9840, the order history management unit 9705 creates an order history related to the order and stores it in the order history management table 9756.

The prize price adjustment unit 9706 determines the price of the prize based on a predetermined standard. In determining the price, the contents of the price adjustment table 9757 are referred to. This process will be described in detail later.

Next, the functional outline of the shop system I / F server 9840 will be described with reference to FIG. 188. FIG. 188 is a block diagram of the shop system I / F server 9840. The shop system I / F server 9840 includes a server communication control unit 9840a, a shop system I / F unit 9840b, a prize order control unit 9840c, an exhibition management control unit 9840d, and a network I / F unit 9840e.

The server communication control unit 9840a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 9700 via the network I / F unit 9840e. The shop system I / F unit 9840b controls data transmission / reception with the shop system (9842a, 9842b), and performs, for example, data feed reception, API linkage, file linkage, web scraping, etc., to perform shop management server 9700 and shop. Controls interactions with the system (9842a, 9842b). The prize order control unit 9840c transmits an instruction to order a prize to the designated shop to the shop system 9842 via the shop system I / F unit 9840b. The exhibition management control unit 9840d receives the data feed of the product information provided by the shop system (9842a, 9842b) via, for example, the shop system I / F unit 9840b, and transmits the data feed to the shop management server 9700.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 189 to 201, the configurations of various tables used in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

FIG. 189 (A) illustrates the configuration of the member information table 9431 included in the hall DB 9430 of the hall computer 9400, and is similar to the member information table 431 in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. It is a composition.

FIG. 189 (B) illustrates the configuration of the game medium holding number management table 9432 included in the hall DB 9430 of the hall computer 9400, and shows the game medium holding number in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. It has the same configuration as the management table 432.

FIG. 190 illustrates the configuration of the storefront prize information table 9433 included in the hall DB 9430 of the hall computer 9400. The prize information stored in the store prize information table 9433 includes the store prize information input from the prize POS9500. The standard prize code is a standard code for identifying a prize, such as a JAN (Japanese Article Number) code. Further, instead of the standard prize code, a unique code adopted by a predetermined shop system may be used. The store prize code is a code given to the prize by the hall store. The store prize information table 9433 is provided with an item of "NO", which is for convenience to refer to each record.

In the case of the example shown in FIG. 190, the prize with the standard prize code = "4332" indicated by the record of NO = "1" does not have a corresponding store prize code, and the hall store manages this prize with the standard prize code. .. Further, the prize with the standard prize code = "4450" indicated by the record of NO = "2" has the corresponding store prize code = "882", and the hall store has both the standard prize code and the store prize code. Manage prizes (in this case, you can manage with only standard prize codes). Further, the prize with the store prize code = "005" indicated by the record with NO = "3" does not have a corresponding standard prize code and is a product unique to the hall store. The hall store manages this prize with the store prize code. Furthermore, the prize with the store prize code = "034" indicated by the record with NO = "4" does not have a corresponding standard prize code and is a product unique to the hall store. The hall store manages this prize with the store prize code.

In addition, the store prize information table 9433 manages the number of stocks in the hall store for each prize, and when the prize exchange is instructed by the prize POS9500, the corresponding number of prizes in stock is subtracted.

FIG. 191 (A) illustrates the configuration of the mall member information table 9651 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600, and shows the mall member information table 651 in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. It has a similar configuration.

FIG. 191 (B) illustrates the configuration of the mall member game medium holding number management table 9652 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600, and shows the mall member in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. It has the same configuration as the game medium holding number management table 652.

FIG. 192 illustrates the configuration of the shopping list management table 9653 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600, and is similar to the shopping list management table 653 in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. It is a configuration to do. Compared with the shopping list management table 653, the shopping list management table 9653 stores a unique ID instead of the mall member ID. This is because in the present embodiment, it is possible to register the prize in the shopping list before the mall member is registered, and the player's shopping list is associated with the unique ID of the mall member card. Be done. After the mall member registration is made, the player's shopping list is associated with the mall member ID by the shopping list management table 9653 and the mall member information table 9651 described above.

Further, the shopping list management table 9653 does not store the delivery destination as compared with the shopping list management table 653. This is because the prize selection device does not specify the delivery destination in the present embodiment.

FIG. 193 illustrates the configuration of the storefront prize management table 9656 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The store prize management table 9656 collects the data of the above-mentioned store prize information table 9433 for each hall store and associates it with the product ID of the prize managed by the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment.

FIG. 194 illustrates the configuration of the prize code correspondence table 9657 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. Further, although the store prize information table 9433 described with reference to FIG. 190 is also shown, the relationship between the prize code corresponding table 9657 and the store prize information table 9433 will be described later. The prize code correspondence table 9657 stores the correspondence between the product ID of the prize managed by the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment and the standard prize code. In addition, the product ID is further associated with a pair of a store code (or a shop ID that identifies a shop) that identifies a hall store and a store prize code (or a shop prize code).

In this example, the store code is represented by a code consisting of a three-digit number, and the shop ID is represented by an ID in which the first character is "S" and the three-digit number follows. The store prize code is represented by a code consisting of a three-digit number, and the shop prize code is represented by a code in which the first letter is "A" or "T", followed by a four-digit number.

Further, in this example, for example, the product with the standard prize code = "4332" is associated with the product ID = "P001" on a one-to-one basis, but in the shop with the shop ID = "S001", the shop prize code is used. = "A0112" is given, and in the shop with the shop ID = "S002", the shop prize code = "T9001" is given. For products such as product ID = "P081", the standard prize code is used at hall stores and shops (because the standard prize code is not originally assigned or the standard prize code cannot be managed at the hall stores). It is not associated and a new product ID is assigned to identify this product.

Furthermore, products (store prize code = "399", "400") that are individually managed in the same hall store (store code = "744"), such as product ID = "P992", are a prize exchange system. In 9001, it can be managed as the same product. This is done, for example, in order to manage individual products having different gram counts and detailed specifications with one product ID in local specialties and fresh foods. The operation of grouping such individual products into one product ID can be executed by the administrator individually making a judgment from the management terminal 9870, and data based on a predetermined rule is provided from the hall store side. It can also be realized by doing.

In the prize code correspondence table 9657 shown in FIG. 194, prizes (products) input from another subject are associated with each other based on a standard prize code (for example, a standardized identifier such as a JAN code). We judged the difference, but in addition, for example, an identifier peculiar to the online shopping site, a unique identifier set at the headquarters of the chain store (when the hall store is a chain store), a unique identifier set for each store, etc. Among them, a prize code correspondence table 9657 that can associate a plurality of identifiers and derive one prize can also be used. Further, such a prize code corresponding table 9657 may be stored in the core DB 9650 and provided on the computer center side, or may be stored in the hall DB 9430 and provided on the hall store side.

In addition to the judgment based on the identifier, it is also possible to separate the over-the-counter prize and the prize of the prize exchange system 9001 at a certain price range. Further, this price range may be changed for each hall store.

FIG. 195 illustrates the configuration of the prize display control table 9658 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The prize display control table 9658 specifies which category of prizes should be hidden on which terminal for each hall store. Further, as shown in the figure, the prize display control table 9658 can also specify the type of the target terminal, the installation position of the target terminal, the time for hiding, and the period for hiding. When the terminal body and the display are configured by separate devices, the type of the target terminal includes the type (size, etc.) of the display of the target terminal, and the installation position of the target terminal is the installation position of the display of the target terminal. Represent.

FIG. 196 (A) illustrates the configuration of the prize initial display control table 9655 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The prize initial display control table 9655 specifies which category to display when the prize is initially displayed by the prize selection device or the like for each hall store. Further, as shown in the figure, the prize initial display control table 9655 can also specify a time for applying the initial display condition and a period for applying the initial display condition.

FIG. 196 (B) illustrates the configuration of the prize initial display control table 9655', which is another embodiment of the prize initial display control table described above. In the prize initial display control table 9655', a condition for performing the initial display is further added, and the mode of the initial display is controlled based on information related to the individual player such as the number of times the prize is exchanged and the number of games media held.

FIG. 197 (A) illustrates the configuration of the user information display control table 9660 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The user information display control table 9660 specifies which display level of user information (information about the player) is to be displayed on which terminal for each hall store. Further, as shown in the figure, the user information display control table 9660 can also specify the installation position of the target terminal, the time for applying the display level, and the period for applying the display level.

Here, the display level of the user information is such that the user information is displayed. For example, the display level = "1" is a level at which all the user information including the member information registration screen and the address of the mall member is displayed. Yes, display level = "2" is a level at which the mall member ID and name can be displayed, and display level = "3" is a level at which all user information cannot be displayed.

FIG. 197 (B) illustrates the configuration of the terminal management table 9661 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The terminal management table 9661 stores the correspondence between the terminal code, the terminal type, and the terminal installation position for each hall store.

FIG. 198 illustrates the configuration of the game medium type definition table 9662 included in the core DB 9650 of the core server 9600. The game medium type definition table 9662 is a rental game medium quantity corresponding to a standard amount (for example, 1000 yen) for each hall store (that is, a quantity of game media lent out with respect to the standard amount (rental quantity), for example. , 200 medals and 500 pachinko balls). Further, in the prize selection device and the prize exchange device, a display for indicating the game medium type (game medium type display) can be set in association with these.

FIG. 199 (A) illustrates the configuration of the shop management table 9751 included in the prize DB 9750 of the shop management server 9700, and is the same as the shop management table 751 in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. It is the composition of.

FIG. 199 (B) illustrates the configuration of the product management table 9752 included in the prize DB 9750 of the shop management server 9700, and is similar to the product management table 752 in the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment described above. It is a configuration to do. Compared with the product management table 752, the product management table 9752 has one type of corresponding category, does not have inventory information indicating the inventory of products in the shop, and has a price deviating from the general market price. It is configured to have a divergence flag set to "1".

FIG. 200 (A) illustrates the configuration of the exchange history management table 9755 included in the prize DB 9750 of the shop management server 9700, and shows the exchange history management table 7755 in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment described above. It has the same configuration as.

FIG. 200B illustrates the configuration of the order history management table 9756 included in the prize DB 9750 of the shop management server 9700, and the order history management table 7756 in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment described above. It has the same configuration as.

FIG. 201 illustrates the configuration of the price adjustment table 9757 included in the prize DB 9750 of the shop management server 9700. The price adjustment table 9757 stores an amount (adjustment amount) to be added to the price presented by the shop for each category of the product (premium) and for each price range.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 202 to 208, when the viewer 9550 displays the prize selection instruction screen or the like, the prize displayed in the store prize display corner 9114 is treated as a prize handled by the prize exchange system 9001. The prize display control function for preventing the display will be described.

FIG. 202 is a flowchart showing a processing flow in which the prize selection instruction screen is displayed on the viewer 9550. In FIG. 202, the processes of the viewer 9550, the core server 9600, and the shop management server 9700 are shown in chronological order for each device.

First, in step S2121, the viewer 9550 determines whether or not there is a prize display instruction from the player. This determination process is repeated until the instruction is given. The prize display instruction is, for example, when the player holds (touches) the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550, or holds the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554. This is the case when the display of the prize selection instruction screen is instructed after (touching).

When the player gives a prize display instruction (YES in step S2121), the process proceeds to step S2122, where the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 makes a request for the prize selection page (for example, the above-mentioned prize selection instruction screen). This is done for the server 9600. Further, in this case, the store code stored in the viewer 9550 or the like, which is a code for identifying the hall store, is transmitted to the core server 9600 together.

When the prize display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 receives the request of the prize selection page in step S2123, the prize display control unit 9609 transmits the product information request to the shop management server 9700. When the shop management server 9700 receives the product information request from the core server 9600 in step S2124, the shop management server 9700 acquires the product information of each product from the product management table 9752. The product information includes, for example, information such as a product ID, a category, and a price.

Next, the shop management server 9700 transmits the acquired product information to the core server 9600 in step S2125. In step S2126, the prize display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 receives the product information from the shop management server 9700.

Next, the prize display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 repeats the processes of steps S2127 to S2131 for each product included in the product information. First, in step S2127, it is determined whether or not all the products have been processed, and if there are remaining products (NO in step S2127), the process proceeds to step S2128, where one product ID selected from the product information. Is compared with the product ID of the store prize management table 9656. The product ID of the store prize management table 9656 to be compared is only related to the store code received from the viewer 9550.

In step S2129, it is determined whether or not the product IDs match, and if the product IDs match (YES in step S2129), in step S2130, whether or not the number of stocks related to the product IDs in the storefront prize management table 9656 is zero. judge. If the number of stocks is not zero (NO in step S2130), the process proceeds to step S2127, and processing is performed for the next product ID in the received product information.

By such processing, the display of the prizes displayed as over-the-counter prizes in the target hall store is suppressed so that the same prizes are not selected by the prize selection device even if they are exhibited by the shop.

When there is no matching product ID (NO in step S2129) and when the inventory quantity related to the product ID is zero (YES in step S2130), both proceed to step S2131, where the prize corresponding to the product ID is given. As a display target, display target prize data including the corresponding product information is generated. After that, in order to perform the processing for the next product ID, the process proceeds to step S2127.

When the processing for all the prizes is completed in step S2127, the prize display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 proceeds to step S2132, where the display target prize data generated in step S2131 is displayed. Based on this, a prize selection page is created, and the prize selection page is transmitted to the viewer 9550.

In step S2133, the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 displays the prize selection page received from the core server 9600 on the display 9555.

In the flow shown in FIG. 202, in response to the request for product information, all the products acquired from the product management table 9752 are determined to be different from the prize information in the store prize management table 9656. For the sake of convenience, such a simple process may be performed, and different determination processes may be performed for the number of products actually displayed on one prize selection page.

FIG. 203 shows a state in which the prize selection instruction screen 9900 is displayed on the display 9555 of the viewer 9550. The prize selection instruction screen 9900 is a screen similar to the prize selection instruction screen 910 (see FIG. 24B) described with respect to the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment.

The store code display unit 9901, the "shopping list" button 9902, the condition display unit (9903, 9904), and the product display unit 9905 are displayed on the prize selection instruction screen 9900. When the "shopping list" button 9902 is touched, the products selected so far are displayed in a list as a "shopping list". The condition display unit (9903, 9904) newly displays a category or the like for displaying a product, and the player touches the category or the like to display a product set corresponding to the category or the like. It can be displayed on 9905 or transitioned to another page.

Three individual product display units (9905a, 9905b, 9905c) are displayed in the product display unit 9905. In this example, the above-mentioned prize display control function is not working on the prize selection page. Here, it is assumed that the product ID = "P002" is displayed in the store giveaway display corner 9114 of the hall store (store code = "638"). That is, the prize of the product ID = "P002" with respect to the store code = "638" exists in the store prize management table 9656.

Further, the prize with the product ID = "P002" exists in the product management table 9752. However, in the example of FIG. 203, since the prize display control function is not working, the prize with the product ID = "P002" is displayed on the individual product display unit 9905b of the prize selection instruction screen 9900 as a selection target.

Here, when the player selects a desired prize from the prizes displayed on the product display unit 9905 on the prize selection instruction screen 9900 (for example, when the prize with the product ID = "P002" is selected, the individual product By touching the "Select" button on the display unit 9905b) and the "Enter" button on the shopping list screen (a screen similar to the shopping list screen 920 (see FIG. 25 (A))), candidates for prizes As a result, a prize with product ID = "P002" is registered in the shopping list management table 9653.

Further, the prize information registered in the shopping list management table 9653 can be obtained by logging in to the prize exchange terminal 9530 and displaying the prize exchange instruction screen (a screen similar to the prize exchange instruction screen 950 (see FIG. 27B)). It is displayed by displaying it, and when you select the prize to be exchanged and touch the "OK" button on that screen, the prize exchange decision screen (screen similar to the prize exchange decision screen 960 (see FIG. 28 (A))) appears. When it is displayed and the "Exchange" button is touched there, a prize ordering instruction is sent to the core server 9600.

The prize selection instruction screen 9910 shown in FIG. 204 is also the same screen as the prize selection instruction screen 9900 of FIG. 203, but in this example, the prize display control function is working, and in FIG. 203, the product ID = “P002”. Was displayed as a selection target on the individual product display unit 9905b of the prize selection instruction screen 9900, whereas in this example, the prize with the product ID = "P002" overlaps with the store prize in the hall store. The display is suppressed as.

In this way, when the storefront prize management table 9656 of the core server 9600 stores the products related to the storefront prizes of each hall store and overlaps with the products (and the number of stocks is not zero), the products are stored. , The prize can be controlled not to be displayed on the prize selection device so that the prize is not selected as a prize in the prize exchange system 9001.

Here, when the player selects a desired prize from the prizes displayed on the product display unit 9915 on the prize selection instruction screen 9910 (for example, when the prize with the product ID = "P003" is selected, the individual product By touching the "Select" button on the display unit 9915b) and the "Enter" button on the shopping list screen (a screen similar to the shopping list screen 920 (see FIG. 25 (A))), candidates for prizes As a gift, the product ID = "P003" is registered in the shopping list management table 9653.

Further, the prize information registered in the shopping list management table 9653 can be obtained by logging in to the prize exchange terminal 9530 and displaying the prize exchange instruction screen (a screen similar to the prize exchange instruction screen 950 (see FIG. 27B)). It is displayed by displaying it, and when you select the prize to be exchanged and touch the "OK" button on that screen, the prize exchange decision screen (screen similar to the prize exchange decision screen 960 (see FIG. 28 (A))) appears. When it is displayed and the "Exchange" button is touched there, a prize ordering instruction is sent to the core server 9600.

In the explanation so far, the prize selection device is controlled so as not to display duplicate prizes, but it is also applied to the case where the prize exchange device displays a screen for selecting a new prize. it can.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the number of in-store prizes in the hall store is zero, it is determined that there is no duplication, and the corresponding prize is displayed on the prize selection device, but the number of inventories is zero. When the items in the corresponding product management table 9752 are selected, assuming that the period in which the number of stocks is zero is a short period when they satisfy the predetermined conditions by referring to the information about the timing when the item becomes and the time when the item is restocked. It can also be displayed on the prize selection device. In addition, the various prize display control functions as described above can be set to adjust on / off according to the hall store, time zone, time, and the like.

In the present embodiment, in order to grasp the stock quantity of the store prize, the stock quantity is input from the prize POS9500 at a predetermined timing (see FIG. 205), but such input is omitted and the store prize is omitted. It is also possible not to manage the number of stocks of.

FIG. 205 is a flowchart showing a flow chart for the store prize registration process for registering newly arrived prizes (store prizes) displayed in the store prize display corner 9114 in the prize POS9500 of the hall store. .. In FIG. 205, the processing in each of the prize POS 9500 and the hall computer 9400 is shown in chronological order for each device.

First, in step S2141, the access control unit 9511 of the prize POS9500 accepts the login of the store prize registration process by the staff of the hall store. The staff can access the administrator menu of the prize POS9500 with a non-contact IC card and password. Here, the staff is a staff who is authorized to perform registration processing for over-the-counter prizes.

Next, in step S2142, the storefront prize management unit 9514 of the prize POS9500 requests the hall computer 9400 for the prize information of the storefront prize information table 9433. When the store prize registration unit 9413 of the hall computer 9400 receives the request for the prize information from the prize POS 9500, in response to the request, the store prize information of the store prize information table 9433 is transmitted to the prize POS 9500 (step S2143).

The over-the-counter prize management unit 9514 of the prize POS9500 repeats the processes of steps S2145 to S2151 for all newly received over-the-counter prizes. First, in step S2145, it is determined whether or not all the over-the-counter prizes have been processed, and if there are remaining over-the-counter prizes (NO in step S2145), the process proceeds to step S2146, where the registration operation from the staff is used. And get the code for one over-the-counter prize. The over-the-counter prize code is, for example, a standard prize code such as a JAN code, a store prize code uniquely assigned by a hall store / store group, or both.

The code of the over-the-counter prize is a method of acquiring the information of the over-the-counter prize managed by another system of the hall computer 9400 by the prize POS 9500 by data linkage, a method of receiving from the other system as a CSV file, etc., and affixed to the store prize. Includes a method for staff to manually enter the code using a keyboard 9508, etc., a method for reading the barcode attached to the store prize with a barcode reader 9506, a method for taking a picture of the store prize, and a method for identifying the code of the product. , Entered in various ways. It is also possible to enter the code and take a picture of these over-the-counter prizes on the computer center side instead of the hall store side.

In addition, if the hall store is a chain store, the headquarters may purchase over-the-counter prizes in a lump, but in such a case, the headquarters manages the over-the-counter prizes of each hall store and the hall computer of each hall store. The 9400 can be configured to receive prize information including the store prize code at regular or irregular timings.

As the method of specifying the product code by the photograph described above, for example, using image recognition technology, the character information contained in the image of the photograph is extracted and compared with the character information registered in advance. By collating the method of identifying the product and the image of the three-dimensional object contained in the photograph with the pre-registered image database, feature data and statistical data are used regardless of the angle at which the store prize is taken. There is a method of identifying the product with high accuracy. The engine (program) for image recognition and product identification such as these may be executed by the hall computer 9400 or the like of the hall store, or may be executed by the core server 9600 or the like of the computer center.

Next, in step S2147, whether or not the code of the store prize matches any of the codes of the prize information acquired from the store prize information table 9433 (for example, a standard prize code, a store prize code, etc.), that is, It is determined whether or not the store prize has already been registered in the store prize information table 9433. If it has already been registered (YES in step S2147), in step S2148, the corresponding prize record is displayed on the display 9555 from the prize information acquired from the store prize information table 9433. Here, the staff confirms the prize information of the displayed prize, adds the number received this time to the number displayed as the stock quantity, and updates the stock quantity. Then, in step S2149, the free gift POS9500 acquires this updated inventory quantity.

If it has not been registered in step S2147 (NO in step S2147), the process proceeds to step S2150, and the display 9555 is displayed as a new store prize. Here, the staff confirms the displayed prize information of the prize, and inputs the number of stocks received this time as the stock quantity. After that, in step S2151, the prize POS9500 acquires the input stock quantity.

After step S2151 and after step S2149, the process proceeds to step S2152, where the update data of the store prize information table 9433 is generated.

When the processing is completed for all the newly arrived over-the-counter prizes in step S2145 (YES in step S2145), the update data generated in step S2152 is transmitted to the hall computer 9400 in step S2153.

When the store prize registration unit 9413 of the hall computer 9400 receives the update data from the prize POS 9500 (step S2154), the store prize information table 9433 is updated in step S2155 based on the update data. After that, the over-the-counter prize management unit 9514 of the prize POS9500 displays a message of completion of the registration process on the display 9555 in step S2156.

In this way, the hall store performs the registration process of the received over-the-counter prizes at a predetermined timing. As a result, for example, the store prize information table 9433 as shown in FIG. 190 is created. As shown in the store prize information table 9433, some of the store prizes are store prizes managed only by the standard prize code, store prizes managed by the standard prize code and the store prize code, and store prizes managed only by the store prize code. Can exist.

In the present embodiment, the registration of the over-the-counter prize is performed by using the prize POS9500, but it can also be performed by using the viewer 9550 or another device.

In addition, the store prizes to be registered include not only the prizes actually displayed in the store prize display corner 9114 but also the prizes that have arrived but are stored in the warehouse of the hall store for replenishment. Can be done.

FIG. 206 is a flowchart showing a flow of the store prize management process in which the store prize information table 9433 of the hall computer 9400 of each hall store is collected by the core server 9600 and the store prize management table 9656 is constructed. In FIG. 206, the processes of the hall computer 9400 and the core server 9600 are shown in chronological order for each device.

First, in step S2161, the storefront prize management unit 9608 of the core server 9600 makes a copy request of the storefront prize information table 9433 to the hall computer 9400 of a predetermined hall store. This copy request can be scheduled at a predetermined timing such as once a day at night.

When the hall computer 9400 receives the copy request from the core server 9600 in step S2162, the hall computer 9400 transmits the prize information of the storefront prize information table 9433 to the core server 9600 in step S2163. At this time, the store code that identifies the hall store is also transmitted to the core server 9600. The store code is stored, for example, in a predetermined storage area of the hall computer 9400.

Next, in step S2164, the storefront prize management unit 9608 of the core server 9600 receives the prize information and the store code of the storefront prize information table 9433.

After that, the storefront prize management unit 9608 of the core server 9600 repeats the processes of steps S2165 to S2173 for all the prizes included in the above-mentioned prize information. First, in step S2165, it is determined whether or not all the prizes have been processed, and if there are remaining prizes (NO in step S2165), the process proceeds to step S2166, where the prize code correspondence table 9657 is referred to. Compare with the prize to be processed.

In step S2167, the prize to be processed has been registered, that is, whether or not the standard prize code of the prize to be processed matches the standard prize code of the prize included in the prize code corresponding table 9657, or the prize to be processed. It is determined whether or not the set of the store code and the store prize code of the above matches the set of the store code and the store prize code of the prize included in the prize code corresponding table 9657. If it is not registered (NO in step S2167), that is, if the prize to be processed is not in the prize code corresponding table 9657, in step S2168, the prize to be processed is substantially included in the prize code corresponding table 9657. It is determined whether or not there is a substantial overlap with. This determination can be checked manually, for example, by the administrator via the management terminal 9870. In addition, an alert may be displayed on the management terminal 9870 for similar prizes by using image analysis of a photograph of the prize, and the manager may finally confirm this.

When there is substantially no duplication (NO in step S2168), that is, when the prize to be processed does not substantially overlap with the prize included in the prize code correspondence table 9657, in step S2169, regarding the prize to be processed. , A new product ID is assigned, and the prize code correspondence table 9657 is updated by associating the product ID with the information of the prize to be processed (standard prize code or a set of the store code and the store prize code).

Here, referring to FIG. 194, an example is shown in which the contents of the prize code correspondence table 9657 and the store prize information table 9433 shown in FIG. 190 are compared. From the record of NO = "3" in the store prize information table 9433, the prize information of the store code = "638" and the store prize code = "005" is obtained, and this prize information is substantially not duplicated in step S2168. Is determined, a new product ID = "P908" is assigned, and the prize code correspondence table 9657 is updated.

After that, in step S2170, update data including the store code, the product ID corresponding to the prize to be processed, and the number of inventories (obtained from the prize information in the store prize information table 9433) is generated, and the process proceeds to step S2165. The next prize to be processed is processed.

If it is determined in step S2168 that there is a substantial duplication (YES in step S2168), an existing prize code is set and the prize code correspondence table 9657 is updated so that the duplication can be determined in step S2171. ..

Here again, referring to FIG. 194, the prize information of the store code = "638" and the store prize code = "034" can be obtained from the record of NO = "4" in the store prize information table 9433, and this prize information is obtained. , It is determined in step S2168 that there is a substantial duplication, the existing product ID = "P013" and the standard prize code = "4002" are set, and the prize information is added to the prize code corresponding table 9657.

When it is determined that the registration has been completed after step S2171 or in step S2167 (YES in step S2167), the prize information is added to the prize code correspondence table 9657 in step S2172.

Here again, referring to FIG. 194, the prize information of the standard prize code = "4332" is obtained from the record of NO = "1" in the store prize information table 9433, and this prize information has already been obtained by the product ID = "P001". , And it is determined that the product has been registered in step S2167. In this example, the prize information is added to the prize code correspondence table 9657. Further, from the record of NO = "2" in the store prize information table 9433, the standard prize code = "4450", the store code = "638" and the store prize code = "882" are obtained, and this prize information is obtained. , It is already associated with the product ID = "P002", and it is determined that the product has been registered in step S2167. In this example, the prize information is added to the prize code correspondence table 9657.

Following step S2172, in step S2173, update data for updating the inventory quantity of the prize of the existing product ID is generated, and then the process proceeds to step S2165 to process the next prize to be processed.

When the processing is completed for all the prizes to be processed obtained from the prize information of the store prize information table 9433 (YES in step S2165), in step S2174, the store prize management table 9656 is updated based on the update data. Do.

Through the above processing, the store prizes of each hall store and the products exhibited from the shop can be centrally managed using the prize code compatible table 9657, and the store prizes of each hall store can be universally managed in the prize exchange system 9001. The code (here, the product ID) can be used to grasp (in the store prize management table 9656).

Here, the processing for one hall store has been described, but by performing the same processing for a plurality of hall stores, the product ID corresponding to the store prize and the number of stocks thereof for each store can be displayed in the store prize management table 9656. It will be remembered. In addition, the prize code correspondence table 9657 is updated by the same processing for the products exhibited from the shop (however, the store prize management table 9656 is not generated / updated).

Here, referring to FIG. 193, the store code stores the product ID corresponding to the store prize in the store prize management table 9656. The example of the store prize management table 9656 reflects the prize information obtained from the store prize information table 9433 of the store code = "638" shown in FIG. 194. For example, regarding the store code = "638", , Standard prize code = "4332" corresponding product ID = "P001" (stock quantity = 0), standard prize code = "4450", store code = "638" and store prize code = "882" The product ID = "P002" corresponding to the above, the product ID = "P908" corresponding to the pair of the store code = "638" and the store prize code = "005" are stored.

As described above, various methods can be considered for centrally managing the products provided by the shop and the in-store prizes of each hall store, and this embodiment is only an example. By using other code systems and various methods, it is possible to judge duplicate products and centrally manage products provided by multiple entities.

FIGS. 207 and 208 explain various variations of the prize display control function in which the store prize is registered by the hall store and the display of the registered store prize is suppressed in the prize selection process in the prize exchange system 9001. Is what you do.

In FIG. 207 (A), a code (for example, a standard prize code) for identifying the store prize is input to the prize POS9500 by the staff of the hall store, and the data (prize information) is installed in the hall store. It is stored in the store prize information table 9433 of the hall computer 9400.

Next, the prize information stored in the store prize information table 9433 is collected by the core server 9600 arranged in the computer center and collated with the product management table 9752 (substantially by the prize code correspondence table 9657). , It is managed as a centralized product ID and stored in the store prize management table 9656.

After that, when the viewer 9550 is operated at the hall store and the prize selection process is performed, the store prize at the hall store is viewed from the product management table 9752 and the prize code corresponding table 9657 in response to the request for product information. Product information that has been filtered in advance so as not to be displayed on the 9550 is transmitted from the core server 9600 to the viewer 9550.

In FIG. 207 (B), a code (for example, a standard prize code) for identifying the store prize is input to the prize POS 9500 by the staff of the hall store, and the data (prize information) is used as it is on the core server 9600. The prize information sent to is collated with the product management table 9752 (substantially by the prize code correspondence table 9657), managed as a centralized product ID, and then stored in the store prize management table 9656. It will be remembered.

Next, when the viewer 9550 is operated at the hall store and the prize selection process is performed, the store prize at the hall store is released from the product management table 9752 and the prize code corresponding table 9657 in response to the request for product information. Product information that has been filtered in advance so that it is not displayed on the viewer 9550 is transmitted from the core server 9600 to the viewer 9550.

In FIG. 208 (A), a code (for example, a standard prize code) for identifying the store prize is input to the prize POS9500 by the staff of the hall store, and the data (prize information) is installed in the hall store. It is stored in the store prize information table 9433 of the hall computer 9400.

Next, when the viewer 9550 is operated at the hall store and the prize selection process is performed, the product information is transmitted from the product management table 9752 of the core server 9600 to the hall computer 9400, and the hall computer 9400 is transmitted there. The product information is collated with the prize information stored in the store prize information table 9433, and the same products as the store prizes in the hall store are filtered and controlled so as not to be displayed on the viewer 9550. The product information filtered in this way is provided to the viewer 9550 from the hall computer 9400. In this case, the collation process is performed using a common prize code (for example, a standard prize code) or the like.

In FIG. 208 (B), a code (for example, a standard prize code) for identifying the store prize is input to the prize POS 9500 by the staff of the hall store, and the data (prize information) is used as it is on the core server 9600. The prize information sent to and sent is collated with the product information in the product management table 9752 (substantially by the prize code correspondence table 9657), managed as a unified product ID, and then managed in the store. Stored in table 9656.

After that, at a predetermined timing, among the prize information stored in the store prize management table 9656, the one related to the store prize of the hall store is copied from the core server 9600 to the store prize information table 9433 of the hall computer 9400.

Next, when the viewer 9550 is operated at the hall store and the prize selection process is performed, the product information is transmitted from the product management table 9752 of the core server 9600 to the viewer 9550 in response to the product information request, and the viewer 9550 Collates the product information obtained from the product management table 9752 with the prize information stored in the store prize information table 9433, filters the same products as the store prizes in the hall store, and controls them so that they are not displayed on the viewer 9550. Will be done. The product information filtered in this way is provided to the viewer 9550 from the hall computer 9400. In this case, the collation process is performed using a common prize code (for example, a standard prize code) or the like.

Here, four typical variations of the prize display control function have been described, but the scope of rights of the present invention is not limited to these methods. In addition, as described above, there are various methods for inputting the code of the over-the-counter prize. As described above, the code of the over-the-counter prize can be registered with a device other than the prize POS.

Further, by closely linking data between the prize exchange system 9001 according to the present embodiment and the hall system 9002 of the hall store, the player can specify the prize from a predetermined screen displayed on the display 9555 or the like of the viewer 9550. It is also possible to provide information that, when a possible code, a photograph, or the like is input, the prize is an over-the-counter prize and is not exchanged in the prize exchange system 9001. Such a mechanism can be realized by grasping the information of the store prizes managed by the hall system 9002 and the number of stocks of the prizes in real time.

[Premium display control function (2)]
Next, with reference to FIG. 209, when displaying the prize selection instruction screen or the like on the viewer 9550, the prize display control for preventing the prizes belonging to a predetermined category from being displayed as the prizes handled by the prize exchange system 9001. The function will be described.

FIG. 209 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing in which the prize selection instruction screen is displayed on the viewer 9550. In FIG. 209, the processes of the viewer 9550, the core server 9600, and the shop management server 9700 are shown in chronological order for each device.

First, in step S2181, the viewer 9550 determines whether or not there is a prize display instruction from the player. This determination process is repeated until the instruction is given. The prize display instruction is, for example, when the player holds (touches) the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550, or holds the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554. This is the case when the display of the prize selection instruction screen is instructed after (touching).

When there is a prize display instruction from the player (YES in step S2181), the process proceeds to step S2182, where the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 makes a request for the prize selection page (for example, the above-mentioned prize selection instruction screen). This is done for the server 9600. Further, in this case, both the store code stored in the viewer 9550 or the like, which is a code for identifying the hall store, and the terminal code for identifying the viewer 9550 are transmitted to the core server 9600.

When the prize display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 receives the request of the prize selection page in step S2183, the prize display control unit 9609 transmits the product information request to the shop management server 9700. When the shop management server 9700 receives the product information request from the core server 9600 in step S2184, the shop management server 9700 acquires the product information of each product from the product management table 9752. The product information includes, for example, information such as a product ID, a category, and a price.

Next, the shop management server 9700 transmits the acquired product information to the core server 9600 in step S2185. In step S2186, the prize display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 receives the product information from the shop management server 9700.

Next, the prize display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 reads the data of the prize display control table 9658 in step S2187.

After that, in step S2188, a category (non-display category) that is not displayed by the viewer 9550 is determined based on the data of the read prize display control table 9658. More specifically, from the terminal code received from the viewer 9550, the terminal type and the terminal installation position of the viewer 9550 are acquired by referring to the terminal management table 9661, and these information, the store code received from the viewer 9550, and the present From the date and time of, the record of the prize display control table 9658 that satisfies the condition is extracted, and the non-display category is determined.

For example, in the prize display control table 9658 shown in FIG. 195, the store code = "638", the terminal type of the viewer 9550 = "viewer (large)", the terminal installation position = "outer aisle", and the current date and time is May 7, 2015. Assuming that it is 11:02 am on the day, the category = "Y" is determined as a hidden category. Also, assume that the store code = "638", the terminal type of the viewer 9550 = "viewer (small)", the terminal installation position = "inner aisle", and the current date and time is 4:28 pm on May 7, 2015. , Category = "X" is determined as a hidden category.

By setting the data in the prize display control table 9658 in this way, it is possible to control the viewer 9550 so as not to display the prizes of a predetermined category for each hall store. For example, prizes belonging to adult products may not be displayed on the large viewer 9550a in the front passage (which is crowded) and the outside passage during the daytime, or on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays (many players with children). From the opening of the store to 6 pm, it can be hidden from all large viewers 9550a.

After step S2188, in step S2189, the shop management server 9700 determines whether or not each of the prizes included in the product information belongs to the hidden category, and the prizes belonging to the hidden category are excluded from the display target and the hidden category. The display target prize data including the corresponding product information is generated for the prizes that do not belong to.

Next, in step S2190, the prize display control unit 9609 of the core server 9600 creates a prize selection page based on the display target prize data generated in step S2189, and transmits the prize selection page to the viewer 9550.

In step S2191, the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 displays the prize selection page received from the core server 9600 on the display 9555.

In the present embodiment, an example of display control for the viewer 9550 that functions as a prize selection device is shown, but the same can be applied to other prize selection devices. Similarly, the prize exchange device can be controlled to hide the prizes belonging to the non-display category, and the above-mentioned non-display control can be applied to the display of the prizes registered in the shopping list. Can be done.

Further, in the present embodiment, the terminal code of the viewer 9550 is received, and the terminal type and the terminal installation position of the viewer 9550 are determined based on the terminal code and the terminal management table 9661, but an identifier other than the terminal code ( For example, the viewer 9550 can be identified by using a network address or the like), and the viewer 9550 can be individually specified to set a hidden category.

In the present embodiment, the category of the prize (non-display category) that is not displayed on the viewer 9550 is determined according to the store code, the terminal type, the terminal installation position, the time, and the period with reference to the prize display control table 9658. However, other conditions can be added to these conditions. On the contrary, some of these conditions can be deleted to make the configuration simpler.

Further, in the present embodiment, the unit for hiding the prize is set as a category, but the prize to be hidden can be specified by the classification based on a predetermined condition other than the category. It is also possible to individually specify the prizes to be hidden.

It should be noted that the non-display category is determined according to the store code, the terminal type, etc., and the viewer 9550 or the like supports the prize display control function that hides the prize in the non-display category, and the above-mentioned store prize. It is also possible to apply the prize display control function, which is hidden by the viewer 9550 or the like, in combination at the same time.

In addition, the prize display control table 9658 can be updated by the administrator via the management terminal 9870 and the core server 9600, such as changing each item or adding a new record. Further, in the hall store, the table can be updated by the staff of the hall store or the like via, for example, the prize POS 9500, the hall computer 9400, and the core server 9600.

Further, the prize display control table 9658 can be configured to be used not for suppressing the display of the prize but for the priority display of the prize. For example, prizes belonging to the original products of the hall store can be displayed preferentially on the large viewer 9550a in the (busy) front aisle and the outer aisle during the daytime, so that the appeal can be concentrated. it can.

The prize display control function using the prize display control table 9658 described above is improved so as to control the display of user information on the viewer 9550 or the like by using the user information display control table 9660 shown in FIG. 197 (A). Can be done.

The viewer 9550 and the like first obtain the terminal type and the terminal installation position by referring to the terminal management table 9661, and further refer to the user information display control table 9660 to obtain the store code, the terminal type, the terminal installation position, and the present. The display level of user information related to the viewer 9550 and the like is acquired from the date and time of. After that, the viewer 9550 or the like controls the display of the user information based on the acquired display level of the user information.

Here, as described above, the display level of the user information is such that the user information is displayed. For example, the display level = "1" is all of the user information including the member information registration screen and the address of the mall member. The display level = "2" is the level at which the mall member ID and the name can be displayed, and the display level = "3" is the level at which all the user information cannot be displayed.

For example, assuming that the terminal code of a certain viewer 9550 installed in a hall store with a store code = "034" is T001, from the terminal management table 9661, the terminal type = "viewer (small)" and the terminal installation position = " It is a "counter", and it can be seen that the viewer 9550 is a small viewer 9550b installed on the prize exchange counter 9112. Then, the small viewer 9550b determines that the display level of the user information = "1" according to the user information display control table 9660, and can display the member information registration screen in addition to the prize selection instruction screen (with the prize selection instruction screen). The menu screen for which of the member information registration screens to be displayed is displayed first), and all the user information including the address of the mall member is displayed on various display screens.

On the other hand, assuming that the terminal code of a certain viewer 9550 installed in the hall store with the store code = "638" is T005, the terminal type = "viewer (large)" and the terminal installation position = "from the terminal management table 9661. It can be seen that it is an "inner passage" and that the viewer 9550 is a large viewer 9550a installed facing the inner passage. Then, the large viewer 9550a determines that the display level of the user information = "3" according to the user information display control table 9660, and is controlled so that all the user information is not displayed. For example, when the mall membership card is touched on the non-contact IC card reader / writer of this large viewer 9550a, the menu screen is not displayed, the prize selection instruction screen is directly displayed, and the user information is also displayed on the prize selection instruction screen. Is controlled so that the display is suppressed.

For example, by setting the terminal management table 9661, the smaller the number of people passing by at the installation position of the viewer 9550 or the like, the more user information can be displayed, and the smaller the viewer, the more user information can be displayed. In addition, it is possible to flexibly control the level of information security.

[Premium display control function (3)]
Next, with reference to FIG. 210, a prize initial display control function for displaying a prize belonging to a predetermined category when performing an initial display of a prize selection instruction screen or the like on the viewer 9550 will be described.

FIG. 210 is a flowchart showing a flow of processing in which the viewer 9550 initially displays the prize selection instruction screen and the like. In FIG. 210, the processes of the viewer 9550, the core server 9600, and the shop management server 9700 are shown in chronological order for each device.

First, in step S2201, the viewer 9550 determines whether or not there is a prize display instruction from the player. This determination process is repeated until the instruction is given. The prize display instruction is, for example, when the player holds (touches) the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550, or holds the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554. This is the case when the display of the prize selection instruction screen is instructed after (touching).

When there is a prize display instruction from the player (YES in step S2201), the process proceeds to step S2202, where the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 receives a prize selection page (for example, the initial display of the above-mentioned prize selection instruction screen or the like). Request to the core server 9600. Further, in this case, the store code stored in the viewer 9550 or the like, which is a code for identifying the hall store, is transmitted to the core server 9600 together.

When the prize initial display control unit 9610 of the core server 9600 receives the request of the prize selection page in step S2203, the prize information request is transmitted to the shop management server 9700. When the shop management server 9700 receives the product information request from the core server 9600 in step S2204, the shop management server 9700 acquires the product information of each product from the product management table 9752. The product information includes, for example, information such as a product ID, a category, and a product price.

Next, the shop management server 9700 transmits the acquired product information to the core server 9600 in step S2205. In step S2206, the prize initial display control unit 9610 of the core server 9600 receives the product information from the shop management server 9700.

Next, in step S2207, the prize initial display control unit 9610 of the core server 9600 reads the data of the prize initial display control table 9659.

After that, in step S2208, the category of the prize (initial display category) initially displayed in the viewer 9550 is determined based on the data of the read prize initial display control table 9655. More specifically, the record of the prize initial display control table 9655 that satisfies the condition is extracted from the store code received from the viewer 9550 and the current date and time, and the initial display category is determined.

For example, in the prize initial display control table 9655 shown in FIG. 196 (A), if the store code is "638" and the current date and time is 8:20 pm on May 7, 2015, the category = "D" is set. , Determined as the initial display category. On the other hand, in the same viewer 9550, at 11:10 am on the same day, category = "B" is determined as the initial display category.

By setting the data of the prize initial display control table 9655 in this way, it is possible to control the viewer 9550 to initially display the prizes of a predetermined category for each hall store. For example, each hall store can preferentially present recommended products to players according to the time of day.

After step S2208, in step S2209, the shop management server 9700 determines whether or not each product included in the product information belongs to the initial display category, and the product belonging to the initial display category is set as the display target, and the corresponding product is displayed. Generates initial display target prize data including information.

Next, in step S2210, the prize initial display control unit 9610 of the core server 9600 creates a prize selection page based on the initial display target prize data generated in step S2209, and transmits the prize selection page to the viewer 9550. To do.

In step S2211, the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 displays the prize selection page received from the core server 9600 on the display 9555.

In the present embodiment, an example of initial display control for the viewer 9550 that functions as a prize selection device is shown, but the same can be applied to other prize selection devices. The same can be applied to the prize exchange device. That is, when displaying the favorite list registered by the prize selection device, the above-mentioned initial display control is performed to preferentially display the prizes belonging to the initial display category among the prizes registered in the shopping list. Can be controlled. Further, in the prize exchange device, when the prize list can be viewed and selected, it is possible to control the display of the prizes belonging to the initial display category.

If the conditions of the prize initial display control table 9655 are not met, the initial display category is not set, but in that case, the prize display is performed according to the normal processing procedure.

Further, the prize display control table 9655 is provided with the target terminal type and the target terminal installation position as in the above-mentioned prize display control table 9658, and the initial display category is determined according to the type and installation position of the viewer 9550. It can also be configured to do so. Further, the prize initial display control table 9655 may be used only for the store code and the initial display category, and the initial display category may be adjusted simply according to the hall store. Furthermore, other conditions can be added.

Further, in the present embodiment, the unit for initial display of the prize is set as a category, but the prize to be initially displayed can be specified by the classification based on a predetermined condition other than the category. It is also possible to individually specify the prizes to be initially displayed.

In addition, such a prize initial display control function that determines the initial display category according to the store code, the time zone, etc., and preferentially displays the prize of the initial display category on the viewer 9550 or the like, is the other function described above. (That is, the non-display category is determined according to the store code, the terminal type, etc., and the viewer 9550 or the like hides the non-display category of the prize display control function, and the above-mentioned prize corresponding to the store prize. Can also be applied in combination with a prize display control function) that is hidden by a viewer 9550 or the like.

As described above, the initial display on the viewer 9550 is, for example, when the player holds (touches) the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550, or the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554. This is the first display that is performed when the display of the prize selection instruction screen is instructed after the mall membership card is held (touched) over. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 203, when the prize selection instruction screen 9900 is displayed on the display 9555 of the viewer 9550 for the first time, the prizes belonging to the initial display category are displayed on the product display unit 9905.

In addition, the initial display on the viewer 9550 includes a case where the player makes a predetermined selection after the display of the prize selection instruction screen or the like is first displayed, and a new group of prizes is displayed. For example, when the prize selection instruction screen 9900 shown in FIG. 203 is first displayed on the display 9555 of the viewer 9550, and then the player touches the “topical prize special feature” banner (display portion) of the condition display unit 9903. , Among the prizes scheduled to be displayed as the topical prizes, those belonging to the initial display category can be controlled to be preferentially initially displayed.

The prize initial display control table 9655'shown in FIG. 196 (B) is another embodiment of the prize initial display control table 9655 shown in FIG. 196 (A). In the prize initial display control table 9655', items of "number of prize exchanges" and "number of game media holdings" are added as compared with the prize initial display control table 9655 shown in FIG. 196 (A). The "number of exchanges of prizes" and the "number of holdings of game media" are information (user information) about a player who uses the viewer 9550.

The "premium exchange count" is, for example, information obtained based on the player's mall membership card. More specifically, when the player holds the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9505 of the viewer 9550, login is performed, and at this time, the unique ID of the mall membership card is transmitted to the core server 9600. Will be done. Based on this unique ID, the core server 9600 searches the exchange history management table 9755 of the shop management server 9700 and acquires how many times the prize exchange corresponding to the unique ID has been performed in a predetermined period. Based on the "premium exchange count" acquired in this way, the initial display category is determined with reference to the premium initial display control table 9655'.

The "game medium holding number" is, for example, information obtained based on the player's mall membership card. More specifically, when the player holds the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9505 of the viewer 9550, login is performed, and at this time, the unique ID of the mall membership card is transmitted to the core server 9600. Will be done. The core server 9600 grasps the mall member ID (referring to the mall member information table 9651) based on this unique ID, and refers to the mall member gaming medium holding number management table 9652 based on the mall member ID. Acquire the number of game media held by the player. Here, the mall member game medium holding number management table 9652 is linked to the information of the game medium holding number management table 95432 of the hall computer 9400 by a predetermined operation. Based on the "game medium holding number" acquired in this way, the prize initial display control table 9655'is referred to, and the initial display category is determined.

By using such a prize initial display control table 9695', the initial display category is determined according to the hall store, the time zone, and the user information.

In addition, the prize initial display control table 9655 and the prize initial display control table 9655'are updated by the administrator via the management terminal 9870 and the core server 9600 to change each item or add a new record. It can be carried out. Further, in the hall store, for example, the staff of the hall store can update these tables via the prize POS 9500, the hall computer 9400, and the core server 9600.

In the prize initial display control table 9655', the user information was acquired by reading the mall member card registered as a mall member, and the initial display control was performed according to this, but the mall member registration has not been performed yet (the prize exchange has not been performed yet). Player's card (smartphone 9570 with built-in non-contact IC chip, mall membership card distributed at hall stores (here, cards not registered as mall members are also referred to as mall membership cards for convenience), etc. ), For example, various user information including products that were previously registered in the favorites list and did not reach the prize exchange can be acquired, and initial display control according to the user information can be performed. It can be done with a prize selection device or a prize exchange device.

In addition, the age and gender of the player, the match of the players, and the like can be determined by using the face recognition technology, and the initial display control can be performed according to the determination results. Furthermore, the initial display control can be performed by combining the determination result by face recognition and the above-mentioned user information.

In this example, the face image of the player is taken at the prize exchange terminal 9530. As for the face image of the player, for example, the camera 9538 built in the prize exchange terminal 9530 captures the player at a predetermined timing to acquire the image data, and stores this as the player image data. Using the player image data obtained in this way, for example, a face recognition technique (facial recognition technique) or the like is used to determine the age and gender of the player, a match with other player image data, and the like.

Face recognition technology is a technology that recognizes and identifies an individual based on the modeling of a human face. It extracts the face part from the player image data and extracts the face part or the face part (eyes, nose, etc.) of the person. From the position, size, length, contour, skin texture, etc. of the mouth, etc.), the age / gender of the player, matching with other player image data, etc. are determined. For example, the height of the nose, the distance from the nose to the eyes, the width of the eyes, the height of the eyes, the height of the ears, etc. are measured. As a method of recognizing the nose, eyes, and ears, these basic shapes can be stored in advance and recognized by comparison with the sample image.

In addition, when a mobile device such as a smartphone 9570 is used as the prize selection device, the player who owns the mobile device learns and infers the preference and tendency of the prize selected on the prize selection instruction screen, and the player. The prizes that match the categories and products inferred as the tastes of the above may be preferentially displayed on the prize selection instruction screen.

[Premium price adjustment function]
Next, the prize price adjustment process for adjusting the price of the prize exhibited by the shop on the shop management server 9700 will be described with reference to FIGS. 211 to 213.

FIG. 211 is a flowchart showing a flow of a process (prize price adjustment process) in which the prize price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 adjusts the price of the prize.

First, in step S2221, the prize price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 acquires product information related to each product from the product management table 9752. In the present embodiment, for example, information on each product is provided as feed data from the shop system 9842a or the shop system 9842b to the shop management server 9700 via the shop system I / F server 9840 once a day at night. , Stored in the product management table 9752.

The prize price adjustment process of FIG. 211 is performed immediately after the feed data described above is stored in the product management table 9752, and the finally adjusted price is stored in the product management table 9752 as the price of the product. At this time, both the unadjusted price (that is, the price of the product received from the shop system 9842a or the like on the online shopping site) and the adjusted price can be stored in the product management table 9752. In addition, the feed data received from the shop system 9842a or the like is directly subjected to the prize price adjustment process, and the corresponding product information (including the adjusted price) is stored in the product management table 9752 only after the adjustment result is obtained. You may try to do it.

At this time, products exceeding a predetermined amount (for example, 9600 yen + amount equivalent to consumption tax) as the prize price are excluded from the prize exchange and are not stored in the product management table 9752.

Next, the prize price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 acquires bargain information, time sale information, and the like in step S2222. This information includes which products are offered at what prices through bargains and time sales. Various acquisition methods can be considered for this information. For example, it may be included in the feed data from each shop system described above, or it may be acquired as digital data from an organization / institution that provides bargain information or the like. The form is conceivable.

Next, in step S2223, the prize price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 determines the total addition adjustment amount based on the price distribution of a plurality of products (for example, all the products included in the product management table 9752). .. The total addition adjustment amount is a simulation of the total addition adjustment amount to be added to the price of each product so that the expected value of the difference when the 100 yen unit is rounded up in step S2230 described later is equal to or more than a certain value. Determined by doing. This process will be described in detail later.

In step S2224, it is determined whether or not the processing has been completed for all the products included in the product management table 9752, and if there are remaining products (NO in step S2224), the process proceeds to step S2225, where the processing target is Whether or not the product is a bargain product or a time sale product is determined. Whether or not the product to be processed corresponds to a bargain product or a time sale product is determined based on the bargain information and the time sale information acquired in step S2222. For example, when the product to be processed is included in the bargain information or time sale information, or when the product to be processed is included in the bargain information or time sale information, a discount of a predetermined amount or more is permitted. In some cases, it is judged as a bargain product or the like.

Whether or not it is a bargain product or the like can be automatically determined by a computer, but an alert is displayed on the management terminal 9870 or the like according to a predetermined condition, and the administrator finally judges whether it is a bargain product or the like. You can decide whether or not.

When the product to be processed corresponds to a bargain product or a time sale product (YES in step S2225), in step S2226, the deviation flag = "1" is set for the corresponding product in the product management table 9752. Products for which the deviation flag = "1" is set are controlled so as not to be displayed when the prize selection screen is displayed on the viewer 9550.

After step S2226, or when the product to be processed does not correspond to a bargain product or a time sale product (NO in step S2225), in step S2227, the price adjustment table is referred to, and the product to be processed is processed for each category and price range. Determine the extra amount for the product.

Here, the price adjustment table 9757 has a configuration as shown in FIG. 201, and the additional amount (adjustment amount) is specified by the combination of the product category and the price range.

Next, in step S2228, the prize price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 determines an individual adjustment amount for individually adjusting the price of the product to be processed based on the general market price. Here, the general market price can be obtained from, for example, an organization / institution that provides general market price information composed based on leaflet information or survey information. The individual adjustment amount is determined so that the price of the product to be processed is the same as the general market price or an amount within a predetermined range. The determination of the individual adjustment amount can be performed automatically by the computer, or can be input by the administrator by operating the management terminal 9870. In addition, when the comparison result between the price of the product to be processed and the general market price related to the product satisfies a predetermined condition, an alert is displayed on the management terminal 9870 or the like, and finally the manager makes a judgment and makes individual adjustments. You may enter the amount.

Next, in step S2229, the prize price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 adds the addition amount, the individual adjustment amount, and the total addition adjustment amount determined in the above processing to the price of the product to be processed, and steps. In S2230, the fraction of the addition result is rounded up to the unit of 100 yen. Such rounding up in units of 100 yen is as advantageous as possible when exchanging prizes, depending on the type of game medium (for example, 1 pachi (1 yen lending (pachinko)) or 5 slots (5 yen lending (slot))).・ This is to prevent disadvantages.

Next, in step S2231, the prize price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 determines whether or not the price of the product after rounding up exceeds a predetermined amount (for example, 9600 yen + consumption tax), and determines the predetermined amount. If it does not exceed (NO in step S2231), in step 2232, the price of the product to be processed is changed to the price after rounding up in step S2230, and the product management table 9752 is updated.

When the amount exceeds the predetermined amount (YES in step S2231), in step 2233, the record corresponding to the product to be processed is deleted from the product management table 9752. Further, at this time, in consideration of the fluctuation of the price of the product in the future, the record can be maintained as it is and the deletion flag can be added. In this example, as described above, when the products exhibited from the shop are stored in the product management table 9752, the products exceeding a predetermined amount (for example, 9600 yen + the amount equivalent to the consumption tax) are exchanged for prizes. It is excluded from the target and is not stored in the product management table 9752, but here, in consideration of the case where the predetermined amount is exceeded by adding and rounding up the various adjustment amounts, whether or not the predetermined amount is exceeded again. Is judged.

After step S2232 or after step S2233, the process proceeds to step S2224 to perform processing related to the next product to be processed. When the processing is completed for all the products in step S2224 (YES in step S2224), the processing is completed.

In the present embodiment, the price is adjusted using the price adjustment table 9757, but the contents of this table can be changed by the administrator via the management terminal 9870 and the core server 9600, or new. You can perform update processing such as adding records.

FIG. 212 is a schematic diagram for explaining a basic concept regarding a method of determining the total addition adjustment amount in step S2223 of the above-mentioned prize price adjustment process.

In FIG. 212 (A), the horizontal axis represents the last two digits of the price of the product (before price adjustment), the vertical axis (left) represents the number of exchanges (the number of prizes exchanged), and the vertical axis (right). ) Is a graph showing the difference due to rounding up in units of 100 yen. Here, it is assumed that the last two digits of the price of the product are evenly exchanged for 1000 pieces from "01" to "99". The number of exchanges is then represented by line 9921. If the price of the product is rounded up in units of 100 yen, the difference due to the rounding up will be 99 yen if the last two digits are "01" and 1 yen if the last two digits are "99". Conceptually, it is represented by the shaded triangle 9922 (however, the difference between the last two digits of the price, "01" to "99", one for each item).

If the last two digits of the product price are evenly distributed from "01" to "99", 1000 pieces each, and the price of each product is rounded up in units of 100 yen, the difference due to the rounding up is the following formula. It is calculated by 1. If the last two digits of the product price are "00", the product will not be rounded up.

Difference due to rounding up = 99 x 1,000 + 98 x 1,000 + ... + 2 x 1,000 + 1 x 1,000 = 4,950,000 yen ... (Equation 1).

As can be seen from Equation 1 above, in the distribution of the number of exchanges, the more products whose last two digits of the price are small, the larger the difference when rounded up in units of 100 yen.

In FIG. 212 (B), as in FIG. 212 (A), the horizontal axis represents the last two digits of the price of the product (before price adjustment), and the vertical axis (left) is the number of exchanges (premium exchanged). The number) is represented, and the vertical axis (right) is a graph showing the difference due to rounding up in units of 100 yen. Here, the last two digits of the product price from "01" to "99" are not evenly distributed as shown in FIG. 212 (A), and the last two digits are from "01" to "24". 700 pieces are exchanged, the last 2 digits are exchanged 900 pieces from "25" to "49", the last 2 digits are exchanged 1100 pieces from "50" to "74", and the last 2 digits are exchanged from "75" It is assumed that 1300 pieces have been exchanged up to "99". This situation is represented by line 9923.

Such a non-uniform distribution is common in general market prices, and the last two digits are often relatively large, for example, 1980 yen or 3980 yen. FIG. 212 (B) mimics such a situation.

If the price of the product is rounded up in units of 100 yen, the difference due to the rounding up will be 99 yen if the last two digits are "01" and 1 yen if the last two digits are "99". Conceptually, it is represented by the shaded triangle 9924 (however, the difference between the last two digits of the price, "01" to "99", one for each item).

If the last two digits of the product price from "01" to "99" are unevenly distributed as shown in Fig. 212 (B) and the price of each product is rounded up in units of 100 yen, it depends on the rounding up. The difference is calculated by the following formula 2. If the last two digits of the product price are "00", the product will not be rounded up.

Difference due to rounding up = (99 x 700 + 98 x 700 + ... + 77 x 700 + 76 x 700) + (75 x 900 + 74 x 900 + ... + 52 x 900 + 51 x 900) + (50 x 1,100 + 49 x 1,100 + ... + 27 x 1,100 + 26 x 1,100) + (25 x 1,300 + 24 x 1,300 + ... + 2 x 1,300 + 1 x 1,300) = 4,355,000 yen ... (Equation 2).

As can be seen by comparing Equation 1 and Equation 2, in this case, the difference due to rounding up in units of 100 yen is 595,000 yen less in the distribution in FIG. 212 (B) than in the case of FIG. 212 (A). This is because the distribution of products with small last two digits, which causes a large difference due to rounding up, is smaller than that in FIG. 212 (A).

Therefore, assuming that the difference obtained by rounding up in units of 100 yen in the situation of FIG. 212 (A) is ideal, in the situation of FIG. 212 (B), the above-mentioned shortage of 595,000 yen should be compensated. , It is necessary to add about 6 yen (≈595,000 / 99000) per product to the price of the product (however, in this case, the number of products whose last two digits of the price before the addition is "00" Depending on the number of products whose last two digits of the price before addition are "94", it may not be possible to make up for the above-mentioned shortfall).

In any case, it is the difference when the predetermined target difference (for example, the last two digits of the price of the product is evenly distributed in the actual prize exchange) by rounding up in units of 100 yen, and this should be basically secured. In order to obtain the profit amount), it is necessary to determine the additional amount by simulation based on the results of the prize exchange.

FIG. 213 is a flowchart showing the flow of the total addition adjustment amount determination process performed based on the basic concept shown in FIG. 212, and this process corresponds to the process of step S2223 of FIG. 211.

First, in step S2241, the prize price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 requests the order history information satisfying a predetermined condition (for example, the order is in a predetermined period) from the order history management table 9756 of the shop management server 9700. To get. The order history may be extracted under various conditions using the exchange history management table 9755.

Next, in step S2242, the prize price adjustment unit 9706 of the shop management server 9700 determines what the last two digits of the product price are in the order history from the product information and the order history information obtained from the product management table 9752. Understand whether it is distributed by number.

Next, in step S2243, the difference when the price of the product is rounded up in units of 100 yen is simulated, and in step S2244, it is determined whether or not the difference obtained by the simulation is equal to or greater than the target difference. The target difference can be, for example, as shown in FIG. 212 (A), when the last two digits of the price of the product are evenly distributed in the number of orders (number of exchanges).

If it is less than the target difference (NO in step S2244), a candidate for the total addition adjustment amount is set in step S2245, added to the price of the product, and then the simulation is performed again in step S2243. After that, the candidates for the total addition adjustment amount are incremented in units of, for example, 1 yen, 2 yen, and 5 yen, and the simulation is repeated (step S2243 to step S2245).

If the difference obtained in step S2243 is less than the target difference, the difference between the difference obtained in step S2243 and the target difference is divided by the number of products to be simulated, without performing a plurality of simulations. , The total addition adjustment amount may be determined.

If the result of the simulation is greater than or equal to the target difference (YES in step S2244), in step S2246, the candidate for the total addition adjustment amount is determined as the final total addition adjustment amount.

[Ball (medal) unit price setting management function]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 214 to 216, the game medium type data is managed in the hall store, and the exchange quantity in the prize exchange system 9001 based on the game medium type data (quantity of game media required for prize exchange). The process of calculating and displaying the data will be described.

FIG. 214 is a diagram showing a game medium type data input screen 9930. When the manager (or authorized staff) of the hall store starts or changes the operation of the hall store, the game medium type is displayed from the game medium type data input screen 9930 displayed on the management terminal of the hall store, etc. Enter the data about. The game medium type data input screen 9930 may be displayed on, for example, the display 9555 of the prize POS9500 or the display of another terminal.

The game media type data input screen 9930 has a title display unit 9931 including a screen title such as "Please input game media type data", a game media type data input unit 9932 for inputting game media type data, and "confirmation". Includes button 9935.

The game medium type data input unit 9932 includes a medal (ball) number input unit 9932a, a game medium type designation unit 9932b, and a type display input unit 9932c. In this example, four types of game media types can be specified, but more can be specified.

In the medal (ball) number input unit 9932a, the loan quantity for the reference amount (for example, 1000 yen) is input by a keyboard or the like. The ratio of the reference amount to the loan quantity basically matches the prize exchange rate for the products on the online shopping site in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the present embodiment (that is, equivalent exchange).

In this example, the game medium type designation unit 9932b is a pull-down menu, and as shown by the arrow 9934, the game medium type is selected to be "ball" or "medal" by a touch operation or the like. ..

In the type display input unit 9932c, the display of the game medium type (type display so that the player can understand the game medium) is input in text by a keyboard or the like according to the content input by the medal (ball) number input unit 9932a. Will be done. The expected pattern may be prepared in advance and selected from the pull-down menu.

In this example, when 500 coins are lent out for a standard amount of 1000 yen, the type display is set to "2 yen lending (pachinko)". Furthermore, when lending 250 balls for 1000 yen, the type display is set to "4 yen lending (pachinko)", and when lending 200 medals for 1000 yen, the type display is "5 yen lending (5 yen lending (pachinko)". "Slot)" is set, and when 50 medals are lent out for 1000 yen, the type display is set to "20 yen lending (slot)".

In this way, the prize exchange system 9001 of the present embodiment can be connected to the existing hall system 9002 by allowing the hall store to easily define the loan quantity (number of balls rented / number of medals to rent) with respect to the reference amount. Even when the operation is started or the loan quantity is changed, it can be flexibly dealt with by setting the loan quantity according to the operation of the hall system 9002. Further, the prize exchange system 9001 can be easily operated in combination with various other hall systems 9002.

In addition, for example, by defining the number of balls lent and the number of medals lent for that amount based on a standard amount of 1000 yen, a prize is exchanged with a pachinko ball and a prize is given with a slot medal. Basically, there is no difference between the advantage and the disadvantage of the exchange, and the principle of one price can be realized.

With such a configuration, regardless of the difference in lending conditions between the hall stores, a business license is granted by inputting the actual number of balls and medals operated at each hall store. You can get a guarantee that it is equivalent to the actual hall store.

When the input to the game medium type data input unit 9932 is completed, the "confirmation" button 9935 is touched. As a result, the game medium type definition data is transmitted from the prize POS 9500 or the like of the hall store to the core server 9600, and the game medium type definition data received by the game medium type definition data management unit 9612 of the core server 9600 is the game. It is stored in the medium type definition table 9662. As shown in FIG. 198, the game medium type definition table 9662 shows the number of game media (the number of medals or the number of balls) lent out with respect to the standard amount, the game medium type (“medals”, or “medals”, or “the number of balls” for each store code. "Ball") and the game medium type display are stored.

In this example, the standard amount (for example, 1000 yen) is fixedly determined in advance, but the standard amount itself is also input to the hall store (for example, 4000 yen or 10000 yen), and the standard amount is set. The amount of money may be associated with the hall store and stored in the game medium type definition data management unit 9612. Further, the reference amount can be uniformly managed by the computer center side, and the reference amount can be changed by the management terminal 9870. It is also possible to manage the standard amount to be held at a common amount for all hall stores or a plurality of hall stores within a predetermined range.

FIG. 215 shows a state in which the prize selection instruction screen 9940 is displayed on the display 9555 of the viewer 9550, and the content of the product display is adjusted according to the above-mentioned game medium type definition data of the hall store. There is. The prize selection instruction screen 9940 is a screen similar to the prize selection instruction screen 910 (see FIG. 24B) described with respect to the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment.

On the prize selection instruction screen 9940, a store code display unit 9941, a "shopping list" button 9942, a condition display unit (9943, 9944), and a product display unit 9945 are displayed. When the "shopping list" button 9942 is touched, the products selected so far are displayed in a list as a "shopping list". The condition display unit (9943, 9944) newly displays a category or the like for displaying a product, and the player can touch the category or the like to display a product set corresponding to the category or the like. It can be displayed on 9945 or transitioned to another page.

Three individual product display units (9945a, 9945b, 9945c) are displayed on the product display unit 9945. In this example, according to the content input in the type display input unit 9932c of the game medium type data input screen 9930 shown in FIG. 214, each of the three individual product display units (9945a, 9945b, 9945c) lends "4 yen (4 yen). The game medium type is indicated by the indications of "pachinko", "2 yen lending (pachinko)", "20 yen lending (slot)", and "5 yen lending (slot)".

Further, the calculation is performed according to the contents input to the medal (ball) number input unit 9932a of the game medium type data input screen 9930 shown in FIG. 214, and each of the three individual product display units (9945a, 9945b, 9945c) has its own calculation. The exchange quantity corresponding to the game medium type of the above, that is, the quantity of the game medium (the number of medals (balls)) required for exchanging the prize of the product is displayed.

For example, in the individual product display unit 9945a, the exchange quantity of oolong tea as a prize is 250 coins for "4 yen rental (pachinko)", 500 coins for "2 yen rental (pachinko)", and "20 yen rental (slot)". There are 50 cards and 200 cards for "5 yen rental (slot)". If there is a fraction due to the loan quantity, the standard amount, and the price of the prize entered in the medal (ball) number input unit 9932a of the game medium type data input screen 9930, the number of medals and the number of balls are rounded up as appropriate. Etc. can be adjusted.

FIG. 216 shows an example in which the display of the exchange quantity, the game medium type, etc. is adjusted by referring to the game medium type definition table 9662 when displaying the prize selection instruction screen or the like on the viewer 9550.

FIG. 216 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing in which the prize selection instruction screen and the like are displayed on the viewer 9550. In FIG. 216, the processes of the viewer 9550, the core server 9600, and the shop management server 9700 are shown in chronological order for each device.

First, in step S2251, the viewer 9550 determines whether or not there is a prize display instruction from the player. This determination process is repeated until the instruction is given. The prize display instruction is, for example, when the player holds (touches) the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the viewer 9550, or holds the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554. This is the case when the display of the prize selection instruction screen is instructed after (touching).

When there is a prize display instruction from the player (YES in step S2251), the process proceeds to step S2252, where the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 makes a request for the prize selection page (for example, the above-mentioned prize selection instruction screen). This is done for the server 9600. Further, in this case, the store code stored in the viewer 9550 or the like, which is a code for identifying the hall store, is transmitted to the core server 9600 together.

When the prize selection control unit 9604 of the core server 9600 receives the request for the prize selection page in step S2253, the prize selection control unit 9604 transmits the request for product information to the shop management server 9700. When the shop management server 9700 receives the product information request from the core server 9600 in step S2254, the shop management server 9700 acquires the product information of each product from the product management table 9752. The product information includes, for example, information such as a product ID, a category, and a product price.

Next, the shop management server 9700 transmits the acquired product information to the core server 9600 in step S2255. In step S2256, the prize initial display control unit 9610 of the core server 9600 receives product information from the shop management server 9700.

Next, in step S2257, the game media type definition data management unit 9612 of the core server 9600 reads the data in the game media type definition table 9662 (according to the received store code).

After that, in step S2258, the data of the read game medium type definition table 9662 (game medium type display) is used as the game medium type display related to the prize displayed on the viewer 9550, and further, the data of the read game medium type definition table 9662 is used. Based on the (loan quantity) and the standard amount, the exchange quantity (the number of medals (balls) required for the prize exchange) related to the prize is calculated and calculated for each game medium type.

Next, in step S2250, display prize data including product information including product ID, product price, game medium type display, and exchange quantity obtained by calculation is generated for each prize.

Next, in step S2260, the prize selection control unit 9604 of the core server 9600 creates a prize selection page based on the display prize data generated in step S2259, and transmits the prize selection page to the viewer 9550.

In step S2661, the prize selection control unit 9562 of the viewer 9550 displays the prize selection page received from the core server 9600 on the display 9555.

In the present embodiment, in the viewer 9550 that functions as a prize selection device, an example of display control based on the game medium type definition data is shown, but the same can be applied to other prize selection devices and prize exchange devices.

In addition, such a display control function based on the game medium type definition data determines the initial display category according to the above-mentioned prize initial display control function (store code, time zone, etc., and the viewer 9550 or the like determines the initial display category. Prize display control function (preferred display of prizes in the above) and prize display control function (determines the non-display category according to the store code, terminal type, etc., and hides the prizes in the non-display category with the viewer 9550 etc. It is possible to apply the function and the above-mentioned prize corresponding to the store prize in an appropriate combination with the prize display control function) which is hidden by the viewer 9550 or the like.

[Payment management function]
Next, the payment management function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

First, a conventional payment procedure using a credit card will be described with reference to FIG. 217. Most of the users of general online shopping sites in recent years use credit cards to purchase products and receive services from the online shopping sites.

As shown in FIG. 217, first, the user places an order for a product or the like (product or service) from an online shopping site using a smartphone, a mobile phone, a PC, or the like (“(1) Product” in FIG. 217. Ordering "). Here, the information of the user's credit card number is transmitted to the online shopping site together with the product ordering information including the identifier of the product and the quantity information. Next, the online shopping site that receives the order for the product from the user sends the credit card number sent by the user to the credit card company acting as the payment agent, and makes a payment request ("" in FIG. 217. (2) Payment request "). In the illustrated example, the credit card company is not only an issuer that performs card issuance business, but also an acquirer that performs merchant business.

After that, when the credit card company authenticates the credit card number, the online shopping site ships the specified product (or implements the specified service) according to the product order information sent from the user. This is done (“(3) Shipment of goods” in FIG. 217). Next, the credit card company pays a predetermined amount to a financial institution account (for example, a bank account) of an online shopping site. This is an advance payment that pays on behalf of the user (“(4) Advance payment” in FIG. 217). The predetermined amount is the amount of payment that the user should pay to the online shopping site (for example, the consideration and shipping fee for products, etc.) minus the settlement fee. For example, the settlement fee is 3% to 7% of the payment amount. It will be deducted from the payment amount. The timing of advance payment is, for example, twice a month, and the above-mentioned predetermined amount is paid to the financial institution account of the online shopping site at a timing such as 15 days after the settlement. Therefore, when the product specified by the user is immediately shipped by the online shopping site, the online shopping site receives the consideration for the product, for example, 15 days after the shipping date.

Next, the credit card company deducts the payment amount from the user's financial institution account (“(5) Automatic deduction” in FIG. 217). Such withdrawal of the payment amount is performed, for example, by automatic withdrawal by a financial institution such as a bank. Further, the timing of this automatic withdrawal is once a month. For example, the payment amount for ordering a product for one month up to the 15th is withdrawn on the 10th of the following month.

Payment using a credit card is performed according to the procedure described above, but from the online shopping site, the fact that a credit card can be used makes it easier for users to use, and the frequency of use can be expected to increase. There is an advantage in that the company bears the collection risk, but on the other hand, there is a point that a large settlement fee must be borne and the credit card company's advance payment is made twice a month, so the net There is also a demerit that it takes a long time from the mail order site shipping the product to the payment of the payment price corresponding to the product to the financial institution account of the online mail order site.

The payment management function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention solves the disadvantages while maintaining the advantages of payment using a credit card as described above, that is, a lower payment fee. Along with the realization, we will provide multiple payment methods that promptly make advance payments to online shopping sites. In addition, with these plurality of payment methods, all of the online shopping sites, computer centers, and hall stores related to the prize exchange system 9001 can enjoy unprecedented merits.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 218 to 220, a first payment method (first payment method) included in the payment management function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 218 is a diagram for explaining the mechanism of the first payment method. The computer center is equipped with the core server 9600, the shop management server 9700, the payment management server 9800, etc. of the prize exchange system 9001, and the hall store is equipped with the prize selection device and the prize exchange device connected to the core server 9600. ing.

When the player goes to the hall store for the game and acquires the game medium there, the player gives a prize exchange instruction at the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store (“(1) prize exchange instruction” in FIG. 218). The player selects a prize in the prize selection device and registers it in the favorite list, then displays the favorite list in the prize exchange device, and obtains a desired prize from the favorite list in the quantity of the acquired game medium. Select according to, and instruct the exchange of prizes. In this example, it is assumed that one prize of 3000 yen (for example, a prize exchanged by 3000 balls of a game medium whose game medium type is "1 yen lending (pachinko)") is selected as an exchange target. Here, the price per prize is referred to as the first unit price. The first unit price, of course, varies depending on the prize, and may vary depending on the second unit price described later.

When the prize exchange instruction is given by the prize exchange device, the prize ordering instruction is transmitted to the computer center (“(2) Prize ordering instruction” in FIG. 218). Upon receiving the prize ordering instruction, the computer center sends a prize delivery instruction to the online mail-order site corresponding to the prize to be exchanged (“(3) Prize delivery instruction” in FIG. 218). In this example, the prize displayed at the price of 3000 yen on the prize exchange device is actually a product sold at 2935 yen on the online shopping site, and the computer center is 65 yen at this time. You will get the difference. Here, the price per prize on this online shopping site is referred to as the second unit price. The second unit price, of course, varies depending on the prize and also varies depending on the season.

In this way, the price of the product on the online shopping site (for example, 2935 yen) is displayed as a new price (for example, 3000 yen) on the prize selection device and the prize exchange device. It is adjusted and set by the computer center by the prize price adjustment process (addition of the additional amount, etc. based on a plurality of criteria) as described with respect to 211.

Further, the flow of ordering a prize from the prize exchange device to the online shopping site as described above is the same as the processing flow of FIG. 12 described in relation to the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. (However, in the processing flow of FIG. 12, the prize ordering instruction goes through the hall computer, but in this example, it does not go through the hall computer).

After the free gift delivery instruction is sent from the computer center to the online shopping site, the settlement fee is deducted from the computer center account of the financial institution such as a bank to the financial institution account of the online shopping site according to the instruction of the computer center. The amount will be transferred (“(4) Advance payment” in FIG. 218). Such advance payment can be made immediately after the prize delivery instruction is given. In addition, the day when the prize delivery instruction is given can be transferred collectively on that day, and the day when the prize delivery instruction is given can be transferred collectively on the next business day.

In this example, the price of the product on the online shopping site is 2935 yen, and the amount of advance payment is 2876 yen (2876.3 = 2935- (2935 x 2%) after deducting the settlement fee, rounded down to the nearest whole number. ). At this time, the computer center will get a difference of 59 yen. In addition, the shipping fee is not considered here. Here, the price per prize is referred to as the third unit price. The third unit price, of course, varies depending on the prize and may fluctuate according to the second unit price of the corresponding prize.

Next, the online shopping site ships the product or the like to the address specified by the player in accordance with the prize delivery instruction (“(5) Gift delivery” in FIG. 218).

FIG. 218 further includes a diagram showing a settlement mechanism between the hall store and the computer center (the portion surrounded by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 218), which will be described below.

As mentioned above, advance payment (account transfer) from a computer center account opened at a financial institution such as a bank to a financial institution account on an online shopping site is immediately, on the same day, or the next business day according to the instructions of the computer center. It is done at the timing of.

On the other hand, the prize exchange price is transferred from the hall store account opened in a financial institution such as a bank to the computer center account by automatic withdrawal (based on the automatic withdrawal contract). In this example, the hall store account is a payment-only account for transactions on the online shopping site, and is opened at the same financial institution as the computer center account. Further, the automatic withdrawal is performed at a predetermined timing such as once a week, once every two weeks, and once a month, and the closing timing is appropriately set according to the timing. In addition, the amount of automatic withdrawal is determined by the financial institution such as a bank acquiring the prize exchange data from the computer center and grasping which hall store had the prize exchange for what period and how much. ..

The hall store deposits money into the hall store account based on the above-mentioned automatic withdrawal timing and withdrawal amount. The deposit process is performed by depositing cash into the hall store account, transferring cash from another account, or the like. The deposit amount can be grasped from the prize exchange history information provided from the computer center to the hall store according to the closing timing.

Furthermore, a financial institution such as a bank provides a loan to the computer center using the balances of the computer center account and the hall store account as collateral, and provides working capital to the computer center account.

With such a mechanism, in the settlement between the hall store and the computer center, only the working capital procurement cost by financing by a financial institution such as a bank is required as a basic fee, and the computer center and the online shopping site are required accordingly. The settlement fee between the two can be kept low. In addition, from the computer center to the online shopping site, the amount obtained by subtracting the settlement fee from the price of the product on the online shopping site will be paid by the next business day at the latest.

FIG. 219 exemplifies the result of executing the mechanism of the first payment method shown in FIG. 218, and shows the deposit / withdrawal status of the financial institution account and the transition of the balance. The upper part of FIG. 219 shows the deposit / withdrawal status of the hall store account and the computer center account, respectively, and the lower part of FIG. 219 shows the transition of the balance of the computer center account. All of them show the dates from January to March, and the horizontal axes in each figure in FIG. 219 show the dates at the same timing, and the time axes in each figure correspond to each other. There is.

As a premise, the exchange price of all the prizes to be exchanged is 3000 yen, the price on the online shopping site is set to 2935 yen, and the amount of advance payment from the computer center to the online shopping site is set to 2877 yen. It shall be.

As a further premise, here, we will exemplify the handling of one hall store from January to March (one month is 30 days), and one day from January to March. It is assumed that the number of prizes exchanged per prize is 50 (the unit price of the prize is 3000 yen), and the same applies after the 21st of the month before the first month. In addition, the withdrawal from the hall store account to the computer center account shall be made once a month (1st), and the working capital provided by the loan shall be transferred to the computer center account on the 1st of every month and repaid on the 30th. ..

Based on the above premise, referring to the upper part of Fig. 219, in the hall store account, on the 30th of January and February, the amount corresponding to the prize exchange price will be deducted to the computer center account by automatic deduction. .. The withdrawal in the first month corresponds to, for example, the exchange of prizes from the 21st of the previous month to the 20th of the first month, and the exchange price of the prize is 3000 x 50 x 30 = 4.5 million yen. The hall store will deposit 4.5 million yen on the 29th of January, and the next day (30th of January), the deposit will be transferred to the computer center account (by automatic withdrawal).

Similarly, the withdrawal in the second month corresponds to, for example, the exchange of prizes from the 21st of the first month to the 20th of the second month, and the prize exchange price is 3000 x 50 x 30 = 4.5 million yen. Is. The hall store will deposit 4.5 million yen on the 29th of February, and the next day (30th of February), the deposit will be transferred to the computer center account (by automatic withdrawal). Such automatic withdrawal is from the computer center to the bank for free gift exchange data (in this example, the free gift exchange price from the 21st of the month before the first month to the 20th of the first month, and the 21st of the first month. The prize exchange price from January 20th to the 20th of February) will be provided, and the amount of automatic withdrawal will be determined accordingly.

On the other hand, in the computer center account, 2877 x 50 = 143,850 yen is withdrawn (to the online shopping site account) for each of the 30 days from January to March.

In addition, working capital from the loan will be deposited on the 1st of January, 1st of February, and 1st of March, respectively, and the corresponding amount of repayment (withdrawal) will be made on the 30th of the same month. Will be. Here, the loan amount is fixedly set at 4.5 million yen, but it is set variable based on the prize exchange price during the specified period and the amount actually paid from the computer center to the online shopping site during the specified period. You can also do it.

Furthermore, in the computer center account, the prize exchange price is collected from the hall store on the 30th of January (that is, 4.5 million yen is deposited), and the prize is collected from the hall store on the 30th of February. The exchange price will be collected (that is, 4.5 million yen will be deposited). This corresponds to the withdrawal of the hall store account described above.

The transition of the balance of the computer center account shown in the lower part of FIG. 219 shows the result reflecting the deposit and withdrawal of the computer center account shown in the upper part of FIG. 219. On the 1st of January, the balance will be 4,356,150 yen due to the deposit of working capital by loan and the withdrawal to the online shopping site account (rounded to the nearest thousand yen in the figure). And display in 10,000 units). After that, until the 30th of January, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. In addition, on the 30th, 4.5 million yen will be withdrawn to repay the working capital of the loan, and 4.5 million yen will be deposited from the hall store as a collection of the prize exchange price. As a result, the balance on the 30th of January will be 184,500 yen (in the figure, the thousands of yen will be rounded off and displayed in units of 10,000).

On the 1st of February, the balance was 4,454,650 yen because there was a deposit of working capital by loan, and there was a withdrawal to the online shopping site account and a balance as of the 30th of January. (In the figure, the thousands of yen are rounded off and displayed in units of 10,000). After that, until the 30th of February, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. In addition, on the 30th, 4.5 million yen will be withdrawn to repay the working capital of the loan, and 4.5 million yen will be deposited from the hall store as a collection of the prize exchange price. As a result, the balance on the 30th of February will be 369,000 yen (in the figure, the thousands of yen will be rounded off and displayed in units of 10,000).

On the 1st of March, as with the 1st of February, there is a deposit of working capital by loan, and there is a withdrawal to the online shopping site account and a balance as of the 30th of February. Therefore, the balance will be 4,725,150 yen (in the figure, the thousands of yen will be rounded off and displayed in units of 10,000). After that, until the 30th of March, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. After that, the balance of the computer center account will change in the same way.

In this way, in the computer center account, the difference between the amount collected as the prize exchange price from the hall store and the amount withdrawn (reimbursed) to the online shopping site account is accumulated. This difference is composed of an additional amount price-adjusted by the prize exchange system 9001 and a settlement fee. The difference can be transferred to another account at a predetermined timing in order to manage it as a separate account.

In addition, since working capital is raised with a loan of 4.5 million yen here, for example, it is necessary to add interest at the time of repayment and withdraw, but the cost related to this financing is omitted. are doing. The cost of raising funds is, for example, an annual interest rate of 3%.

In this example, no advance funds are prepared in the computer center account, but a certain amount of surplus funds should be deposited in the computer center account in order to respond to fluctuations in the number of prize exchanges and the prize exchange price. Is desirable. Also, looking at the changes in the balance in the computer center account, it can be considered that it can be operated without working capital by loan if there is advance funds (initial balance), but there are 1000 corresponding hall stores. As mentioned above, considering the number of prize exchanges and the case where the prize exchange price becomes enormous, it is necessary to prepare a large amount of working capital, and in that sense, working capital by loan is indispensable. is there.

FIG. 220 is a diagram showing a system configuration including a prize exchange system 9001 for executing the mechanism of the first payment method shown in FIG. 218. In FIG. 220, as shown in FIG. 173, the prize exchange device (for example, the prize exchange terminal 9530) of the prize exchange system 9001 is installed in the hall store, and the core server 9600, the shop management server 9700, and the payment of the prize exchange system 9001. The management server 9800 is arranged in the computer center, and the prize exchange terminal 9530 is connected to the core server 9600 via a network.

In the hall store, when the player operates the prize exchange terminal 9530, displays the prize exchange instruction screen, and selects the prize registered in the favorite list to give the prize exchange instruction, the prize exchange terminal 9530 connects to the network. A prize ordering instruction (message) is transmitted to the core server 9600 of the computer center via the above. The prize ordering instruction includes a product ID for identifying the prize selected by the player, a quantity of the prize, a game medium type, a store code for identifying the hall store, and the like. When the core server 9600 receives the prize ordering instruction, it sends it to the shop management server 9700, and the shop management server 9700 sends the prize to the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a of the online shopping site corresponding to the specified prize. Send a delivery instruction (message).

The payment management server 9800 sends a transfer instruction to the payment server 9497 in response to the transmission of the prize delivery instruction by the shop management server 9700, and the amount according to the price of the prize (that is, from the computer center account to the online shopping site account). , The amount obtained by subtracting the settlement fee from the price of the product on the online shopping site) is instructed to transfer. The transfer instruction is configured to be sent in the Zengin format to the Zengin system (interbank network system (national bank data communication system) for online domestic exchange transactions and fund settlement between banks). be able to. In addition, various methods can be used, such as connecting to a server of a predetermined financial institution and giving a transfer instruction.

Further, in this example, the payment management server 9800 immediately sends the transfer instruction, but based on the prize delivery instruction for a predetermined period or one day, the payment management server 9800 is sent to the online shopping site account on the same day or the next business day. It can also be controlled to be deposited.

When the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a receives the prize delivery instruction, the purchase and delivery of the prize are realized, the inventory management data is updated, and the prize delivery instruction is output. The staff of the online shopping site prepares the prize based on the prize delivery instruction and carries out the procedure for shipping the prize. Further, in response to the receipt of the prize delivery instruction, the delivery preparation including the packaging of the prize may be automatically performed. When the server 9842a-1 receives the prize delivery instruction, the specified prize may not be in stock. In that case, the shop management server 9700 of the computer center does not normally accept the prize delivery instruction. Notify. In this case, the payment management server 9800 controls not to give a transfer instruction. In this embodiment, since inventory management is performed on the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site, the presence or absence of inventory cannot be determined unless the prize delivery instruction is once sent to the server 9842a-1, but the shop management server. The inventory information of the online shopping site may be stored in the 9700, and the inventory of the products on the corresponding online shopping site may be checked before sending the prize delivery instruction to the server 9842a-1.

A payment server 9497 is arranged at a financial institution (for example, a bank), and an online shopping site account, a computer center account, and a hall store account are opened. The online shopping site account is a financial institution account in the name of the online shopping site, and is individually set according to the number of online shopping sites. The online shopping site account does not have to be the same financial institution account as the computer center account, and not all online shopping site accounts need to be the same financial institution account.

Similarly, the hall store account is a financial institution account in the name of the hall store, and is individually set according to the number of hall stores. The hall store account does not have to be the same financial institution account as the computer center account, and not all hall store accounts need to be the same financial institution account. Further, when the hall store is a chain store, the representative hall store may open one representative hall store account and use the account to make payments for a plurality of hall stores that are chain stores. It is also possible to collectively manage a group of individual hall store accounts as chain stores.

When the bank's settlement server 9947 receives the transfer instruction, the designated amount is transferred from one financial institution account to another financial institution account according to the content of the transfer instruction. In this example, the specified amount (for example, the advance amount according to each transaction or the advance amount for one day) is transferred from the computer center account to the online shopping site account.

Further, the payment server 9497 receives the prize exchange data from the payment management server 9800 of the computer center, and automatically deducts the prize exchange data from the hall store account to the computer center account according to the received prize exchange data. Automatic withdrawal is stipulated in advance by contract, and withdrawal is performed once a week, once every two weeks, once a month, and so on. The withdrawal amount is the prize exchange price for a predetermined period (the period corresponding to the withdrawal timing) acquired from the prize exchange data. The prize exchange data includes the prize exchange price for each hall store, and the payment server 9497 determines the corresponding hall store from the prize exchange data and debits the hall store account.

In addition, banks provide loans with the balances of computer center accounts and all hall store accounts as collateral based on short-term loan contracts. More specifically, the bank's loan system transfers a predetermined loan amount to the computer center account (borrowing) at a predetermined timing, and withdraws the loan amount from the computer center account after a certain period of time (repayment). After that, this transfer and withdrawal are repeated for the computer center account.

The hall store deposits the necessary amount of money to the hall store account, for example, by a transfer operation or the like so that the prize exchange price can be withdrawn to the computer center account. The payment management server 9800 of the computer center provides each hall store with a prize exchange history for each hall store so that the hall store can grasp when and how much money should be deposited in the hall store account. To do. The prize exchange history may be sent to the hall store in a paper medium such as a document, or may be transmitted as data to a predetermined terminal (for example, a prize exchange terminal 9530 or a prize POS9500) connected to the prize exchange system 9001. , May be configured to be displayed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 221 to 223, a second payment method (second payment method) included in the payment management function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 221 is a diagram for explaining the mechanism of the second payment method. The computer center is equipped with the core server 9600, the shop management server 9700, the payment management server 9800, etc. of the prize exchange system 9001, and the hall store is equipped with the prize selection device and the prize exchange device connected to the core server 9600. ing.

When the player goes to the hall store for the game and acquires the game medium there, the player gives a prize exchange instruction at the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store (“(1) prize exchange instruction” in FIG. 221). The player selects a prize in the prize selection device and registers it in the favorite list, then displays the favorite list in the prize exchange device, and obtains a desired prize from the favorite list in the quantity of the acquired game medium. Select according to, and instruct the exchange of prizes. In this example, it is assumed that one prize of 3000 yen (for example, a prize exchanged by 3000 balls of a game medium whose game medium type is "1 yen lending (pachinko)") is selected as an exchange target. Here, the price per prize is referred to as the first unit price. The first unit price, of course, varies depending on the prize, and may vary depending on the second unit price described later.

When the prize exchange instruction is given by the prize exchange device, the prize ordering instruction is transmitted to the computer center (“(2) Prize ordering instruction” in FIG. 221). Upon receiving the prize ordering instruction, the computer center issues a credit card payment instruction using the credit card number corresponding to the hall store (“(3) Credit card payment instruction” in FIG. 221). This means that the hall store purchases a prize related to the prize exchange from the computer center for 3000 yen, which is a credit card transaction.

In addition, the computer center sends a prize delivery instruction to the online shopping site corresponding to the prize to be exchanged (“(4) prize delivery instruction” in FIG. 221). In this example, the prize displayed at the price of 3000 yen on the prize exchange device is actually a product sold at 2935 yen on the online shopping site, and the computer center is 65 yen at this time. You will get the difference. Here, the price per prize on this online shopping site is referred to as the second unit price. The second unit price, of course, varies depending on the prize and also varies depending on the season.

In this way, the price of the product on the online shopping site (for example, 2935 yen) is displayed as a new price (for example, 3000 yen) on the prize selection device and the prize exchange device. It is adjusted and set by the computer center by the prize price adjustment process (addition of the additional amount, etc. based on a plurality of criteria) as described with respect to 211.

Further, the flow of ordering a prize from the prize exchange device to the online shopping site as described above is the same as the processing flow of FIG. 12 described in relation to the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. (However, in the processing flow of FIG. 12, the prize ordering instruction goes through the hall computer, but in this example, it does not go through the hall computer. Also, when the prize ordering instruction is received, the credit card is used. This is not in the processing flow of FIG. 12).

After the free gift delivery instruction is sent from the computer center to the online shopping site, the settlement fee is deducted from the computer center account of the financial institution such as a bank to the financial institution account of the online shopping site according to the instruction of the computer center. The amount will be transferred (“(5) Advance payment” in FIG. 221). Such advance payment can be made immediately after the prize delivery instruction is given. In addition, the day when the prize delivery instruction is given can be transferred collectively on that day, and the day when the prize delivery instruction is given can be transferred collectively on the next business day.

In this example, the price of the product on the online shopping site is 2935 yen, and the amount of advance payment is 2876 yen (2876.3 = 2935- (2935 x 2%) after deducting the settlement fee, rounded down to the nearest whole number. ). At this time, the computer center will get a difference of 59 yen. In addition, the shipping fee is not considered here. Here, the price per prize is referred to as the third unit price. The third unit price, of course, varies depending on the prize and may fluctuate according to the second unit price of the corresponding prize.

Next, the online shopping site ships the product or the like to the address specified by the player in accordance with the prize delivery instruction (“(6) Gift delivery” in FIG. 221).

FIG. 221 further includes a diagram showing a settlement mechanism between the hall store and the computer center (the portion surrounded by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 221), which will be described below.

With this payment method, a hall store account is not opened at a financial institution such as a bank, and a credit card company (which issued the credit card for each hall store described above) can use credit card payment from each hall store. Collect the prize exchange price.

In addition, as described above, advance payment (account transfer) from a computer center account opened at a financial institution such as a bank to a financial institution account on an online shopping site is immediately, on the day, or next time according to the instructions of the computer center. It takes place on business days.

The credit card company receives the prize exchange price from the hall store once a month, and then pays the prize exchange price to the computer center account three times a month.

Further, a financial institution such as a bank sets a loan secured by the credit card company's receivables to the computer center, and provides working capital to the computer center account.

With such a mechanism, in the settlement between the hall store and the computer center, as a basic fee, a specially adjusted settlement fee of a credit card company (assuming that a large number of transactions can be expected stably), and a bank, etc. Only the cost of raising working capital with a loan from a financial institution is required, and the settlement fee between the computer center and the online shopping site can be kept low accordingly. In addition, from the computer center to the online shopping site, the amount obtained by subtracting the settlement fee from the price of the product on the online shopping site will be paid by the next business day at the latest.

FIG. 222 exemplifies the result of executing the mechanism of the second payment method shown in FIG. 221. Receivables and debts generated by the use of a credit card, the deposit / withdrawal status of the computer center account, and the computer center account. The transition of the balance is shown. The upper part of FIG. 222 shows the claims and debts of the computer center and the credit card company, respectively, the middle part of FIG. 222 shows the deposits and withdrawals of the computer center account, and the lower part of FIG. 222 shows the deposits and withdrawals of the computer center account. The transition of the balance is shown. All of them show the dates from January to March, and the horizontal axes in each figure in FIG. 222 show the dates at the same timing, and the time axes in each figure correspond to each other. ..

As a premise, the exchange price of all the prizes to be exchanged is 3000 yen, the price on the online shopping site is set to 2935 yen, and the amount of advance payment from the computer center to the online shopping site is set to 2877 yen. It shall be.

As a further premise, here, we will exemplify the handling of one hall store from January to March (one month is 30 days), and one day from January to March. It is assumed that the number of prizes exchanged per prize is 50 (the unit price of the prize is 3000 yen), and the same applies after the 21st of the month before the first month. In addition, the withdrawal from the hall store account to the computer center account is once a month (1st), and the working capital provided by the loan is transferred to the computer center account on the 1st, 11th, and 21st of each month, and on the 10th. It shall be repaid on the 20th and 30th.

Based on the above premise, referring to the upper part of Fig. 222, when exchanging prizes, the credit card payment (in the name of the corresponding hall store) will be made at the price of the prize exchange, so from the first month to the first Through March, a debt of 150,000 yen to the credit card company will be incurred every day at the hall stores.

In response to this, credit card companies generate receivables for hall stores of 150,000 yen every day from January to March.

In addition, as shown in the figure, at the hall store, the prize exchange price of the previous month is paid to the credit card company once a month on the 10th, so at this point, the debt of the hall store for the previous month and the corresponding credit card The company's debt disappears. Here, since the hall store does not have a financial institution account, the amount is deposited into the financial institution account of the credit card company by a transfer operation or the like.

Here, the credit card company pays the prize exchange price to the computer center account three times a month, for example. At this time, payment is made to the computer center account after deducting the settlement fee. For example, for one payment, a settlement fee of 1.5% is collected, and 150,000 yen x 10 days x (100-1.5%) = 1,477,500 yen is paid to the computer center account (Fig.) Then, round off the thousands of yen and display it in units of 10,000).

With reference to the middle part of FIG. 222, in the computer center account, 2877 x 50 = 143,850 yen is withdrawn (to the account of the online shopping site) for each of the 30 days from January to March.

In addition, working capital from the loan will be deposited on the 1st, 11th, and 21st of the first to third months, and the corresponding amount will be withdrawn on the 10th, 20th, and 30th of the same month, respectively. Will be. Here, the loan amount is fixedly set at 1.5 million yen, but it is set variable based on the prize exchange price during the specified period and the amount actually paid from the computer center to the online shopping site during the specified period. You can also do it.

Furthermore, in the computer center account, on the 10th, 20th, and 30th of January, the prize exchange price was collected from the credit card company (that is, 1,477,500 yen was deposited), and the 10th of February. Similarly, 1,477,500 yen will be deposited on the 20th and 30th.

The transition of the balance of the computer center account shown in the lower part of FIG. 222 shows the result reflecting the deposit and withdrawal of the computer center account shown in the middle part of FIG. 222. On the 1st of January, the balance will be 1,356,150 yen due to the deposit of working capital by loan and the withdrawal to the online shopping site account (rounded to the nearest thousand yen in the figure). And display in 10,000 units). After that, until the 10th of January, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. In addition, on the 10th, 1.5 million yen will be withdrawn to repay the working capital of the loan, and 1,477,500 yen will be deposited from the hall store as a collection of the prize exchange price. As a result, the balance on the 30th of January will be 39,000 yen (in the figure, the thousands of yen will be rounded off and displayed in units of 10,000).

On the 11th of January, the balance is 1,395,150 yen because there is a deposit of working capital by loan, and there is a withdrawal to the online shopping site account and a balance as of the 10th of January. (In the figure, the thousands of yen are rounded off and displayed in units of 10,000). After that, until the 20th of January, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. In addition, on the 20th, 1.5 million yen will be withdrawn to repay the working capital of the loan, and 1,477,500 yen will be deposited from the hall store as a collection of the prize exchange price. As a result, the balance on the 20th of January will be 78,000 yen (in the figure, the thousands of yen will be rounded off and displayed in units of 10,000).

On the 21st of January, as with the 11th of January, there is a deposit of working capital by loan, and there is a withdrawal to the online shopping site account and a balance as of the 20th of January. Therefore, the balance will be 1,434,150 yen (in the figure, the thousands of yen will be rounded off and displayed in units of 10,000). After that, until the 30th of January, 143,850 yen will be paid to the online shopping site account every day, so the balance will gradually decrease. After that, the balance of the computer center account will change in the same way.

In this way, in the computer center account, the difference between the amount collected as the prize exchange price from the hall store and the amount withdrawn (reimbursed) to the online shopping site account is accumulated. This difference is composed of an additional amount price-adjusted by the prize exchange system 9001 and a settlement fee. The difference can be transferred to another account at a predetermined timing in order to manage it as a separate account.

In addition, since working capital is procured with a loan of 1.5 million yen here, for example, it is necessary to add interest at the time of repayment and withdraw, but the cost related to this fund procurement is omitted. are doing. The cost of raising funds is, for example, an annual interest rate of 3%.

In this example, no advance funds are prepared in the computer center account, but a certain amount of surplus funds should be deposited in the computer center account in order to respond to fluctuations in the number of prize exchanges and the prize exchange price. Is desirable. Also, looking at the changes in the balance in the computer center account, it can be considered that it can be operated without working capital by loan if there is advance funds (initial balance), but there are 1000 corresponding hall stores. As mentioned above, considering the number of prize exchanges and the case where the prize exchange price becomes enormous, it is necessary to prepare a large amount of working capital, and in that sense, working capital by loan is indispensable. is there.

FIG. 223 is a diagram showing a system configuration including a prize exchange system 9001 for executing the mechanism of the second payment method shown in FIG. 221. In FIG. 223, as shown in FIG. 173, the prize exchange device (for example, the prize exchange terminal 9530) of the prize exchange system 9001 is installed in the hall store, and the core server 9600, the shop management server 9700, and the payment of the prize exchange system 9001. The management server 9800 is arranged in the computer center, and the prize exchange terminal 9530 is connected to the core server 9600 via a network.

In the hall store, when the player operates the prize exchange terminal 9530, displays the prize exchange instruction screen, and selects the prize registered in the favorite list to give the prize exchange instruction, the prize exchange terminal 9530 connects to the network. A prize ordering instruction (message) is transmitted to the core server 9600 of the computer center via the above. The prize ordering instruction includes a product ID for identifying the prize selected by the player, a quantity of the prize, a game medium type, a store code for identifying the hall store, and the like.

When the payment management server 9800 receives a notification from the core server 9600 that the core server 9600 has received the prize ordering instruction, the payment management server 9800 acquires the credit card number of the credit card of the hall store corresponding to the prize ordering instruction, and the credit card number is obtained. To make a credit card transaction to purchase a specified prize by a credit card payment instruction. For this transaction, a credit card payment instruction message is sent, for example, to the credit card company's card payment management server 9949.

When the core server 9600 receives the prize ordering instruction, it sends it to the shop management server 9700, and the shop management server 9700 sends the prize to the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a of the online shopping site corresponding to the specified prize. Send a delivery instruction (message).

The payment management server 9800 sends a transfer instruction to the payment server 9497 in response to the transmission of the prize delivery instruction by the shop management server 9700, and the amount according to the price of the prize (that is, from the computer center account to the online shopping site account). , The amount obtained by subtracting the settlement fee from the price of the product on the online shopping site) is instructed to transfer. The transfer instruction can be configured to be sent in the Zengin format to the Zengin system (interbank network system (national bank data communication system) for conducting domestic exchange transactions between banks and settlement of funds online). .. In addition, various methods can be used, such as connecting to a server of a predetermined financial institution and giving a transfer instruction.

Further, in this example, the payment management server 9800 immediately sends the transfer instruction, but based on the prize delivery instruction for a predetermined period or one day, the payment management server 9800 is sent to the online shopping site account on the same day or the next business day. It can also be controlled to be deposited.

When the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a receives the prize delivery instruction, the purchase and delivery of the prize are realized, the inventory management data is updated, and the prize delivery instruction is output. The staff of the online shopping site prepares the prize based on the prize delivery instruction and carries out the procedure for shipping the prize. Further, in response to the receipt of the prize delivery instruction, the delivery preparation including the packaging of the prize may be automatically performed. When the server 9842a-1 receives the prize delivery instruction, the specified prize may not be in stock. In that case, the shop management server 9700 of the computer center does not normally accept the prize delivery instruction. Notify. In this case, the payment management server 9800 controls not to give a transfer instruction or a credit card payment instruction. In this embodiment, since inventory management is performed on the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site, the presence or absence of inventory cannot be determined unless the prize delivery instruction is once sent to the server 9842a-1, but the shop management server. The inventory information of the online shopping site may be stored in the 9700, and the inventory of the products on the corresponding online shopping site may be checked before sending the prize delivery instruction to the server 9842a-1.

A payment server 9497 is arranged in a financial institution (for example, a bank), and an online shopping site account, a computer center account, and a credit card company account are opened. The online shopping site account is a financial institution account in the name of the online shopping site, and is individually set according to the number of online shopping sites. The online shopping site account does not have to be the same financial institution account as the computer center account, and not all online shopping site accounts need to be the same financial institution account.

When the bank's payment server 9497 receives the transfer instruction, the designated amount is transferred from one financial institution account to another financial institution account according to the content of the transfer instruction. In this example, the specified amount (for example, the advance amount according to each transaction or the advance amount for one day) is transferred from the computer center account to the online shopping site account.

Further, when the payment server 9497 receives the prize exchange price collection instruction from the credit card company's price collection server 9948, the payment server 9497 transfers from the credit card company account to the computer center account according to the received prize exchange price collection instruction. The timing of this transfer can be set at any timing, such as twice a month or three times a month. The transfer amount is, for example, the amount of credit card payment in a predetermined period.

In addition, banks provide loans secured by credit card companies' claims (for example, to hall stores) based on short-term loan contracts. More specifically, the bank's loan system transfers a predetermined loan amount to the computer center account (borrowing) at a predetermined timing, and withdraws the loan amount from the computer center account after a certain period of time (repayment). After that, this transfer and withdrawal are repeated for the computer center account.

The hall store deposits the required amount into the credit card company account by, for example, a transfer operation, in response to the request of the credit card company. In addition, the settlement management server 9800 of the computer center allows the hall store to know when and how much money should be deposited in the hall store account, so that each hall store has a history of exchanging prizes for each hall store. Can be provided. The prize exchange history may be sent to the hall store in a paper medium such as a document, or may be transmitted as data to a predetermined terminal (for example, a prize exchange terminal 9530 or a prize POS9500) connected to the prize exchange system 9001. , May be configured to be displayed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 224 and 225, a third payment method (third payment method) included in the payment management function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 224 is a diagram for explaining the mechanism of the third payment method. The computer center is equipped with the core server 9600, the shop management server 9700, the payment management server 9800, etc. of the prize exchange system 9001, and the hall store is equipped with the prize selection device and the prize exchange device connected to the core server 9600. ing.

When the player goes to the hall store for the game and acquires the game medium there, the player gives a prize exchange instruction at the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store (“(1) prize exchange instruction” in FIG. 224). The player selects a prize in the prize selection device and registers it in the favorite list, then displays the favorite list in the prize exchange device, and obtains a desired prize from the favorite list in the quantity of the acquired game medium. Select according to, and instruct the exchange of prizes. In this example, it is assumed that one prize of 3000 yen (for example, a prize exchanged by 3000 balls of a game medium whose game medium type is "1 yen lending (pachinko)") is selected as an exchange target. Here, the price per prize is referred to as the first unit price. The first unit price, of course, varies depending on the prize, and may vary depending on the second unit price described later.

When the prize exchange instruction is given by the prize exchange device, the prize ordering instruction is transmitted to the computer center (“(2) Prize ordering instruction” in FIG. 224). When the computer center receives the prize ordering instruction, it uses the gift certificate of the online shopping site to purchase the specified prize and deliver the prize to the online shopping site corresponding to the prize to be exchanged. , Send a free gift delivery instruction (“(3) Free gift delivery instruction” in FIG. 224). In this example, the prize displayed at the price of 3000 yen on the prize exchange device is actually a product sold at 2935 yen on the online shopping site, and the computer center is 65 yen at this time. You will get the difference. In this example, by specifying the gift certificate ID of the gift certificate that can be used on the online shopping site, the product can be purchased on the online shopping site, and by paying a predetermined amount, the related site can be purchased in advance. You can get a gift certificate ID. Here, the price per prize on this online shopping site is referred to as the second unit price. The second unit price, of course, varies depending on the prize and also varies depending on the season.

In this way, the price of the product on the online shopping site (for example, 2935 yen) is displayed as a new price (for example, 3000 yen) on the prize selection device and the prize exchange device. It is adjusted and set by the computer center by the prize price adjustment process (addition of the additional amount, etc. based on a plurality of criteria) as described with respect to 211.

Further, the flow of ordering a prize from the prize exchange device to the online shopping site as described above is the same as the processing flow of FIG. 12 described in relation to the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. (However, in the processing flow of FIG. 12, the prize ordering instruction goes through the hall computer, but in this example, it does not go through the hall computer).

Next, the online shopping site ships the product or the like to the address specified by the player according to the prize delivery instruction (“(4) Gift delivery” in FIG. 224).

FIG. 224 further includes a diagram showing a settlement mechanism between the hall store and the computer center (the portion surrounded by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 224), which will be described below.

For example, when a hall store is opened, the computer center confirms whether or not there is a sufficient balance in the hall store account opened at a financial institution such as a bank. In addition, when the hall store is closed, the prize exchange price for one day is collected (transferred) from the hall store account to the computer center account according to the instruction (withdrawal request) from the computer center. This hall store account is an account in the name of the hall store, and is a payment-only account for exchanging prizes. The hall store pays the amount for the prize exchange price to the hall store account in advance as necessary.

Further, for example, when the hall store is closed, remittance is performed from the computer center account to the online shopping gift account according to the instruction from the computer center, and the gift certificate for one day is purchased the next day. At this time, the optimum number of purchases can be estimated from the data obtained from the prize exchange history, etc., but purchase in smaller units and, if necessary, the required amount on the day. You may try to send money. When a remittance is made from the computer center account to the online shopping gift account, for example, the content of the remittance is transmitted to the online shopping site, and a usable gift certificate ID is sent to the computer center.

With such a mechanism, the settlement between the hall store and the computer center is realized by the withdrawal process from the hall store account to the computer center account.

FIG. 225 is a diagram showing a system configuration including a prize exchange system 9001 for executing the mechanism of the third payment method shown in FIG. 224. In FIG. 225, as shown in FIG. 173, the prize exchange device (for example, the prize exchange terminal 9530) of the prize exchange system 9001 is installed in the hall store, and the core server 9600, the shop management server 9700, and the payment of the prize exchange system 9001. The management server 9800 is arranged in the computer center, and the prize exchange terminal 9530 is connected to the core server 9600 via a network.

In the hall store, when the player operates the prize exchange terminal 9530, displays the prize exchange instruction screen, and selects the prize registered in the favorite list to give the prize exchange instruction, the prize exchange terminal 9530 connects to the network. A prize ordering instruction (message) is transmitted to the core server 9600 of the computer center via the above. The prize ordering instruction includes a product ID for identifying the prize selected by the player, a quantity of the prize, a game medium type, a store code for identifying the hall store, and the like.

When the core server 9600 receives the prize ordering instruction, it sends it to the shop management server 9700, and the shop management server 9700 sends the prize to the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a of the online shopping site corresponding to the specified prize. Send a delivery instruction (message). At this time, the shop management server 9700 acquires a gift voucher ID stored in advance from the payment management server 9800, includes the gift voucher ID in the gift delivery instruction, and purchases the gift voucher ID on the online shopping site. To be possible.

When the server 9842a-1 of the shop system 9842a receives the prize delivery instruction, the purchase and delivery of the prize are realized, the inventory management data is updated, and the prize delivery instruction is output. The staff of the online shopping site prepares the prize based on the prize delivery instruction and carries out the procedure for shipping the prize. Further, in response to the receipt of the prize delivery instruction, the delivery preparation including the packaging of the prize may be automatically performed. When the server 9842a-1 receives the prize delivery instruction, the specified prize may not be in stock. In that case, the shop management server 9700 of the computer center does not normally accept the prize delivery instruction. Notify. In this case, the payment management server 9800 controls so as not to give a prize exchange price collection instruction or a remittance request for purchasing a gift certificate, which will be described later. In this embodiment, since inventory management is performed on the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site, the presence or absence of inventory cannot be determined unless the prize delivery instruction is once sent to the server 9842a-1, but the shop management server. The inventory information of the online shopping site may be stored in the 9700, and the inventory of the products on the corresponding online shopping site may be checked before sending the prize delivery instruction to the server 9842a-1.

A payment server 9497 is arranged at a financial institution (for example, a bank), and an online shopping gift certificate account, a computer center account, and a hall store account are opened. The online shopping gift certificate account is a financial institution account in the name of the online shopping site, and is individually set according to the number of online shopping sites. The online shopping gift certificate account does not have to be the same financial institution account as the computer center account, and not all online shopping site accounts need to be the same financial institution account.

Similarly, the hall store account is a financial institution account in the name of the hall store, and is individually set according to the number of hall stores. The hall store account does not have to be the same financial institution account as the computer center account, and not all hall store accounts need to be the same financial institution account. Further, when the hall store is a chain store, the representative hall store may open one representative hall store account and use the account to make payments for a plurality of hall stores that are chain stores. It is also possible to collectively manage a group of individual hall store accounts as chain stores.

When the bank's payment server 9497 receives a remittance request for purchasing a gift certificate from the payment management server 9800 of the prize exchange system 9001, the specified amount is transferred from the computer center account to the online shopping gift account. Will be.

Here, when the transfer is made from the computer center account to the online shopping gift account, the payment server 9497 sends a gift certificate account deposit notification including the deposit amount (transfer amount) to the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site. (Such notification may be made by another computer such as the payment management server 9800 of the computer center). When the server 9842a-1 receives the gift certificate account deposit notification, it issues a gift certificate ID corresponding to the deposit amount, transmits these gift certificate IDs to the payment management server 9800 of the computer center, and the payment management server 9800 , The received gift certificate ID is stored in the payment management DB 9850.

As the gift certificate ID, the ticket type is set according to the amount of money, and when the deposit amount is large or there is a fraction, a plurality of gift certificate IDs are issued. When purchasing a product on an online shopping site, if the balance of the gift certificate ID is smaller than the price of the product, the purchase can be completed by adding another gift certificate ID.

When the bank payment server 9497 receives the prize exchange payment collection instruction from the payment management server 9800 of the prize exchange system 9001, the designated prize exchange is made from the hall store account of the designated hall store to the computer center account. The price will be transferred.

When the bank's payment server 9497 receives the balance confirmation instruction of the hall store from the payment management server 9800 of the prize exchange system 9001, it acquires the balance of the hall store account of the designated hall store and sends it to the payment management server 9800. ..

The hall store deposits the necessary amount of money to the hall store account, for example, by a transfer operation or the like so that the prize exchange price can be withdrawn to the computer center account. The payment management server 9800 of the computer center provides each hall store with a prize exchange history for each hall store so that the hall store can grasp when and how much money should be deposited in the hall store account. To do. The prize exchange history may be sent to the hall store in a paper medium such as a document, or may be transmitted as data to a predetermined terminal (for example, a prize exchange terminal 9530 or a prize POS9500) connected to the prize exchange system 9001. , May be configured to be displayed.

Next, the functional outline of the payment management server 9800 will be described with reference to FIG. 226. Since the hardware configuration of the payment management server 9800 is similar to the configuration of the hall computer 9400 described above (see FIG. 177) (however, the devices connected by the interface are different), the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 226 is a functional block diagram of the payment management server 9800. The payment management server 9800 includes a payment method management unit 9801, a payment control unit 9802, a credit management unit 9803, and a network I / F unit 9804.

The payment control unit 9802 includes a payment management unit 9802a, a transfer instruction transmission unit 9802b, a prize exchange data transmission unit 9802c, a prize exchange history transmission unit 9802d, a credit card payment control unit 9802e, and a gift certificate management unit 9802f.

The payment management server 9800 stores the payment management DB 9850 in the external storage device, and the payment management DB 9850 contains a payment method management table 9851, a credit card management table 9852, a gift certificate management table 9853, and a hall store management table 9854. Including.

The payment method management unit 9801 controls to switch between the above-mentioned three payment methods (first payment method to third payment method) according to the hall store. When the core server 9600 receives the prize ordering instruction from the prize exchange terminal 9530, the payment method management unit 9801 acquires the store code that identifies the hall store from the prize ordering instruction, and makes the payment shown in FIG. 227 (A). The payment method corresponding to the hall store of the store code is determined with reference to the method management table 9851, and the determined payment method corresponds to the ordering of the prize specified in the prize ordering instruction.

The payment method management table 9851 shown in FIG. 227 (A) associates the store code of each hall store with which of the above-mentioned first payment method or third payment method the hall store adopts. I remember. In the payment method management table 9851, the payment method to be adopted can be configured to be associated with various conditions such as not only the hall store but also the online shopping site as a business partner, the price of the prize, and the transaction date and time.

The payment control unit 9802 controls the ordering of the prize specified in the prize ordering instruction so as to perform the corresponding processing according to the payment method determined by the payment method management unit 9801. As described above, the settlement control unit 9802 includes a plurality of processing units, but each processing unit will be described in detail later.

In the first settlement method, the credit management unit 9803 manages the credit of each hall store based on the balance of the hall store account. Details will be described later.

The network I / F unit 9804 connects to a network such as the Internet and controls to send and receive data to and from the computer of the other party. The payment management server 9800 is connected to the core server 9600 at the computer center, for example, by LAN or the like.

The payment management unit 9802a controls the procedure of each payment method based on the determined payment method, and calls and controls the transfer instruction transmission unit 9802b or the gift certificate management unit 9802f as necessary. When the first payment method is adopted, when the core server 9600 receives the prize ordering instruction, the transfer instruction transmitting unit 9802b is called. In addition, the prize exchange history transmission unit 9802d is called at a predetermined timing. When the second payment method is adopted, when the core server 9600 receives the prize ordering instruction, the transfer instruction transmitting unit 9802b is called and the credit card payment control unit 9802e is called. In addition, the prize exchange history transmission unit 9802d is called at a predetermined timing. When the third payment method is adopted, the gift certificate management unit 9802f is called after the store is closed or when the balance of the gift certificate falls below the predetermined amount. In addition, the transfer instruction transmission unit 9802b is called when the hall store is opened or closed.

In the first payment method, the transfer instruction transmission unit 9802b transfers the predetermined transfer amount from the computer center account to the online shopping site account when the core server 9600 receives the prize ordering instruction from the prize exchange terminal 9530. The transfer instruction is transmitted to the payment server 9497. Further, in the second payment method, when the core server 9600 receives a prize ordering instruction from the prize exchange terminal 9530, the transfer instruction is sent to the payment server so that the predetermined transfer amount is transferred from the computer center account to the online shopping site account. Send to 9497.

In addition, in the third payment method, the transfer instruction transmission unit 9802b sends a remittance request to the payment server 9497 so that the amount for purchasing the gift certificate is transferred from the computer center account to the online shopping gift account when the hall store is closed. Send. In addition, when the hall store is closed, a prize exchange price collection instruction is transmitted to the settlement server 9497 so that the prize exchange price is remitted from the hall store account to the computer center account. In addition, when the hall store opens, the balance of the hall store account can be confirmed and the confirmation result can be displayed on the computer of the hall store so that prizes cannot be exchanged at the hall store according to the confirmation result of the balance. In addition, the prize exchange control unit 9605 of the core server 9600 is controlled.

In the first payment method, the prize exchange data transmission unit 9802c transmits the prize exchange data to the payment server 9947 of a financial institution such as a bank at a predetermined timing. The prize exchange data includes the total of the prize exchange prices for a predetermined period at each hall store. In financial institutions, automatic withdrawal from the hall store account to the computer center account is controlled based on the prize exchange data.

The prize exchange history transmission unit 9802d transmits the prize exchange history (data related to the prize exchange) for a predetermined period to the computer of the hall store connected to the prize exchange system 9001 such as the prize exchange terminal 9530 so that the prize exchange history (data related to the prize exchange) can be confirmed at the hall store. To do. The prize exchange history includes the prize exchange price for a predetermined period. By confirming this, the hall store can grasp the amount and timing of depositing to its own hall store account or credit card company account.

In the second payment method, the credit card payment control unit 9802e specifies the prize specified by the prize ordering instruction when the core server 9600 receives the prize ordering instruction from the prize exchange terminal 9530. A credit card payment instruction message is transmitted to a credit card company's card payment management server 9949 or the like in order to perform a payment process for purchasing using a credit card corresponding to the hall store of the store code.

The card number of the credit card corresponding to the hall store can be grasped by referring to the credit card management table 9852 shown in FIG. 227 (B). The credit card management table 9852 shown in FIG. 227 (B) stores the store code of each hall store in association with the credit card number of the credit card issued in the name of the hall store. In addition, if necessary, the credit card expiration date, security code, password, etc. can be stored and used for credit card payment.

For example, the gift certificate management unit 9802f stores the gift certificate ID received from the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site in the gift certificate management table 9853 shown in FIG. 228, and the shop management server 9700 (gift order management unit 9703) stores the gift certificate ID. , One gift voucher ID or a plurality of gift voucher IDs that can purchase the prize specified in the prize shipping instruction when the prize shipping instruction is transmitted to the server 9842a-1 by the third payment method. The combination of the above is determined, and the gift certificate ID is notified to the shop management server 9700. The shop management server 9700 instructs the online shopping site to purchase and deliver the prize by transmitting the gift delivery instruction including the notified gift certificate ID to the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site.

When the hall store closes, the gift certificate management department 9802f makes a remittance request to purchase (issue) a gift certificate for the next day, and mail-orders online from a computer center account opened at a financial institution such as a bank. Instruct the gift account to send the specified amount. The remittance amount can be set to a predetermined amount, but it may be determined at any time based on the balance of the gift certificate on the day, the status of the prize exchange history, and the like. The gift certificate management department 9802f also manages the balance of gift certificates using the gift certificate management table 9853, and purchases a new gift certificate when the balance of currently issued gift certificates falls below a predetermined amount ( Make a remittance request to (recharge), and instruct to remit the specified amount from the computer center account opened at the financial institution such as a bank to the online shopping gift account. At this time, the amount to be remitted can be determined in advance, but it may be determined based on the prize exchange history, the prize exchange status, and the like.

If the gift certificate has a type according to the available amount (50,000 yen ticket, 100,000 yen ticket, etc.), the gift certificate management department 9802f specifies this type and receives the gift certificate ID sent from the online shopping site. Can be done. In addition, the gift certificate management unit 9802f can control the purchase amount of the gift certificate to a low amount when the store is closed the day before and frequently perform the above-mentioned recharge so that the unused gift certificate balance does not become high.

As shown in FIG. 228 (A), the gift certificate management table 9853 stores the ticket type and the balance for each gift certificate ID. The balance of the gift certificate ID is the balance of the gift certificate ID when the gift certificate shipping instruction is sent to the server 9842a-1 by the third payment method and the gift certificate ID is notified to the shop management server 9700. Therefore, it can be calculated by reducing the price of the product on the online shopping site (when the balance of the gift certificate ID becomes zero, subtraction is performed using the next gift certificate ID).

In addition, since the balance of the gift certificate ID is managed on the online shopping site, when a new gift certificate ID is requested on the online shopping site, the next gift certificate ID is specified accordingly. You can also do it. In this case, the gift certificate management table 9853 does not need to manage the ticket type and balance.

The credit management department 9803 confirms the balance of the hall store account at a predetermined timing when the first payment method or the third payment method is adopted, and when the balance is less than the predetermined first set amount, the hall store An alert is displayed to the device of the prize exchange system 9001 (for example, a prize selection device, a prize exchange device, a prize POS9500, etc.) arranged in the above. As the first set amount, in the case of the first payment method, for example, in the case of the third payment method, such as the amount to be deducted (or the amount expected to be deducted) to the computer center account by automatic deduction. For example, it is possible to set an amount obtained by adding a surplus fund to the average amount of the prize exchange price in one day, an amount corresponding to the maximum amount, and the like.

Further, when the credit management unit 9803 meets certain conditions such as the balance of the hall store account being less than the second set amount smaller than the above-mentioned first set amount for a predetermined period, the prize exchange control unit 9605 of the core server 9600 Can be controlled so that the prize exchange instruction cannot be made by the prize exchange device. Further, it is possible to control the prize selection control unit 9604 of the core server 9600 so that the prize selection instruction by the prize selection device cannot be performed.

In addition, the credit management department 9803 displays the above-mentioned alert and exchanges prizes when certain conditions are met, such as when the hall store has a specific financial relationship with the computer center (for example, when the hall store is a shareholder). It is possible to control not to give instructions or prohibition of prize selection instructions. For example, if the hall store is a shareholder of the computer center, the amount of the hall store account can be replenished within the range of investment of the hall store (however, the replenishment amount will be returned within a predetermined period). Is a premise).

Further, the credit management unit 9803 refers to the hall store management table as shown in FIG. 228 (B) to grasp which store group each hall store belongs to, and the hall store account of a certain hall store is described above. Even if the amount is less than the first set amount or the second set amount, if the balance of the hall store account of the entire store group to which the hall store belongs is equal to or more than the first set amount, the above-mentioned alert display and prize exchange It is also possible to control not to give instructions or prohibition of prize selection instructions.

Furthermore, the credit management department 9803 refers to the hall store management table as shown in FIG. 228 (B), grasps the store code of the representative store (center store) of the hall store belonging to the store group, and grasps the store code of the store group. With respect to the settlement related to the hall store belonging to, it is possible to control to use the hall store account of the corresponding representative store. With such a configuration, the store group can cover the settlement funds of all the hall stores belonging to the store group by preparing the funds in the hall store account of the representative store, and the credit management of each hall store is also this. This is done by checking the balance of the hall store account of the representative store.

Up to this point, the payment management function by the first payment method to the third payment method has been described, but the above method is merely an example, and the technical idea of the present invention is realized by various other methods and hardware configurations. can do. Further, in the above-mentioned method, in order to order a prize from the online shopping site, a prize delivery instruction is transmitted from the shop management server 9700 of the computer center to the server 9842a-1 of the online shopping site ( The prize delivery instruction can be given by various other methods such as cooperation by API). For example, the shop management server 9700 controls the product purchase instruction screen, delivery instruction screen, etc. of the online shopping site as if they were operated by a WEB browser (so-called web scraping), and orders the prize and delivers the prize. You may instruct.

Further, in the present embodiment, the first payment method to the third payment method have been described so as to be switched according to the hall store or the like, but two of these three payment methods may be switched. However, payment methods other than these may be included. Further, the payment management function may be always realized by one payment method without switching the payment method.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the first settlement method and the second settlement method, when the advance payment is made from the computer center to the online shopping site, the advance payment amount is determined in consideration of the settlement fee. The commission may be adjusted according to, for example, the hall store, the prize exchange price, the number of prize exchanges sold, and the like.

Further, in the present embodiment, an example in which the payment management function is applied to the prize exchange system 9001 (that is, a system in which products on the online shopping site can be exchanged as prizes) has been described, but products and services other than prizes are sold online. It can also be applied to payments when purchasing on the site. In this case, in the first payment method and the second payment method, the computer center functions as a payment agency, and the hall store uses the payment agency to purchase products (or receive services). Become. This user is, for example, an organization such as a company or an individual.

In the first payment method (see FIG. 218), the product ordering instruction (corresponding to the prize ordering instruction) transmitted by the user using a PC or smartphone is transmitted to the computer center, which is a payment agency, and the computer center sends the net. Send product delivery instructions (corresponding to free gift delivery instructions) to the mail-order site. In addition, the computer center responds to the product delivery instruction in a short period of time (at the latest, the business day following the day when the product delivery instruction is given), and the specified amount from the computer center account to the online shopping site account (on the online shopping site). Make an advance payment (the amount obtained by subtracting the settlement fee from the price of the product). Further, based on the product ordering data generated in response to the product ordering instruction, automatic deduction is performed from the user account (corresponding to the hall store account) to the computer center account, for example, once a month. In addition, working capital is financed to the computer center account with the balances of the computer center account and the user account as collateral.

In the second payment method (see FIG. 221), the product ordering instruction (corresponding to the prize ordering instruction) transmitted by the user using a PC or smartphone is transmitted to the computer center, which is a payment agency, and the computer center sends the net. Send product delivery instructions (corresponding to free gift delivery instructions) to the mail-order site. In addition, the computer center responds to the product delivery instruction in a short period of time (at the latest, the business day following the day when the product delivery instruction is given), and the specified amount from the computer center account to the online shopping site account (on the online shopping site). Make an advance payment (the amount obtained by subtracting the settlement fee from the price of the product). In addition, the user deposits the price of the product into the credit card company account, for example, once a month in response to a request from the credit card company, and the credit card company, for example, three times a month from the credit card company account. Transfer the specified amount (the amount obtained by subtracting the settlement fee from the price of the product) to the computer center account. In addition, working capital will be financed to the computer center account with the credit card company's claims as collateral.

Further, the payment management function in the present embodiment can be applied not only to the online shopping site but also to the actual store having the product sales floor and the service providing base. In this specification, all forms of stores, including online shopping sites and physical stores, are referred to as "sales stores", and these stores sell products and provide services.

[Small amount ball storage cooperation function]
Next, the small amount ball storage cooperation function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

Here, the configuration of the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment described above is further expanded to store a small amount of game media such as end balls (small amount of balls) as in the prize exchange system 1001 shown in FIG. 34. ), And the prizes can be exchanged using the stored balls. That is, as in the prize exchange system 1, a shopping list is created by selecting a prize exchange candidate from many prizes in advance using a small amount of balls, and then the mall member registration to the system is performed. Once this is done, it becomes possible to give a prize exchange instruction according to the value of the stored balls, and the designated prize can be delivered to a designated address such as home. Here, holding a small amount of game media such as end balls (surplus balls) is referred to as "small amount of balls" for convenience, but not only the pachinko balls that are acquired by pachinko machines, but also the medals that are acquired by pachislot machines. Retention (so-called medals) is also included. Further, in this example, the game medium holding information managed by the hall computer 9400 is provided to the prize exchange system 9001 via the prize POS in cooperation with the hall system 9002 of the hall store.

In addition, the small amount of balls is not limited to the case of storing the end balls generated at the time of prize exchange, for example, when the player intentionally interrupts the game and tries to hold a pachinko ball or a medal. This includes the case where a small amount of game media is stored due to factors. In the prize exchange system 1001, a certain upper limit is set on the quantity (value) of stored balls at one time and the total quantity (value) of stored balls.

First, with reference to FIG. 229, the functional outline of the prize POS9500'of the prize exchange system 9001 extended so as to realize the small amount ball storage cooperation function will be described. FIG. 229 is a functional block diagram of the prize POS9500'. The prize POS9500'is an access control unit 9511, a prize POS control unit 9512, a prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513', a storefront prize management unit 9514, a hall computer cooperation control unit 9515', a display control unit 9516, and a network I / F unit. Includes 9517.

Here, the functions of the prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513'and the hall computer cooperation control unit 9515' are expanded as compared with the prize POS9500. The prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513'relays data transmission / reception for card authentication between the prize exchange device and the hall computer 9400 in relation to the membership card linking process described later. Further, when the hall computer cooperation control unit 9515'acquires the user information stored in the member information table from the hall computer 9400 to the prize exchange device in relation to the membership card linking process described later, the data related to the user information is obtained. Performs the process of relaying.

Next, with reference to FIG. 230, the functional outline of the prize exchange terminal 9530'of the prize exchange system 9001 expanded so as to realize the small amount ball storage cooperation function will be described. FIG. 230 is a functional block diagram of the prize exchange terminal 9530'. The prize exchange terminal 9530'includes a processing function related to small amount of balls, which is included in the small amount of money storage instruction device 1060 shown in the prize exchange system 1001. The prize exchange terminal 9530'includes an access control unit 9541, a prize exchange control unit 9542, a display control unit 9544, a network I / F unit 9545, a small amount ball storage control unit 9546, and a member management unit 9547.

In the prize exchange terminal 9530', a small amount ball storage control unit 9546 and a member management unit 9547 are added as compared with the prize exchange terminal 9530. The small amount ball storage control unit 9546 corresponds to the function of the small amount ball storage control unit 1084 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 shown in the prize exchange system 1001. In addition, the member management unit 9547 includes the function of the member management unit 1085 of the small amount ball storage instruction device 1060 shown in the prize exchange system 1001, and further, in the prize exchange system 9001, a small amount ball storage membership card (membership card 9950a for small amount ball storage). When the member registration is performed, the user information is acquired from the hall system 9002 managed by each hall store based on the copy permission information of each hall store, and the information is controlled so that the information can be diverted in the member registration.

Next, with reference to FIG. 231, the functional outline of the core server 9600'of the prize exchange system 9001 expanded so as to realize the small amount ball storage cooperation function will be described. FIG. 231 is a functional block diagram of the core server 9600'. The core server 9600'is a mall member management unit 9601', a prize selection control unit 9604, a prize exchange control unit 9605, a prize order control unit 9606, a hall store outside device management unit 9607, an in-store prize management unit 9608, and a prize display control unit 9609. , Premium initial display control unit 9610, user information display control unit 9611, game medium type definition data management unit 9612, network I / F unit 9613, small amount ball storage management unit 9614, and anonymous member management unit 9615.

In the core server 9600', a small amount ball storage management unit 9614 and an anonymous member management unit 9615 are added as compared with the core server 9600, and the functions of the mall member management unit 9601'are expanded. The small amount storage management unit 9614 cooperates with the small amount storage control unit 9546 of the prize exchange terminal 9350'to convert the quantity of balls instructed by the player from the prize exchange terminal 9350' into a predetermined electronic value unit. Is managed anonymously. In addition, the anonymous member management unit 9615 provides a user interface for mall member registration to the prize exchange terminal 9350'. Such functions of the small amount storage management unit 9614 and the anonymous member management unit 9615 correspond to the small amount storage management unit 1610 and the anonymous member management unit 1611 of the core server 1600 shown in FIG. 37.

Further, the mall member management unit 9601'of the core server 9600'refers to the hall store management table 9663 described later in response to a request from the member management unit 9547 of the prize exchange terminal 9530', and copies each hall store. The permission information is acquired, and the information is transmitted to the prize exchange terminal 9530'.

The core server 9600'also includes a core DB9650'. The core DB 9650'includes a hall store management table 9663, an anonymous member information table 9664, and an electronic value management table 9665, in addition to the tables included in the core DB 9650 shown in FIG. 186.

The hall store management table 9663 holds data representing the address of the hall store and the relationship between the chain stores, and the individual member held by the hall store when registering as a member in the creation of the above-mentioned membership card for small amount of balls 9950a. Data indicating whether or not to permit copying of user information including information is retained for each hall store (see FIG. 237).

The anonymous member information table 9664 manages, for example, the membership card 9950a for small amount of balls configured to include a non-contact IC chip while remaining anonymous (see FIG. 238 (A)). Here, the store code and password of the small amount storage membership card 9950a are managed in association with the unique ID of the card. The electronic value management table 9665 stores electronic value data for each unique ID of the small amount storage membership card 9950a stored in the anonymous member information table 9664 (see FIG. 238 (B)). Here, the electronic value data is a predetermined unit of electronic value representing a value that can be electronically distributed within a predetermined range, and is data representing a value converted according to the quantity of small amount of balls stored and the type of game medium. .. The anonymous member information table 9664 and the electronic value management table 9665 are tables corresponding to the anonymous member information table 1657 and the electronic value management table 1658 shown in FIG. 37, respectively.

Further, the mall member management table 9651'is basically the same as the mall member information table 1651 shown in FIG. 37, but for each mall member, the store code of the hall store linked with this and the hall store thereof. The unique ID (cooperative membership card ID) of the membership card 9950b used in the above is stored.

Up to this point, the contents of the expansion of the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention have been described using the functional block diagram, but the above-mentioned prize POS 9500', the prize exchange terminal 9350', and the core server 9600' have been described. The hardware configurations of the above are the same as those of the prize POS 9500, the prize exchange terminal 9350, and the core server 9600 described above using the block diagram, respectively.

Next, with reference to FIG. 232, regarding the small-amount ball storage cooperation function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, the membership card is linked by a prize exchange device such as the prize exchange terminal 9530'. The outline of the process will be described.

The flow shown in FIG. 232 mainly shows the operation of the player. By these operations, if the player is a regular member of the hall store, he / she already has a membership registration for the small-amount ball storage membership card 9950a of the prize exchange system 9001 and the address and telephone number of the hall store. The user information registered in the system 9002 can be copied and used.

First, in step S2271, the player applies the membership card 9950b of the hall store to the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange terminal 9530'(corresponding to the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9534 of the prize exchange terminal 9530). Hold (touch). This membership card 9950b is owned by a regular member of the hall store, has already been registered as a member, and user information including the user's address and telephone number is stored in the hall computer 9400 of the hall store. It is stored in the member information table 9431'(see FIG. 236 (A)).

Next, in step S2272, the player holds (touches) the small-amount ball storage membership card 9950a that can be used in the prize exchange system 9001 over the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange terminal 9530'. This membership card for small-amount storage 9950a is a card with a built-in non-contact IC chip distributed at hall stores, etc. At this point, membership registration (that is, membership registration for the prize exchange system 9001) is still a mall membership registration. ) Is not done, and it is in an anonymous state, but as described above, a small amount of game media such as end balls can be stored (small amount of balls).

After that, the player was already registered in the hall store at the time of mall member registration according to the guidance displayed on the display device of the prize exchange terminal 9530'(corresponding to the display 9535 of the prize exchange terminal 9530) in step S2273. Instruct to copy user information.

In step S2274, the player who has given the copy instruction instructs the mall member registration with the content including the copied user information. By such an operation, the player does not need to input the user information including the personal information again for the mall member registration, and the player can easily register the member for the prize exchange system 9001.

Next, with reference to FIG. 233, the flow from prize selection to prize exchange will be described in the prize exchange system 9001 using the above-mentioned membership card for small amount of balls 9950a.

First, in step S2281, the player touches the prize selection device (that is, the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the prize selection device such as the viewer 9550). The card used at this time is, for example, a small-amount ball storage membership card 9950a, which has not yet been registered as a mall member for the card.

Next, in step S2282, the player gives a prize selection instruction and registers the shopping list. For example, on the prize selection instruction screen 910 as shown in FIG. 24 (B), the player selects a prize candidate from among many prizes that may be exchanged in the future. The prize will be registered in the shopping list. Such a shopping list is stored in the shopping list management table 9653 of the core server 9600'shown in FIG. 231.

In addition to the processing in the prize selection device described above, in step S2283, the player plays a game on the game machine, and when the game medium is acquired here, in step S2284, a counting device such as the island-end counting device 9520 is used. The counting result of the game medium and the ball storage corresponding to the membership card 9950b of the hall store are performed. The counting result (quantity) of the game medium associated with the member card 9950b is stored in the game medium holding number management table 9432 of the hall computer 9400 in association with the member ID.

In step S2285, the player makes a small amount of money for a prize exchange device such as the prize exchange terminal 9350'(that is, for a non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange device such as the prize exchange terminal 9350'). The card touch of the membership card 9950a for storing balls is performed. As described above, the prize exchange device includes a processing function related to small amount of balls, which is possessed by the small amount of money storage instruction device 1060 shown in the prize exchange system 1001.

Next, in step S2286, balls are stored in a small amount of game media such as end balls based on the instructions of the player. This is, for example, when a player receives a receipt corresponding to the end ball from the staff of the hall store when the end ball is generated as a result of exchanging the prize at the prize POS9500'in the hall store, and then the receipt. When the barcode or two-dimensional code printed on the screen is read by the prize POS9500', the prize POS9500'transmits the end ball data to the prize exchange device, and based on the data, the electronic value data is used for storing a small amount of balls. It is associated with the unique ID of the membership card 9950a and stored in the electronic value management table 9665 of the core server 9600'.

Next, in step S2287, the above-mentioned mall member registration is performed with respect to the membership card 9950a for small amount storage. After that, in step S2288, the player touches the prize exchange device with the small amount ball storage membership card 9950a registered as a mall member.

Here, in step S2282, the prize exchange device displays the shopping list stored in association with the membership card 9950a for small amount storage (step S2290), and the player is thus displayed on the shopping list. When the prize is selected as the target of the actual prize exchange and the prize exchange is instructed (step S2291), the prize ordering instruction is given in response to the prize exchange instruction (step S2292). The prize ordering instruction is, for example, a prize ordering instruction as shown in step S2113 of FIG. 182.

Next, the prize exchange device notifies the prize POS9500'of the number of game media consumed by exchanging the prize (step S2293), and the prize POS9500'that has received the number of consumed game media is (the hall computer 9400 is the end ball). Etc.) The number of received game media is transmitted to the hall computer 9400 so that the number of received game media is subtracted from the number of pieces and the like managed by the hall computer 9400 (step). S2294).

Next, with reference to FIGS. 234 to 243, a membership card associating process executed with respect to the small amount ball storage cooperation function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described. This shows the process shown in FIG. 232 in more detail.

234 and 235 are flowcharts showing the membership card associating process. In addition, in FIG. 234 and FIG. 235, the processing in each of the prize exchange device, the prize POS9500', the hall computer 9400, and the core server 9600' is shown in chronological order for each device.

First, in step S2301 of FIG. 234, the player performs a selection operation on the menu screen (not shown) displayed on the display of the prize exchange device, so that the small amount of ball storage prize exchange screen is displayed on the display of the prize exchange device. Will be done. The small amount storage prize exchange screen is a screen for instructing the prize exchange possible by the small amount of game media such as the end ball when the ball is stored. For example, the small amount storage prize exchange as shown in FIG. 239. Screen 9952.

On the small-amount savings prize exchange screen 9952 of FIG. 239, a prize exchange selection button 9952a indicating "to exchange a prize", a small-amount ball storage selection button 9952b displaying "a small amount of balls to be stored", and "members" Membership registration button 9952c with the message "Register", Linked member registration button 9952d with the message "Register (with other membership card linked)", and "Other membership card" A linking button 9952e with the message "to link" is arranged.

When the prize exchange selection button 9952a is touched by the player, for example, a prize exchange instruction screen 9960 as shown in FIG. 243, which will be described later, is displayed. The contents of the registered shopping list are displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen 9960, and the player can instruct the prize exchange using a small amount of balls.

When the small amount ball storage selection button 9952b is touched, for example, a small amount ball storage instruction screen similar to the small amount ball storage instruction screen 1895 as shown in FIG. 44 (B) is displayed. However, on the small amount storage instruction screen displayed here, as described above, by reading the two-dimensional code of the receipt output from the prize POS9500'in the input field of the electronic value quantity (ball storage quantity), The type and quantity of the game medium or the quantity of the electronic value is automatically set.

When the member registration button 9952c is touched, for example, a mall member registration screen similar to the mall member registration screen 1905 as shown in FIG. 41 (B) is displayed, in which the player's name, address, telephone number, etc. When the user information of is input and the registration button is touched, these user information are stored in the mall member information table 9651'of the core server 9600'.

When the linking member registration button 9952d is touched, the member card 9950b and the membership card 9950a for small amount storage are linked while diverting the user information stored in association with the membership card 9950b of the hall store, as described later. The mall member registration is done. When the linking button 9952e is touched, unlike the case where the linking member registration button 9952d is touched, the member card 9950b and the member card 9950b are used without using the user information stored in association with the member card 9950b of the hall store. Mall membership registration is performed with the membership card 9950a for small amount storage.

Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 234, in step S2302, it is determined whether or not the association registration is selected (whether or not the association member registration button 9952d is touched), and this determination is repeated until the selection is made. (NO in step S2302). When the link registration is selected (YES in step S2302), the membership card reading screen is displayed in step S2303.

The membership card reading screen is, for example, a membership card reading screen 9954 as shown in FIG. 240 (A). Next, in step S2304, it is determined whether or not the password is input to the password input unit 9954a of the membership card reading screen 9954 and the membership card 9950b of the hall store is touched at a predetermined position of the prize exchange device. This determination is repeated until input and card touch are performed (NO in step S2304). When the password is entered and the membership card 9950b is touched (YES in step S2304), the message ">> Reading is completed" is displayed on the membership card reading screen 9954 as shown in FIG. 240 (A). , The authentication check request of the membership card 9950b is transmitted to the hall computer 9400 (step S2305).

For authentication of the membership card 9950b, for example, the unique ID of the membership card 9950b read by the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange device and the password entered in the password input unit 9954a of the membership card reading screen 9954 are used in the hall computer. It is transmitted to 9400, and the hall computer 9400 searches the member information table 9431'(see FIG. 236 (A)) using the received unique ID as a key, and if the unique ID exists and the passwords match, authentication is performed. The result is regarded as the authentication OK, otherwise the authentication result is regarded as the authentication NG, and the authentication result data is transmitted to the prize exchange device (step S2306). Data transmission / reception between the prize exchange device and the hall computer 9400 is performed via the prize POS 9500'as shown in FIG. 234.

Next, in step S2307, when the authentication result data received from the hall computer 9400 is authentication NG (NO in step S2307), an error message is displayed on the membership card reading screen 9954 in step S2313. On the other hand, in step S2307, when the authentication result data received from the hall computer 9400 is authentication OK (YES in step S2307), in step S2308, the membership card reading screen for small amount of balls is displayed.

The membership card reading screen for small amount of balls is, for example, the membership card reading screen for small amount of balls 9955 as shown in FIG. 240 (B). Next, in step S2309, the password is input to the password input unit 9955a of the small amount storage member card reading screen 9955, and the small amount storage member card 9950a of the prize exchange system 9001 is touched at a predetermined position of the prize exchange device. Whether or not it is determined, and this determination is repeated until the input and the card touch are performed (NO in step S2309). When the password is entered and the small amount storage membership card 9950a is touched (YES in step S2309), as shown in FIG. 240 (B), ">> reading is completed" on the small amount storage membership card reading screen 9955. Message is displayed, and an authentication check request and a copy permission check request for the small amount storage membership card 9950a are transmitted to the core server 9600'(step S2310).

In step S2311, the core server 9600'checks the authentication of the membership card 9950a for small amount storage. In this process, for example, the unique ID of the small amount storage member card 9950a read by the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange device and the password entered in the password input unit 9955a of the small amount storage member card reading screen 9955a. Is transmitted to the core server 9600', and the core server 9600'is searched for the anonymous member information table 9664 as shown in FIG. 238 (A) using the received unique ID as a key, and the unique ID exists and is If the passwords match, the authentication result is regarded as OK, and if not, the authentication result is regarded as NG.

Next, when the core server 9600'receives the copy permission check request, in step S2312, the core server 9600'provides copy permission information indicating whether or not the corresponding hall store can copy the user information stored at the time of member registration. Get it and send it to the giveaway exchange. More specifically, the core server 9600'acquires the copy permission information of the corresponding hall store by referring to the item of "user information copy permission" in the hall store management table 9663 as shown in FIG. 237. The store code that identifies the hall store can be transmitted from, for example, a prize exchange device (the store code can also be obtained from the ID or network address of the prize exchange device).

Here, the core server 9600'transmits the authentication result acquired in step S2311 and the copy permission information acquired in step S2312 to the prize exchange device.

Next, in step S2321 shown in FIG. 235, when the authentication result and the copy permission information are received from the core server 9600'in the prize exchange device, the copy permission information is licensed OK (user information copy permission of the hall store management table 9663 = It is determined whether or not "OK") is shown. When the copy permission information does not indicate permission OK (NO in step S2321), that is, when the user information copy permission = "NG" in the hall store management table 9663, in step S2322, the small amount ball storage member registration shown in FIG. Display screen 9956. When the authentication result of the membership card 9950a for small amount storage is NG, an error message is displayed on the member card reading screen 9955 for small amount storage as in the case where the authentication result of the membership card 9950b is NG (NO in step S2307). Although it is displayed, the description of this process is omitted.

As shown in FIG. 241 on the small-amount savings member registration screen 9956, a button for instructing copying of user information registered in connection with the membership card 9950b of the hall store is not displayed. Further, on the small amount storage member registration screen 9965, a linking guide display unit 9965a indicating that the small amount storage member card 9950a is linked to the first read member card 9950b (membership card 9950b of the hall store), user information. The display unit 9956b and the registration button 9956c for confirming the registration contents of the member registration are displayed.

On the other hand, when the copy permission information received from the core server 9600'indicates permission OK (YES in step S2321), that is, when the user information copy permission = "OK" in the hall store management table 9663, the figure in step S2323. The small amount savings member registration screen 9958 shown in 242 is displayed.

As shown in FIG. 242, the small amount storage member registration screen 9958 is a linking guide display unit indicating that the small amount storage member card 9950a is linked to the first read member card 9950b (membership card 9950b of the hall store). 9958a, a copy confirmation display unit 9598b for confirming whether or not to copy from the user information linked to the first read membership card 9950b, a copy instruction button 9958c for instructing the copy of the user information, and a copy of the user information. A copy skip button 9958d that does not instruct, a first user information display unit 9958e that displays the copied user information, a second user information display unit 9958f, and a registration button 9958g that confirms the registration contents of the member registration are displayed.

When it is determined in step S2324 that the copy instruction button 9958c has been touched when the small amount ball storage member registration screen 9958 is displayed (YES in step S2324), the hall computer 9400 has already been registered by member registration. A request for acquisition of the user information is made (step S2325).

The hall computer 9400 searches the member information table 9431'(see FIG. 236 (A)) using the unique ID obtained from the membership card 9950b as a key, acquires the user information corresponding to the unique ID, and uses it as a prize exchange device. Transmit (step S2326). The user information transmitted to the prize exchange device is, in this example, a name, an email address, a telephone number, and an address. Data transmission / reception between the prize exchange device and the hall computer 9400 is performed via the prize POS 9500'as shown in FIG. 235.

The prize exchange device displays the user information thus obtained on the first user information display unit 9958e of the small amount storage member registration screen 9958 (step S2327). The player can also modify the displayed user information.

In step S2322, when the hall store does not permit copying of user information, a small amount of ball storage member registration screen 9956 (see FIG. 241) without a copy instruction button is displayed, or in step S2324, a small amount of money with a copy instruction button is displayed. When the copy skip button 9958d is touched on the member registration screen 9958 (see FIG. 242), the user information registered in relation to the membership card 9950b of the hall store is not copied and used.

After the small amount ball savings member registration screen 9956 is displayed (after step S2322), when it is determined that the copy skip button 9958d is touched in step S2324 (NO in step S2324), and in step S2327, the small amount ball savings member registration After the copied user information is displayed on the first user information display unit 9958e of the screen 9958, in step S2328, it is determined whether or not the registration button (9956c, 9598g) has been touched, and this registration button is touched. The determination is repeated until the result is obtained.

When it is determined that the registration button (9956c, 9858g) is touched on the small amount savings member registration screen 9956 or the small amount savings member registration screen 9985 (YES in step S2328), the unique ID of the member card 9950b and the small amount in step S2329. User registration information including the unique ID of the ball storage membership card 9950a and the user information is generated, and in step S2330, the user registration information is transmitted to the core server 9600'.

When the core server 9600'receives the user registration information from the prize exchange device, the core server 9600'newly assigns a mall member ID based on the user registration information, and displays the mall member registration information table 9651' (see FIG. 236 (B)). Create a membership record for the corresponding player. In this example, as shown in FIG. 236 (B), the member record includes a mall member ID, a unique ID (unique ID of the member card 9950a for small amount storage), a store code, a password, and a linked member card ID (member of a hall store). It includes the unique ID of the card 9950b), name, e-mail address, telephone number, address, delivery address 1, and delivery address 2.

At this time, the record (corresponding unique ID) stored in the anonymous member information table 9664 (see FIG. 238 (A)) that managed the state before the membership registration was performed for the small amount storage membership card 9950a. Record) is deleted.

The electronic value data stored in the electronic value management table 9665 shown in FIG. 238 (B) is the value accumulated by the small amount of balls, and is used even after the membership registration for the small amount of balls 9950a is performed. become. The unique ID of the electronic value management table 9665 is the unique ID of the membership card 9950a for small amount storage, and corresponds to the unique ID stored in the mall member information table 9651'.

In the electronic value management table 9665, as described above, the electronic value data is stored in association with the unique ID of the membership card 9950a for small amount coin storage, but for each game medium type (for example, 1-yen lending pachinko or 5). You may store those holding quantities in a yen lending slot or the like).

FIG. 243 shows a prize exchange instruction screen 9960. The game medium type display unit 9960a displays "electronic value (small amount of balls)" so that it can be seen that the prize exchange is performed in exchange for a small amount of balls. Further, in the delivery address display unit 9960b, "home", "delivery destination 1", and "delivery destination 2" are displayed in a form that can be selected according to the data stored in the mall member information table 9651'. ing. Here, "home" corresponds to the data stored in the address item of the mall member information table 9651'.

Product information including images is displayed on the prize display unit 9960c according to the determined display order. In this example, the number of game media required for exchanging each product is the value of a small amount of balls. It is shown in the corresponding electronic value unit (for example, in the case of a drink, the electronic value is 1000). Here, by touching the "Next" button or the "Previous" button, the prize on the next page is displayed.

If the membership card 9950a for small amount storage is not associated with a sufficient electronic value, the non-exchangeable prizes can be displayed so as to be grayed out or deleted from the list. When a prize is selected and the "OK" button 9960d is touched, the prize is determined as a target for the prize exchange.

In this example, when exchanging prizes using the membership card 9950a for small amount of balls, the user information of the player who has already been registered is copied in cooperation with the hall system 9002 of the hall store to bear the burden of membership registration. Although it is intended to be reduced, the user information of the linked hall system 9002 can also be diverted to the normal ball storage card (mall membership card) of the prize exchange system 9001.

Further, by the small amount storage cooperation function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, the membership card 9950b of the hall system 9002 of the hall store and the membership card 9950a (or the mall membership card) for the small amount storage of the prize exchange system 9001 ) Is associated (for example, using each unique ID as a key), so that the prize exchange system uses the stored balls managed by the hall system 9002 (for example, the number of game media managed by the game medium holding number management table 9432). It can also be configured to exchange prizes at 9001.

In this example, the membership registration related to the small amount storage membership card 9950a (mall membership registration in the prize exchange system 9001) is performed by a prize exchange device such as the prize exchange terminal 9530', but the prize exchange system 9001 Any device that can access the hall system 9002 and can display the member registration screen on the display can be used.

Further, here, it is set whether or not the hall store, which is the operating entity of the hall system 9002, can provide (copy) the user information of the player managed in the hall store to the prize exchange system 9001 (copy). The copy permission information) is managed by the core server 9600'(hall store management table 9663) of the prize exchange system 9001, but the settings are individually managed by the hall system 9002 of each hall store. The free gift exchange terminal 9530'can also be configured to confirm its settings with respect to the corresponding hall system 9002.

Further, in this example, the membership card 9950b and the membership card 9950a for small amount storage are non-contact IC cards, and each card is identified by a unique ID, but a mobile phone having a non-contact IC chip built-in. In addition to smartphones and smartphones, various recording media including magnetic cards, cards with codes (for example, two-dimensional codes, barcodes, etc.) printed on them, etc. are used to realize the small-amount ball storage cooperation function in the above-mentioned prize exchange system 9001. be able to. In the present specification, the term "membership card" includes those other than card-shaped recording media and those for which membership registration has not been completed.

Further, in the above example, when the user information of the hall system 9002 is used, the user information is once displayed on the small amount ball storage member registration screen, and after making corrections as necessary, the prize exchange system 9001 Although it is configured to be registered in, the user information of the hall system 9002 may be diverted without such a display.

Further, in the above example, the user information registered in the hall system 9002 is diverted when the player's name and address are registered for the first time by the mall member registration regarding the membership card 9950a for small amount storage. , When registering as a mall member of the prize exchange system 9001, if some user information such as name and e-mail address is required to be entered instead of being completely anonymous, the user information registered in the hall system 9002 will be diverted. At that point, a situation occurs in which different contents are associated with the same item.

For example, in order to use the membership card 9950a for small amount of balls, when it is essential to register at least the name, e-mail address, and password in the prize exchange system 9001, these user informations are registered (simple registration). After that, save a small amount of balls. After that, when formal mall member registration is required when exchanging prizes, if the user information registered by the above simple registration and the user information registered in the hall system 9002 do not match (for example, the e-mail address is If they are different), the prize exchange system 9001 can preferentially handle the user information registered by the simple registration and control the user information to be displayed on the first user information display unit 9958e. On the contrary, it is also possible to preferentially handle the user information registered in the hall system 9002 and control the user information to be displayed on the first user information display unit 9958e. Further, when there is such a discrepancy in the contents, it is possible to display the fact at a predetermined position on the small amount ball storage member registration screen 9958.

Further, in the prize exchange system 9001, it is premised that the unique ID of the membership card 9950b of the hall system 9002 and the unique ID of the membership card 9950a for small amount storage of the prize exchange system 9001 are unique as the whole system. If such a premise is not guaranteed by the standard of the card or the like, the prize exchange system 9001 can provide a look-up table regarding the unique ID and control it so that duplicate unique IDs cannot be registered.

[Ball storage integration function]
Next, the ball storage integration function in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

Here, the configuration of the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention is further expanded to provide a plurality of game medium types (for example, pachinko (4 yen lending) and slots) having different lending unit prices (lending rates). In the hall store where the game medium of (20 yen rental) can be used, it is configured to have a ball storage integration function that enables the storage of balls of one game medium type to be integrated (entered) with the storage of other game medium types. For example, according to the instructions of the player, the pachinko (4 yen lending) balls can be integrated (entered) into the slot (20 yen lending) balls. By configuring the prize exchange system 9001 in this way, it is possible to handle the stored balls of the game media of a plurality of game media types in total, and the balls of the game media of each game medium type cannot be exchanged. The prizes can be exchanged.

Further, if it is possible to replay using the stored balls of the game media of the integrated game media type in this way, the game medium of the corresponding game machine is not limited to the game medium type held by the player. By integrating into the types, it is possible to play a game with a desired game machine.

First, with reference to FIG. 244, the functional outline of the prize POS9500 ″ of the prize exchange system 9001 extended so as to realize the ball storage integrated function will be described. FIG. 244 is a functional block diagram of the prize POS9500 ″. The prize POS9500'' includes an access control unit 9511, a prize POS control unit 9512, a prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513'', a storefront prize management unit 9514, a hall computer cooperation control unit 9515'', a display control unit 9516, and a network I. / Includes F portion 9517.

Here, the functions of the prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513 ″ and the hall computer cooperation control unit 9515 ″ are expanded as compared with the prize POS9500. The prize exchange terminal cooperation control unit 9513 ″ relays data transmission / reception between the prize exchange device and the hall computer 9400 regarding the process of requesting the acquisition of the number of medals in the ball storage integration process described later. Further, the hall computer cooperation control unit 9515'' acquires or updates the information on the ball storage of each game medium type stored in the hall computer 9400 from the hall computer 9400 to the prize exchange device regarding the ball storage integration process described later. At that time, the process of relaying the data related to the quantity of the game media for each game medium type is performed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 245, the functional outline of the prize exchange terminal 9530 ″ of the prize exchange system 9001 expanded so as to realize the ball storage integrated function will be described. FIG. 245 is a functional block diagram of the prize exchange terminal 9530 ″. The prize exchange terminal 9530 ″ includes an access control unit 9541, a prize exchange control unit 9542 ′, a display control unit 9544, and a network I / F unit 9545.

In the prize exchange terminal 9530'', compared to the prize exchange terminal 9530, the prize exchange control unit 9542'requests that the player's balls managed in the hall store be acquired, and the integrated setting data set in the hall store. According to the above, the acquired balls are converted into the quantity of game media of a specific game medium type, and the prize exchange is controlled according to the quantity of the converted game media. In addition, the hall computer 9400 is instructed to have the player select and specify the actual game medium type to be used for the prize exchange and subtract the number of game media of the consumed game medium type.

Next, with reference to FIG. 246, the functional outline of the core server 9600 ″ of the prize exchange system 9001 expanded so as to realize the ball storage integrated function will be described. FIG. 246 is a functional block diagram of the core server 9600 ″. The core server 9600'' is a mall member management unit 9601, a prize selection control unit 9604, a prize exchange control unit 9605', a prize order control unit 9606, a hall store outside device management unit 9607, an in-store prize management unit 9608, and a prize display control unit. Includes 9609, prize initial display control unit 9610, user information display control unit 9611, game media type definition data management unit 9612, network I / F unit 9613, and game media integrated control unit 9616.

In the core server 9600 ″, the function of the prize exchange control unit 9605 ′ is expanded as compared with the core server 9600, and the game medium integrated control unit 9616 is added. The game media integrated control unit 9616 updates the contents of the game media integrated setting table 9666, which will be described later, in response to the setting operation of the integrated setting data from each hall store, and when the prize is exchanged, the prize exchange control unit 9605' In cooperation with the prize exchange device, the display of the number of game media and the exchange value of the prize in the prize exchange device is controlled based on the contents of the game media integrated setting table 9666 for the corresponding hall store in response to the request from the prize exchange device. To do.

The core server 9600 ″ also includes a core DB 9650 ″. In the core DB 9650 ″, in addition to each table included in the core DB 9650 shown in FIG. 186, a game medium integrated setting table 9666 is included.

As shown in FIG. 248, the game medium integration setting table 9666 stores data for defining what kind of integration the stored balls of the game media of each game medium type perform for each hall store. In the example of the game medium integrated setting table 9666 shown in FIG. 248, the game medium type is uniform in each hall store, and pachinko (4 yen lending), pachinko (1 yen lending), slot (20 yen lending), and slot (20 yen lending). It is assumed that there are four types (5 yen loan). Further, "0" of the item corresponding to each game medium type indicates that the integration with the game medium of another game medium type is not performed, and "1" and "2" indicate games of other game medium types. Indicates that integration with the medium will be performed. However, the game medium type in which "1" is set can be integrated into the game medium type in which the same "1" is set. Similarly, the game medium type in which "2" is set is the same "2". It is possible to integrate into the game medium type in which "2" is set.

For example, in a hall store with a store code = "445", pachinko (4 yen lending) and pachinko (1 yen lending) are integrated, and slots (20 yen lending) and slots (5 yen lending) can be used for any game medium type. Not integrated. In the hall store with the store code = "487", pachinko (4 yen lending) and pachinko (1 yen lending) are integrated, slots (20 yen lending) and slots (5 yen lending) are integrated, and pachinko game media are integrated. , The game media of the slots are set to be integrated.

In addition, in the hall store with store code = "623", all game media types of pachinko (4 yen lending), pachinko (1 yen lending), slot (20 yen lending), and slot (5 yen lending) are integrated. To. At the hall store with store code = "788", no integration will be performed for all pachinko (4 yen lending), pachinko (1 yen lending), slot (20 yen lending), and slot (5 yen lending). Is set to.

In this example, the game media integration setting table 9666 manages how the stored balls of the game media of each game medium type are integrated (entered) for each hall store. It is also possible to set integration conditions for each member of the hall store. For example, the integration conditions may be switched according to the number of game media (number of stored balls) held by the member, the number of games played, the game period, the investment amount, the number of visits to the store, and the like.

In this example, the number of stored balls of the game medium for each game medium type is still held in the game medium holding number management table 9432 of the hall computer, and the game medium of each game medium type is used when exchanging prizes. In order to specify what kind of game medium type can be handled, the game medium integrated setting table 9666 is provided. Therefore, in the game medium integration setting table 9666, the integration source (boarding source) and the integration destination (boarding destination) are not specified, and the stored balls of which game media type are used (preferred consumption) in the prize exchange. ) Is substantially specified when giving a prize exchange instruction, which will be described later.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 249 and 250, the flow from prize selection to prize exchange will be described by the ball storage integration function of the prize exchange system 9001.

First, in step S2341, the player touches the prize selection device (that is, the non-contact IC card reader / writer 9554 of the prize selection device such as the viewer 9550). The card used at this time is, for example, a mall membership card 9962a that can be used in the prize exchange system 9001, and the mall membership card 9962a has not yet been registered as a mall member.

Next, in step S2342, the player gives a prize selection instruction and registers the shopping list. For example, on the prize selection instruction screen 910 as shown in FIG. 24 (B), the player selects a prize candidate from among many prizes that may be exchanged in the future. The prize will be registered in the shopping list. Such a shopping list is stored in the shopping list management table 9653 of the core server 9600 ″ shown in FIG. 246.

In addition to the processing in the prize selection device described above, in step S2344, the player plays a game on the game machine, and when the game medium is acquired here, in step S2345, a counting device such as the island-end counting device 9520 is used. The ball is stored in association with the counting result of the game medium and the membership card 9962b of the hall store. The counting result (quantity) of the game media associated with the member card 9962b is stored in the game medium holding number management table 9432 of the hall computer 9400 in association with the member ID for each game medium type. In this example, the number of game media of the player is managed in the hall system 9002 introduced in each hall store.

Then, after step S2342, the player registers as a mall member using the mall membership card 9962a. At this time, the mall membership card 9962a is associated with the membership card 9962b of the hall system 9002 by, for example, the membership card linking process as shown in FIGS. 234 and 235, and the hall system in the prize exchange system 9001. It is assumed that the number of game media of the player managed by 9002 can be grasped.

Next, in step S2346, with respect to the prize exchange device such as the prize exchange terminal 9350'' (that is, for the non-contact IC card reader / writer of the prize exchange device such as the prize exchange terminal 9350''). The player touches the mall membership card 9962a.

Next, in step S2347, the prize exchange device requests the prize POS9500 ″ to acquire the number of game media. When the prize POS9500'' receives the acquisition request, in step S2348, the player of the membership card 9962b (of the hall system 9002) corresponding to the mall membership card 9962a is asked to the hall computer 9400 by the hall system 9002. Make an acquisition request to acquire the quantity of game media to be held. In response to this acquisition request, the hall computer 9400 refers to the game medium holding number management table 9432 and acquires the holding number of the corresponding player's game media for each game medium type, and obtains this acquisition result as a prize POS 9500''. Send to. When the prize POS9500 ″ receives the acquisition result, it transmits the acquisition result to the prize exchange device that requested the acquisition (step S2348).

Next, in step S2349, the prize exchange device receives the acquisition result, that is, the number of game media (number of stored balls) for each game medium type of the player corresponding to the mall membership card 9962a from the prize POS9500 ″.

Next, in step S2350, an acquisition request for acquiring integrated setting data is made from the prize exchange device to the core server 9600 ″. When the core server 9600'' receives the acquisition request (step S2351), the core server 9600'' refers to the game medium integrated setting table 9666, acquires the integrated setting data of the corresponding hall store, and makes the acquisition request. (Step S2351).

In this example, it is determined how to integrate the holding quantities in the game media of each game media type by referring to the integrated setting data of the game media integrated setting table 9666 set in advance by the hall store. However, it is possible to display the integration confirmation screen (not shown) so that the player can select whether or not to integrate the game media in the first place. Further, on the integrated screen, the player can individually specify the integrated form of the game medium (for example, input data similar to the integrated setting data of the game medium integrated setting table 9666 described above). Such designation of the player may be made every time the prize is exchanged, or may be stored in a predetermined database. Further, the designation of such a player may be restricted so as to be within the range of the contents of the integrated setting data preset by the hall store.

Next, in step S2352, the prize exchange device receives the acquisition result, that is, the integrated setting data corresponding to the hall store in which the prize exchange device is arranged, from the core server 9600 ″.

Next, in step S2353, the prize exchange device integrates the value corresponding to the quantity of the game media related to the plurality of game media types (integrated) based on the acquired integrated setting data. Value) is obtained, and this integrated value is displayed together with the already registered shopping list on the prize exchange instruction screen (step S2361 in FIG. 250).

On the prize exchange instruction screen, one or more game media types after integration are displayed according to the integration setting data, and the corresponding integrated value is displayed, and there are a plurality of options for such game media types. Therefore, it is determined in step S2362 whether or not selection by the player is necessary. When it is determined that the selection by the player is necessary (YES in step S2362), the selection instruction of the game medium type is received from the player (step S2363).

After step S2363 or in step S2362, if it is determined that the player does not need to select (NO in step S2362), the player selects the prize displayed in the shopping list as the target of the actual prize exchange. Then, when the prize exchange is instructed (step S2364), the prize ordering instruction is given in response to the prize exchange instruction (step S2365).

Next, the prize exchange device notifies the prize POS9500'' together with the specified game medium type (step S2366) of the number of game media consumed by the exchange of the prize, and receives the number of consumed game media POS9500''. Transmits the number of consumed game media to the hall computer 9400 so that the number of received game media consumed is subtracted from the number of game media holding number management table 9432 managed by the hall computer 9400 (step S2637).

For example, FIG. 251 shows an example of a prize exchange instruction screen displayed by such control. On the prize exchange instruction screen 9964 of FIG. 251, the hall store display unit 9964a in which the store code and the member ID (mall member ID) are displayed, and the game after integration is performed based on the integration setting data (after integration). The medium quantity (integrated value) is displayed for each game medium type after integration, the game medium type selection unit 9964b, the prize display unit 9964c for displaying the prizes registered in the favorite list, and the prizes selected in the prize exchange. Select prize detail display unit 9964d to display details, "Next" button 9964e instructing the prize display unit 9964c to display the next prize, and "exchange decision" to confirm the exchange of the prize selected in the prize exchange. Button 9964f is displayed.

In the example of the prize exchange instruction screen 9964 of FIG. 251, the situation when the player with the member ID = "C112" exchanges prizes at the hall store with the store code = "445" is displayed. Here, the hall store with the store code = "445" is set for the game medium type of pachinko (4 yen lending) and pachinko (1 yen lending) as set in the game medium integrated setting table 9666 shown in FIG. 248. Can be integrated, and the game medium types of slots (20 yen lending) and slots (5 yen lending) cannot be integrated, and are grasped as individual game medium types.

On the other hand, in the game medium holding number management table 9432 with the member ID = "C112" in the store code = "445" shown in FIG. 247 (A), the number of pachinko (4 yen lending) is 100 and the pachinko (1 yen lending). ) Is 2000, the number of slots (20 yen loan) is 330, and the quantity of slots (5 yen loan) is 200.

Therefore, in the example of the prize exchange instruction screen 9964 of FIG. 251, from the contents of the above-mentioned game medium integrated setting table 9666 and the contents of the game medium holding number management table 9432, the game medium type selection unit 9964b has a pachinko (4 yen). 100 x 4 + 2000 = 2400 is displayed as the integrated quantity (integrated value) of the quantities of the game media types of lending) and pachinko (1 yen lending) (however, it is displayed based on the exchange value of 1 yen lending). The quantity of the slot (20 yen loan) by game medium type is displayed as the integrated value as 330 x 20 = 6600 (however, it is displayed based on the exchange value of the 1 yen loan), and the slot (5 yen loan). ) Is displayed as the integrated value of 200 x 5 = 1000 as it is (however, it is displayed based on the exchange value of 1 yen loan).

In addition, the game media type selection unit 9964b displays check boxes corresponding to each integrated game media type, and the player checks one of the check boxes to display the game media types. Any of these can be used for prize exchange. In the example of FIG. 251, the game medium type of pachinko (4 yen lending + 1 yen lending integrated) is selected, and the maximum value that can be exchanged at this time is 2400 (however, 1 yen lending). Based on the exchange value). In this example, the maximum exchange value of the prize displayed on the prize display unit 9964c is 2400 by checking the game medium type of the pachinko (4 yen loan + 1 yen loan integrated) with the check box. Therefore, the frying pan (exchange value = 6700) displayed in FIG. 252 or the like, which will be described later, is hidden on the prize exchange instruction screen 9964 of FIG. 251. Instead, a cup (exchange value = 500) is used as the prize (4). It is displayed.

In the example of FIG. 251 as described above, the quantity of each game medium type is displayed based on the exchange value of 1 yen loan, and each prize displayed on the prize display unit 9964c is also the same. Although the display is based on the exchange value of a 1-yen loan, it may be displayed using another value standard. For example, in FIG. 251 the exchange value of the prize drink (500 mL × 48) displayed on the upper left of the prize display unit 9964c is displayed as “1000”, and if this is an equivalent exchange, the value is 1000 yen. It becomes.

When the prize displayed on the prize display unit 9964c is selected by touching or the like, the details of the prize are added to the selected prize detail display unit 9964d, and the number of prizes to be exchanged can be specified at the bottom. The current consumption quantity of the game medium type and the remaining quantity are displayed in. Further, when the "exchange decision" button 9964f is touched while the details of the prize are displayed on the selected prize detail display unit 9964d, a predetermined operation is requested as necessary, and then the selected prize detail display unit 9964d is displayed. With the displayed prize (and the specified quantity), the prize exchange is confirmed and the prize ordering instruction is given.

Further, FIG. 252 shows another example of the prize exchange instruction screen displayed by such control. On the prize exchange instruction screen 9966 of FIG. 252, the hall store display unit 9966a in which the store code and the member ID (mall member ID) are displayed, and the game after integration is performed based on the integration setting data (after integration). The medium quantity is displayed for each game medium type after integration, the game medium type selection unit 9966b, the prize display unit 9966c for displaying the prizes registered in the favorite list, and the details of the prizes selected in the prize exchange. The "Next" button 9966e, which instructs the selected prize detail display unit 9966d and the prize display unit 9966c to display the next prize, and the "Exchange decision" button 9966f, which confirms the exchange of the selected prize in the prize exchange, are displayed. Will be done.

In the example of the prize exchange instruction screen 9966 of FIG. 252, the situation when the player with the member ID = "C433" exchanges prizes at the hall store with the store code = "623" is displayed. Here, the hall stores with the store code = "623" are pachinko (4 yen lending), pachinko (1 yen lending), and slots (20 yen lending) as set in the game medium integrated setting table 9666 shown in FIG. 248. All game media types of rental) and slots (5 yen rental) can be integrated, and the quantity of game media of all game media types is grasped as one value (value that can be exchanged for prizes).

On the other hand, in the game medium holding number management table 9432 with the member ID = "C433" in the store code = "623" shown in FIG. 247 (B), the number of pachinko (4 yen loan) is 200 and the pachinko (1 yen loan). ) Is 1900, the number of slots (20 yen loan) is 100, and the quantity of slots (5 yen loan) is 400.

Therefore, in the example of the prize exchange instruction screen 9966 of FIG. 252, from the contents of the above-mentioned game medium integration setting table 9666 and the contents of the game medium holding number management table 9432, the game medium type selection unit 9966b has a pachinko (4 yen). 200 x 4 + 1900 + 100 x 20 + 400 x 5 = 6700 is displayed as the integrated quantity of all game media types of (rental), pachinko (1 yen lending), slot (20 yen lending), and slot (5 yen lending). (However, it is displayed based on the exchange value of 1 yen loan).

In addition, a check box corresponding to the integrated game medium type is displayed in the game medium type selection unit 9966b, and the player selects the game medium type as a consideration for the prize exchange by checking this check box. (As in this example, if there is only one game medium type after integration, it may be automatically selected without checking the check box). In the example of FIG. 252, the only displayed check box is selected, and the maximum value that can be exchanged for a prize at this time is 6700 (however, based on the exchange value of 1 yen loan).

In the example of FIG. 252, as described above, the quantity of each game medium type is displayed based on the exchange value of 1 yen loan, and each prize displayed on the prize display unit 9966c is also 1 yen loan. Although the display is based on the exchange value, other value standards may be used for the display.

When the prize displayed on the prize display unit 9966c is selected by touching or the like, the details of the prize are added to the selected prize detail display unit 9966d, and the number of prizes to be exchanged can be specified at the bottom. The current consumption quantity of the game medium type and the remaining quantity are displayed in. Further, when the "exchange decision" button 9966f is touched while the details of the prize are displayed on the selected prize detail display unit 9966d, a predetermined operation is requested as necessary, and then the selected prize detail display unit 9966d is displayed. With the displayed prize (and the specified quantity), the prize exchange is confirmed and the prize ordering instruction is given.

Next, the flow of the prize exchange instruction on the prize exchange instruction screen will be described with reference to FIGS. 253 to 258. FIG. 253 shows yet another example of the prize exchange instruction screen displayed by the control of the ball storage integration function described above. On the prize exchange instruction screen 9868 of FIG. 253, the hall store display unit 9868a in which the store code and the member ID (mall member ID) are displayed, and the game after the integration is performed based on the integration setting data (after integration). The medium quantity is displayed for each game medium type after integration, the game medium type selection unit 9966b, the prize display unit 9966c for displaying the prizes registered in the favorite list, and the details of the prizes selected in the prize exchange. A "Next" button 9868e that instructs the selected prize detail display unit 9868d and the prize display unit 9868c to display the next prize, and a "Exchange decision" button 9868f that confirms the exchange of the selected prize in the prize exchange are displayed. Will be done.

In the example of the prize exchange instruction screen 9966 of FIG. 253, the situation when the player with the member ID = "C238" exchanges prizes at the hall store with the store code = "487" is displayed. Here, the hall stores with the store code = "487" are pachinko (4 yen lending) and pachinko (1 yen lending) game media types as set in the game media integrated setting table 9666 shown in FIG. 248. The quantity of the game media of the above can be integrated, and further, the quantity of the slot (20 yen loan) and the game medium of the slot (5 yen loan) type can be integrated.

On the other hand, in the game medium holding number management table 9432 with the member ID = "C238" in the store code = "487" shown in FIG. 247 (C), the number of pachinko (4 yen loan) is 300 and the pachinko (1 yen loan). ) Is 2500, the number of slots (20 yen loan) is 200, and the quantity of slots (5 yen loan) is 800.

Therefore, in the example of the prize exchange instruction screen 9966 of FIG. 253, from the contents of the above-mentioned game medium integrated setting table 9666 and the contents of the game medium holding number management table 9432, the game medium type selection unit 9966b is charged with a pachinko (4 yen). As the integrated quantity of the game media types of pachinko (rental) and pachinko (1 yen rental), 300 x 4 + 2500 x 1 = 3700, slot (20 yen rental), and slot (5 yen rental) game media type 200 x 20 + 800 x 5 = 8000 is displayed as the integrated quantity (however, it is displayed based on the exchange value of 1 yen loan).

In addition, the game media type selection unit 9966b displays check boxes corresponding to the integrated game media types, and the player checks the check boxes to select the game media type as a consideration for the prize exchange. can do. In the example of FIG. 253, the check box corresponding to the game medium type of the slot is selected, and the maximum value that can be exchanged at this time is 8000 (however, based on the exchange value of 1 yen loan). if you did this).

In the example of FIG. 253, as described above, the quantity of each game medium type is displayed based on the exchange value of 1 yen loan, and each prize displayed on the prize display unit 9966c is also 1 yen loan. Although the display is based on the exchange value, other value standards may be used for the display.

Here, when the prize displayed on the prize display unit 9966c is selected by touching or the like (arrow 9868 g), the prize exchange instruction screen 9868 transitions as shown in FIG. 254 and is selected by the selected prize detail display unit 9868d. The prize detail 9966x of the prize (1) is added, and by touching the "+" display portion displayed in association with the prize (1) on the prize detail 9966x (arrow 9966i), the prize (arrow 9966i) You can change the order quantity in 1) (If you touch the "-" display, you can reduce the order quantity). When the prize (1) is first selected by a touch or the like shown by the arrow 9966g in FIG. 253, the order quantity of the prize is 1, and the order quantity display unit displayed in association with the prize (1). The content of is displayed as "1". Further, the current consumption quantity of the game medium type shown at the bottom of the selected prize detail display unit 9966d is displayed as "1000", and the remaining quantity of the game medium type is displayed as "7000". Further, on the prize (1) displayed on the prize display unit 9966c, the selection display 9966h of "selecting" is overlapped and displayed.

FIG. 255 displays a prize exchange instruction screen 9868 that is displayed when the order quantity of the prize (1) is changed to 2 by a touch or the like as shown by the arrow 9868i in FIG. 254. In the prize detail 9966x, the content of the order quantity display unit displayed in association with the prize (1) is updated from "1" to "2". Further, the current consumption quantity of the game medium type shown at the bottom of the selected prize detail display unit 9966d is displayed as "2000" because the order quantity of the prize (1) is two, and the game medium is displayed. The remaining quantity of the type is displayed as "6000".

Further, regarding the prize (2) displayed on the prize display unit 9966c, since the exchange value exceeds the remaining quantity "6000" of the game medium type described above, the guidance display 9966j "not enough" is overlapped. It is controlled so that it cannot be selected by touch or the like.

In this situation, when the prize (3) displayed on the prize display unit 9966c is further selected by touching or the like (arrow 9966k), the prize exchange instruction screen 9966 transitions as shown in FIG. 256, and the selected prize details are displayed. The prize details 9966y of the selected prize (3) are added to the unit 9966d. When the prize (3) is selected, the order quantity of the prize is 1, and the content of the order quantity display unit displayed in association with the prize (3) is displayed as "1". Further, the current consumption quantity of the game medium type shown at the bottom of the selected prize detail display unit 9966d is displayed as "4400" by adding the exchange value corresponding to the prize (3), and is displayed as "4400" for the game medium type. The remaining quantity is displayed as "3600". Further, on the prize (3) displayed on the prize display unit 9966c, the selection display 9966h of "selecting" is overlapped and displayed.

Here, when the "exchange decision" button 9868f is selected by touching or the like (arrow 9966L), the prize exchange instruction screen 9868 transitions as shown in FIG. 257, and the game medium type is displayed in the center of the prize exchange instruction screen 9966. The quantity designation unit 9966m is popped up.

In the selected prize detail display unit 9868d on the prize exchange instruction screen 9966 shown in FIG. 256, the consumption medium quantity related to the prize exchange is 4400, and in the game medium type quantity designation unit 9868m shown in FIG. 257, the exchange value of the “4400” is Is to be consumed (paid) in which game medium type. In this example, the number of game media held by the player is integrated in the slot (20 yen loan) and slot (5 yen loan) game medium types, but they are integrated into either game medium type in advance. Since this is not the case, the player can specify the combination of the game medium types consumed in the prize exchange.

In the game medium type quantity designation unit 9966m shown in FIG. 257, the player inputs a quantity equal to or less than the holding quantity in the designated quantity input field for each game medium type and allocates the consumption quantity so that the total becomes 4400. adjust. Here, the exchange value of the prize exchange is displayed based on the exchange value of the 1-yen loan. The player can input the quantity into the designated quantity in various patterns while observing the holding quantity of each game medium type. For example, if the player wants to preferentially consume the number of game media of the slot (20 yen loan) type, he / she can input a large number of slots (20 yen loan), and conversely, the slot (20 yen loan). If you want to preferentially consume the number of game media for each type of game medium (rented for 5 yen), you can enter a large number of slots (rented for 5 yen).

Here, it is desirable for the player to input the quantity of slots (20 yen loan) and slot (5 yen loan) so that the total is exactly 4400, but the relationship between the combination of game media types and the holding quantity, and Depending on the priority of the player, the total consumption may exceed 4400. In the prize exchange system 9001, even when such a fraction occurs in the integration, the prize exchange instruction can be normally received (by truncating the fraction or leaving it as it is).

In such a designation using the game medium type quantity designation unit 9966m, the number of game media held by the player is substantially stored in the hall system 9002 (by storing in the game medium holding number management table 9432 or the like). It is managed for each game medium type, and is required when the game media are integrated and managed for the first time when the game medium is consumed in the prize exchange. On the other hand, when the number of game media held by a player is irreversibly integrated and managed in advance according to the definition of the game medium integration setting table 9666, the game medium type quantity designation unit 9966 m is used. It is not necessary to specify it.

When the player inputs a desired quantity into the designated quantity in the game medium type quantity designation unit 9868m of FIG. 257 and the total becomes "4400", the "OK" button 9868n is selected by the player by touch or the like. Then, the prize exchange is confirmed and the prize ordering instruction is given by the specified quantity of the game medium.

FIG. 258 shows a different game medium type quantity designation unit 9868 m'that is different from the game media type quantity designation unit 9966 m shown in FIG. 257. The game medium type quantity designation unit 9966m'is also popped up in the center of the prize exchange instruction screen 9966.

In the game medium type quantity designation unit 9966m', the allocation of the consumption quantity for each game medium type is presented in advance in three patterns. In each display column, the holding quantity of the game medium type is displayed on the right side of "/", and the consumption quantity is displayed on the left side of "/" as a quantity equal to or less than the holding quantity. In the example of FIG. 258, pattern 1 is a pattern in which the exchange value of "4400" is to be paid by consuming about half of each of the slot (20 yen loan) and the slot (5 yen loan). , Pattern 2 is a pattern in which the player tries to pay by preferentially consuming the slot (20 yen loan) for the exchange value of the total "4400", and pattern 3 is the pattern 3 for the exchange value of the total "4400". This is a pattern in which payment is made by preferentially consuming slots (5 yen loan).

Further, on the right side of the three patterns, there is a user-designated input unit in which the player can freely determine the distribution. In each input field, the holding quantity of the game medium type is fixedly displayed on the right side of "/", and the consumption quantity is equal to or less than the holding quantity of the player on the left side of "/". You can enter the quantity of.

The player decides which allocation to select from the above-mentioned three patterns and the user's designation by checking the corresponding check box. After that, when the "OK" button 9966n'is selected by the player by touch or the like, the prize exchange is confirmed by the specified quantity of game media, and the prize ordering instruction is given.

In the above example, the quantity of the game medium for each type of game medium consumed in the prize exchange is determined by the direct input by the player or the selection of the presented pattern each time the prize ordering instruction is given. By setting distribution rules and distribution patterns, the quantity of game media for each type of game media to be consumed can be determined without giving any special instructions when ordering prizes. Good.

In this example, the quantity of game media (the quantity of game media stored by the player) for each game medium type consumed in the prize exchange is managed by the hall system 9002, and the prize is exchanged with the membership card 9962b of the hall system 9002. By linking the mall membership card 9962a of the system 9001, the quantity of the game medium is configured to be used for the prize exchange of the prize exchange system 9001, but the ball storage integration function of the present invention is such a member. It is not limited to the method using card linkage. For example, the player can acquire the player's ball storage information by reading the receipt issued by the hall system 9002 with the prize POS, and transmit the ball storage information from the prize POS to the prize exchange device of the prize exchange system 9001. It is possible to exchange prizes with the stored balls.

Further, the prize exchange can be realized by configuring the player's ball storage information managed by the hall system 9002 to be managed by the prize exchange system 9001 by various other methods. Further, the player's ball storage information can be configured to be mainly managed by the prize exchange system 9001.

Further, in this embodiment, on the prize exchange instruction screen, the player's ball storage information is displayed in the state after the game media are integrated according to the integrated setting data of the game medium integrated setting table 9666, and the exchange value of the prize is also displayed. Is configured to be displayed with a unified exchange value such as 1 yen, but a screen in which the player gives a prize selection instruction and registers a shopping list, that is, FIG. 24 (B). ), The same form can be displayed on the prize selection instruction screen 910.

Further, in this embodiment, as described above, the holding quantity of the integrated game medium for the player at the stage of displaying on the prize exchange instruction screen according to the integrated setting data of the game medium integrated setting table 9666. However, the integration may be irreversibly performed at a predetermined timing, and the state may be stored in the game medium holding number management table 9432 of the hall system 9002 or the database of the prize exchange system 9001.

Furthermore, each hall store or individual player may be able to set a default setting or a more specific mode regarding the integration of game media. For example, it is specified that a part of the pachinko (4 yen lending) coins is integrated as the pachinko (1 yen lending) coins, or the slot (20) is limited to 200 coins (or 4000 per 1 yen coin). You can specify to integrate the yen loan) into the slot (5 yen loan). Further, with respect to such an integration function, a specific integration may be permitted (or prohibited) for a predetermined period, or an upper limit of integration may be set for a predetermined period.

In addition, when integrating the holding quantity of game media across multiple game media types, a certain fee will be collected from the player (or hall store) as an integration fee according to the number of times of use and the value of use. You may.

[Product management function by site]
Next, the site-specific product management function further expanded in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

As shown in FIG. 173, when the prize exchange system 9001 treats products of a plurality of online shopping sites as prizes, in order to manage the products of each online shopping site, a product management table for each site is set for each online shopping site. Have. Then, after performing price adjustment through various filters (for example, a filter including price adjustment by the prize price adjustment function as shown in FIG. 211) from the product information and the like stored in the product management table for each site. , The information of the price-adjusted product is stored in the posted product table. Here, the posted product table is provided for each online shopping site in the same manner as the site-specific product management table, and is associated with the site-specific product management table on a one-to-one basis.

When the same product exists in the product management table for each site, that is, when the same product is listed on multiple online shopping sites, for example, it is actually displayed as a prize in the prize exchange system 9001 under the following conditions. Determined as a product to be (listed).

(1) If the prices to be posted after price adjustment are the same, select the one with the larger ratio of sales commissions that differ for each online shopping site.
(2) If the prices to be posted after sales adjustment are the same, select the one with the lowest purchase price from the online shopping site.

By selecting the products to be listed as prizes according to these conditions, the profit of the computer center that operates and manages the prize exchange system 9001 is secured, and the prize exchange system 9001 is introduced and the prize exchange terminal 9530 is installed. The return to the hall store can be increased.

In order to realize such a mechanism, the purchase price and sales commission (for example, the ratio to the predetermined standard value) for each product are managed in either the product management table or the posted product table provided for each online shopping site. To do. In addition to the cases where the sales commission is set for each product as described above, the sales commission is set in various units (for example, a fixed ratio for online shopping) according to the agreement between the online shopping site and the computer center. It can be determined by the sales commission, the sales commission set for each product category, etc.), and based on this setting, the sales commission is stored in the corresponding manner.

The purchase price of the product and the sales commission (percentage number, etc.) may be received as data from the online shopping site, or may be entered by the administrator of the computer center.

The above-mentioned site-specific product management function is only an example, and products for each online shopping site can be managed by various other methods.

[Payment method for hall stores]
Next, in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, a payment method when the hall store pays the prize price will be described.

When the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention is introduced in the hall store and the prize is exchanged in the system, the computer center charges the hall store for the prize price, but the hall The store can make payment by, for example, the following method.

(1) Immediate settlement is made to the bank account of the hall store.
(2) At the end of a certain period, an invoice will be issued, and the hall store will make payment by wire transfer, etc. based on this.
(3) The so-called factoring company collects money several times a month, and the hall store pays by wire transfer or the like based on this.

On the other hand, different sales commissions for each product exchanged for prizes are added up for a certain period of time, and the total amount is paid from the computer center to the hall store at a predetermined timing. At this time, it is necessary for the hall store side to output a form that can be used to erase the contents of the list of products exchanged for prizes, including the list of sales commissions.

The form may be output by a management server (for example, a hall computer 9400) in the hall store, or may be output by a server on the computer center side (for example, a core server 9600) and sent to each hall store. In these processes, the data that is the basis for calculating the sales commission for each of the products exchanged for prizes is stored in the product management table or the posted product table, and the server refers to these data and determines a predetermined value. Distribution is managed by a distribution method (for example, if 7%, 2% is distributed to the computer center and 5% is distributed to the hall store).

The above-mentioned explanation of the payment method and the like of the hall store is only an example, and payment and the like can be made by various other methods.

[Category display of prizes]
Next, a method of displaying the category of the prize in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

In the prize selection device (viewer 9550 (large viewer 9550a, small viewer 9550b)) of the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, a category list is displayed so that the prize can be efficiently selected. To. For example, the condition display unit (9903, 9904) shown on the prize selection instruction screen 9900 in FIG. 203 is a part corresponding to this category list.

In the prize selection device of the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, the program stored in the prize selection device has a common product category classification table, and the product category classification is performed by the program. The table is read and the category list is displayed on the display device of the prize selection device.

Further, the product category classification table is transferred in advance from the core server 9600 or the like by a predetermined protocol (for example, a protocol such as FTP) at a predetermined timing and stored in the storage device of the prize selection device, where the above program is stored. The category list may be displayed by referring to this product category classification table.

In the above program stored in the prize selection device, when the products in the posted product table set for each online shopping site are displayed on the display device of the prize selection device, the displayed products and the categories of the product category classification table are displayed. It is automatically associated, and when the user selects one of the category lists, the products belonging to the selected category are displayed in a list accordingly.

Such a category list does not change frequently, but if there is a change, the above program will be changed. When the product category classification table is stored in the storage device of the prize selection device, the changed product category classification table is stored in the prize selection device by a predetermined protocol (for example, a protocol such as FTP) from the core server 9600 or the like. Transferred.

The above-mentioned mechanism for displaying the category of the prize is only an example, and the category of the prize can be displayed by various other methods.

Further, in the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, the category list can be displayed also on the prize exchange device (prize exchange terminal 9530), for example, the prize exchange instruction screen (prize exchange instruction screen 950). In (a screen similar to FIG. 27 (B)), the category list can be displayed by the same method as the above-described mechanism.

As described above, the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention has been illustrated by using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, but the description so far is only one embodiment, and various In other forms, the characteristic computer system of the present invention can be realized. For example, each function of the prize exchange system 9001 may be executed by a plurality of servers distributed at different sites, or a plurality of functions may be executed by one server. In addition, the prize exchange system 9001 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention can be appropriately used as the prize exchange system according to the other embodiment described above (the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention or the first aspect of the present invention). It can also be applied to the prize exchange system 7001) according to the eighth embodiment.

1,1001,2001,3001,4001,5001,6001,7001,9001 Free gift exchange system 10,1010,2010,4010,5010,7010,9010 Game machine 20,1020,2020,4020,5020,7020,9020 Sand device 400, 1400, 2400, 4400, 5400, 7400, 9400 Hall Computer 500, 1500, 2500, 4500, 5500, 7500, 9500, 9500', 9500'' Freebie POS
520, 1520, 2520, 4520, 5520 Free gift POS cooperation dedicated terminal 530, 1530, 2530, 4530, 5530 Dedicated terminal 540, 1540, 2540, 3540, 4235, 4540, 5235, 5540, 7570, 9570 Smartphone 600, 1600, 2600 3,600, 4600, 5600, 7600, 9600, 9600', 9600'' Core server 700, 1700, 2700, 7700, 9700 Shop management server 900, 1800, 2800 ASP-I / F server 820, 1820, 2820 Individual shop I / F server 840, 1840, 2840 EC mall I / F server 1090, 2090, 7090, 9090 Connection management device 1110, 2110, 9950a Membership card for small amount of balls 1685, 7685, 9685 AP server 4150 Exchange ticket issuing device 4200 Online gift ticketing Server 4210 Mail order free gift purchase server 4220, 5220, 5220', 7680, 9680 Mobile I / F server 4260 Mail order free gift exchange ticket 5150 DL software ticket issuing device 5200 DL software ticket issuing server 5210 DL software purchase server 5215 DL software usage management Server 5260 DL software ticket 6170 Coupon exchange server 6200 Coupon management server 6260 Coupon ticket 7530, 9530, 9530', 9530''Premium exchange terminal 7550, 9550 Viewer 7800 Cross-sectional EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7820 EC mall management system I / F server 7840, 9840 Shop system I / F server 7860 Individual shop I / F server 7870, 9870 Management terminal 9520 Shimabata counting device 9842a, 9842b Shop system 9800 Payment management server

Claims (14)

A prize exchange system including a prize selection device and a prize exchange device arranged in a hall store, and a server connected to the prize selection device and the prize exchange device via a network.
Including a product information storage means for storing product information related to products on the online shopping site,
The prize selection device is
A first display means for displaying at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage means according to the first predetermined operation by the player.
When the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a candidate for a prize, the prize selection control that transmits the product identification information for identifying the selected product to the server. With means,
The server
A prize list storage means for storing product identification information received from the prize selection device is provided.
The prize exchange device is
A second display means for displaying product information of a product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means in response to a second predetermined operation by the player.
When the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a prize to be exchanged, the online shopping site is instructed to order the product. It is provided with a prize exchange control means for transmitting product identification information for identifying the selected product to the server.
The product information stored in the product information storage means includes a product category.
When the product information is initially displayed on the first display means in response to the operation of the player, a prize display control for switching the initially displayed product information is performed based on the setting for each hall store. I,
The prize display control determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and the product information of the product belonging to the determined category is prioritized over the first display means at the display timing. Control to display on
The prize exchange system is characterized in that the setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system. The prize selection device further includes a storage medium reading means for reading the contents of the storage medium presented by the player to the prize selection device.
In the prize display control, among the products previously selected by the player as a candidate for the prize in the prize selection device, the product not selected as the prize to be exchanged in the prize exchange device is stored in the storage medium. specified according to the user information obtained on the basis of the contents, and controlling to preferentially display the product information of the products which the identified on the first display means, according to claim 1 Free gift exchange system. The prize display control is characterized in that, among the products corresponding to the product information stored in the product information storage means, the display control for displaying the product information of the products in a predetermined range is included in claim 1 or 2 . The prize exchange system described. The prize selection device further includes an imaging device.
The invention according to any one of claims 1 to 3 , wherein the content of the prize display control is determined according to the user information obtained based on the image data of the player photographed by the imaging device. Freebie exchange system. A server included in the prize exchange system
Product information storage means for storing product information related to products, including product categories,
When the player selects a product on the online shopping site, which is the product information received from the server and is indicated by the product information displayed on the display means of the prize selection device, as a candidate for the prize, the selected product. The product identification information receiving means for receiving the product identification information for identifying the product from the prize selection device, and
A prize list storage means for storing product identification information received from the prize selection device, and
The product indicated by the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store is used as a prize to be exchanged by the player. When selected, the product identification information that identifies the selected product is received from the prize exchange device and transmitted to another server so that the online shopping site is instructed to order the product. Equipped with a free gift exchange control means
When the product information is initially displayed on the display means of the prize selection device in response to the operation of the player, the product information transmitted to the prize selection device is controlled based on the settings for each hall store. , The prize display control for switching the product information initially displayed is performed.
The prize display control determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and preferentially displays the product information of the product belonging to the determined category to the display means at the display timing. Control to
The server for each hall store is set via a terminal operated by the hall store or the administrator of the prize exchange system . It is a prize display control method executed in a prize exchange system including a prize selection device and a prize exchange device arranged in a hall store, and a server connected to the prize selection device and the prize exchange device via a network.
In the prize selection device, at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage means for storing the product information related to the product on the online shopping site is displayed on the first display means in response to the first predetermined operation by the player. The first display step and
In the prize selection device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a candidate for a prize, the server provides product identification information for identifying the selected product. The prize selection control step to be sent to
In the prize exchange device, in response to the second predetermined operation by the player, the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means that stores the product identification information received from the prize selection device is stored. The second display step to be displayed on the second display means and
In the prize exchange device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a prize to be exchanged, an instruction to order the product is given to the online shopping site. As performed, a prize exchange control step of transmitting product identification information identifying the selected product to the server, and
When the product information is initially displayed on the first display means in response to the operation of the player, the prize display control step for switching the initially displayed product information based on the settings for each hall store. With
The product information stored in the product information storage means includes a product category.
The prize display control step determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and gives priority to the product information of the product belonging to the determined category over the first display means at the display timing. Control to display
The prize display control method , wherein the setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system . It is a prize display control method executed by the server included in the prize exchange system .
When the player selects a product on the online shopping site, which is the product information received from the server and is indicated by the product information displayed on the display means of the prize selection device, as a candidate for the prize, the selected product. The product identification information receiving step of receiving the product identification information for identifying the product from the prize selection device, and
A prize list storage step of storing the product identification information received from the prize selection device in the prize list storage means, and
The product indicated by the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store is used as a prize to be exchanged by the player. When selected, the product identification information that identifies the selected product is received from the prize exchange device and transmitted to another server so that the online shopping site is instructed to order the product. The prize exchange control step and
When the product information is initially displayed on the display means in response to the operation of the player, the initial display is performed by controlling the product information transmitted to the prize selection device based on the settings for each hall store. It is provided with a prize display control step for switching the product information to be performed.
The server includes a product information storage means for storing product information related to a product, including a product category.
The prize display control step determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and gives priority to the display means at the display timing for product information of products belonging to the determined category. Control to display ,
The prize display control method , wherein the setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system . A prize exchange system including a prize selection device and a prize exchange device arranged in a hall store, and a server connected to the prize selection device and the prize exchange device via a network.
Including a product information storage means for storing product information related to products on the online shopping site,
The prize selection device is
A first display means for displaying at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage means according to the first predetermined operation by the player.
When the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a candidate for a prize, the prize selection control that transmits the product identification information for identifying the selected product to the server. With means,
The server
A prize list storage means for storing product identification information received from the prize selection device is provided.
The prize exchange device is
A second display means for displaying product information of a product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means in response to a second predetermined operation by the player.
When the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a prize to be exchanged, the online shopping site is instructed to order the product. It is provided with a prize exchange control means for transmitting product identification information for identifying the selected product to the server.
The product information stored in the product information storage means includes a product category.
When the product information is initially displayed on the second display means in response to the operation of the player, a prize display control for switching the initially displayed product information is performed based on the setting for each hall store. I,
The prize display control determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and among the products corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means, the determined category is selected. The product information of the product to which the product belongs is controlled so as to be preferentially displayed on the second display means .
The prize exchange system is characterized in that the setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system. The prize selection device further includes a storage medium reading means for reading the contents of the storage medium presented by the player to the prize selection device.
In the prize display control, among the products previously selected by the player as a candidate for the prize in the prize selection device, the product not selected as the prize to be exchanged in the prize exchange device is stored in the storage medium. The eighth aspect of the present invention, wherein the product information of the specified product is specified according to the user information obtained based on the content, and the product information of the specified product is controlled to be preferentially displayed on the second display means. Free gift exchange system. The prize display control is characterized in that, among the products corresponding to the product information stored in the prize list storage means, the display control for displaying the product information of the products in a predetermined range is included in claim 8 or 9. The prize exchange system described. The prize exchange device further includes an imaging device.
The invention according to any one of claims 8 to 10 , wherein the content of the prize display control is determined according to the user information obtained based on the image data of the player photographed by the imaging device. Freebie exchange system. A server included in the prize exchange system
Product information storage means for storing product information related to products, including product categories,
When the player selects a product on the online shopping site, which is the product information received from the server and is indicated by the product information displayed on the display means of the prize selection device, as a candidate for the prize, the selected product. The product identification information receiving means for receiving the product identification information for identifying the product from the prize selection device, and
A prize list storage means for storing product identification information received from the prize selection device, and
The product received from the server and displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store and indicated by the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means is the player. When the product is selected as a prize to be exchanged, the product identification information for identifying the selected product is received from the prize exchange device so that the online shopping site is instructed to order the product. With a prize exchange control means, which sends the information to other servers,
When the product information is initially displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device in response to the operation of the player, the product information transmitted to the prize exchange device is controlled based on the settings for each hall store. , The prize display control for switching the product information initially displayed is performed.
The prize display control determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and among the products corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means, the determined category is selected. The product information of the product to which the product belongs is controlled so as to be preferentially displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device .
The server for each hall store is set via a terminal operated by the hall store or the administrator of the prize exchange system . It is a prize display control method executed in a prize exchange system including a prize selection device and a prize exchange device arranged in a hall store, and a server connected to the prize selection device and the prize exchange device via a network.
In the prize selection device, at least a part of the product information stored in the product information storage means for storing the product information related to the product on the online shopping site is displayed on the first display means in response to the first predetermined operation by the player. The first display step and
In the prize selection device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the first display means as a candidate for a prize, the server provides product identification information for identifying the selected product. The prize selection control step to be sent to
In the prize exchange device, in response to the second predetermined operation by the player, the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means that stores the product identification information received from the prize selection device is stored. The second display step to be displayed on the second display means and
In the prize exchange device, when the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the second display means as a prize to be exchanged, an instruction to order the product is given to the online shopping site. As performed, a prize exchange control step of transmitting product identification information identifying the selected product to the server, and
When the product information is initially displayed on the second display means in response to the operation of the player, the prize display control step for switching the initially displayed product information based on the settings for each hall store. With
The product information stored in the product information storage means includes a product category.
The prize display control step determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and among the products corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means, the determined category. Controlled so that the product information of the product belonging to the above-mentioned second display means is preferentially displayed .
The prize display control method , wherein the setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system . It is a prize display control method executed by the server included in the prize exchange system .
When the player selects a product on the online shopping site, which is the product information received from the server and is indicated by the product information displayed on the display means of the prize selection device, as a candidate for the prize, the selected product. The product identification information receiving step of receiving the product identification information for identifying the product from the prize selection device, and
A prize list storage step of storing the product identification information received from the prize selection device in the prize list storage means, and
The product received from the server and displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device arranged in the hall store and indicated by the product information of the product corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means is the player. When the product is selected as a prize to be exchanged, the product identification information for identifying the selected product is received from the prize exchange device so that the online shopping site is instructed to order the product. With the prize exchange control step, which sends the message to another server,
When the product information is initially displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device in response to the operation of the player, the product information transmitted to the prize exchange device is controlled based on the settings for each hall store. , The product information to be initially displayed is switched, and a prize display control step is provided.
The server includes a product information storage means for storing product information related to a product, including a product category.
The prize display control step determines a category according to the display timing based on the setting for each hall store, and among the products corresponding to the product identification information stored in the prize list storage means, the determined category. Controlled so that the product information of the product belonging to is preferentially displayed on the display means of the prize exchange device .
The prize display control method , wherein the setting for each hall store is set via the hall store or a terminal operated by the administrator of the prize exchange system .

Images